PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN ACADEMY

OF

ARTS AND SCIENCES.

VOL. 1.

FROM MAY. lS4fi. TO MAY, 184?.

ISELECTED FROM THE RECORD.S

BOSTON AND rAMBRIDGL:
M E T C A L V A N D C O iM T A N Y.

1848.

t

2 rv 0

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN ACADEMY

OF

ARTS AND SCIENCES

SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS.

Two hundred and eighty-fourth meeting.

May 26, 1846, — Annual Meeting.

Dr. BiGELow, Vice-President, in the chair.

The Treasurer made his Annual Report, which was refer-
red to Mr. F. C. Lowell, as a committee to audit and examine.
Mr. Lowell subsequently presented the audited Report, sub-
joined to the record.

Chief-Justice Shaw, referring to the loss which the Fellows
of the Academy had recently sustained in the decease of their
late distinguished President, spoke at some length of the many
talents, accomplishments, and virtues of the late President,
and expressed a strong hope that some proper public expres-
sion of respect for his memory might proceed from the Acad-
emy.

Mr. Everett followed with some eloquent and feeling re-
marks upon the character of the profound scholar, whose
varied excellences had made him so widely known and so
deeply regretted, and offered the following resolutions.

" Whereas, it has pleased Almighty God to remove from this life
the Honorable John Pickering, late President of the American Acad-
emy of Arts and Sciences, —

" Resolved, That the Fellows of the Academy are deeply sensible
1

3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

of the loss they have sustained, in the decease of their late honored
President, whose eminent talents, various and exact learning, and wide-
spread reputation, reflected the highest credit upon the literature of the
United States, upon the numerous institutions of which he was a mem-
ber, and especially upon the Academy over which he presided, with
such credit to himself, and such advantage to his associates.

" Resolved, That, as members of the community, we lament the
loss of a citizen of unblemished integrity and primitive simplicity of
manners, who, by a long career of public service and private virtue,
gave new lustre to an honored name.

" Resolved, That the Fellows of the Academy sincerely sympathize
with the bereaved family of their lamented President, and that a copy
of the resolutions be transmitted to them, in token of respectful con-
dolence.

" Resolved, That a Eulogy on the late President be pronounced by
a Fellow of the Academy, to be appointed for that purpose."

These resolutions having been unanimously adopted, the
Hon. Daniel A. White was appointed to deliver a Eulogy
upon the late President, at such time and place as he may
select. It was also

Voted, That the Secretary be instructed to convey a copy of the
resolutions to the family of the late President, and to cause them to be
published in two or more newspapers.

The Corresponding Secretary read a communication an-
nouncing the death of Frederick William Bessell, the distin-
guished astronomer, one of the Foreign Honorary Members
of the Academy.

Mr. Bowen, from the committee appointed at a former
meeting to revise the By-laws, made a report, comprising a
draught of the Statutes, as modified by various resolutions
passed since the year 1834, which report, with several new
resolves proposed by the committee, was accepted ; and the
Statutes, as revised and amended, were ordered to be printed,
under the direction of the Committee on Publications, at the
close of the current volume of the Memoirs of the Academy.

The Marquis of Northampton, President of the Royal Soci-
ety, was chosen a Foreign Honorary Member of the Academy.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 3

Henry J. Bigelow, M. D., of Boston, was chosen a Fellow
of the Academy.

At the annual election, the following gentlemen were cho-
sen officers for the ensuing year, namely : —

Jacob Bigelow, M. D., . . President.
Hon. Edward Everett, . Vice-President.

Prof. Asa Gray, Corresponding Secretary.

Oliver W. Holmes, M. D., Recording Secretary.

J. Ingersoll Bowditch, . Treasurer.

A. A. Gould, M. D., ... Librarian and Cabinet- Keeper.

It having been voted that the several committees hereto-
fore elected by ballot be named by the chair, the following
gentlemen were accordingly appointed the members of the
several standing committees.

Rumford CoTn/mittee.
Daniel Treadwell, Benjamin Peirce,
John Ware, James Hayward,

F. C. Lowell.

Committee of Publicdtions.
Amos Binney, Francis Bowen, Asa Gray.

Committee on the Library.
A. A. Gould, D. H. Storer, Benjajiin Peirce.

The following donations to the library have been received
since the 1st of January, 1846.

Lieutenant Gillis, U. S. N. Magnetical Observations made at the
Naval Observatory, Washington. 8vo. 1845. (Congressional Docu-
ment.) From Honorable R. C. Winthrop.

Alexander H. Everett. Miscellaneous Writings. 8vo, Boston,
1845. From the Author.

W. S. SulUvant. Musci Alleghanienses, sive Enumeratio Muscorum
atque Hepaticarum quos in itinere a Maryland ia usque ad Georgian!
per tractus Montium. Decerpserunt Asa Gray ct W. S. SulUvant.
8vo. Columbus, 1846. From the Author.

Report on Scientific Nomenclature made to the Association of Amer-

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ican Geologists. 8vo. pamph. New Haven, 1846. From the Ge-
ological Association.

Dr. S. G. Morton. Memoir of William Maclure. 2d ed. 8vo.
pamph. 1844. From the Author.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. IX.,
New Series, Part 2. 4to. Philadelphia, 1845. From the Society.

0. Rich. Bibliotheca Americana Nova. 8vo. London, 1846.
From the Author.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. XX. 4to. Dub-
lin, 1845. From the Royal Irish Academy.

iS. Siceit. Sketches of Distinguished Men of Newbury and New-
buryport. No. 1. (Captain Moses Brown.) 8vo. pamph. Boston,
1846. From the Author.

S. Borden. Tables of Bearings, &c., ascertained by the Trigono-
metrical Survey of Massachusetts. 8vo. pamph. Boston, 1846. From
Mr. Borden.

Annuaire Magnetique et Meteorologique du Corps des Ingenieurs des
Mines de Russie. No. 1. (2'"^ Annee, 1842.) 4to. St. Petersburgh,
1844. From the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburgh.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Royal
Observatory, Greenwich, in 1843. 4to. London, 1845. From the
Royal Society.

Philosophical Transactions. Part 2, for 1845. From the Royal
Society of London.

Astronomical Observations, made at the Observatory of Cambridge,
by Rev. Charles James Chaliis. Vol. XIV., for 1842. 4to. Cam-
bridge, 1845. From the Author.

Two hundred and eighty-fifth meeting.

August 12th, 1846. — Q,uarterly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the Mar-
quis of Northampton, accepting and acknowledging with much
courtesy his election as a Fellow of the Academy.

Professor Peirce read the following astronomical commu-
nications from William Cranch Bond, A. M., Director of the
Cambridge Observatory.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

1. Moon Culminations,

Observed at Cambridge Observatory ^corrected for ColUmatioii, Levels
and Azimuthal Deviation of the Transit Instrument, and for Clock
Rate and Error on Sidereal Time.

Lat. +423 22' 49". Lon. West of Greenwich, 4 h. 44 m. 32 s.

Sidereal lime

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

meridian passaee.

lar A.R.

initial.

1844, Oct. 20

;' Aquarii

h. m. s.

21 01 09.32

09!"44

+ 0J2

B2#

i Cygni

21 06 21.24

21.29 + 0.05

((

§ Aquarii

21 23 24.50

24.48

— 0.02

(C

£ Pegasi

21 36 35.34

35.29

— 0.05

(C

3)'s 1st Limb

21 50 47.92

(C

^Aquarii

22 08 40.28

39.91

— 0.37

((

^ Aquarii

22 20 52.28

51.90

0.38

(C

22

Y Aquilae

19 38 53.50

53.58

+ 0.08

(C

a Aquilas

19 43 13.47

13.40

0.07

((

/5 Aquilae

19 47 42.15

42.14

— 0.01

(C

^ Piscium

22 51 00.63

00.58

0.05

(C

y Piscium

23 09 09.15

09.07

0.08

(C

])'s 1st Limb

23 29 55.62

C(

w Piscium

23 51 22 99

22.55

0.44

<(

23

])'s 1st Limb

0 18 20.63

C(

^ Ceti

0 35 49.60

49.79

+ 0.19

11

d Piscium

0 40 39.99

40.24

+ 0.25

((

Nov. 16

Y Aquarii

21 01 09.26

09.03

— 0.23

((

/? Aquarii

21 23 24.05

24.08

--0.03

(C

D 's 1 St Limb

21 34 15.44

(C

30 Aquarii

21 55 07.72

07.42

— 0.30

(C

« Cephei

21 14 52.72

52.66

0.06

(<

19

x^ Piscium

23 31 59.76

59.71

— 0.05

Bi

Y Pegasi

0 05 17.26

16.92

0.34

((

5's 1st Limb

0 03 07.76

(C

d Piscium

0 12 38.95

38.95

0.00

((

a Cassiopeae

0 31 47.10

47.24

+ 0.14

(C

/5Ceti

0 35 49.51

49.63

+ 0.12

cc

Dec. 16

Y Piscium

23 09 08.64

08.46

0.18

B2

x^ Piscium

23 19 00.02

59.97

— 0.05

((

D's 1st Limb

23 47 00.28

((

Arcturus

14 08 35.43

35.43

0.00

((

17

Arcturus

14 08 35.46

35.46

0.00

((

w Piscium

23 51 22.20

22.04

0.16

((

5's 1st Limb

0 35 35.26

(C

18

a Andromedae

0 00 24.35

24.24

— 0.11

Ri

(C

Y Pegasi

0 05 16.51

16.61

+ 0.10

((

B' is the initial of William C. Bond; B', that of George P. Bond.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Date.

1844, Dec. 18

20

1845, Jan. 12

18

March 16

19
21

April 15
May 14

21

9

Name of Object.

58 Piscium

£ Piscium

D's 1st Limb

n Piscium

/? Arietis

a Cassiopeae

/5Ceti

58 Piscium

>l> Arietis

D's 1st Limb

^ Arietis

g Arietis

D's 1st Limb

a Andromedae

y Pegasi

-)] Tauri

A^ Tauri

y^ Eridani

D's 1st Limb

r Tauri

I Tauri

/5 Orionis

T Tauri

3)'s 1st Limb

5 Orionis

^ Tauri

c Tauri

a Orionis

/^ Orionis

D's 1st Limb

y Geminorum

^ Geminorum

D's 1st Limb

a Cancri

jiLeonis

a Leonis

])'s 1st Limb

d Leonis

p* Leonis

8 Hyd. et Crat.

D's 1st Limb

ix^ Cancri

]) 's I st Limb

« Leonis

d Leonis

8 Hyd. et Crat.

1] Bootis

Sidereal time

of

meridian passage.

h. m.

0 38
0 54

Seconds
ofTabu-
larA.K.

24

28
46

0 31
0 35
0 38
2 22
03

3
3
3

06
15

23 27
0 00
0 05
3 38

3
3
4
4
4
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5

55
50
29
32
53
07
32
21
24
28
43
46
54
6 24
6 28
6 54
8 57

8 59

9 52
10 00
10 38

10 52

11 05
11 11

8 35

8 50

9 53

10 00

11 05
11 11
13 47

57.8256.93
55.3255.61
09.92

54.68
06.65
46.53
49.27
57.84
20.74
42.34
02.02
11.94
14.81
24.05
16.13
19.08
34.56

54.86
06.93
46.55
49.29
56.91
20.56

02.27
11.97

23.91
16.33
18.90
34.38
49.62149.67
05.21

59.20'59.18
52.47i52.48
07.28 07.60
59.0859.17
37.91

07.65
25.68
37.98
49.27
44.80
38.95
47.41

07.60
25.51
37.90
49.32
44.79

47.30
56.85 57.02
34.88]
23.1223.29
04.12 03.88
09.62 09.53
11.30}

35.87 36.06
51.94 52.17
38.3638.57
34.62

02.57 02.35
12.26|

08.87 08.88
53.7253.75
38.1838.19
21.2721.16

Diff.

Obser-
ver's
initial.

— o!89

Bi

+ 0.29

( <

+ 0.18
-[-0.28
+ 0.02
4-0.02
— 0.93

((
B2

— 0.18

a

i i

+ 0.25
+ 0.03

11

B»

— 0.14

( (

+ 0.20

(<

+ 0.18

— 0.18

B2

+ 0.05

(C
(C

0.02

(C

+ 0.01

4-0.32
+ 0.09

((
i(

B'

((

0.05

(C

0.17

(C

— 0.08

c c

+ 0.05
— 0.01

B2

c c

— 0.11

((

+ 0.17

ec

(C

+ 0.17
— 0.24

{ I

Bi

— 0.09

C(

((

+ 0.19

((

+ 0.23

I!

+ 0.21

<C

B2

0.22

C i

+ 0.01
+ 0.03
+ 0.01
— 0.11

(I

C(
C(

Bi

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

Sidereal time

f^econds

niwpr

Date.

Name of Object.

of
meridian passage.

olTabu-
larA.R.

Diff.

ver's

initial.

B'

1845

, May 21

f Bootis

h. m. s.

14 38 15.96

16' 02

+ o.'be

( (

a~ Librae

14 42 22.29

22.33

+ 0.04

( (

(C

/? Libras

15 08 43.73

43.80

+ 0.07

cc

(C

a Cor. Borealis

15 28 10.51

10.55

-f0.04

1 c

( (

A Librae

15 44 24.45

24.41

— 0.04

cc

(C

/ji Scorpii

15 56 29.74

29.65

— 0.09

c c

C(

w Ophiuchi

16 23 01.35

01.14

— 0.21

cc

(<

j) 's I st Limb

16 27 19.24

cc

(C

3 's 2d Limb

16 29 47.53

c c

(C

HI Scorpii

16 32 41 02

40.60

0.42

cc

June 17

I Librae

15 03 27.29

27.52

4-0.23

B2

IC

/ Librae

15 21 55.32

55.43

+ 0.11

(C

((

3 's 1 St Limb

15 52 35 65

cc

<c

/S' Scorpii

15 56 29.75

29.82

+ 0.07

cc

cc

a Serpentis

15 36 41.73

41.43

— 0.30

cc

July 15

a Serpentis

15 36 41.19

41.41

+ 0.22

Bi

(C

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 29 91

29.83

0.08

cc

((

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 17.22

17.17

— 0.05

cc

(C

Antares

16 19 59.07

58.95

— 0.12

cc

(C

D 's 1st Limb

16 26 09.49

cc

17

3's 1st Limb

18 39 33.49

B2

(C

71 Sagittarii

19 00 37.02

37.05

+ 0.03

cc

((

Q^ Sagittarii

19 12 45.40

45.23

— 0.17

cc

Sept. 8

u Scorpii

16 19 58.24

58.16

— 0.08

B'

(C

D's 1st Limb

16 42 50.74

cc

(C

rj Ophiuchi

17 01 33.00

32.92

0.08

cc

cc

a Herculis

17 07 37.60

37.54

— 0.06

cc

10

a Scorpii

16 19 57.96

58.12

+ 0.16

cc

cc

1] Ophiuchi

17 01 32.87

32.88

+ 0.01

C{

cc

« Herculis

17 07 37.62 37.50

0.12

cc

cc

/3 Uraconis

17 26 57.44 57.53

+ 0.09

cc

cc

4 Sagittarii

17 50 23.6023.55

0.05

cc

cc

fj} Sagittarii

18 04 33.79 33.47

0.32

cc

<c

5's 1st Limb

18 48 1229

cc

cc

0 Sagittarii

18 55 27.38 27.56

--0.18

cc

cc

p^ Sagittarii

19 12 44.74

44.96

+ 0.22

cc

11

a Herculis

17 07 37.72

37.48

0.24

B2

cc

0 Sagittarii

18 55 27.59

27.54

0.05

cc

cc

n^ Sagittarii

19 00 36.60

36.76

+ 0.16

cc

cc

pi Sagittarii

19 12 44.67

44.94

--0.27

cc

cc

e^ Sagittarii

19 33 43.01

43.04

+ 0.03

cc

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

19 50 12.19

cc

c c

a^ Capricorni

20 09 30.94

31.05

+ 0.11

cc

cc

Q Capricorni

20 20 04 93

05.08

— 0.15

cc

12

«2 Capricorni

20 09 31.00 31.04

+ 0.04

cc

cc

^ Capricorni

20 20 05.04 05.07

--0.03

cc

cc

5's 1st Limb

20 50 31.08

cc

8

PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal lime

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

meridian passage.

h. m. s.

21 01 12.77

ofTabu-
larA.R

12?98

Diff.

ver's
initial.

1845

Sept. 12

V Aquarii

-f0.21

B2

15

i

3 Piscium

22 56 03.62

03.62

0.00

(C

((

1

y Piscium

23 09 12.02 12.13

-f 0.11

(C

((

r

I Piscium

23 32 02.9802.94

0.04

((

((

3)'s 1st Limb

23 40 33.42

(C

((

5's2d Limb

23 42 47.76

((

(<

El Piscium

0 02 08.99

C(

<(

B Piscium

0 07 04 52

cc

((

d Piscium

0 12 41.80

41.92

+ 0.12

i(

16

I Piscium

23 32 02 85 02.94

-{-0.09

B'

<c

(0 Piscium

23 51 25.23 25.42

-1-0.19

(C

((

y Pegasi

0 05 20.13

19.99

0.14

C(

((

d Piscium

0 12 41.57

41.92

-1-0.35

cc

((

}) 's 2d Limb

0 37 04.89

cc

((

d Piscium

0 40 42.67

4297

+ 0.30

cc

(<

E Piscium

0 54 58.57

58.61

4-0.04

cc

17

d Piscium

0 40 43.00

42.98

— 0.02

B2

((

])'s2dLimb

1 30 01.54

cc

((

0 Piscium

1 37 17.62

cc

<(

j3 Arietis

1 46 10.03 09.70

— 0.33

cc

22

5 Orionis

5 24 08.4208.58

--0.16

B'

(<

C Tauri

5 28 26.8826.72

0.16

cc

((

a Orionis

5 46 50.14

50.22

+ 0.08

(C

((

])'s2d Limb

5 58 27.67

cc

((

ju Geminorum

6 13 38.69

38.47

0.22

cc

((

y Geminorum

6 28 48.63

48.55

— 0.08

cc

24

fi Geminorum

6 13 38.56

38.55

0.01

cc

((

y Geminorum

6 28 48.70

48.61

— 0.09

cc

C(

D 's 2d Limb

7 40 41.52

cc

Oct. 13

X* Piscium

23 19 03.20

03.49

+ 0.29

B2

((

I Piscium

23 32 02.99

02.99

0.00

cc

((

ft) Piscium

23 51 25.53

25.53

0.00

cc

<(

W Piscium

0 02 09.42

cc

(<

B Piscium

0 07 04.60

c c

((

D's 1st Limb

0 10 44.60

It

((

d Piscium

0 40 43.30

43.15

0.15

cc

14

3)'s 1st Limb

I 04 17.51

B»

<(

3) 's 2d Limb

1 06 29.59

cc

((

a Andromedge

0 00 28.04

27.86

0.18

cc

((

y Pegasi

0 05 19.93

20.08

--0.15

cc

((

d Piscium

0 12 41.96

42.04

+ 0.08

c c

<(

7] Piscium

1 23 16.66

16 54

— 0.12

cc

((

0 Piscium

1 37 17.42

17.31

0.11

(c

17

8 Arietis

3 02 51.58

51.17

— 0.41

B2

<(

^ Arietis

3 05 05.12

cc

<(

]) 's 2d Limb

3 48 47.00

cc

((

y Tauri

4 11 03 51

03.14

— 0.37

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

Sidereal time

Seconds Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu- Diff. ver's

meridian passage.

lar A.R

initial. 1

1845, Oct.

17

d Tauri

h. m. s.

4 14 04.95

s.

B.

B2

21

^ Geminorum

6 54 59.04 58.91 .

— 0.13

(C

<<

51 Geminorum

7 04 32.28

(t

<<

(J Geminorum

7 10 55.79 55.71

— 0.08

( c

((

D 's 2d Limb

7 19 50.0()j

((

<<

X Geminorum

7 24 49.5849.19

0.39

((

ti

g- Geminorum

7 37 12.64 12.55

0.09

(C

22

^ Cancri

8 03 32.88

((

i<

:d 's 2d Limb

8 09 35.73

((

<(

& Cancri

8 22 48.7648.57

0.19

(C

((

d Cancri

8 35 55.77 55.53

0.24

(<

23

a^ Cancri

8 50 03.3603.38

-j-0.02

((

C(

D "s 2d Limb

8 58 18.36

((

Nov

5

D's 1st Limb

20 12 08.00

((

((

g Capricorni

20 20 04.48

((

(C

e Aquarii

20 39 20.20 20.25

+ 0.05

IC

7

8 Aquarii

21 23 27.18 27.15

— 0.03

C(

((

1 X

1 Aquarii

21 29 33.2633.16

— 0.10

(C

((

I Capricorni

21 38 14.6814.92

+ 0.24

((

it

5's 1st Limb

22 05 22.86

((

(C

y Aquarii

22 13 42.3642.47

--0.11

<(

10

E' Piscium

0 03 09.1608.09

— 1.07

<<

(i

B Piscium

0 07 04.58

((

((

d Piscium

0 12 42.00 41.92

0.08

((

<(

D 's 1st Limb

0 44 04.68:

(C

12

S Arietis

1 46 10.2010.21

+ 0.01

B'

(<

1 ,

a Arietis

1 58 31.94 31.88

0.06

((

(<

D's 1st Limb

2 30 02.58

C(

<(

71 Arietis

2 40 44.18 44.24

+ 0.06

((

14

J2 Tauri

3 38 22.2822.26

0.02

B3

<(

Ai Tauri

3 55 37.77 37.61

— 0.16

((

>(

5 's 2d Limb

4 20 23.66

( (

<(

a Tauri

4 27 07.07 07.12

+ 0.05

( (

((

I Tauri

4 53 55.44 55.3^

0.06

((

16

^ Tauri

5 28 28.1628.23

+ 0.07

((

(<

^^ Orionis

5 45 17.4217.75

+ 0.33

((

<(

i) 's 2d Limb

6 07 29.48,

((

((

^5 Orionis

5 54 47.88 48 03

+ 0.15

"

<(

y Geminorum

6 28 50. 1650.16

O.OC

"

19

^ Cancri

8 03 23.73 23. le

— 0.57

(c

<(

T^ Cancri

8 21 49.55

(C

((

>'s2d Limb

8 38 27.86:

I i

((

X Cancri

8 59 24.47 24.6:

"+0.2f

) "

21

D's 2d Limb

10 13 36.70!

( <

<(

^ Leonis

10 24 41.68 42.K

}+0.4^

> "

(<

48 Leonis

10 26 55.98

((

((

34 Sextantis

10 34 39.7238.9<

3 0.7:

5 "

10

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal lime

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
meridian passage.

of Tabu
larA.K.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

B"

1845,

Dec. 5

a Aquarii

h. m. 8,

21 57 52.30

52145

+ o!]5

<c

^ Aquarii

22 08 42.06

42.24

4-0.18

(I

<(

^ Aquarii

22 20 54.02

54.19

-j-0.17

( (

(C

D 's 2d Limb

22 43 01.42

(<

<t

y Piscium

23 09 11.12

11.50

+ 0.38

((

l(

y Pegasi

0 05 19.68

19.69

4-001

((

6

/? Aquarii

22 56 02.84

02.91

+ 0.07

B2

n

y Piscium

23 09 11.44

11.49

+ 0.05

((

((

D 's 1st Limb

23 36 02.28

((

(•

at Piscium

23 51 25.22

25.03

— 0.19

((

9

J] Piscium

1 23 16.42

16.46

+ 0.04

Bi

((

/5 Arietis

1 46 10.04

10.12

+ 0.08

( (

(1

a Arietis

1 58 31.71

31.90

+ 0.19

((

((

]) 's 2d Limb

2 12 11.26

((

((

ip Arietis

2 22 24.22

23.75

— 0.47

((

<(

n Arietis

2 40 44.55

44.28

0.27

((

10

a Arietis

1 58 31.80

31.89

+ 0.09

(1

((

ip Arietis

2 22 24.02

23.75

— 0.27

((

<(

71 Arietis

2 40 44.26

44.28

+ 0.02

((

((

D 's 1st Limb

3 05 04.18

C(

((

7] Tauri

3 38 22.50

22.46

0.04

((

11

^ Arietis

3 06 05.82

05.53

0.29

((

i(

T] Tauri

3 38 22.30

22.46

+ 0.16

((

(I

D's 1st Limb

3 58 32.58

( (

((

« Tauri

4 27 06.72 07.43

+ 0.71

C(

12

d^ Tauri

4 14 05.4805.48

0.00

B2

((

e Tauri

4 19 39.73,39.73

0.00

((

((

a Tauri

4 27 07.32 07.44

+ 0.12

((

((

I) 's 1st Limb

4 52 14.32

C(

'(

0 Tauri

5 18 25.43

25.39

— 0.04

((

13

a Arietis

1 58 31.76i31.87

--0.11

B'

( (

a Tauri

4 27 07.69

07.45

— 0.24

( c

c (

i3 Tauri

5 16 35.95

35.95

0.00

It

(C

D 's 1st Limb

5 45 34.52

C(

( (

D 's 2d Limb

5 47 45.45

(<

16

D 's 2d Limb

8 20 33.62

B2

C (

d Cancri

8 35 57.20

57 23

+ 0.03

(<

(C

a^ Cancri

8 50 05.04 05.04

0.00

C(

( (

x Cancri

8 59 25.60 25.53

— 0.07

(1

21

]) 's 2d Limb

12 18 06.52

((

( (

yi Virginis

12 33 51.94 51.83

0.11

((

((

ip Virginis

12 46 21.7121.62

— 0.09

<(

23

yi Virginis

12 33 51.86 51.86

0.00

((

c c

ip Virginis

12 46 21.3021.66

+ 0.36

((

<(

I) 's 2d Limb

13 08 51.28

i(

<(

Spica

13 17 05.63

[)5.58

— 0.05

( (

((

m Virginis

13 33 32.55

32.64

+ 0.09

((

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

11

Sidereal lime Ssconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of ofTabu-
meridian passage. larA. R

Diff.

ver'a
initial.

1846, Jan.

3

E^ Piscium

h. ni. s. s.

0 02 08.36

a.

B2

((

y Pegasi

0 05 19.59 19.39

0.20

(C

( (

5 's 1 st Limb

0 11 18.79

C (

((

d Piscium

0 12 41.22 41.35

— 0.13

cc

C(

a Cassiopese

0 31 49.70|49.67

— 0.03

cc

C(

/5Ceti

0 35 51.90 51.87

0.03

cc

((

8 Piscium

0 40 42.65 52.59

0.06

(C

5

ri Piscium

1 23 16.33 16.17

— 0.16

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

1 56 2L73

cc

((

a Arietis

1 58 31.58 31.63

-1-0.05

c c

(C

a^ Arietis

2 09 35.69,35.69

0.00

cc

\

6

a Arietis

1 58 31.71 31.62

— 0.09

cc

(<

D 's 1st Limb

2 48 54.22

(C

CI

e Arietis

2 50 26.76 26.68

— 0.08

cc

((

« Ceti

2 54 15.39

15.57

4-0.18

cc

9

I Tauri

4 53 55.87

55.88

-j-0.01

(C

C(

y^ Orionis

5 00 55.40

55.32

— 0.08

cc

((

j5 Orionis

5 07 10.38

10.33

— 0.05

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

5 27 59.50

cc

<(

X^ Orionis

5 45 18.38

18.47

-1-0.09

cc

13

i9- Cancri

8 22 50.97

50.85

— 0.12

cc

c<

8 Cancri

8 35 57.9557.85

0.10

(C

<(

£ Hydrae

8 38 39.15 39.33

+ 0.18

( c

C(

D 's 2d Limb

8 48 40.66

((

<(

X Cancri

8 59 26.2626.17

— 0.09

cc

((

1 Leonis

9 23 40.41 40.61

+ 0.20

cc

14

8 Cancri

8 35 57.8257.85

+ 0.03

Bi

((

s Hydrae

8 38 39.36 39.34

0.02

C (

cc

1 Leonis

9 23 40.67 40.61

0.06

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

9 40 11.13

cc

Feb.

4

rj Tauri

3 38 21.94 22.02

+ 0.08

cc

c (

;i Tauri

3 52 10.98

10.77

— 0.21

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

4 17 53.20

cc

5

P's 1st Limb

5 10 59.30

cc

(C

/S Tauri

5 16 35.90

35.89

0.01

cc

l(

^ Tauri

5 28 28.56 28.69

+ 0.13

cc

(C

B Tauri

5 39 36.52

cc

6

;' Geminorum

6 28 50.86 51.05

+ 0.19

B2

cc

0 Tauri

5 18 25 46 25.34

0.12

cc

cc

t, Tauri

5 28 28.70 28.68

— 0.02

c c

cc

D 's 1st Limb

6 03 28.98

cc

9

a~ Geminorum

7 24 48.58 48.72

+ 0.14

B^

cc

29 Cancri

8 20 03.96 03.54

— 0.42

(C

(C

^ Cancri

8 21 50.76

c c

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

8 34 37.02

cc

cc

f Hydrae

8 38 39.52

39.57

+ 0.05

cc

cc

a^ Cancri

8 50 06.19

05.96

0.23

cc

12

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal time Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of ofTabu-
meridian passage, lar A.R.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

1846, Feb. 9

X Cancri

ti. m. s. s.

8 59 26.40

S.

Bi

12

0^ Sextantis

10 38 06.70 06.73

-f 0.03

B2

<i

]) 's 2d Limb

10 59 03.60

((

<(

a Leonis

11 13 14.10 14.03

— 0.07

( (

((

r Leonis

11 20 03.36 03.34

002

(C

March 9

8 Cancri

8 35 58.20 57.97

— 0.23: Bi

(t

M^ Cancri

8 50 06.16 05.86

— 0.30

<c

((

D's 1st Limb

9 05 47.51

C(

((

1 Leonis

9 23 41.17

40.97

0.20

(C

((

0 Leonis

9 32 58.14

58.22

+ 0.08

((

11

« Leonis

10 00 12.80

12.53

— 0.27

((

<(

g Leonis

10 24 44.41

44.43

4-0.02

(C

<(

5's 1st Limb

10 40 47.87

(C

<(

d Leonis

10 52 38.74

38.92

-f 0.18

(C

(<

a Leonis

11 13 14.02

14.29

+ 0.27

(C

April 7

])'s 1st Limb

10 22 12.70

((

i(

« Leonis

10 00 12.04

12.31

+ 0.27

IC

((

p Leonis

10 24 44.40 44.27

0.13

tc

6

«2 Geminorum

7 24 47.9947.83

— 0.16

(C

((

/5 Geminorum

7 35 54.9254.92

0.00

((

((

a^ Cancri

8 20 05.55 05.50

0.05

cc

((

X Cancri

8 59 26.1226.03

— 0.09

((

((

0 Leonis

9 32 57.73

57.95

+ 0.22

((

<<

5 's 1 st Limb

9 34 51.77

(C

((

« Leonis

10 00 12.06

12.32

+ 0.26

(C

9

jS Virginis

11 42 43.01

43.21

+ 0.20

(C

"

])'s 1st Limb

11 58 02.33

((

((

1] Virginis

12 12 04.40

04.27

0.13

(C

<(

yi Virginis

12 33 54.06

53.97

0.09

IS

10

(5 Hydra;

11 11 41.35

41.30

0.05

(C

((

p,i Virginis

12 33 54.12

53.98

— 0.14

It

(I

3)'s 1st Limb

12 45 49.10

((

((

a Virginis

13 17 07.60

08.04

+ 0.44

(C

11

8 Hydrse

11 11 41.38

41.31

— 0.07

((

(C

a Virginis

13 17 07.96

08.08

--0.12

C(

l(

^Virginis

13 02 01.51

01.82

+ 0.31

((

((

5 's 2d Limb

13 41 50.02

((

((

X Virginis

14 04 44.22

((

(C

A Virginis

14 10 50.10

50.22

+ 0.12

ei

16

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 35.55

35.65

+ 0.10

It

((

5's2d Limb

18 34 29.21

IS

a

7T Sagittarii

19 00 38.57

38.25

0.32

ss

17

/5 Lyrse

18 44 25.10

25.32

+ 0.22

ss

((

0 Sagittarii

18 55 29.34

29.19

— 0.15

St

" 71 Sagittarii

19 00 38.33

38.29

— 0.04

t s

" 8 Aquila?

19 17 45.50

45.57

+ 0.07

St

<(

D 's 2d Limb 1

19 35 11.12

(C

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

13

Sidereal time

Seconds

Oliser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
meridian passage.

ofTabu-
larA.R.

Difr.

ver's
milial.

1846,

May 4

a Leonis

h. m. s.

10 00 11.98

1L96

0.02

((

])'s 1st Limb

10 02 34.77

(C

((

p Leonis

10 24 44.04

43.96

0.08

(C

12

m Scorpii

16 32 43.69

43.75

+ 0.06

(C

I (

D's 2d Limb

17 11 18.40

cc

((

« Ophiuchi

17 27 50.23

49.91

— 0.32

c c

((

0 Ophiuchi

17 34 15.63

15.61

0.02

cc

13

« Ophiuchi

17 27 50.23

4993

— 0.30

B'

<(

0 Ophiuchi

17 34 15.55

15.63

— 0.08

c(

C(

ju' Sagittarii

18 04 36.32

36.38

--0.06

cc

t(

>'s 2d Limb

18 14 01.75

cc

C (

1 Sagittarii

18 48 35.16

<c

cc

0^ Sagittarii

19 12 47.11

47.15

+ 0.04

cc

( (

e^ Sagittarii

19 33 45.10

45.04

— 0.06

cc

June 5

Spica

13 17 08.01

08.01

0.00

cc

((

J) 's 1 st Limb

13 45 33.63

cc

((

X Virginis

14 04 44.18

44.25

+ 0.07

cc

6

X Virginis

14 04 44.25

44.35

+ 0.10

B2

( 1

X Virginis

14 10 50.37

50.41

+ 0.04

cc

< (

])'s 1st Limb

14 40 32.82

cc

cc

a^ Librae

14 42 25.41

25.41

0.00

cc

C (

S Librae

15 08 46.93

46.83

0.10

C(

8

1

8 Scorpii

15 51 17.73

17.88

+ 0.15

cc

( c

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 33.12

33.01

0.11

cc

( c

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 19.82

20.11

+ 0.29

cc

C (

« Scorpii

16 20 02.29

02.31

+ 0.02

cc

cc

5's 1st Limb

11 40 42.17

cc

cc

7] Ophiuchi

17 01 36.6836.60

0.08

cc

c c

« Herculis

17 07 40.7340.70

— 0.03

cc

c c

& Ophiuchi

17 12 37.2937.16

0.13

cc

9

/? Librae

15 08 46.74l46.82

0.08

B»

cc

7j Ophiuchi

17 01 36.6236.61 —0.01

C(

cc

& Ophiuchi

17 12 37.2037.17

0.03

l(

( c

5's2d Limb

17 46 56.07

cc

C(

u^ Sagittarii

18 04 36.9736.94

0.03

cc

cc

1 c

I Sagittarii

18 18 31.75

>31.80

+ 0.05

IC

10

^* Sagittarii
A, Sagittarii

18 04 37.04

[36.98

— 0.06

B2

(C

18 18 31.6931.82

— 0.13

"

(C

D 's 2d Limb

18 51 17.28

cc

cc

0 Sagittarii

18 55 30.7230.67

-0.05

"

C(

Tj Sagittarii

19 00 39.68|39.7g

— O.IC

1 "

14

• •

^ Aquaru
J Pegasi

21 23 29. 8£

) 29.61

— 0.2g

"

cc

21 30 40.15

J40.0C

0.12

1 cc

*

(C

„ Aquarii

21 57 54.81

1 54.88

! + o.o:

1 cc

cc

5 's 2d Limb

22 51 36.7J

J

cc

The instrument used in these observations was a 46-inch Transit, made by
Troughton and Simms ; 2|-inch object-glass.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2. Transit of Mercury, May 8th, 1845.

" The first and second contacts of the planet with the sun's limb
were lost by clouds.

" Mercury was first seen on the disk of the sun at 2^- 48'"- 31'- side-
real time. Observations for the relative positions of the planet and
the sun were immediately commenced, and were continued throughout
the transit, though frequently interrupted by the passage of cumulus
clouds, which prevailed through the day.

" The tremulous state of the atmosphere towards the close of the ob-
servations was unfavorable to the accuracy of the measurements.

" It was thought, at one time, that a luminous spot was visible near
the centre of the disk of the planet ; any decisive evidence of its exist-
ence was precluded by the limited power of the instrument.

" At the last contact, the singular phenomenon of the inosculation of
the adjacent edges of the planet and sun was distinctly noticed by both
observers. The present instance is one of much interest, as it has
hitherto been supposed that Mercury is not thus affected when in close
proximity to the sun's limb, although this sort of phenomenon has fre-
quently been noticed in the transits of Venus (see Mem. Royal Ast.
Soc, Vol. X.).

" The third and fourth contacts were pretty well observed, but owing
to the oblique and slow motion of the planet across the sun, combined
with the unsettled state of the atmosphere, we were unable to note the
times of contact with sufficient accuracy to be of much value for the
purposes of terrestrial longitude. The times noted were as follows ; —

h. ni. s.

Third contact, 9 09 00 Observer, W. C. Bond.

" 9 08 58 " Geo. P. Bond.

Last or fourth contact, 9 12 09 " W. C. Bond.

" " 9 12 00 " Geo. P. Bond.

" In the following observations, B' denotes W. C. Bond.

B2 " Geo. P. Bond.
W " Captain Wilkes, U. S. N.
P " Professor Peirce.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

15

" Micrometric Measurements of the Differences of Right Ascension of
Mercury and the Swn's Limb, corrected for Refraction, and also
for the Sun^s Motion in the Intervals of Transit.

The telescope used was a Refractor of 2|-inch aperture and 46 inches focus,
furnished with Troughton's spider-line micrometer.

Sidereal time

of the passage

of Mercury.

Diff. of
A.R.of
Mercu-
ry and

Sun's
1st

Limb.

Observ-
ed rela-
tive mo-
tion in
A. R.

Comput-
ed rela-
tive mo-
tion in
A.R.

Diff

Diff of
A. R. of

Mercu-
ry and
Sun's

ad

Limb.

Observ-
ed rela-
tive mo-
tion in
A.R.

Comput
ed rela-
tive mo-
lion in
A.R.

Diff.

Ob-

ser-
ved
by.

Re

cor-
ded
by.

B'

h. m. s.

Z 52 29.6

8.

8.

1.5

S.

S.

54 40.9

2.2

--0.7

+ 0.5

— 0.2

((

(C

56 31.1

4.0

1.8

0.5

1.3

is

CC

4 02 24 7

*21.0

17.0

16.5

-0.5

cc

w

08 55.7

21.6

0.6

1.6

+ 1.0

«f

C (

12 38.2

23.1

1.5

0.9

0.6

a

c c

16 23.7

109.7

23.6

0.5

0.9

+ 0.4

C(

cc

29 36.2

26.5

2.9

3.3

--0.4

((

cc

32 09.2

106.2

+ 3.5

+ 3.9

+ 0.4

cc

cc

48 02.7

32.1

5.6

4.6

— 1.0

cc

( (

50 38.2

1007

5.5

4.6

0.9

32 6

0.5

0.6

+ 0,1

cc

cc

5 07 11.7

97.3

3.4

4.1

+ 0.7,

36.1

3.5

4.1

+ 0.6

cc

cc

24 57.2

92.2

51

4.4

oM

138.6

2.5

4.4

+ 1.9

cc

cc

29 51.2

91.2

1.0

1.2 + 0.2

42.1

3.5

1.2

2.3

cc

cc

32 35.7

90.7

0.5

0.7 — 0.2

43.1

1.0

0.7

0.3

cc

cc

35 11.2

89.8

0.9

0.6—0.3

43.6

0.5

0.6

+ 0.1

cc

cc

6 07 50.2

82.3

7.5

8.2

+ 0.7

51.3

7.7

8.2

+ 0.5

B2

P

15 12.3

78.7

3.6

1.8

— 1.8

55.0

3.7

1.8

1.9

cc

c c

20 01.3

77.4

1.3

1.2

— 0.l|

55.4

0.4

1.2

+ 0.8

cc

cc

22 47.3

77.8

— 0.4

+ 0.7

+ l.l|

cc

cc

31 11.5

75.0

+ 2.8

2.1

— 0.7

57.8

2.4

2.8

+ 0.4

cc

c c

33 41.2

74.0

1.0

0.6

-0.4

57.7

— 0.1

+ 0.6

--0.7

cc

cc

37 38.3

73.2

0.8

1.0

+ 0.2

C(

cc

46 32.1

71.2

2.0

2.2

--0.2

59.4

1.7

1.0

0.7

(C

cc

7 05 13.7

66.5

4.7

4.7

0.0

61.6

2.2

2.2

0.0

cc

cc

08 43.7

65.3

1.2

0.9

— 0.3

cc

cc

22 42.9

61.7

3.6

3.5

— 0.1

67.6

6.0

5.5

0.5

c c

cc

30 09.2

59.8

1.9

1.9

0.0

71.0

3.4

3.5

+ 0.1

cc

(c

32 39.2

60.3

0.5

+ 0.6

+ 1.1

72.1

1.1

1.9

+ 0.8

B»

w

35 13.7

59.3

+ 1.0

0.6

0.4

72.8

0.7

0.6

+ 0.1

cc

C (

8 04 21.7

51.0

8.5

7.3

— 1.2

73.8

1.0

0.6

— 0.4

c<

cc

19 24.9

47.3

3.7

3.8

+ 0.1

81.8

8.0

7.3

0.7

cc

B2

21 56.2

46.9

0.4

0.6

+ 0.2

85.6

3.8

3.8

0.0

cc

cc

24 49.4

45.6

1.3

0.7

0.6

86.3

0.7

0.6

0.1

cc

cc

46 37.3

40.4

5.2

5.4

+ 0.2

87.7

1.4

0.7

0.7

cc

cc

50 36.8

38.6

1.8

1.0

0.8 92.7

50

5.4

+ 0.4

c c

cc

9 00 31.0

38.3

0.3

2.5

+ 2.2' 94.2

1.5

1.0

0 5

C(

ct

* The original record was 22.0 s., but partially altered to this efFect.
t Apparently in error 2 s. for 40.6.

16

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEATY

■ Micromelric Measurements for Differences of Declination of Mer-
cury and the Sun's North and South Limhs. Corrected for Re-
fraction.

Sidereal Time

Uiff. of Dec. of

Observed rel-

Computed

of

Mercury and

ative motion

relative mo-

Diff.

Observer.

Observation.

Sun's Limb.

in Dec.

tion in Dec.

h. m. 8.

3 00 43

N.
( II

18 45.3

II

//

II

B'

21 09

19 26.1

40.8

36.8

— 4.0

26 14

19 41.3

15.2

9.2

— 6.0

4 01 39

20 47.7

66.4

63.7

— 2.7

S 29

20 50.3

2.6

14.1

4-11.5

13 45

21 05.6

15.3

9.5

5.8

29 18

10 27.2

39 33

10 18.7

8.5

18.5

4-10.0

47 38

10 02.7

16.0

14.6

— 1.4

5 02 33

9 31.6

31.1

26.8

— 43

9 42

9 25 5

6.1

12.9

4- 6.8

27 38

8 47.7

37.8

32.3

— 5.5

42 12

8 19.2

28.5

26.2

2.3

49 51

8 04.5

14.7

13.8

— 0.9

6 02 04

7 32 5

32.0

22.0

— 10.0

B2

11 26

7 25.3

7.2

16.8

4- 9.6

17 00

7 05.4

19.9

10.0

— 9.9

28 02

6 38.3

27.1

19.8

— 7.3

35 50

6 32.5

5.8

14.0

_

\- 8.2

42 04

6 21.8

10.7

11.3

—

- 0.6

7 02 50

5 42.1

39.7

37.4

2.3

20 52

5 15.5

26.6

32.6

4- 6.0

27 42

4 59.8

157

14.1

— 1.6

58 58

4 06.8

530

56.3

4- 33

8 17 32

3 30.2

366

33.4

3.2

27 13

3 13.4

168

17.5

4- 0.7

Bi

30 01

3 14.8

— 14

5.1

4- 6.5

( (

30 49

3 09.0

5.8

1.4

4.4

31 58

3 05.0

4.0

2.1

— 1.9

32 31

3 06.7

1.7

1.0

4- 2.7

42 27

2 44.1

226

17.8

— 4.8

45 45

2 42.0

21

5.9

4- 3.8

49 39

2 35.5

6.5

7.0

4- 0.5

57 17

2 22.8

12.7

13.7

4- 1.0

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

17

3. Observations on the Comets of 1845 and 1846.

Ohservations on the Comet of June, 1845, made at the Cambridge Ob-
servatory. Lat. 42° 22' 49". Long. 4'" 44™- 32'-.

The observed differences of A. R. and Dec. were applied to the A. R. and Dec.
of the stars referred to the mean equinox of January 1st, 1846.

Cambridge

Comet's

Star of Comparison.

No. of

■

Mean Solar Time.

A. R. 1 Dec. N.

A. R.

Dec. N.

Comp.

1845. d. h. m. s.

h. m. s. i o 1 ,1

h. m. s.

o ( 1/

June 2 15 39 06

3 27 32.7 38 15 27

3 24 59.57

38 03 37.0

4

Bessel's Zone, 448.

" 4 15 21 25

4 01 55641 48 41

3 34 41.02

42 05 01.4

6

B. A. Cut.

" 6 15 18 34

4 42 38 2 44 19 45

3. 39 18.04

44 29 19.8

4

ti

'« 9 08 52 03

5 41 06 8:45 28 08

5 4S 09.44

44 55 28.3

2

C(

" 10 10 01 21

6 02 32.0 45 12 01

5 48 09.44

44 55 28.3

2

tt

" 11 09 30 30

6 21 17.l|44 39 58

5 48 09.44

44 55 28.3

1

t(

'« 13 09 24 52

6 54 45.8 42 56 08

17 10 05 81

42 56 18.0

2

Groombridge, 1296

((

17 11 47.16

42 57 04.1

2

" 1302.

" 14 10 19 30

7 09 22.6 41 49 53

16 39 47.90

41 57 21.0

2

B. A. Cat.

« 17 9 42 35

7 43 17.236 15 39

7 36 18.32

37 53 10.7

3

Bessel's Zone, 493.

" 19 9 22 19

7 59 56 0 35 52 39

8 00 05.2335 54 56.0

3

" 451.

Comet-Star.

Comet-star.

" 24 09 02 57

— 14.6

+ 06 04.2

8 29 30 30

1

jStar is unknown.

" 25 09 29 04

8 32 40.7

29 28 35

8 37 18 50 29 19 19.6

2

jB A. Cat.

" 26 09 13 23

8 36 26.1

28 33 35

8 37 45.90 28 43 34 3

2 .

Bessel's Zone, 350.

((

8 43 07.56|28 50 10.7

2

B. A. Cat.

«

8 43 21.03.28 55 06.2

2

({

C(

8 46 21.86128 30 54.3

2

((

" The comet was first seen at M""- IS""-, June 2d. The observations of
this morning are made with the spider-line micrometer, and under favor-
able circumstances.

" June 4th. The differences of A. E.. were obtained this day from the
hour-circle of the equatorial, which reads to single seconds of time.
The comet could be seen with the naked eye after most of the stars of
the second magnitude had disappeared. It being somewhat cloudy, the
length of the tail could not be well determined. The nebulosity was
very much condensed and beautifully defined : near the head of the
comet, the tail was plainly divided into two branches.

" June 6th, A. M. The head of the comet broad and full ; in the course
of six hours, it has undergone a remarkable change, becoming pointed,
and appearing with a spur or secondary tail (which is the brightest of
the two) of two degrees in length. The axes of the tails are inclined at
an angle of twenty degrees, though the estimation is quite uncertain.
The principal tail may be traced through five degrees. The observa-
tions are made as on the 4th.

" On the 9th and 10th, the observations are made with the spider-line

18

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

and annular micrometers. The changes in the physical appearance of
this comet from night to night are particularly interesting.

" June 25th. Observed with the spider-line and annular micrometers,
the comet being still sufficiently bright to bear illumination ; its tail is one

or two degrees long.

Olservalions on the Comets of February and Maij, 1846.

Cambridge

Gomel's

Star of Comparison.

No. of

Mean Solar Time.

A. R.

Dec. N.

A. R.

Dec. N.

Comp.

1846. d. h. m. s.

h. m. s.

O 1 II

h. m. s.

O 1 II

Feb. 26 08 11 44

1 00 25.7

3 19 17

0 57 45.04

3 22 26.1

2

Bessel's Zone, 36.

Mar. 1 07 35 35

1 00 32.6

8 08 35

0 58 40.18

8 02 22.(

3

Hi.sl. Cel., p. 12S.

" 2 07 30 00

1 00 26.1

9 42 34

0 03 24.92

9 28 14.3

3

B. A. Cat., 351.

'« 3 07 17 51

1 00 16.6

11 13 36

1 01 10.55

11 12 24.8

3

Bessel's Zone, 124.

'« 4 07 4 ' 56

1 00 01.7112 46 05

0 58 29.95

13 03 41.0

3

tc fC

« 5 08 35 54

0 59 41.6 14 17

0 56 58.06

14 07 00.0

1

B. A. Cat., 30.5.

" 6 08 12 46

0 .59 18.3 15 43 23

1 05 57.20

15 18 58.5

3

370.

" 9 07 08 49

0 57 47.7

19 48 46

0 59 42 10

19 55 07.2

3

322.

" 10 07 27 39

0 57 09.0

21 08 56

0 59 52.02

21 09 17 9

3

Bessel's Zone, 200.

" 11 07 43 06

0 56 27.3

22 27 31

0 48 .59.75

22 37 46.3

2

B. A. Cat., 264.

" 12 07 26 45

0 55 42 6

23 41 42

0 50 12.40

23 41 20.4

3

Bessel's Zone, 331.

" 17 07 38 10

0 51 14.3

29 33 41

0 49 38.43

29 29 06.2

2

Hist Cel., p. 307.

" 18 08 22 12

0 50 11.7

30 41 01

0 54 23.00

30 58 36.0

Bessel's Zone, 390.

u

0 55 40.29

30 40 27.0

1

<< ti

" 21 07 30 16

0 46 57.4

33 45 28

0 48 45.67

34 01 38.1

1

Hist. Cel., p. 20.

((

0 49 28.77

34 09 19.1

1

H

" 31 07 50 45

0 34 15.2'42 51 32

0 33 56.57

43 05 35.1

4

Bessel's Zone, 443.

Apr. 1 07 51 48

0 32 49.4 43 40 .50

0 28 25 17

43 38 17.4

3

B. A. Cat., 152.

" 2 08 07 58

0 31 20.6 44 .30 00

0 29 14 28

44 45 21.2

3

Bessel's Zone, 444.

" 3 16 24 21

0 29 21.445 34 17

0 38 18.36

45 31 19.0

2

Hist. Cel., p. 249.

» 14 08 31 14

0 11 27.5 53 33 35

0 08 32 67

53 48 09.7

3

p. 373.

" 15 08 54 17

0 09 27.8 54 17 05

0 02 44.56

54 29 055

3

(( ((

"

0 09 06.14

54 07 29.6

3

It It

" 16 08 20 08

0 07 32.0 54 58 59

0 04 .55.5i)

55 00 08.1

4

II «

" 27 15 30 .35

23 38 11.0 62 47 10

23 40 39 9J

62 57 42 3

2

Groomb. Cat., 4142,

((

1

23 42 55.73

G2 53 14.8

2

" " [4149.

May 4 15 02 17

23 09 51.1,67 21 12

23 12 19 32

67 16 10.8

4

B. A. Cat , 8124.

" 18 10 48 16

21 20 44.574 35 44

21 10 17.07 74 36 46 9

3

7393.

« 19 11 07 28

21 08 56.3 74 54 23,

21 04 30.00 74 54 50.0

3

Hist. Cel., p. 364.

Comet of May, 1846.

May 19 12 15 02

6 34 58.4;5l 31 06]

6 41 18.82

51 41 44.6

5

Groombridge, 1226.

" 20 08 55 00

6 39 20.

50 15

1

Instrumental Read

" 21 09 11 44

6 44 05.7

48 55 48

6 35 54.97

48 56 39 5

1

B.A.C.,2201. [ing.

ti

!

6 43 01.69

49 05 11.6

9

Hist. Cel., p. 3S3.

" 22 09 01 38

6 47 44.5 47 43 00

6 45 4821

47 28 10.0

5

p. 376.

June 3 09 31 20

7 01 27.838 11 46,

7 03 12.33

]S 21 45.0

2

"pp. 203,209.

((

7 00 41.47

58 2() .35.3

4

" 12 09 02 48

6 57 49.3

33 58 13'

6 58 06.63

34 04 00.3

p. 212

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

19

4. Solar Eclipse of May, 1845.

Micrometric Measurements during the Solar Eclipse of May 5l.li,
1845. Corrected for Refraction.

Cambridge Observatory, Lat. 42*^ 22' 49", Long. 4^- 44!"- 32':

Mean Solar Time.

Oljservetl
Diff. of Dec.

Cor. for
Refracl'n.

True Diff.
of Dec.

d. h. ni. s.

May 5 17 00 43.0

14 51.8

h-4S.4

/ II

15 40.2

( Diff. of Dec. of the sun's
< and the south cusp.

north limb

4 57.5

16 05.3

- 40.2

16 45.5

it

U

7 19.1

16 17.2

-33.8

16 51.0

((

I(

9 54.0

1 39.7

^02 3

1 42.0

5 Diff. of Dec. of the sun's
( and llie nortli cu.'sp.

north limb

11 28.3

2 12.1 -

h02.9

2 15.0

((

(

13 20.0

2 49.1 -j

f- 03.5

2 52.6

((

((

14 46.0

3 31.4-^

^03.7

3 35.1

t«

((

15 31.7

4 04.7'^

^04.2

4 08 9

((

t

17 21.1

5 22.2-

-05.0

5 27.2

((

t(

" Note. The sky was clear, but the sun's limb was very tremulous.
The refraction corrections are somewhat uncertain, the sun being but
one degree above the horizon at the commencement of the series.
The observations were made by William C. Bond with the 46-inch
equatorial telescope (aperture 2f inches), and Troughton's spider-
line position micrometer.

" The time of ending of the eclipse, expressed in mean solar time
for the meridian of this Observatory, as observed by Hon. William
Mitchell, with an achromatic telescope, by Tully, of 3j^-inch aper-
ture and 45 inches focus, was 5"- IT- 18™- 02.2'-.

" As observed by W. C. Bond, with a refractor by Troughton
and Simms, of 2f-inch aperture and 46 inches focus, it was b"^' 17''-
IB-" 04.3".

" As observed by George P. Bond, with a refractor by Lerebours,
having a rock-crystal object-glass of 3 inches aperture and 4 feet
focus, it was 5"- IT- 18'"- 04.2'-.

20

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

5. Solar Eclipse of April, 1846.

Micrometric Measurements during the Eclipse of April 2ith, 1846.
Corrected for Refraction and for the Sun''s Motion in the Intervals
of Transit.
Cambridge Observatory, Lat. 42° 22' 49", Long. 4^- 44"'- 32'-.

Mean Solar Time.
April, 1S45.

Disl. aac

Diff. of

Dec.

Differen-
ces of
A.R.

Observationa by W. C. B.

d. h. m. s.

24 23 17 23.8

8 43.5

m. s.

Distances of cusps.

20 22.2

11 07.5

(( It

23 42.6

13 32.0

(C ((

26 00.3

15 02.5

(( ((

33 46.4

10 56.0

Differences of declination of the cusps.

43 42.0

11 27.7

u u

43 44 8

2.01

Diff. of A. R. of sun's 1st limb and preceding cusp.

4.5 06 1

47.30

" " 2d limb and following cusp.

51 04.0

11 01.0

Diff. of declination of the cusps.

51 06.0

1.80

Diff.of A.R.of sun'slst limb and preceding cusp.

52 38.2

37.00

" " 2d limb and following cusp.

25 GO 09 08.7

3.79

" " 1st limb and preceding cusp.

09 05.0

16 25.5

Diff. of declination of the cusps.

15 21 ()

15 34.4

Diff. of A. R. of the cusps.

15 26.6

5.08

Diff.of A.R.of sun's 1st limb and preceding cusp.

20 33.4

14 54.8

Diff. of Dec. of the north limbs of sun and moon.

24 36.4

14 19.9

i( (( ((

28 22 1

13 57.1

l( (t Cl

30 43.2

13 37.9

U (( ((

32 51 6

13 21.2

(( {( ((

34 29.5

13 07.1

(C (( ((

37 41.4

12 48.4

(( (( ((

39 15.3

12 373

(( (C ((

41 17.5

12 24 4

(( (I t(

42 38.5

12 127

(( (( C(

43 59.6

11 56.8

C( U (C

45 22.8

11 49.3

U U ((

47 01.8

11 428

(( (( t(

49 52.3

11 20 9

(( C( ((

50 48.3

11 11.0

(( (( ((

51 39.5

11 05 5

C( (( ((

52 56.3

10 54.7

(( « ((

54 56 0

10 40 7

(( (( C(

56 11.)

10 34.3

U (( cc

1 10 01.7

170

Diff.of Dec. of sun's south limb and south cusp.

13 113

26.3

(C (( ((

15 11.7

36 8

(( (( <;

17 08.7

49.8

(( ({ C(

18 21.5

59.6

(( (( (C

29 52.8

1 37.74

Diff. of A. R. of sun and moon's 1st limbs, and of

30 20.3

2 05.16

" [sun's 1st limb and north cusp.

33 27.9

1 42.01

i( (( ((

33 51.0

2 05.11

(( It C(

36 32 7

1 46.66

(( C( tc

39 51 1

1 5174

c( c( cc

40 06.8

2 07.41

U U (C

42 36 3

1 55 78

cc (( cc

42 36.3

2 08 70

cc cc (C

47 25.0

9 581

Distances of the cusps observed by G. P. Bond.

48 30.2

9 23.7

(1 cc cc

49 20.9

7 42 4

cc C( ((

50 18.7

6 21.4

cc C( t(

I

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 21

" The times of the beginning and ending of this eclipse were no-
ticed by four observers. The beginning,

d. h. m. s.

24 23 14 17.2 by W. C. Bond, with a 5-foot refractor.

20.7 " G. P. Bond, with a 46-inch refractor.

26.8 " E.. T. Paine, with a reflector of 4-inch aperture.
35.2 " Prof. Peirce, with a 20-inch Var. Transit.

End,

d h. m. s.

25 01 52 23.0 by Prof. Peirce, with the same instrument as before."

14.6 " W. C. Bond,

12.4 " George P. Bond, " «

09.1 " R. T. Paine, Esq., "

Professor Peirce also communicated, from Mr. William
Cranch Bond, Director of the Cambridge Observatory, the
following

Notes on Meteors.

" 1845. August 10th. Watched for the ' meteoric shower ' of this
period ; but no meteors whatever were seen. The moon shone quite
brightly, while the sky was about half covered with cirro-stratus
cloud.

^^ August llth. A brilliant meteor was seen from the Sears Tower,
in broad daylight, at 6*"- OS"*-. Altitude, 25° 30'. Azimuth south,
75° east. It described an arc of about seven degrees in one second
of time. The color was white, appearing to increase in brilliancy ;
the form irregular, the estimated diameter less than five minutes. The
sky was nearly clear in the direction where the meteor was seen, the
sun shining dimly at the time through cirrus cloud. The intensity of
the light of this meteor was such as to render it a more conspicuous
object than the moon at full would have been. The same meteor was
probably seen in Essex, Connecticut, and in the vicinity of Cincinnati,
Ohio ; but the accounts are not sufficiently precise to enable us to de-
termine its course and distance.

" August 25th. A meteor was seen from the vicinity of the College
buildings, at about eight o'clock. It appeared of one half the diameter
of the moon. By a comparison of the different accounts, its altitude,

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

when first seen, seems to have been about 45°, azimuth south
10° west, and it crossed the meridian in a path inclined fifty degrees
to the horizon ; its course being towards the southeast, through an arc
of ten or twenty degrees. The colors were red and blue. This
same body was also seen from New Haven, Connecticut ; and, from
a comparison of the New Haven and Cambridge apparent positions,
it appears that the distance of the meteor, when first seen, was about
one hundred and fifty miles from our station, and its height above the
earth one hundred miles. It passed over Newport, Rhode Island,
Taunton and Quincy, Massachusetts, descending to the earth near
Boston Bay. Meteors of large size have been of frequent occurrence
in difTerent parts of the world during the months of August and Sep-
tember of this year.

" 1846. Telescopic meteors have frequently passed the field of
view of the comet-seeker during this season, sometimes as many as
five or six on a single night. From their comparative velocities,
these would seem to be more distant than those visible to the naked
eye.

" July 20lh. A 1 9^- 55"- a meteor was seen from the Observatory,
in brightness equal to Venus ; its course from 77 Cygni to near a Cas-
siopese ; its color preceding was a dark red, inclining to purple ; the
following, a yellowish white. The position was well determined by
two observers ; but we have no other observations of it for com-
parison.

" Several attempts have been made to ascertain the amount of par-
allax of the smaller shooting-stars, but the evenings selected for the
purpose have proved unfavorable. In some instances, however, the
results seem to indicate a closer proximity than has usually been as-
signed to these objects.

" August lOth. Evening cloudy, with rain.

^'■August 11th. This evening, shooting stars were abundant, aver-
aging about one in a minute, in a space occupying one quarter of the
heavens. The head of Perseus was the principal radiating point. At
jQh. 2Qm. ^ meteor, brighter than Venus, passed from a Cassiopere,
through the square of Pegasus, to about 80 Pegasi. The colors were
blue preceding, followed by red and white ; it had a cometary tail of
dense white light."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 23

Mr. Emerson, in behalf of a committee appointed at a for-
mer meeting to consider the subjects of " the relation between
the Chinese language, and the languages of Northwestern Eu-
rope," and "of Phonotypy and Phonography," remarked, that
the committee were not prepared to offer any formal statement
on the first-named topic, further than to recommend that Mr.
S. P. Andrews, who had been present at nearly all the meet-
ings of the committee, be invited to present his views in a
memoir, to be laid before the Academy. Upon the subject of
PlLonotypy, Mr. Emerson made the following report.

" Few subjects can present stronger claims to the attention of all per-
sons interested in the advancement and perfection of the arts of writ-
ing and printing, than Phonotypy and Phonography.* Phonotypy has
for its object a reform in the existing modes of representing language
by printed types. Phonography has the higher object of bringing into
use a mode of representing sounds by written characters, which shall
be more scientific, more exact, more easily acquired, and four or five
times more rapid, than any now in general use.

" The necessity of a reform in the received mode of representing the
sounds of our language has occurred to very many pcrsons,t at differ-
ent times, within the last two or three hundred years. Indeed, this ne-
cessity must have been apparent to every philosophical observer who
has attentively considered the extreme inadequacy of the small and
veiy imperfect Phoenician alphabet, however modified by Greek and
Roman usage, when adopted to express the sounds of a language de-
rived from so many sources, and having so broad a compass and so

• Phonotypy is the art of printing, Phonography of writing, according to
sound.

t Sir John Cheke, appointed professor of Greek at Cambridge by Henry the
Eighth, in 1540, and knighted by Edward the Sixth, in 1551, made some at-
tempts to improve the orthography of the language. One of his devices was the
one so often proposed, of expressing long vowel-sounds by double vowels. His
friend and associate in the reform of the pronunciation of Greek, Sir Thomas
Smith, also proposed a reform in the orthography of English. Both these were
among the most learned men of their times. Many others have appeared, from
Mulcaster, in 1.582, to Rich, of Troy, New Hampshire, in 1844.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

great a variety of sounds, as the English.* The most distinguished of
those who have gone so far as to propose a reform are Bishop Wilkins,
Sir William Jones, and Dr. Franklin ; all of them eminently conspicu-
ous for their strong common sense, and two of them for practical,
every-day wisdom. Bishop Wilkins made a most elaborate analysis of
the sounds of spoken language, and proposed two very distinct modes
of representing them. His essay was received by the Royal Society
and ordered to be printed, on the 13th of April, 1668. This analysis
was unfortunately proposed as a part of An Essay towards a Real
Character and a Philosophical Language, and therefore did not at-
tract all the attention to which it was entitled.!

"Dr. Franklin did not apparently go so fully into the subject as Bish-
op Wilkins ; fully enough, however, to show his conviction of the im-
portance and feasibility of the reform. He proposed eight vowels, in-
cluding h, and eighteen consonants. He invented a character for sh,
one, ij, for ng, a modification of a for au, and separate characters for
th whispered and th vocal. He recognized the natural division of con-
sonants by pairs ; but had not distinct signs for the long vowels, but
expressed them by the short vowels doubled. He omitted c, 7, q, w,x,
and y ; considering j as compounded of d and sh, ch as compounded
of t and sh, and zh as compounded of z and sh. He evidently left the
work incomplete.

" Sir William Jones, in a dissertation published more than fifty
years ago, and prepared with that thoroughness of research for which

* The English language must be made up of the languages of the Celts, who
occupied the island before the inroads of the Romans, and who have left dialects
of their tongue among the Welsh, Cornish, Irish, and Gaelic ; of the Latins of
the limes of the emperors ; of the Danish and Norwegian invaders, many of whom
made permanent settlements and spoke Scandinavian dialects ; of the Saxon and
Danish or Angle invaders of a later age, who formed the Saxon octarchy, speak-
ing German languages ; of the Normans of the Conquest, speaking the old
French; of the modern French; of classical Latin, introduced with literature by
learned men ; of Greek, introduced in the same way, as the language of science ;
of Italian, as the language of the arts ; and of words from various other sources.

t Bishop Wilkins recognizes the binary division of consonants, and applies it
to all the consonant-sounds, making twenty-six consonants, six letters of a middle
nature, and five vowels, e, a, d, 0, u. In his arrangement he begins with sounds
formed in the throat, or " inmost palate," and comes out to those formed by the
lips. He speaks of possible gutturals and lip sounds which do not occur in any
language, and are not therefore to be provided with a symbol.

The following is his arrangement of the letters, which is here presented as

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

:o

he was remarkable, proposed, for the purpose of representing the sounds
of Asiatic words, a new system of vowels and consonants, which were

probably the earliest philosophical analysis of the sounds of our language which
has been published in English.

1^

o
c

3

C3
S

bo

o

■^<

bB

c

15

•*^

C3
<U

i-i

«

bD

c

o
o
o

Oi

o
c

m

C

If

D

St &

g s

CS g

0)

(U

>

tn
cS

<

tF

d

"»

,

&

«

s

o

^

.^

,

>

0;

o

01

lU

32

>.

.-

»

Sonorous.

-c

>i

J3

Mute.

r .

N

Sonorous.

J'

bn

3

oT

Mute.

.1-^

. •,

-S

<o

^

Sonorous.

J3

^

B

N

Mute.

CD \

Lts

GQ

-a

dJ3 O

^

0)

Trepid

ion of t

tongu

1

M

'm

Sonorous.

Mute.

*-»

V

*.»

^»

C

Oi

o ^

(

aj

-

^

S

, ,

Sonorous.

c

o

1^

each
oft
mou

-

=s

Mute.

o
o

the mid-
dle of the
mouth.

J3

bD

J3
"a

>

Sonorous.
Mute.

bj)

.**

B

c

S

Sonorous.

-T

^

^

"bil

s

"5

"1

Mute.

bB

-u

-Q

Sonorous.

<r

•i-T

£i

j3

Mute.

i

13 => .

.5*

01

C3

C-*J J3

>-•

cl<

"3

- s ■^,

01

-C

o,

to C ?J

J3

•^

o

•emo

or r

he te

O

o

QD

c

5 Oi -

o

a

■*r

•\

o

Oi

o

'J

^

s

.fr

bO

■1

s

2

o

a

H

O

J

2& PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

to be represented by those already existing, by the somewhat profuse
use of compounds and diacritical marks.*

" The necessity of a reform is very apparent from an examination of
our present alphabet, as used to express the sounds of our language.

" I. Our alphabet is inadequate ; there being thirty-eight or forty
sounds, and several combinations of sounds, to be expressed, and only
twenty-six characters.

" II. It is redundant ; three of these twenty-six, namely, k, q, and x,
standing for sounds which are represented by other letters ; and q be-
ing by itself without significance.

" III. It is uncertain, contradictory, and false ; each of the vowel-
signs representing several sounds,t namely : —

a, not less than 9
e, " " 7:

i, itself a diphthong, 5 :
o, not less than I
u, also a diphthong, 8 :
y, not less than 5 :
and each of these sounds being represented by other letters or combi-
nations of letters, the first sound of

a, by 19 different combinations of letters.

e, by 21 " "

i, by 17 "

o, by 16 "

u, by 17

y, by 4 " "t

* See his Dissertation on the Orthography of Asiatic Words in Roman Letters,
in the first volume of his works, edited by Lord Teignmouth, 1st ed., p. 175.

t The sound of a is diflFerent in each two of the following words : imaging,
mating, many, paring, father, fat, fall, want, dollar ; of e, in the following : he,
pretty, met, clerk, rendezvous, burden, blame; of i, in admiration, stir, sin, bind,
business ; of o, in women, nor, hop, work, sow, go, do, woman, compter ; of m,
in busy, bury, cur, but, unruly, pull, usage, persuade ; of y, in pity, physic,
myrrh, fly, yard. — See Ellis's Plea for Phonotyprj, p. 8.

t As in the following words : of a, by a in mating, a-e in mate, a-ue in
plfflgwe, ai in pffiin, aigh in straight, ao in gaol, au in gfflwging, au-e in gauge, ay
in pray, aye in prayed, ca in great, ei in veil, eig in reign, eigh in weigh, eighe in
•weighed, ey in they, eye in conveyed, eye in eyot, ez in rendezvous ; of e, by as in
CtBsar, c in be, c-e in complete, ea in each, ea-e in leave, ee in feet, eg in impreo-n,
ei in conceit, ei-e in conceive, eo in people, ey in key, eye in keyed, i in albino,
i-e in magazine, ia in parliament, ie in grief, ie-e in grieve, ce in fa»tus, uay in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 27

" There are fourteen simple vowel-sounds,* and four diphthongs,
t, oi, ou, u ; in all eighteen, to be represented ; and there are only
six vowel-signs to represent them. They are distributed without any
apparent order, or rather in defiance of all order, method, or principle.

" The representatives of the consonant-sounds are not so extrava-
gant ; there being only twenty-two or twenty-four consonant-sounds to
be represented, and twenty, or rather seventeen, letters to represent
them. The representation of these is, however, sufficiently fantastic ;
two of the perfectly simple consonants, c and t, being represented in
ten different modes each.t On the whole, the thirty-six simple, and
six or seven compound sounds, for which it is desirable to have char-
acters, are represented in our language by three hundred and sixty-
seven equivalents, an average of more than eight and one half to each
sound, amongst which the inexperienced writer has to choose ; — and
not a single sound of the English tongue has one uniform representa-
tive. The case is somewhat better for the reader. There are about
two hundred letters or equivalents for letters in use, to represent the
thirty-seven sounds of our language. Some of these have each a sin-
gle value ; but many of them have a considerable number. Among
those of most common occurrence are the combinations ei, eo, ze, and
ough^ which have respectively seven, nine, eleven, and nine values.|

quay, ui in mosquito, y in carry; of i, by aise in aisle, ei in neither, as often pro-
nounced, eigh in height, ey in eying, eye in eije, i in bind, i-e in mine, ic in in-
dict, ie in lie, ig in sign, igh in hi^-A, is-e in isle, ui in beguiling, ui-e in heguiU,
uy in buy, y in fly, ye. in Aye ; of o, by au in hauteur, eau in beau, eo in yeoman,
ew in seic, o in go, o-e in cove, oa in coal, oe in doe, oh in oh! ol in yolk, oo in
brooch, ou in somI, ough in though, oio in knotc, owe in oioe, wo in s?cord ; of u,
by eau in bcawty, eo in feod, eu in fewd, eio in fezc, ewe in ewe, hu in Aumor, ieu
in licM, iew in \ie2D, iewe in viewjed, u in wsage, ue in use, we in ague, ug in im-
ptign, ugh in Hugh, ui in suit, yeic in yew, you in ijou; of y, by e in courteous, i
in onion, j in hallelujah, y in yard. — See Ellis's Plea, pp. 5-8.

* Namely : i (ee), as in feet ; i, as in it ; z (a), as in mate ; e, as in met ; ae, as
in mare ; a, as in Sam ; a, as in psalm ; e, as in caught ; o, as in cot; u, as in
cur ; u, as in curry ; o, as in bone ; vu, as in fool ; and u, as in full.

t Cin can, chasm, ache, hack, lough, kill, walk, </uack, quay, exception; tin
debt, indict, suckerf, sought, phthisical, ptarmigan, toe, Thomas, hatter, mezzotint.
— Ellis, p. 7.

t The sounds of ei are different in every two of the words conceit, forfeit, veil,
heifer, their, Leipsig, reimburse; of eo, in people, leopard, dungeon, yeoman, gal-
leon, feod, Macleod, aureola, theology ; of ie, in grief, pitied, friend, soldier, lie,
medieval, conscientious, piety, crier, species, courier; of ough, in sought, though,
through, plough, cough, hough, trough, hiccough, and tough.

I

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The two hundred effective letters have only about five hundred and
fifty values, an average of two and one half each. So that to guess
what value to give to each letter when written is easier than to divine
what symbols to choose to represent a sound uttered, in the proportion
of two and one half to eight and one half, or of twenty-five to eighty-five.

" Of the fifty thousand words of our language which have been ex-
amined, not more than fifty, or one in a thousand, are pronounced as
they are spelt, that is, if we take the first sound or name-sound of each
letter as indicating its power. Hence the spelling of a word is no in-
fallible guide to its pronunciation ; and there is absolutely no way of
indicating, by the alphabet now in use, what the pronunciation of a
word should be.

" From the very anomalous and irregular nature of our written lan-
guage follows the extreme difficulty of learning to read, it taking chil-
dren not less than fifteen times as long as if each sound had one sign,
and each sign one invariable sound. The difficulty is not simply what
it would be if they had two hundred characters to learn. It is far
greater. In regard to many of the letters and combinations, a child
can never learn the sound. He can only learn that the sound is to be
ascertained by authority, whenever the letter occurs. Take, for ex-
ample, the first letter of the alphabet as occurring in the following
sentence.

12 3 4 5 6

" ' Many, comparing this man with his father, fall into the mistake

3 7 8 9

that he wants little of being an image of him.'

" Here are nine different sounds of the a ; and a child who had mas-
tered them would be none the better prepared to give the sounds of a
in any other word which should occur. He could at best guess that it
had one of these nine sounds, and proceed to try them in succession,
but each of the nine guesses would be wrong if the word were bread
or heaven, or any other in which a is silent. Or take the letter e in the
following sentence : —

" ' Let her leave her burden at the rendezvous, and show the clerk
her pretty tame mouse.'

" Here the letter has eight different sounds or powers, and the effect
of learning it would be only to confuse the mind in reference to the
sound of e in every word not contained in this sentence. Take one of
the combinations of two letters, at, for instance, in this sentence: — 'Cap-
tain Paine said he had a pair of plaids.' After learning the five sounds

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 29

here given, if the learner should read in Scott an account of a feast at
a Saxon's table, he would have to guess live times at the pronunciation
of dais, and each time wrong. The written language is continually-
misleading thus, and it may be safely said that the sound of a word is
learnt, not through the aid of the vowels, but in spite of them. Our
language is full of rules, and still more of exceptions. A true alpha-
bet would require no rules, and it would admit of no exceptions. It
would always speak for itself. In our present alphabet, every letter
oftentimes misleads us, and every letter is sometimes lost. ' It is real-
ly deplorable,' as Sir William Jones, speaking of our alphabet, says,
' that our first step from total ignorance should be into gross inaccu-
racy, and that we should begin our education in English with learning
to read the five vowels, two of which, as we are taught to pronounce
them, are clearly diphthongs.' — Works, 1st ed.. Vol. L, p. 183.

" The truth is, that there is such an absence of rule, principle, and
analogy in our language, as now written, that it is not to be wondered
at that so few learn to read well, and that nolody learns to spell.*
' Such is the state of our language,' says Sheridan, a man certainly not
prejudiced against his native tongue, ' that the darkest hieroglyphics,
or most difliicult ciphers that the art of man has hitherto invented, were
not better calculstted to conceal the sentiments of those that used them
from all that had not a key, than the state of our spelling is to conceal
the true pronunciation of words from all except a few well educated na-
tives.' Such are the difficulties of our language, that with most foreign-
ers beyond the period of early youth the acquisition of a tolerably correct
pronunciation is quite impossible ; and, in regard to proper names, no
person, whether native or foreigner, who has not heard them, can be
sure of their pronunciation. t

" The IMPORTANCE of the reform is not less apparent than its neces-
sity. Our language is one of the simplest, richest, and most compre-
hensive and expressive of languages, and ought to be one of the easi-

* Men who have most to do with the press, and who are therefore most likely
to know how to spell, have to confess that they wear out a dictionary in looking
for the spelling of words. Can a man he found who never doubts about the spell-
ing of a word ?

t Take the instance of the new name, Cochituate, proposed for Long Pond.
No person, on reading it, can be sure whether the o in the first syllable is long or
short, whether ch in the second is sounded like k, like sh, or like tch, whether u
is M or 00, and whether ate sounds long or short a, or short i, or short e; and there
is a doubt about the accent.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

est of acquisition. Those who speak it belong to the most energetic of
all the races, and are everywhere, by might, or craft, or commercial
enterprise, or philanthropic action, rapidly extending the area over
which it is to be spoken. It is the language of liberty, of poetry, of
inventions. It should be made accessible to all. Rapp, a person
qualified to judge and to pronounce in the matter of languages,
says : — ' Although the French is become the common language, in
a diplomatic and social sense, it has never acquired a firm footing
in extensive regions out of Europe. The English, on the contrary,
may pass for the universal tongue out of Europe ; and by its bold
fusion and consequent decomposition of the forms of its Gothic and
Roman elements, this idiom has acquired an incomparable fluency,
and appears especially destined by nature, more than any one of the
living, to undertake that part. Were not the impediment of a bizarre,
antiquated orthography in the way, the universality of this language
would be still more apparent ; and it may, perhaps, be said to be for-
tunate for us other Europeans, that the Englishman has not made the
discovery.' *

" The reform proposed by the author or authors of Phonotypy is
simply the laying down and carrying out this most philosophical prin-
ciple,— that each sound of the language should be re'presented by one
and only one sign, and that each sign should constantly represent one
sound. This principle is obviously the one on which every alphabet
should be formed, and it is therefore, as the basis of the reform, a
principle entirely satisfactory to the mind.

" In the analysis of the sounds of the language, aid has been sought
and obtained from all accessible sources ; from Wilkins, Sir William
Jones, Dr. Franklin, Rapp, and especially Ellis ; from the alphabets of
other languages ; from the structure of the organs of articulation, and from
the construction of those ingenious philosophical instruments which have
been contrived to imitate the sounds of language. Professor Wheat-
stone, taking advantage of all which has been done by Kratzenstein,
Kempelen, and Professor Willis, contrived a simple tube, fitted with a
reed and blown by means of bellows, which, of a certain length, gave the
vowel I (ee) ; of another definite length, the vowel E (a) ; of another, the
vowel A (ah) ; of another, O; and of another, indefinite, U (oo) ; and
being gradually drawn out while blown, gave the series I, E, A, O, U,

* K. M. Rapp, PhysioJogie der Sprache, as quoted by a writer in the Phonotyp-
ic Journal, Vol. III., p. 249.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 31

and on being farther drawn out, repeated these sounds in the reverse or-
der, then, successively, with different lengths, the same series direct, and
again reversed. This experiment settles the order of the vowel-sounds,
which had also been already determined by the utterance of a continu-
ous stream of vocal sound, with the parts of the mouth gradually chang-
ing their position. It does not determine at which end of the series the
vocal sounds should be considered as beginning, which has been settled
on other grounds. The number of vowel-sounds has been determined by
a careful analysis of the spoken language. There seem to be fourteen
well settled vowel-sounds in authorized use in the language.* Several
others are sometimes heard ; as, for example, the sound of o in most,
among ourselves. Four diphthongs, i, oi, ou, and m, from their fre-
quent occurrence in the language, have symbols assigned them.

" The natural order of the consonant-sounds is determined by ob-
serving the organs of articulation employed in forming or modifying
them, and the order settled upon by Mr. Pitman is that of labials, den-
tals, palatals, gutturals, nasals, beginning with those formed by the lips
and going back to those formed by aid of the teeth, the palate, and
the nose. The reverse of this order might have been taken ; and has
been taken by Bishop Wilkins and Dr. Franklin.

" What particular consonant-sounds are found in the language is
determined, as in the case of vowels, by an analysis of the language
itself. They are settled at twenty-four, including those of an ambigu-
ous nature, represented by w, y, and A, and called coalescents, and the
breathing represented by h. After exhausting the letters of the present
alphabet, excluding k, q, and x, it became necessary to adopt nineteen
new letter-signs for the unrepresented or misrepresented sounds. These

* Eight are long, as 1. cc in keep, 2. a in make, 3. a in mare, 4. a in mark, 5. aw
in caught, 6. M in burn, 7. o in pole, and 8. oo in fool ; and six short, namely, 9. i
as in pin, 10. e in met, 11. a in sat, 12. o in top, 13. u in cup, and 14. oo in foot.
Of the short, only two correspond precisely to long sounds, namely, 1 1 to 3, and
12 to 5. The order in the phonic scale would seem to be nearly

1

9
2

10
3 — 11
4

5 — 12
6

13
7

14
8.

32

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

have been chosen with great care, and after very numerous experi-
ments. The present form of the phonetic alphabet being as high as
the seventeenth of those which have been successively proposed.
The proposed alphabet is the following : —

CONSONANTS.

Type.

Example
of Sound.

Type.

Example
of Sound.

Type.

Example
of Sound.

P p

p^iy

r

t

thigh

e

Q

cAew

B b

iay

a

d

thy

J

J

Jew

F f

/ew

s

s

seal

E

;

mesA

V V

view

z

z

zeal

s.

3

measure

M m

sum

L

1

baiZ

c

c

call

W w

7cay

R

r

bare

G

S

^all

T t

toe

N

n

SU7i

IS

B

snng

D d

doe

Y

y

yea.

H

h

hay

VOWELS.

I i

feet

fl

a

Sam

0

0

bone

I i

fit

, A

a

psalm

U

u

hwt

8 £

mate

0

e

caught

m

m

fool

E e

mrt

0

0

cot

u

u

fwll

M se

mare

u

U

heard

¥

U

news

COMPOUND

VOWELS.

* i

high

$

6

hoij

S

s

hOMJ

" Some objections which are made to the project of reform ought to
be considered.

"1. It is feared by many that if the new mode of printing should
prevail, all the libraries now in existence will become useless. This
fear is entirely groundless. When a knowledge of the language, or
facihty in reading, is once acquired through phonotypy, it will be per-
fectly easy to read books printed in the common type ; far more easy
than it is for us to read old black-letter English, or the English of the
times of Chaucer. It will probably take less time, — I have no doubt
myself that it will take much less time, — to read phonotypically first
and heterotypically afterwards, than to learn to read by the common
mode alone ; inasmuch as, when one has learnt the phonotypic alphabet,
he may learn to read of himself without farther assistance, the letters
giving necessarily the true sounds of the words, and, the knowledge of
the words of the language once acquired, one may, afterwards, soon
read them with ease, however disguised by a barbarous heterography.

"2. It is objected that it will, if adopted, oblige all of us to learn a

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 33

considerable portion of a new alphabet. Let any one who feels this
objection make the attempt, for only two hours, to read a well printed
phonotypic book, and the objection will disappear. When the art of
writing was first introduced among the Anglo-Saxons, the art of deci-
phering it was well called reading, that is guessing. Reading English
is a sort of guessing at the meaning of hieroglyphical symbols ; and so
admirably are we all trained to the art by learning to read, that any
one will find it surprisingly easy to guess at the power of all the newly
introduced letters of the phonotypic alphabet, without looking into a
First Book for them. This statement, which I believe is literally true
of the small letters, may, perhaps, admit of an exception in regard to
the capitals, when found in a line by themselves. The new letters are
carefully selected, as has been already stated, to represent those sounds
which least frequently occur ; and in assigning them characters, forms
have in most instances been chosen with which we are already famil-
iar or which resemble the letters whose power they most nearly rep-
resent.*

" 3. A third objection which is urged against the reform is, that by
changing the spelling we are in danger of losing sight of the derivation
of a word, and thus of losing one clew to its meaning. Let Dr. Frank-
lin answer this objection, as it was made to him originally by a corre-
spondent.! ' Now as to the inconveniences you mention ; the first is,
" that all our etymologies would be lost, consequently we could not
ascertain the meaning of many words." Etymologies are at present
very uncertain, but such as they are, the old books would still preserve
them, and etymologists would there find them. Words in the course
of time change their meanings, as well as their spelling and pronunci-
ation ; and we do not look to etymologies for their present meanings.
If I shduld call a man a knave and a villain, he would hardly be satis-
fied with my telling him that one of the words originally signified only

* The sound of ee in feet is represented by a letter which is nearly the italic i;
a in date and a in psalm are represented by common forms of our written c and
a; au in caught by e*, m in cur, by n, u lengthened, the sign proposed by Dr.
Franklin ; o in grow, by o, and oo and u in fool and full by vu, u, two m's com-
bined ; etc as heard in yew, the name of a tree, by u ; orj in boy, by 6, o with a
contracted y above it ; ch in etch by q, which it most nearly resembles ; th in
loath, by one form of ^ t ; th in loathe by d, d and t combined; sh in mesh, by
a long s,/; zhe in measure, by a written z, 5 ; and no- by a sign suggested by
Dr. Franklin, ij, n with the last part of g combined with it.

t Miss Stevenson.

5

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

a lad or servant, and the other an under ploughman or the inhabitant
of a village. It is from present usage only the meaning of words is
to be determined.' To this answer may be added, that phonography
will probably accompany phonotypy, and that when words from differ-
ent languages are written, side by side, in the letters of an alphabet of
signs formed on philosophical principles, as those of phonography are,
a multitude of derivations will reappear which had been long buried
out of sight under the barbarous and fantastic ruins of exploded hete-
rographical spellings.*

" 4. A fourth objection may be stated, with its answer, in the words
of Dr. Franklin. ' Your second inconvenience is, " that the distinction
between words of different meaning and similar sound would bo destroy-
ed." That distinction is already destroyed in pronouncing them ; and
we rely on the sense alone of the sentence to ascertain which of the
several words, similar in sound, we intend. If this is sufficient in the
rapidity of discourse, it will be much more so in written sentences,
which may be read leisurely, and attended to more particularly, in case
of difficulty, than we can attend to a past sentence, while the speaker
is hurrying us along with new ones.'

" The existing forms of letters have been retained to represent those
sounds which they are found, after an extended numerical analysis, to
stand for most frequently in the present alphabet. This fact renders
the change in the appearance of phonotypical printing as small as pos-
sible, and the difficulty of reading it the least possible ; so that any
person accustomed to read our language as now printed may at once
read phonotypical printing without difficulty, and in an hour or two
read it fluently. The advantages following from the adoption of this
reformed alphabet will be very great.

"1. It may be acquired in one fifteenth part of the time necessary
for the present.t

" 2. When acquired, it leads the learner to the correct pronuncia-
tion of every word which he meets with.

* This fact, very strikingly proved by writing phonographically words in dif-
ferent languages from the same root, gives satisfactory evidence of the truth of a
principle admitted by Archdeacon Hare: — "The common pronunciation of a
word frequently agrees better than its spelling with its etymology and analogy."

t A writer in Chambers's Edinburgh Journal says one twentieth the time. A
child has now, instead of the mere alphabet, to learn nearly all the words of the
language, as if they were represented by separate hieroglyphics.

Off ARTS AND SCIENCES. 35

" 3. It dispenses entirely with the difficuh, and to most persons im-
possible, acquisition of learning to spell. A knowledge of the just
sound suggests infallibly the true spelling, and the spelling, with equal
certainty, the correct pronunciation.

" 4. By the omission of silent letters, it renders reading one fifth
part more rapid than at present.

" 5. It will render the acquisition of reading and spelling attainable
to millions, to whom it is now unattainable.

" 6. It will enable a writer to represent any proper name or word of
an unknown language in such a manner as to be read by a stranger
with precisely the same pronunciation which the writer gives it, inas-
much as variations of sounds are made visible to the eye.

" 7. It will tend to banish provincialisms,* as each written word sug-
gests its correct pronunciation.t

" 8. By representing the long and short vowels by different letters,
it renders possible the adoption of a few perfectly simple and compre-
hensive rules of accent, a thing which, up to this time, has been nearly
wanting in the language."

William S. Sullivant, Esq., communicated to the Academy,
through the Corresponding Secretary, a paper entitled, " Con-
tributions to the Bryology and Hepatic ology of North Ameri-

* Dr. Franklin used to regret that there was not something hke a phonotypic
dictionary in existence in his day, as it would, he said, have enabled him, when
in England, to avoid the peculiarities of American pronunciation.

t In order that it may have this eflfect, the books printed phonotypically must
<rive the received pronunciation of the best speakers in England. This is a mat-
ter of the greatest importance ; and America looks to England for a guidance in
this respect which may be safely followed. Peculiarities of speech — provincial-
isms— are growing up and strengthening in all parts of our country ; and although
this cannot probably be prevented for the mass of the people, who learn the lan-
guage only from the ear, it may for the educated part of the community^ Pho-
notypy offers the means of rendering the pronunciation of well educated peo-
ple nearly uniform, wherever the language is read and spoken. But in order to
do this, it must be under the direction of persons who have, all their lives, been
accustomed to hear the language spoken in its purity. Peculiarities of particular
districts of the mother country are as much to be avoided as provincialisms or
Americanisms. This point has not received the attention it deserves from the
editors of the Phonotypic Journal; and it would not be difficult to point out in
their pages instances of pronunciation which would, even in New England, be
considered as decidedly inaccurate, and sometimes vulgar.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ca," with drawings, illustrating the following species, namely,
Phyllogonium Norvegicvm, Brid. (recently detected in Ohio)-
Fissidens tnmutulus, Sulliv. ; F. exigutis, SuUiv. ; Schisti-
dium serratum, Hook. & Wils. ; Aneura sessilis, Sulliv, ;
Marchantia disjuncta, Sulliv. ; Notothylas valvata and N. or-
bicularis, Sulliv.

Dr. Holmes, from the committee appointed at the meeting
in March to report upon the case of Henry Safford, the young
Vermont mathematician, stated, that, at the request of Profes-
sor Peirce, the drawing up of a full report had been deferred
until the arrival of the boy in this vicinity, where he is ex-
pected to reside. Some interesting statements were made by
Professor Peirce, from which it would appear that the mere
calculating faculty is not by any means as remarkable in him
as it was in Zerah Colburn, but that it is rather incidental, as
a part of extraordinary reflective powers,

S. P. Andrews, Esq., of Boston, and George Engelmann,
M. D., of St, Louis, Missouri, were elected Fellows of the
Academy.

The following were elected Foreign Honorary Members of
the Academy, viz. : —

Prof. Louis Agassiz, of Neuchatel, Switzerland.

M. Edouard de Verneuil, of Paris,

M, Joseph Decaisne, Professor at the Jardin des Plantes,
Paris.

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,

FROM MAY TO AUGUST, 1846.

Jomard. Seconde Note sur une Pierre gravee trouvee dans un An-
cien Tumulus Americain, 8vo, pamph, Paris, 1845. From the
Author.

Catalogue of Stars, made under the Direction of the British Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science. 4to. London, 1845, From the
Association.

Address at the Inauguration of the Honorable Edward Everett, as

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 37

President of the University in Cambridge. 8vo. pamph. Boston, 1846.
From President Everett,

Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Vol. IX. 8vo.
Boston, 1846. From the Society.

Memoires de I'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbouror.
6"^' Serie. — Sciences Naturelles, Tom. II., livr. 4-6, and Tom. IV.,
livr. 6. 1838 & 1845. — Sciences Politiques, etc., Tom. IV., livr. 3,
and Tom. V., livr. 5, 6. 1838 & 1845. — Sciences Mathemaliques et
Physiques, Tom. I., livr. 5, 6, Tom. II., livr. 1, 2, and Tom. III., livr.
4-6. 1838 & 1844. From the Imperial Academy.

Memoires presentes a I'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St.
Petersbourg, etc., Tom. III., livr. 1-6. 1837. Tom. IV., livr. 6.
1845. From the Imperial Academy.

Recueil des Actes de la Seance Publique de I'Academie Imperiale
des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, tenue le 29 Dec. 1844. 4to. St.
Petersbourg, 1845. From the Imperial Academy.

Dr. S. G. Morton. Observations on the Ethnography and Archae-
ology of the American Aborigines. 8vo. pamph. New Haven, 1846.
From the Author.

Fifty-ninth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the
State of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1846. From Dr. A. Gray,

Lieutenant Gillis. Astronomical Observations made at the Naval
Observatory, Washington. (Congressional Document.) 8vo. Wash-
ington, 1846.

Abhandlungen der Math.-Phys., Classen der Koenigl. Bayerschen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Munchen. Vols. XIII., XVI., and XIX.
(1837-1845.) 4to. Munich. From the Bavarian Academy.

Bulletin der Koenigl. Bayersch. Akad., etc. No, 1-52, for 1845.
No. 1-5, for 1846. 4to. From the Academy.

Gehlehrte Anzeigen. Vols. XVI. -XIX., inclusive. 4to. Munich.
From the Bavarian Academy.

Almanach der Koenigl, Bayersch. Akad., etc, 1844, 1845. Mu-
nich. From the Academy,

J. P. Von Spix and C. F. P. Von Martins. Reise in Brasilien,
etc. 3 vols. 4to. Munich, 1823-31. From Professor Von Martius.

Martins. Systema Materise Medicse Vegetabilis Brasiliensis. 12mo.
Leipsic, 1843. From the Author.

Martius. Die Kartoffel Epidemic. 4to. pamph. Munich, 1842.
From the Author.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Dr. P. F. Von Walther. Rede zum Andenken an Dr. Ignatz Bol-
linger. 4to. pamph. Munich, 1841. From Professor Von Martins.

Dr. F. DolUnger. Gedachtnissrede auf S. T. Von Scimmering.
4to. pamph. Munich, 1830. From Professor Von Martins.

Dr. F. Lamont. Ueber des Magnetische Observatorium. 4to.
pamph. Munich, 1833. From the Author.

Professor J. G. Zuccarini. Ueber die Vegetationsgruppen in Bay-
ern. 4to. pamph. Munich, 1833. From the Author.

Dr. A. Wagner. Andentungen zur Charalcteristik des Organischen
Lebens. 4to. pamph. Munich, 1845. From the Author.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. New York. Vols. I. -
III., and Vol. IV., fasc. 1-7. 1844-46. 8vo. New York. From
the Lyceum.

Chart of the Harbour of Annapolis, and Chart of the Harbour of
New Bedford. United States Coast Survey, A. D. Bache, Superin-
tendent. From the Treasury Department.

Two hundred and eighty-sixth Meeting.

October 28, 1846. — Special Meeting.

The Academy met at their Hall, previous to adjourning to
King's Chapel to hear the Eulogy of the Hon. Daniel A.
White upon their late President.

Messrs. G. B. Emerson, Gould, Greene, and the President,
were appointed a committee to arrange the monthly meetings
for the coming season.

Two hundred and eighty-seventh Meeting.

November 3, 1846. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The thanks of the Academy were voted to the Hon. Daniel
A. White, for his able, discriminating, and faithful delinea-
tion of the character of our late admired and much lamented
President, and that a copy of the discourse be requested for
the press.

OP ART3 AND SCIENCES. 39

Dr. Henry J. Bigelow gave some account of a new process
of inhalation employed by Dr. Morton, of Boston, to produce
insensibility to pain during the performance of operations by
the dentist and the surgeon.

Two hundred and eighty-eighth Meeting.

November 12, 1846. — Q^uarterly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced that the new volume of the Acad-:
emy's Memoirs was ready for distribution to the Fellows.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from M. Edouard
de Verneuil, of Paris, acknowledging and accepting his elec-
tion as a Foreign Honorary Member of the Academy. Dr.
George Engelmann, of St. Louis, Missouri, and Dr. Elisha
Bartlett, of Lowell, likewise accepted their election as Fel-
lows.

Professor Peirce communicated the elements of an elliptic
orbit of De Yico's fourth comet, which he has computed, by
the method of least squares, from all the observations made by
Mr. Bond, combined with De Yico's observation of the 20th
of February, the Paris observations of the 2d, 5th, and 6th of
March, and the Hamburg and Altona observations of the 12th
and 15th of March.

" Time of perihelion passage, March 5^-.54775, Greenwich M. S. T.
Longitude of perihelion, 90° 27' 18".8, Mean Equinox 1846.0.

« ascending node, 77° 33' 26".3,

Inclination, 85° 6' 12".3.
Perihelion distance, 0.663735.
Eccentricity, 0.9622465.
Semi-major axis, 17.58075.
Period of sidereal revolution, 73^.715.
Motion direct. ,

" The comparison of this orbit with observation gives the following
differences between the observed and computed places.

40

PROCEEBINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Greenwich

Mean Solar Time

of Observation.

Comet s 0

jserved true

Ex.ofote'c

overcomp

Observer.

R. A.

Dec.

K. A. ^
COS. Dec,

Dec.

Feb

. 20.26993

o 1 II

14 28 48.2

o 1 II

7 29 23.0

1 -KT

+ 9.4

-f 28.3

De Vico.

(C

26.53907

15 6 29.5 3 19' 16.7

-f-19.0

10.4

Bond.

March I.28G29

15 9 13.2i 7 47 32.3

41.1

4.3

Santini.

((

1.51397

15 8 13.3 8 8 34.6

4.8

22.3

Bond.

cc

2.31774

15 7 13 9 24 34

+ 2.5

5.5

Laugier.

C(

2.51017

15 6 36.3 9 42 34.4

11.5

3.5

Bond.

(<

3.29356

15 5 1.210 55 5.7

-f 10.1

-\- 1.6

Santini.

((

3.30060

15 4 58 10 55 49

4-10.2

-f 7.4

1 Carlini.

C(

3.50166

15 4 12.911 13 36.9

— 0.2

+ 15.5

'Bond.

((

4.51907

15 0 29.9:12 46 6.0

-f 1.5

— 6.1

Bond.

((

5.32380

14 56 48

13 57 34

+ 3.5
-f 4.2

5.1

Laugier.

((

5.55586

14 55 27.7

Bond.

(C

6.29348

14 51 8

15 22 10

13.1

— 0.8 Laugier.

((

6.54053

14 49 38.8

15 43 24.3

2.7

-|- 0.2 Bond.

C(

7.28305

14 45 4.546 46 33.3

4-11.2

— 3.7 Santini.

(C

9.49542

14 26 58.619 48 47.9

3.1

+ 6.7 Bond.

((

10.50852

14 17 18.921 8 58.1

4- 5.6

-f 1.4 Bond.

( c

11.27924

14 9 21.522 9 13.4

3.6

— 27.3 Santini.

(C

11.51920

14 6 55.0 22 27 33.2

-f-11.5

--24.6 Bond.

(C

12.27386

13 58 43.4 23 24 28.1

-1-15.0

-f 8.8 Santini.

le

12.30868

13 58 5.523 26 56.3

-j- 1.5

-j- 2.9Rumker.

(t

12.31213

13 58 3.623 26 53.2

- 0.4

23

Petersen.

le

12.50815

13 55 32.4 23 41 44.1

+ 4.7

5.1

Bond.

C(

13.25971

13 46 53.0 24 27 32.4

4- 2.5

-- 6.7

Santini.

(C

15.31012

13 20 14.6|27 3 54.1

4.7

2.9

Riimker.

(<

15.31410

13 20 16.1

27 4 5.5

0.4

8.2

Petersen.

(C

16.28382

13 6 33.9

28 11 1.1

9.6

0.4

Santini.

C(

17.30947

12 51 48.6 29 19 54.1

— 2.3

2.5

Rumker.

C(

17.32066

12 51 36.8,29 20 44.4

2.0

+ 1-4

Petersen.

cc

17.32332

12 51 37.5i29 20 57.5

-f- 0.6

-- 3.8

Cliallis.

cc

17.51552

12 48 374 29 33 43.5

-- 3.5

--13.8

Bond.

cc

18.54634

12 32 59 5 30 41 3.0

-f 2.8

-\- 8.0

Bond.

C (

20.28267

12 5 75

32 30 54.5

— 1.2

--17.I

Riimker.

cc

20.33603

12 4 10 9

32 34 11.9

— 2.8

4-17.9

Challis.

cc

21.35047

II 47 151

33 35 37.5

— 1.6

— 17.9

Schmidt.

cc

21.36716

11 47 2-3

33 37 3.6

-f 1.8

-f 7.6

Argelander.

cc

21.55586

11 44 23-9

33 45 30.5

— 6.8-

— 5.0

Bond.

cc

22.28800

11 31 6934 32 19.8-

— 2.1-

■f 19.4

Littrow.

IC

23.32120

11 12 50-2|35 32 33.4

— 4.8-

-- 4.9

Rumker.

cc

23.32445

11 12 43 6

35 32 42.8

- 6.4-

- 2.1

Kaiser.

cc

24.30787

10 55 4-4

36 29 7.2-

- 2.3-

f 8.6

Petersen.

cc

24.31499

10 55 9-7

-f- 85

Littrow.

cc

24.38502

10 53 37-4

36 33 20.9-

- 3.6-

- 1.2

ChalHs.

cc

27.31119

9 58 42 9

39 14 20.2-

4- 7.3-

f 6.1

Riimker.

cc

30.34197

8 58 0-8

41 52 4.0-

- 1.6-

-11.0

Riimker.

cc

31.29079

8 38 31-8

42 39 47.3-

f 5.5-

-10.1

Littrow.

cc

31.31750

8 38 14-3

42 41 8.7-

1-17.3-

-10.4

Riimker.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

41

Greenwich
Mean Solar Time

Gomel's observed true |

Ex.ofobs'dovercomp.

Observer.

R. A.

Dec.

H. A. X 1

Dec.
11

- 2.4

of Observation.

cos. Dec. 1

+ 3.4 ■

Mar.

31.32949

N.

8 37 40.442 41 35.3

Kaiser.

«'

31.52451

8 33 49.8 42 51 33.1

4-17.3-

-1- 17.0 Bond.

April

1.33315

8 16 36.6 43 31 16.2

+ '•';-

-- 2.G Argelander.

((

1.33531

8 16 5.543 31 25 8

-12.5

-j- 5.8, Schmidt.

(C

1.339.52

8 16 20.3

43 31 25.8

+ 2.3'.

— 6.4

Riimker.

((

1.52.523

8 12 23.0

43 40 51 8

+ 4.0|-

- 8.8

Bond.

( e

2.32372

7 55 16.1

44 19 39.3

+ 5.3j-

4- 5.8

Schmidf.

ti

2.33197

7 54 51.1

44 20 2.8

4.9i.

-- 4.8

Argelander.

f(

2.34457

7 54 42.4

44 20 37.0

-h 0.6!-

- 3.3

Argelander.

(C

2.54317

7 50 11.6

44 30 1.6

— 5.5

— 10.2

Bond.

(C

3.S8118

7 20 23.6

45 34 18.8

18.8-

-- 5.8

Bond.

cc

5.34286

6 48 6.3

46 42 55.3

+ 13.5i

-- 0.4

Argelander.

cc

5.36738

6 47 23.6

46 44 6.1

4- 6.9

- 3.3

Schmidt.

<(

13.37251

3 24 50.5

52 42 37.8

15.7|

-- 7.4

Schmidt.

cc

14.5.5262

2 51 53.6

53 33 34.0

+ 10.0|

-- 4.0Bond.

cc

15.56862

2 21 58.8

54 17 3.9

+ 4.5 1

-- 0.1

Bond.

C(

16.37364

1 57 49.4

54 51 21.6

-f 4.5 j

— 0.6

Riimker.

cc

16.54491

1 53 1.4

.54 58 57.5

-|- 27.01-

-15 5

Bond.

cc

18.36677

0 54 10.8

.56 16 5.1

— 8.0!

— 22.7

Riimker.

cc

21.41859 359 8 40.7

58 23 37.2

+ 15.1-

-- 12.2 Argelander.

cc

21.50639|359 5 0.4

58 27 13.3

4- 1.9

— 10.8 Schmidt.

cc

23.35969357 53 57.2

59 43 54.0

4-15.5-

-- 9.4 Argelander.

cc

23.36455:357 -53 10.3

.59 44 7.9

4- 3.4-

— 9.3 Schmidt.

cc

25.37553356 28 40.4

61 6 36.7

4- 4.2|-

— 4.6 Schmidt.

<c

27.39316 354 55 29.4

62 28 42.3

^13.7|-

-f- 6.4'Argelander.

cc

27.84383354 32 47.5

62 47 5.2

+ 11.7-

- 4.7

Bond.

cc

28.45705 354 2 29.4 63 11 33.9

4-24.1 -

— 1.1

Argelander.

cc

29.48934353 7 26.6163 53 8.4

— 10.3

-f 12.8

Argelander.

May

1.51532351 10 16.4

65 13 48.5

1.8

--29 6

Argelander.

cc

4.82418347 27 56.3

67 21 17.8

4- 5.2-

— 24.8

Bond.

cc

18.64778320 11 42.2

74 35 38

10.3-

-15.4

Bond.

cc

19.66111317 14 39.2

74 54 17

-f-36.9-

— 69.9

Bond.

Mr. Peirce is collecting observations preparatory to a still
more thorough investigation of the orbit of this comet, and
desires communications from those astronomers who may-
have observed it.

Professor Peirce said that his attention had been drawn, by
Mr. Herrick of New Haven, to the supposed planet observed
by Wartman of Geneva, in 1831, with the inquiry, whether it
was not identical with Le Terrier's. He showed, that, although
it could not have been more than eight or ten degrees distant

6

42 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

from it, it was too far from the place given by Le Terrier's
orbit to be the same body, and that the limits of the errors of
this orbit were much too small to be consistent with their
identity. He showed, moreover, that the places of the body
given by Wartman's observations are wholly irreconcilable
with those of any planet whatever, whose orbit is nearly
circular, and whose motion is direct. The researches made
by Wartman, in the year 1832, for the rediscovery of his
supposed planet, might easily have resulted in the discovery of
the planet by which the name of Le Verrier is now immor-
talized.

Donations to the Library.

Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents, for 1845. 8vo.
Washington, 1846. (Cong. Doc.) From Hon. R. C. Winthrop.

Report of the Fifteenth Meeting of the British Association, held at
Cambridge, in June, 1845. 8vo. London, 1846. From the British
Association.

Annuaire Universel au Histoire Politique pour 1844. 8vo. Paris,

1845. From 0. Rich.

Sir R. I. Murchison. Address to the British Association for the
Advancement of Science. 8vo. pamph. London, 1846. From E.
Everett.

Gaspar Cipri. Decouvertes Physico-Mecaniques. 8vo. pamph.
Paris, 1846. From the Author.

Antiquissimi Virgiliani Codicis Fragmenta et Pictura ex Bibliotheca
Vaticana. fol. Roma, 1742. Bequest of Hon. John Pickering.

A. A. Gould. Expedition Shells: described for the Work of the
U. S. Exploring Expedition. 8vo. pamph. Boston, 1846. From the
Author.

Abhandlungen der Koeniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin. For 1844. 4to. Berlin, 1846. From the Berlin Academy.

Besicht Uber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen
der K. Preuss. Akad. Wissenschaften zu Berlin. July, 1845, to June,

1846. 8vo. From the Berlin Academy.

Nouveaux Memoires de I'Academie Royale des Sciences et Belles-
lettres de Bruxelles. Tom. XVII. & XVIII. (1844, 1845). 4to.
From the Academy.

Memoires Couronnes et Memoires des Savants Strangers publics

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 43

par I'Academie Royale des Sciences et Belles-lettres de Bruxelles.
Tom. XVII. & XVIII. (1843- 1845). 4to. From the Academy.

Bulletins de TAcademie Royale des Sciences, etc., de Bruxelles.
Tom. XI. & XII. (for 1844, 1845). 8vo. From the Academy.

Annuaire de I'Academie Royale des Sciences, etc., de Bruxelles.
For 1844 and 1845. From the Academy.

Annales de I'Observatoire Royale de Bruxelles. Publics aux frais
de r£tat, par le Directeur, A. Quetelet. Tom. IV. 4to. 1845.
From M. Quetelet.

Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques. (Extr. du Tom. XVII.
des Mem. Acad. Brux.) 4to. From M. Quetelet.

Two hundred and eighty-ninth Meeting.
December 1, 1846. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited specimens of gim-cotton, ex-
plained the mode of preparation, and illustrated its effects.
He also exhibited specimens of paper prepared in a similar
way, which was shown to acquire nearly the firmness of vel-
lum, and to have become somewhat impermeable to water.

Mr. Agassiz made some remarks on the points of resem-
blance between the flora of the fresh- water Molasse (later mio-
cene) of Europe and the existing flora of North America, al-
luding to the fossil fruits, &c., in the former of such pecu-
liarly North American genera as Taxodium, Liquidambar,
Carya, etc., and to a considerable prevalence of JuglandecB^
as facts not only very curious in themselves, but also as ev-
idence that Europe, at the era in question, possessed a tem-
perate (and not a tropical) climate.

Dr. Webster communicated from Mr. Hunt, the British
Consul at St. Michaels, Azores, the annexed table, containing
the results of his meteorological observations made at that
place.

00

S

S

S

to

«
to

^ •

■^ 2
o

s '^
•^ o
w '^

to »-<

S of

•ifi to

CO ^

•^ CO
^ ■«

-^ «

I -

s
•^ o

« «
<o ^

60 ;u

to CO
S lO

^O
"^^^

•'"il Co
-^ r**»

a,i

to

53
S«.

to

e

.to

CO

ti3

a:

d

T3

o

B

Ml

CO

to

!~ =:

o 'a

'» s

" a

Co •-

3

o

o

0)

Cm

o

C3
>

c

C3

-a

c

CS

0)

c
o

'-> .2
W t

o

03

= 000(M

Sip t^ '3; 00

^ ^T ^' ^' ^'

o ^>

O 1

(N ec «3

ptSTf

t>.ooo

00 1-1 w o
00 ^t>.^

■^ TT ■'y ry to o CO

00

o

TJ- 00

CO ;o

z^

•*

■f

■V

iO

0-

g

OS

■^

o

to

<o

lO

is

s

Ol

o

00

CO

«'»

«o

lo

•o

LO

10 © o in

O CO — c t>.

CV» t^ (?» !>.

o lO uo Lfi

r- lO

CO CO

(M

iOJO_^OJO

00 Tj- t^

oc^ in

in CO Ty_

OCO lO

r--oo(>»"
in 'T •^
in" ■^ in

c^co w
in f^ t'.

TT ''y ^

{>. lO cr.

Tj* ^* ^<

-, o t^.""
"T Tf tn

a-.
c

■» -r •» XIint^OOCT)- —

" o in

Ci C. CO

Tj- •»a< lO

t> CO

in.—

•^ lO

-^ o

— CO

in in

w^in
C-. •^"
00 iq
■^ in

CO t>.
CO ■«a'

in CD

CO
l^ o

in cc

i>

in
in o

in

s

8

» CO

X)

{^

CJ X
X —

in

CO

n

5

36

in

r—

X) 00

m --r

'^

■V

lO

■ n in

50

;c

in

i.t

rr m

o

rr

•q> ■^

in

lO in

y> —

3^ -V

•a-

:4

g

»o

'3'

o -^i in

00 O* 3^

CO

in

— CO CO

•^ — t^

2?

o

w

•*

o

m O O O rr

in

TT

T

^

■V CO '3' '9"

in

:C

t^

X
CO

X t^

— 1>

2 =1 "

o ■* j5

Tf lo CS

X Cl
rr O CO

•-S in

in o CO
en •^ ■«i;

W — lO

CV CO CO

•q" -^ ■^

TT Oi 0^ ■

CO ^ O ;

TT Tf CO
CO CO
t>. CO

"9" o in

Ty_Tr

in co"

m m"

— to
lO in

^? CO

in in

= CO -. t^ ro
*; lo in CO i>

CD — '

in in

;:; in in
i> in in

in in
'y rf" m

o
CO t^

m

00 o in ■^ in in in
coooodoTTr^in

in ir;

in in

in CO X (M c"

^«

c* I in CO in in

dod-^doeo'<y

in
TT in in in i>. i> --

cw X in X r- in o
= rtdd — odcbcoin

in in in

"9" •^ CO -^ O 05 C5

lo c^ ci in

mei "f t- 00 rj-COodoOOXO

in in

Tf Ti< lO 1>C t-^ ^ O

i^ T oj OJ j> in

.n n to t> cdoiSQCOt^ — COl>

lo in

in o CO t>^ in o Tf!

<7J '9" in in in

wo i> to o i>;ooO"C0in3d

in in ip in in

s* CO CO CO in •^ d

!§!«

C5 3*

t:] .n P5 t- t- OOI-TCO— cicot-
Q Z — — —I

in in
Tl> ■» X o j> — ' OJ

lO X in

2o •»• n N CSOt>0 — TTCOt^

in in
— o eo c» 00 'S' Ci

o C

Q. .

JcO 3^

Sin in

CO CO

in in

iX in -^ 35
in Ci CO CO ct

r- in CO CO in

l>. — Tf

in in in

•^ CO

in in

in m
m in

in in

d — ; CO
in CO CO

^ TJ.O X3Q

i*M N u) u; d — o — incococo

^ O -5 .O O ,^ .^ .J- ^^ ^^ ^ L^

03

03

lO in
c^ <= '»< CO r^ X rr
in m in m lo m to

X (>■ CO X CO

CO 'N

CO CO

O X c;
•-0 in CO

C CO CO

T in

ic 3^ lo in in

Tf CO in d X — —
in in in ic lit CO CO

in X
00 d
m CO

'S* in '3'

to 'O to

OOJO

CO m in

in

in in

m in

in in

in to CO

OJ cr. X

^ lO if5

c= in

»» o o

CO

in

o d o

in

u

in in in

in m

X m
ic in

a- cri o
ir. in

X X

in in

TT ■<3> c;

CO CO CO

1^ COl^

in m in

CO '*

in m

CO CO

in in

x — co

uo CO in

x" o

o o o

CO

.04 -^

2 >o lO

C2 I
— t^

in in

eooj »»
TT r: X

CO — o

m in m
m

in — o»

in in in

rf CO o t

in ^ in LO

in in in

— o Qc m
m in T in

in

X X in in in

in s m
CO in

in — —
lO in in

"* o
in

X CO
in m

X cj c

^X 1^

Sin in

CO CO ~. X ic •n'_ in in
— ' ^ -^
o CO CO

c; ^ CS ~. 'y t^ C5
CO t- r- CO CO in in

X X

in in

CO CO CO t^ 1>

flS ' z

I .00 •*

(?j T n» uo

CO

CO

C: O tJ* O -W CO C3

t>. b- 1-» CO m in

i "

in

t>^ in

lO in

lO

ci o
in o

S

o in

b o

Spd

XX — in

Til

lo in in in

odxd — in xcj
m m CO CO CO CO t>.

^ C^ lO :T^ J> — »f5 iC

-S S S S c^— 'r:tN;c*Tfao<r5

y^ in io CO «> o f^ t^ t- f^ *0 lit -O

si

in m \fi

O 35 — — »>. OJ CO

m in CO CO CO «>. t^

Ei)
. t* to

CO

H in

"° CO

X I in

— CO s c o 00 o

i>. t^ in_ _

CO I Kx ip

d in CO X m ci CO
f^ t>. ^- CO CO in CO

35 c;
in in
in

TO c

in CO

CO CO

CO CO

c:5-^

in c=

in
t>. d o
CO t>.

in

M — d

CO t^ X

wo o CO o

CO

in

CO

c c; o CO CO

CO CO

CO X

in in

1.0

CO 35

in ■^

in S

in

tj" X «>^

CO CO i-»

H

. in Tf
55 lO iO

X in CQ "S" in m

I 35 in CO 35 rt
I CO »>• l>. CO CO

CO X

in LO

in in ip
in CO
ifi in

lO CO

in

CO X(M

CO CO t>-

S;o lO o 03

O CO O t>» 35

t^ CO in

in
X r>:

in in

in

— X
com

in in

d CO 35'

CO »» CO

2* c -fi

-1-5 Ek

3 ^ 3 OJ "

« >

<u o

>'S

i-sfa

CO
CO

oi
>>

J3

0)

S
o

J3

S
V

a>
u
C

5S

bo

s

c

3

o
c

Q

PROCEEDINGS OF ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 45

Mr. Hunt remarks upon these results, that

" The table bears out the general experience at St. Michaels, that the
southwest wind brings most moisture, and that it is followed in the
order of humidity by the cardinal points, west, north, and east. Du-
ring the six years ending with December 31st, 1845, the mean of
twenty-five days was north, 111 northeast, 18 east, 42 southeast, 17
south, 52 southwest, 74 northwest, and 8 perfectly calm, which num-
bers, multiplied by their respective mean annual amounts of vapor, and
divided by 365, give a mean of five grains of vapor for the whole
year. As might be expected, there is more vapor in summer than
in winter. The thermometer rose to the extraordinary height this
month (August, 1846), on three different days, of 90° F., and the va-
por only amounted to 6.65, which is less than with the thermometer at
75°."

Mr. S. P. Andrews stated that he had in course of prepara-
tion a memoir on the Chinese language, according to the re-
quest of the committee of the Academy upon that subject ; and
that he should also, at an early day, be prepared to present
and explain before the Academy detailed charts of Chinese
syllabic or sound words, with their ramified significations, in
illustration of the theory he maintained. Mr. Andrews farther
stated, in brief, that he believes that he shall be able to demon-
strate conclusively that

" All the numerous meanings of the same vocal syllable or word in
the Chinese language, being in some instances as many as several hun-
dreds, and seeming at first view to have no connection with each other,
are in fact legitimately and closely related in idea ; in other words,
that all of these numerous significations constitute a family of ideas,
which family is denoted generically by the single Chinese word, while
they are severally or specifically signified in other languages by a
family of words ^ which then have corresponding etymological re]ai\on'
ships ; — hence, that ideas are distributed into genera and species, and
that a true and thorough insight into the structure of the very remarka-
ble spoken language of China conducts directly to a knowledge of this
distribution, and of the laws by which it is governed. From this it seems
to result, that, out of the philosophical study of the Chinese will issue a
light which cannot fail to illuminate the whole field of etymology, and,

46

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

finally, to lay open the complete science of language. The investiga-
tion of language from its central dominion of thought outward, into
the department of words as its vocal manifestations, will constitute the
most important epoch in philology. Out of this change in the mode of
conducting the study will result a systematized comparative philology,
universal in its scope, by the aid of which the acquisition of tongues
will be greatly facilitated.

" In contradistinction from the Phonetic theory," Mr. A. maintains,
" that the principle above stated in relation to the meanings of the
Chinese spoken words has governed the selection of the written char-
acters chosen to represent those meanings, and thus will furnish a com-
plete solution of the great problem of the Chinese written system ; and
also, that the Chinese is etymologically related to the European stock
of languages, and that its relation to the Teutonic family of languages
is one of special nearness."

Professor Gray communicated the characters of some new
genera and species of Compositse from Texas, as follows.

" Vernonia Lindheimeri {Gray ^ Engelm., PL Lindh. ined.): foliis
anguste linearibus confertis sessilibus uninerviis margine revolutis supra
glabris punctatis subtus cauleque simplici sericeo-tomentosis ; capitulis
corymbosis breviter pedunculatis 30-40-floris; squamis involucri
cano-tomentosi pappo rubiginoso brevioribus conformibus appressis ob-
longis obtusis exappendiculatis ; achseniis glabris 10-costatis glandu-
losis ; pappo exteriori multisquamellato. — In rupestribus prope New
Braunfels, Texas, legit Lindheimer. — Perennis, bipedalis : folia bipol-
licaria : capitula semiuncialia.

" Ageratum (subgen. ? Micrageratum ; involucrum subbiseriale
fere Sclerolepidis, pappus coroniformi-multisquamellatus nunc 5-aris-
tulatus) Wrightii {Torr. ^ Gray, Fl. ined.) : diffuso-ramosissimum,
hirsutulum ; foliis oppositis alternisve lanceolato-oblongis e basi
cordato sessili parce dentatis ; capitulis subglobosis (50-60-floris) ;
pedunculis filiformibus. — Prope flumen Colorado Texas legit C.
Wright. — Spithamsea, ramis plurimis e caule repente. Variat 1.
pappi squamellis setiformibus basi subconnatis tubo corollse plus duplo
brevioribus ; 2. squamellis 5 angulis achaenii respondentibus in aristis .
tubum corollte sequantibus productis.

"Brickellta (Bulbostylis) Cylindracea {Gray 4* Engelm.., PI.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 47

Lindh. ined.) : cinereo-pubescens et resinoso-atomifera, horbacea ;
foliis plerisque oppositis tripUnerviis subtus reticulato-venosis oblongo-
ovatis obtusiusculis grosse serratis brevissime petiolatis, ramealibus sub-
sessilibus ; capitulis pedunculatis in paniculam foliosam laxe corymbo-
sam digestis; involucri lO-flori cylindrici squamis 4-seriatim imbricatis
arachnoideo-ciliatis striaiis mucronato-acuminatis, intimis linearibus pap-
pum barbellato-serrulatum aequantibus, exterioribus multo brevioribus
ovalibus appressis ; achasniis puberulis. — In declivibus fluv. Guadaloupe
Texas, ultra New Braunfels, Lindheimer. Affinis B. Cavanillesii.

« LINDHEIMERA, Gray ^ Engelm., PL Lindli. ined.
(Secionideae-Melampodineae )

" Capitulum multiflorum monoicum ; fl. radii 4-5 ligulatis, foemi-
neis, ad axillas squamarum invol. interiorum sitis ; fl. disci circiter 20
tubulosis, sterilibus. Involucrum duplex, exterius e squamis 4-5 laxis
linearibus foliaceis, interius totidem membranaceo-foliaceis oblongis pla-
nis disco longioribus. Receptaculum planum, paleis chartaceis ovariis
sterilibus amplectentibus onustum, binis exterioribus basi cujusque
squam. inter, invol. adnatis, persistentibus. Ligulee ovales, breviter
tubulatse, involucrum vix superantes : corolla disci 4 - 5-dentata. Styli
fl. ster. filiformes, indivisi, hispidi. Achsenia radii ovalia, obcompres-
so-plana, marginato-alata, intus subcarinata, carina apice in dentem
parvum reflexum producta, alls in pappum 2-dentatum extensis ; disci
abortivi. — Herba erecta, scabro-hispida, forte biennis; caule dichotomo ;
pedunculis subcymoso-paniculatis gracilibus monocephalis ; foliis imis
alternis, cseteris oppositis sessilibus oblongo-ovatis basi dentatis, sum-
mis pedunculisque glandulis patelliformibus conspersis. Flores aurei.

" L. Texana. — In rupestribus sylvis circa New Braunfels, Texas,
Lindheimer. — Genus eximium, Berlandierse et Engelmannise cogna-
tum, diximus in honorem ejus acerrimi inventoris qui floram Texanam
largiter indagavit.

"Keerlia bellidifolia {Gray 8f Engehu, I c.) : annua, parce
ramosa, difiusa, pilis patentibus hirsuto-pubescens ; foliis oblongo-spa-
thulatis obtusis mucronatis basi angustatis, summis fere linearibus, radi-
calibus obovatis petiolatis ; squamis involucri ovali-lanceolatis membra-
naceis glabris mucronato-acuminatis marginibus latissime scariosis
2-seriatis subsequalibus ; ligulis (cyaneis) 9-12 oblongis ; achaeniis
clavato-fusiformibus vix obcompressis striatis puberis calvis ! (pappo

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

plane nullo). — In sylvis juxta New Braunfels, Texas, Lindheimer. —
Spithamasa, gracilis, habitu fere Bellidis integrifolise sed minor recep-
taculo piano, necnon Brachycomes Xanthocomoidis ? Torr. <^ Gr., sed
diversa achceniis revera calvis, receptaculo piano, etc. (Keerlia skir-
robasis, DC, est planta depauperata Leucopsidii Arkansani, DC.)

" Tetragonotheca Texana ( Gray ^ Engelm., I. c.) : caulibus e
radice perenni crasso plurimis gracilibus puberulis ; foliis glabris ob-
longis sinuato-dentatis pinnatifidisve basi connatis imis marginato-
subpetiolatis ; tubo corollse glanduloso nee ptloso ; ovario glabro ;
achseniis 4 - 5-angulatis striatis. — In collibus juxta flumina Guada-
loupe et Cibolo, Texas, Lindheimer. — Pedalis, capitulis dimidio mi-
noribus quam in T. helianthoide.

" BARRATTIA, Gray ^ Engelm., PI. Lindh. ined.
(Senecionidese-HelianthesB-Euhelian these.)

" Capitulum multiflorum heterogamum ; fl. radii ligulatis (circ. 10)
neutris, disci tubulosis hermaphroditis, Involucrum imbricatum triseri-
ale, squamis lanceolatis apice herbaceis disco brevioribus. Recepta-
culum convexum, paleis navicularibus persistentibus achsenia amplec-
tentibus. Corolla fere Helianthi. Styli rami elongato-subulati, hispid i.
Achaenia compresso-plana, emarginato-obcordata, glabra, immarginata,
calva. — Herba valida perenni, strigosa, corymboso-ramosa ; foliis om-
nibus opposilis deltoideo-ovatis vel subhastatis inciso-dentatis tripliner-
viis petiolatis, petiolis basi appendicibus foliaceis interpositis connatis ;
pedunculis solitaris elongatis monocephalis. Flores radii et disci flavi.

" B. CALVA. — In rupestribus prope originem flum. Guadaloupe, Tex-
as, Lindheimer. — Genus a Leighia diversa pappo plane nullo, ab En-
celia achreniis non comosis, a Wulfia achceniis compresso-planis, etc.,
diximus in honorem Joseph! Barratti, M. D., botanici inclyti, Salicum
prsecipue indagatoris.

" It may be proper to append here the characters of another unpub-
lished Helianthoid genus, which is even more closely allied to Encelia
(although well distinguished by its pappus), and is also analogous to
Agarista.

" GER^A, Torr. ^ Gray, Fl. N. Amer. ined.

" Capitulum multiflorum heterogamum ; fl. radii (circ. 15) ligulatis,
neutris, disci tubulosis hermaphroditis. Involucrum laxe imbricatum

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 49

2-3 seriale, squamis lineari-lanceolatis herbaceis. Receptaculum
planum, paleis hyalinis oblongis achsenia semi-amplectentibus deciduis
onustum. Ligulse cuneiformes, basi pilosoe : corolla disci fauce dila-
tato-cyiindrica e tubo brevi villoso, 5-dentata, Styli rami in appendi-
cem lineari-filiformem hispidam longe producti. Achaenia oblongo-
cuneiformia, plano-compressa, marginata, pilis argenteis prselongis (ad
margines prsesertim) villosissima. Pappus bisquamellatus, squamellis
ex marginibus achsenii ortis lineari-aristiformibus basi villosissimis co-
rallam adsequantibus, — Herba annua ? hirsuto-cana ; caulibus basi fo-
liatis (foliis obovatis rhombeisve alternis) superne nudis subpaniculatis
pedunculos paucos 1-2-cephalos gerentibus. Involucrum cano-villo-
sum. Flores radii discique flavi.

" G. CANESCENS. — California, Fremont, Coulter. Nomen e ytQuiog
ob capitulum canum necnon comam achsenii argenteam sumptum,
utcontrarium generi analogo Agaristse, DC. (quse mylhologice nympha
erat venustissima).

" AGASSIZIA, Gray 4* Engelm., PI. Lindh. ined. (non Chavan.,

nee Spach.)

"Capitulum globosum, multiflorum, radiatum; ligulis feminiis nunc
difFormibus. Involucrum disco brevius circa biseriale ; squamis exteri-
oribus lineari-oblongis, appendicula spathulata vel obtusa foiiacea paten-
te, intimis lineari-acuminatis. Receptaculum globosum alveolatum, al-
veolis valde dentatis fimbrilliferis. Ligulse cuneatse, palmato-3-4-fidse,
scepe irregulares, tubuloso-difformes, vestigia staminum gerentes. Co-
rolla disci Gaillardise, dentibus triangulari-lanceolatis. Styli rami
ligularum lineares, subulato-apiculati ; fl. disci ad basin appendicis
brevissimae nudse clavato-obtusse penicellati ! Achaenia turbinata, seri-
ceo-villosissima. Pappus radii et disci conformis, e paleis 9 hyalinis
ovatis uninerviis constans, nerve in aristam capillarem corollam ad-
aequantem longe producto. — Herba biennis, acaulis ; radice fusifor-
mi ; foliis varie 1 - 2-pinnatifidis, nunc sinuatis lyratisve ; scapo 1-2-
pedali, toto nudo, monocephalo. Capitulum Gaillardiae, speciosum.
Flores suaveolentes, disci flavi et purpurei, radii rubescentes.

" A. suAvis. — In campis Texanis prope Bexar et New Braunfels,
Lindheimer. — Genus eximium Gaillardite proximum, at ligulis foc-
miniis, receptaculo globoso vere alveolate, habitu styloque proprio
diversum, diximus in honorem celeberrimi amicissimique Agassiz. —

7

50

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Agassizia, Chavan., est Galvesia, Bomb. Agassizia, Spach., est Sphse-
rostigma, (Ser., et Holostigma, Spach., subgenus merum (Enotherse."

Two hundred and ninetieth Meeting.

January 27, 1S47. — (Quarterly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Mr. Bond communicated the following

Observations on the Planet Neptune, 1846 - 47.
Cambridge Observatory. Long. 4''- 44™- 32'-.

Greenwich

Apparent A. R.

Apparent Dec.

No. of

Mean Solar Time.

of Neptune

of Neptune.

Gomp.

d. h. m.

h. m. s.

1846, Oct. 21 14 15

21 51 36.17

o ( II

2

24 12 33

30.49

— 13 33 25.3

10

29 11 33

23.85

34 00.4

9

Nov. 3 11 45

20.52

34 14.6

6

5 10 45

19.53

34 18.9

6

6 11 55

19.65

34 18.6

9

18 12 25

28.46

33 25.5

6

21 12 15

34.54

32 53.5

6

24 11 59

40.68

32 18.0

7

Dec. 3 12 21

52 07.45

29 54.1

6

9 11 53

30.70

27 48.3

6

14 11 45

53.79

25 52.8

8

21 11 54

53 30.08

22 26.8

3

1847, Jan. 5 11 41

55 05.51

14 02.0

4

12 11 38

57.45

09 23.6

3

19 11 30

56 51. 30

05 40.7

3

25 11 06

57 40.31

00 24.2

3

*' From Oct. 21st to Jan. 12th the star of comparison was 7648
B. A. C. ; its mean place for Jan. 1st, 1846, is A. R. 21'" 50™- 05' .94,
Dec. — IS** 23' 55".5, being a mean of six recent determinations by-
Professor Challis of Cambridge, England, On Jan. 19th and 25th the
planet was compared with a star of the ninth magnitude, the mean
place of which, for Jan. 1st, 1846, taken from Bessel's Zone observa-
tions, is A. R. 22''- 02"'- OP .25. Dec. —13° 05' 22".5.

" The following Circular Elements have been computed by Mr. G.
P. Bond, assistant at this Observatory.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 51

" Long, of Asc. Node, 129° 18'.
Inclination, 1° 42' 26".
Eadius Vector, 30.000.
Daily motion, 21".709.

Long, at the Opposition, 326° 44' 31". Mean Eq., Jan. 1st, 1846.
Gr. M. S. T. of Opposition, Aug. 19th, 706-1847.
" Supposing the orbit nearly circular, the time of revolution would
be about 164 years."

Dr. Hale read a memorandum on the meteorology of the
past season, and especially of the present month, as compared
with former years.

John Bacon, Jr., M. D., was elected a Fellow of the Acad-
emy.

Two hundred and ninety-ftrst Meeting.

February 2, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Mr. S. P. Andrews exhibited several large charts or dia-
grams of Chinese syllabic words, and others of Chinese writ-
ten characters, which he explained. He regretted the absence
of several Fellows of the Academy who had expressed an in-
terest in his investigations, and especially of Professor Agassiz,
who at a previous meeting wished to know in what the views
put forth by Mr. A. differed from those of the distinguished
French sinalogue, M. Callery, author of Systema Phoneticuiii
Scripturm SiniccB. Mr. Andrews said, that he ventured to
dissent entirely from the main feature of M. Callery's system
in the theoretical point of view.

" The Chinese language consists of no more than 450 words, all
of which are regarded as monosyllables, though a few of them are
not strictly so. These we may designate, for convenience of refer-
ence, syllabic words. By the use of different tones in the utterance
of these words, a greater circle of effective and distinct words is
gained, amounting by the estimate of Abel Eemusat to 1203 ; the
syllable, as to its vocal apd consonantal elements, remaining the same.

52

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Words thus distinguished from the same syllables uttered by a differ-
ent inflexion of the voice we may designate as tone-words. But
the varying ideas which the Chinese people have occasion to com-
municate are as numerous as those of other people in the same stage
of advancement. Their spoken language is subjected to considerable
ambiguities by its meagreness. This deficiency is, however, remedied
in a very great degree in the written system ; for while the number
of spoken words is so very small, there are not less than 30,000
written characters or words, which express shades of thought with
about the same minuteness of distinction as the vocabularies of West-
ern languages. Each of these written words, which we may call
sign-words., has then from one to perhaps twenty distinguishable
meanings, like the words of the Latin or English.

" It is obvious from this statement, that for each syllabic word of
the Chinese language, there is an average of sixty or seventy written
or sign-iDords. Otherwise stated, the reader of Chinese meets with this
large number of written words having different significations, which
he pronounces precisely alike, in the same manner as we pronounce
Wright, right, rite, and icrite alike, though written differently and
signifying differently. Hence these sign-words are called homopho-
nous. To some extent, there is a similarity in form between the sign-
words which thus correspond to a single syllabic word, while beyond
a certain limit they are entirely diverse. The sign-ioords of the
Chinese language consist of single lines, or of complex assemblages
of lines or strokes, numbering from the single one up to fifty-two.
The attempt to discover the original principles of representation, ac-
cording to which these complex characters were composed, has been
the source of much perplexity to the learned, and the Chinese schol-
ars themselves seem to have little more than a few unsatisfactory
fancies upon the subject.

" The conclusion upon which the investigation seems now to rest
is, that such changes have taken place in the mode of tracing the
lines, and such modifications of the general shape of the characters,
that it has become impossible to do more than catch a few very un-
satisfactory intimations of the existence of any original design. This
conclusion is deemed erroneous, and other views will be offered
by Mr. A. upon the subject. One important fact, however, in relation
to their compositioQ was early observed by the Chinese themselves,
and advantage taken of it to aid them in arranging their sign-words

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 63

in dictionaries ; naniely, that there is a small number of characters,
reckoned at 214, of very frequent occurrence, and that either alone,
or as a component part of a larger character, some one of these fre-
quent signs occurs in every sign-word of the language. Hence they
have arranged their sign-words under these frequent signs as heads of
groups, and denominate these last the keys of the language.

" Mr. Marshman observed that so much as remains of a compound
sign-word, after the key is removed, is likewise a substantive char-
acter or sign-word of the language, occurring both by itself and in
combination with different keys, so as to furnish another and distinct
mode of grouping or classifying the characters. This remaining part
of the character after removing the key was called by Mr. Marshman
the primitive. The key is then the modifier. (It is also badly de-
nominated the radical. ) Mr. Marshman supposed that the primitive
represents the meaning of the whole character in a general way, and
that the modifier then renders it definite, much in the same way as
the primitive or root word of a Latin or Greek compound verb is
modified by the several prepositions prefixed to it, and he adduced
a moderate amount of examples to sustain this theory. His observ-
ance of related meanings extended only to those few obvious ones
which appear at a casual glance, and offered no clew to an integral
development of the scheme. No successor of Mr. Marshman has
therefore had more success than himself in demonstrating his theory,
and M. Gallery comes forward to throw discredit upon it altogether,
by asserting one quite different from it, and, as he evidently thinks,
incompatible with it.

" It has just been shown that the compound sign-words consist
each of two parts, one of which is called the -primitive., and the other
the modifier. The modifiers are not so numerous as the syUahic
words of the spoken language, while the primitives are much more
so, being by M. Gallery's computation 1040. It has been observed
by the Ghinese themselves, that, as the general rule, all the sign-words
which have the same primitive are homophonous, or, in other words,
signify the same syllaMc word, while those having the same modifier
have no such established relationship of sound, but generally differ
from each other throughout. This fact M. Gallery has brought out
into a much clearer light, and has made it the basis of his arrange-
ment of the sign-words of the language. He advances and contends
for the theory, that the primitive as previously called, which is usually

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

by far the most prominent part of the whole sign-word, performs
no other function than that of indicating the pronunciation, and that
whatever reference there is to signification is to be sought in the re-
maining part previously called the modifier. Hence he gives to the
primitive the name of phonetic, and to the modifier (or radical) that
of classifier, as he considers it a sign of the class of ideas to which
the word relates. This is what he denominates the phonetic system.
He rejects entirely the theory of Mr. Marshman, that the primitive
gives the general meaning, and the modifier the particular one, and
derides the attempt of Mr. Lay to establish a relationship of idea
between all the words having the same vocal utterance, or, in other
words, between all the numerous meanings of the same syllabic word.

" It will be observed, that the sign-words having in them the same
■primitive (phonetic), are not sufiiciently numerous to signify all the
various meanings of a single syllabic word. Hence there are other
homophonous sign-words having different primitives (phonetics) in
their composition, which denote other meanings of the same vocal
utterance. Hence, again, there are several phonetics (considering
them as such), generally as many as five or six, employed to signify
the same vocal utterance or syllabic word, and having no other func-
tion. This M. Gallery supposes to be so, and he accounts for what-
ever of seeming relation there may be in the meaning of sign-words
having the same phonetic (primitive), on the ground that the inventer
of this system of writing, having before him several phonetics, for the
same sound would naturally select a given one of them for those
meanings which should happen to be most alike, and so of the others.
These several views may be shortly stated thus : —

" Mr. Marshman held that all the sign-words which have the same
primitive (phonetic) must represent ideas which have something in
common, and that the primitive is the representative of that common
element of thought, like the root pel, in the words expel, compel, re-
pel, &c. Of this he adduced some illustrations and presumptive evi-
dence, which are disposed of by M. Gallery as just stated.

" Mr. Lay went farther, and held that this common element of
thought must be not only coextensive with a single primitive (pho-
netic) among the written sign-words, but with the spoken syllabic word
itself, for which, as before stated, there are several primitives. This
theory, the boldest which has been put forth, and which is not, as M.
Gallery seems to suppose, identical with that of Mr. Marshman, is not

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 65

very clearly stated by Mr. Lay, and is supported by a few illustra-
tions so utterly fanciful as fully to justify M. Gallery in deriding them.

" M. Gallery denies the existence of this conamon element of
thought among ideas signified either by the same syllabic toord or
by sign-words having a common primitive (phonetic). He holds
that that part of a compound character called the primitive, havino-
been originally invented to represent a syllabic word in a given sense,
was then transferred to and combined with other sign-words, repre-
senting the same syllabic word in senses totally different, and for
the sole purpose of indicating that the pronunciation is still the same."

Mr. A. further observed, that several of the terms which he now
employed, such as syllabic word, sign-word, and tone-word, were
his own ; that he employed them in order to render more palpable
the differences between these learned writers, as he was able to
gather them from their works, than he could do by quoting their own
language. It was with extreme diffidence that he ventured to dis-
sent from so ripe and distinguished a scholar as M. Gallery. His
own studies had led him, however, before he was aware that any
such view had been advanced, to the conviction that the theory which
he had just now stated, as that of Mr. Lay (and which it must be
admitted is but obscurely defined and poorly sustained by Mr. Lay
himself), is true. He believes, also, that the observations made by
M. Gallery (though not his theory), are true likewise, and that the
former furnishes the reason of the latter.

In other words, Mr. A. believes, as previously stated to the Acad-
emy, that " all the numerous meanings of the same vocal syllable
or word in the Ghinese language, being in some instances as many
as several hundreds, and seeming at first view to have no connection
with each other, are in fact legitimately and closely related in idea,
or that all of these numerous significations constitute a family of
ideas, which family is denoted generically by the single Ghinese sylla-
bic word, and specifically in other languages by a family of words,
which then have corresponding etymological relationships, and spe-
cifically likewise in the Ghinese written system, first, by groups of
homophonous sign-words, having a different primitive to each group,
and then by the particular sign-words within each group having dif-
ferent modifiers. Or, differently stated, that a given group of Ghinese
sign-words have the same primitive, not merely because they sound
alike, but that they both have the same primitive and do sound alike

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

for the reason lying still farther back, that they mean alike ; and
further, that this likeness of meaning is not confined to a group of
sign-words having the same primitive, but that it can be traced
throughout the whole family of homophonous sign-words."

" The Chinese written system is not to be considered as an inven-
tion, as M. Gallery seems to do, but as a growth, perhaps of sev-
eral ages, quite similar to the gradual formation of spoken languages
in other countries. The law of its growth is to be sought in the
spoken language of China which previously existed. It is the greatest
of mistakes to suppose the written system to be something quite
distinct from and disconnected with the spoken. In order to make
out an obvious relation between the numerous and apparently diverse
meanings of a Chinese syllabic word, recourse must be had to pro-
cesses of investigation somewhat new in their kind. The natural
relations of ideas to each other must be sought out. Etymology
has been too much studied, as the Chinese study anatomy, by map-
ping out the surface of the body. What we want is that science
which shall enable us to trace out a positive relationship between
ideas superficially the most remote from each other, as the nerves,
and arteries, and veins of the body connect and cause to sympathize
parts apparently the least related. These relationships of ideas must
be shown to exist metaphysically, and at the same time it must be
shown that they are testified to by parallel processes of derivation
in various languages, except only the Chinese and a few others, which
do not admit of derivation."

Two hundred and ninety-second Meeting.

March 2, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Mr. Andrews presented a dissertation on the Tones of the
Siamese Language, by Mr. J. Caswell, American Missionary
in Siam, which was referred to the Committee on PubH-
cation.

Dr. C. T. Jackson read a paper on the recent discovery,
claimed by himself, of the effects of the inhalation of sul-
phuric ether in producing insensibility to pain.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 67

Two hundred and ninety-third Meeting.

March 16, 1847. — Special Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor Peirce communicated to the Academy the fol-
lowing notice of the computations of Mr. Sears C. Walker,
who found that a star was missing in the Histoire Celeste
Frangaise, observed by Lalande on the 10th of May, 1795,
near the path of the planet Neptune, at that date, which may
possibly have been this planet.

" Shortly after the arrival of the news of the jjJiysical discovery of
Neptune at Berlin, on a suggestion by Mr. E. C. Herrick of its prob-
able identity with the Wartman planet of 1831, Mr. Walker engaged
in the study of the orbit of the former, and soon concluded that they
could not have been the same, and that no set of elements could be
found, with a mean distance at all probable, which would represent the
four places of Wartman's planet, as published in the Comptes Rendus
for 1836.

" His first examination of the orbit of Neptune led to the presump-
tion that the orbit is nearly circular. Also, the large planets lead by
analogy to the same conclusion. The eccentricity of

Jupiter is 0.048

Saturn " 0.056

Uranus " 0.047

Neptune " <^ 0.060, conjectured.
" With a small eccentricity, it was impossible for the sun's mass at
that distance to impress much daily variation of the radius vector.
Accordingly, an approximate solution was made from the places ob-
served on the 26tli of September, 26th of October, and 21st of No-
vember, on the supposition of a constant radius vector. The conclud-
ed true sidereal orbital motions n', n, and n", together with the mean
daily sidereal motion //, for the radius vector r = the semi-axis major =
a, are liere given.

r

n<
First thirty days.

n

Average motion.

nil
Last 28 days.

A"

34

II

12.8

II

16.7

19.7

17.90

33

14.6

17.7

20.3

18.71

32

16.6

18.8

20.8

19.60

31

19.4

20.1

21.2

20.56

30

21.7

21.6

21.6

21.58

29

24.1

23.4

22.0

22.67

8

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" The most plausible value of r from this table is that in which
{n — n'f -)- (?i — i\!')^ is a minimum. This value by the table is 30
nearly, and for this value we have very nearly n z= n' zr: n" = fi.
Hence the orbit comes out nearly a circle, unless we suppose the plan-
et now to present the possible, but still improbable, case of a great ec-
centricity and true anomaly nearly 90°.

" Accordingly, he selected for the next trial the circular hypothesis,
for which two places of thd planet sufficed, those of the 26th of Sep-
tember, from the mean of nine European observations, and the 26th of
December, from the mean of 33 transits and 11 measures in declina-
tion of Neptune (compared with the same two stars used in Septem-
ber) by himself with the Washington equatorial. All the small cor-
rections were taken into account. In this manner he obtained Elements
I. in the table below. These elements enabled him to compute an
ephemeris of Neptune for the six months following August 1st, 1846,
with which he compared one hundred and sixteen nights' works,
seventy of the European and forty-six of the Washington Observa-
tory, and derived from them sixteen normal places, which indicated
the following corrections of the geocentric longitude computed from
Elements I.

Normal Places of Neptune.

1

t

Date, 1S46 yrs.

Mean Time,

Greenwich.

X

Ob3. Geo. Ion.

hh

Obs. Geo. lat.

AW

O m

6-g

Obs. — Eph.

Obs.— Eph.

215.5670

327 9 49'.'34

1

- 0 31 36.24

1

16.75

0.63

2

223..5441

326 57 9.04

1

44.09

1

7.27

1.03

3

270.5

325 46 25.82

16

57.99

16

1.02

+ 0.84

4

276.5

39 54.23

13

56.14

13

4- 0.27

+ 1.51

5

282.5

34 16.11

13

56.09

13

-f 1.12

+ 0.03

6

290.5

2S 21.99

12

53.16

12

-}- 3.13

0.80

7

298.5

24 25.25

IS

51.13

19

4- 4.19

+ 0.56

S

306.5

22 32.46

6

47.61

6

-P 3.02

+ 0.23

9

313.5

22 40.00

4

45.15

3

-f 2.40

0.68

10

319.5

24 6.40

4

41.51

6

+ 1.95

+ 0.51

11

325.5

26 50.59?

4

37.30?

4

-f 3.77?

+ 2.21?

12

334.5

33 9.44

7

33.92

6

4- 2.46

1.13

13

345.5

44 26.93

4

30.79

4

-- 0.96

0.03

14

353.5

54 58.01

2

27.10 2 ■

— 0.72

+ 1.51

15

359.5

326 4 2.52

3

26.04 3 ■

— 0.23

+ 0.77

16

372.5

326 26 39.11

3

23.60 3 ■

— 4.40

+ 1.28

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 69

" The above places are referred to the mean equinox of January 1st,
1847, and mean obliquity. The planet's place is corrected for stellar,
but not for planetary aberration. It is also corrected for planetary par-
allax. The residual errors, though small, show in the course of six
months a sensible deviation of the orbit from a circular form. They
show at the same time that if the eccentricity is greater than 0.06, the
true anomaly must be nearly ± 90°, a possible, but, as was said be-
fore, an improbable case.

" The next step in the investigation was to make equations of condi-
tion of the form, 0=ax-{-by-{-cz-\-n/m which x is 50 X z' ^,
Tj = 10 X J V, z =^ J A300, a, h, and c are computed coefficients, v the
daily increase of X, and A300 the heliocentric longitude of Neptune on
the 300th day of the year. Finally, n is the equivalent heliocentric
value of z/ a above with sign changed. The number of equations
was reduced to nine, by taking for the first the one third of Nos. one
and two, above. Then follow the next five unchanged, then the mean
of Nos. eight, nine, and ten. No. eleven is rejected, then the mean
of Nos. twelve and thirteen. Lastly, the mean of Nos. fourteen,
fifteen, and sixteen. The nine conditional equations have then equal
weight, and stand thus : —

° Residual Error.

£

0 = — 0.303 X X — 2.700 X y + i X z -{- 3.8S , — d!o8

-_|. 3.016 —3.000 +1 +1.00, + 0.49

-+3.363 —2.400 +1 — 0.27 , + 0.19

= + 3.6S5 -1.800 +1 -1.10, +0.22

— + 4.038 —1.000 +1 —3.07,-1.03

— + 4.268 — 0.200 + 1 — 4.12 , — 1.31

— + 4.594 + 1.267 + 1 — 2.44 , + 1.03
= + 4.248 + 3.950 +1 — 1.73 , — 0.13
zz: + 3.332 +6.133 +1 +1.81,-0.16

The solution by least squares gives,

0 = 118.879 XX+ 7.477 X 2/ + 30.443 X z — 45!'629.
0 = 7.477 X a; + 85.149 X 2/ + ^-^^O X z + 1-687.
0= 30.443 X a;+ 0.250 X 2/ + 8.111 X z— 8.627.

II

Whence, 2 ee = 4.21.

x =1 + 3.255712.
y=: — 0.272963.
z = — 11.1475.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

r = 29.939950 -f- ^^ = 30.00506.

n =z ^i35_9^7j^7o ^ corrected for aber. = 2r'.65789.

^359 ^2 70

k r= Gauss's constant of the earth's velocity.

ij.=zka~^ =21 ".37881.
Period =T— 165.97030 tropical years.

"Thus it appeared that Elements II., assuming the eccentricity and
perihelion point unknown, and neglecting the daily variation of the ra-
dius vector, would give an ephemeris following the planet's path for five
months so closely, that the sum of the squares of 9 comparisons of
theory with observation was only 4" .21. This residual quantity might
have been still further reduced by inserting a fourth term of the form
d M, in which u is the daily increase of rjoo, and d^ a coefficient of the
form

rf =. a A r + ( j-l) A ^

where a is the former coefficient of a?, and (^) is the daily variation
of X for conservation of areas. Since these terms become sensible in
the course of a few additional months, it was thought preferable to
postpone the research after the final values of e and tt, and by assign-
ing them suitable limits, that of e <^ 0.06, and to tt its corresponding

value from the equation, cos. v = - — jf—--, then to compute the locus
of Neptune's orbit for these limits for any given date, and search for
an observation of a missing star in Neptune's path on the same night
in some of the ancient catalogues. The fact that {n — /x) is at this
time only 0".28, shows the limit of y <^ ± 90*^. The following table
of limits of V was computed.

Assumed val-
ues of e.

1.00
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
Minimum limit, 0.006474

Concluded val-
ues of ■».

±

90.0

rfc

87.2

db

85.4

rt 83.0

dz 79.2

±

72.2

±

50.1

0.0

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 61

" Now, since all values of 7r= {w — v),w being the longitude on the
orbit, are d priori equally probable, and since the maximum value
of u is ± 90°, for e = 1, we have the a priori probabilities for e as
follows : —

Limit of e. A priori probability.

Limit e > 0.06 and < 1.00 |^

2-4

¥Tr

3:8.
50

e > 0.05

((

<0.06

e > 0.04

((

<0.05

e > 0.03

((

<0.04

e > 0.02

((

<0.03

e > 0.01

C(

<0.02

221

e > 0.006474 < 0.01 -%%i

" This d, priori probability, that e falls between 0.01 and 0.006474, of
f , is derived from a theory, which in a half-year's path of Neptune
presents throughout a probable discrepancy of 0".49 between theory
and observation.

" The next inquiry is, how far this value of e is consistent with the
equations of condition between e and a, derived from the residual per-
turbations of Uranus. From the two full computations of Mr. Adams's

Supplement to the Nautical Almanac for 1852, for values of -^ r=

0.50 and 0.51, e varies from 0.16103 to 0.12062. Hence Mr.
Walker found the conditional equation,

e = 0.16103 milU] (P^^^X

\log. r.i^J

Whence for a = 30.20058, e z= 0.0153883, which is the eccentricity
from Adams's computations, with this value of the mean distance.
The mean longitude of Neptune, according to Mr. Adams's remark,
also comes out right for this hypothesis.

" It remains to consider Le Verrier's limits in his additions to the
Connaissance des Temps for 1849. In his first solution, he gives
for the minimum limit of the mean longitude of Neptune for 1800,
234°, whereas Elements II., with e<[ 0.0153883, would require at
that date a mean longitude of 226°. In his final solution, Le Verrier
finds the most probable value 240° nearly. The limit ± 5° gives for
the minimum 235°. If it be asked why Le Verrier and Adams differ
in their conclusions, it may be answered, that they differ in their resid-
ual perturbations required, from the more complete computations of

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Le Verrier. It was during a discussion of this subject by Professor
Peirce and Mr. Walker, that the possible omission of some inequality
of long period by Le Verrier was suggested by Professor Peirce. On
comparing the mean motions of Uranus and Neptune by Elements
II., it was found that if the mean distance of Neptune is thirty
nearly, such an inequality of great power has been omitted. Thus
we have

For Uranus, fi = 42'.2331 /*' z= 42.2331.

Elements II., Neptune, fi = 21.3788 2fi = 42.7576.

2/x — /=: 0.5245.
Instead of this, Le Verrier retained only the inequality from (3 /i —
fi), which was suited to the mean distance 38,

" It is impossible to decide, without a revision of the calculations of
Le Verrier, substituting the new inequality depending on 2 fx — /,
whether the limits would not be so far modified as to include Mr.
Walker's Elements II. The inequality of (2/x — fi), if the mean dis-
tance is nearly 30, is the most remarkable yet discovered in the pri-
mary solar system, and merits a thorough analytical investigation.

" In conclusion, then, it may be remarked, that the hypothesis of a
very small eccentricity is strongly probable by the Elements II., prob-
able by Adams's computations from the residual perturbations of Ura-
nus, and not necessarily contradicted by Le Verrier's computed limits,
unless we admit also that they exclude at the same time the possibility
of the semi-axis major which results so directly from Mr. Walker's
normal places.

" It remains to consider the question, whether any light can be
thrown on the subject of the orbit of Neptune by the ancient catalogues.
On this head it may be remarked that Bradley, Lacaille, and Mayer
seldom observed stars of the magnitude 7, 8. In the first three volumes
of Piazzi's original observations, now in course of publication by the
Vienna Observatory, there is no one of those " not found in the cata-
logues," that was near enough to the path of Neptune, on the night
of observation, to authorize the supposition of its having been that
planet. Bessel, in preparing his zones, never swept so far south as
the actual position of Neptune. The Paramatha Catalogue seldom
extends north of the 33d parallel of south declination. The Madras
observations were generally confined to the stars of Piazzi's or Daily's
Catalogues. The only remaining chance at present for finding an
ancient observation of Neptune (though doubtless others will be found

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 63

hereafter) was in the Histoire Celeste Francaise. Mr. Walker found
that Lalande had twice included the Neptunian region in his sweeps,
viz. May Sth and 10th, 1795. Accordingly, he computed the locus
of Neptune on the latter night for all values of e, from 0.006474 to
0.06, and for the two cases of ± u at the present time. This locus,
referred to the mean longitude and obliquity for 1800, so as to com-
pare with Hussey's Hour XIV. in the Catalogue of the Berlin Acad-
emy, is as follows : —

Locus OF Neptune, May 10th, 1795, for various Eccentkicities.

Neptune's R. A. 1300. Dec. 1800.

For -f

V,

and for e

z:::

0.06

h. m. s.

13 45 50

0 1

9 3.1

e

—

0.05

13 49 48

9 24.6

e

—

0.04

13 53 51

— 9 47.0

e

zz:

0.03

13 57 52

10 8.G

e

—

0.02

14 1 56

— 10 29.6

e

17 ■!

0.01

14 3 52.2

— 10 40.40

For u =

O

e

!

0.006474

14 9 18.0

— 11 8.75

For —

V

e

0.01

14 12 9.1

11 23.46

e

[_ '

0.02

14 16 36

11 44.5

e

0.03

14 20 35

— 12 6.1

e

'

0.04

14 24 29

— 12 25.3

e

^ , 1

0.05

14 28 19

— 12 44.2

e

—

0.06

14 32 8

13 2.6

" Mr. Walker then selected from the Histoire Celeste all the stars
within 15' of the locus of Neptune in the above table.

No.

Mag.

R. A. 1800.

Dec. 1800.

Authority.

1

9,10

h. m. s.

13 50 36

9 24.0

LI

2

7,8

13 52 48

9 58.8

Li

3

7,8

13 52 53

9 45.7

U B'

4

8,9

13 57 13

10 11.7

Li Bi

5

9

13 59 54

10 26.4

Li B>

6

8

14 10 0

11 26.5

Li Bi

7

8

14 12 0

11 8.3

Li Bi

8

7,8

14 12 0.9

11 20.96

Ll missing star.

9

8

14 29 37

13 10.7

U Bi

" The only stars in this list, not found in Bessel's Zones, are Nos. 1,
2, and 8. Of these No. 1 is too small. No. 2 is too far south (17')
of Neptune's computed path. No. 8 is within 2' of the computed

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

path, and if missing now in the heavens may have been the planet.
This comparison was made by Mr. Walker on the 2d of February, a
cloudy night. He immediately, by letter of that date, notified the Su-
perintendent of the Observatory, Lieutenant Maury, of his expectation
that on examination of that region on the next clear night No. 8
would be missing.

" On the 4th of February, Professor Hubbard examined the region
and verified the expectation of Mr. Walker. The star was in fact mis-
sing. Here, then, was a presumption in favor of their identity. Mr.
Walker believed his limits suflSciently extensive to comprise the Nep-
tunian region of May 8th and 10th, 1795, The planet was of the size
7, 8 magnitude, seldom omitted by Lalande. No star except No. 8
fulfilled all the conditions. There is, however, a (:) placed by Lalande
after the observation of the star No. 8, which indicates that the de-
clination is doubtful ± 5'. Mr. Walker's attention was first called to
this circumstance by Professor Peirce.

The entries in the Histoire Celeste are as follows : —

Mag. Wire I. Mid. Wire. Wire II. Zen. Dis.

h. m. s. h. m. s. o i ii

7,8 14 11 23.5 60 7 \^ -Anow mUsing.)

2 £i: 6 14 12 3.4 59 33 59

8 14 11 50.5: 59 54 40

If then the two (:) only indicate a doubt of 5', there is no contradiction
of the possible identity of the star 7,8 mag. and the planet. If,
however, the two (:) may be so construed as to make the 1st and 3d
star the same in declination as they are in right ascension, then no
star is missing, and the heavens are now as in Lalande's time. The
difference of magnitudes 7,8 and 8 militates against this supposition,
that stars 1 and 3 are the same,

" Mr. Walker concludes by remarking, that he has stated all the cir-
cumstances known to him favorable or unfavorable to the supposition
of identity of the star and planet. The decision of the question must
be the work of time. In order to establish the priority in determining
these elements, if the identity should be confirmed, he had computed
his Elements III. upon this hypothesis of identity. The three sets of
elements are here given, referred to the mean equinox of January 1st,
1847, and to mean time Greenwich."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

65

Elements if the nija-
sing star was Nep-
tune.

Elements of Neptune.

Circular Hypothesis

Elliptic Hypothesis

Elliptic Hypothesis

Longitude of perihelion, ^

unknown

unknown

0° 12' 25 '51

" " ascend, node, P-

129° 48' 23". 16

l29o48'23".16

131° 17'35".80

Inclination, i

1^45' 19 '.88

lo 45' 19".88

1° 54' 53 '.83

Long, of epoch, Jan. 1, 1S47, s

unknown

unknown

328° 7'50'.64

True heliocentric Ions. )
on orbit, Sept. 28, isiz \

326° 59' 41 ".50

3260 59' 34".74

326° 59' 34". 74

Eccentricity, e

0.

unknown

0.0088407

Radius vector, Sept. 28, 1847, r

29.93995

30.0050fi

30.02596

True sid. orb. mot., " n

21".65S57

21 ".65789

2l".64553

Mean distance, a

29.93995

30.200585

30.25042

Mean daily sidereal motion, f

21".65857

21".37S81

21 ".32600

Period in tropical years, 7'

163^8259

165^.97030

166\38134

Professor Peirce remarked, that the orbits given by Mr.
Walker differ so widely from the predictions, that he has
been induced to make a careful reexamination of the obser-
vations. He has not only himself verified Mr. Walker's dis-
tance of 30, and the consequent angular motion ; but Mr.
George P. Bond, of the Cambridge Observatory, has also,
at his request, verified this distance and motion from the
Cambridge observations alone. From these data, without
any hypothesis in regard to the character of the orbit, he has
arrived at the conclusion, that the planet Neptune is not

THE planet to WHICH GEOMETRICAL ANALYSIS HAD DIRECTED

THE TELESCOPE j that its Orbit is not contained within the
limits of space which have been explored by geometers
searching for the source of the disturbances of Uranus ; and
that its discovery by Galle must be regarded as a happy
accident.

" Mr. Adams, in his Explanation of the Observed Irregularities of
Uranus, considered two hypothetical orbits, in one of which the mean
distance is 38.4, or just double that of Uranus, and in the other it is
37.6 ; while M. Le Verrier, in his Researches into the Motions of the
Planet Herschel, called Uranus, after deriving some rough approxi-
mations from the consideration of the mean distance 38.4, proceeds to
the accurate examination of the three distances 39.1, 37.6, and 36.2.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The extension of the investigations to any other mean distances can be
made only by assuming a continuous law to pervade the subject of in-
quiry, and that there is no important change in the character of the re-
sulting perturbations. Guided by this principle, well established, and
legitimate, if confined within proper limits, M. Le Verrier narrowed
with consummate skill the field of research, and arrived at two fun-
damental propositions, namely, —

1st. That the mean distance of the planet cannot be less than 35,
or more than 37.9. The corresponding limits of the time of sidereal
revolution are about 207 and 233 years,

2d. "That there is only one region in which the disturbing planet
can be placed, in order to account for the motions of Uranus ; that the
mean longitude of this planet must have been, on January 1st, ISOO,
between 243^ and 252°."

" Neither of these propositions is of itself necessarily opposed to the
observations which have been made upon Neptune, but the two com-
bined are decidedly inconsistent with observation. It is impossible to
find an orbit, which, satisfying the observed distance and motion, is
subject at the same time to both of these propositions, or even approx-
imately subject to them. If, for instance, a mean longitude and time
of revolution are adopted according with the first, the corresponding
mean longitude in 1800 must have been at least 40° distant from the
limits of the second proposition. And again, if the planet is assumed
to have had in 1800 a mean longitude near the limits of the second
proposition, the corresponding time of revolution with which its motions
satisfy the present observations cannot exceed 170 years, and must
therefore be about 40 years less than the limits of the first proposition.
Neptune cannot, then, be the planet of M. Le Verrier's theory, and
cannot account for the observed perturbations of Uranus under the
form of the inequalities involved in his analysis.

" It is not, however, a necessary conclusion that Neptune will not
account for the perturbations of Uranus, for its probable mean distance
of about 30 is so much less than the limits of the previous researches,
that no inference from them can be safely extended to it. An im-
portant change, indeed, in the character of the perturbations takes
place near the distance 35.3 ; so that the continuous law by which
such inferences are justified is abruptly broken at this point, and it
was hence an oversight in M. Le Verrier to extend his inner limit to the
distance 35. A planet at the distance 35.3 would revolve about the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 67

Sun in 210 years, which is exactly two and a half times the period of
the revolution of Uranus. Now, if the times of revolution of two
planets were exactly as 2 to 5, the effects of their mutual influence
would be peculiar and complicated, and even a near approach to this
ratio gives rise to those remarkable irregularities of motion which are
exhibited in Jupiter and Saturn, and which greatly perplexed geome-
ters until they were traced to their origin by Laplace. This distance
of 35.3, then, is a complete barrier to any logical deduction, and the
investigations with regard to the outer space cannot be extended to the
interior.

" The observed distance 30, which is probably not very far from the
mean distance, belongs to a region which is even more interesting in
reference to Uranus than that of 35.3. The time of revolution which
corresponds to the mean distance 30.4 is 168 years, being exactly
double the year of Uranus, and the influence of a mass revolving in
this time would give rise to very singular and marked irregularities in
the motions of this planet. The effect of a near approach to this ratio
in the mean motions is partially developed by Laplace, in his theory
of the motions of the three inner satellites of Jupiter. The whole per-
turbation arising from this source may be divided into two portions or
inequalities, one of which, having the same period with the time of
revolution of the inner planet, is masked to a great extent behind the
ordinary elliptic motions, while the other has a very long period, and
is exhibited for a great length of time under the form of a uniform in-
crease or diminution of the mean motion of the disturbed planet. But
it is highly probable that the case of Neptune and Uranus is not mere-
ly that of a near approach to the ratio of 2 to 1 in their times of rev-
olution, but that this ratio is exactly preserved by those planets ; for it
may be shown, as was shown by Laplace for the ratio two fifths, that
a sufficiently near approach to it must, on account of the mutual action
of the planets, result in the permanent establishment of this remarkable
ratio. Thus, if

V = the mean longitude of Uranus,

v' = that of Neptune,
V z= 2u' — V ; and if D expresses the differential coefficient relatively
to the time, a near approach to the ratio of 2 to 1 gives the equations,
Wv^psm. {2v'—v-^A)=psm. (V-f-A),
1)%' = q sin. {2v'—v-\-A) = q sin. (V -f A) ;

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

in which p, q, and A are known functions of the masses and different
elements of the orbits. These equations give at once

D2V = 2D^u' — D'w=(2?— p)sin. (V + A),
which, multiplied by 2 D V and integrated, becomes
'DY = ^ [R-'—{4q—2p)cos. (V-f-A)],

in which li = 2n' — n ;

if n = the mean motion of Uranus,

and n' = that of Neptune.

It follows from the value of DV, that if

H^<4(? — 2p,
V-j- A cannot increase indefinitely, and that, therefore, the term

(2 n' — n) t,
upon which its indefinite increase depends, must vanish, or in other
words 2 n' — n := 0,

and V -{- A must oscillate in value either
about zero when 2p — 4 q is positive,

or about 180° when 2p — 4 q is negative.

The probability of the occurrence of this ratio depends, it will be
seen, upon the magnitudes of p and q, which are always of opposite
signs. It is evident, from inspeating the computations of Mr. Walker,
that Neptune's period of revolution is not less than in his second
hypothesis of 166 years ; and Professor Peirce infers from the investi-
gations which he has already made, that a period of 166| years,
which involves only a slight additional eccentricity, is already a suf-
ficiently near approximation to establish the exact permanency of
the period of 168 years. As soon, then, as there may be observa-
tions sufficient to prove that Neptune revolves in more than 166|, and
in less than 169| years, the conclusion is inevitable, that its year is
precisely twice as long as that of Uranus."

Professor Peirce communicated, from Mr. Bond, of the
Cambridge Observatory, the following

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

69

Observations on the Comet of March 4th, 1847.

3Iade at Camhridge Observatory. Long. 4''- 44™- 32'-.
Corrected for refraction, and referred to the Mean Equinox of Jan. 1st 1847.

Cambridge
Mean Solar Time.

Cor
A. R.

net's

Dec.

Siarof Co
A. R.

raparison.
Dec.

O ( l{

No. of
Comp.

1847. d. h. m. s.

h. m. s.

o 1 (/

h. m. S.

Mar. 4 8 40 09

23 35 50.5

+ 50 01 46

23 35 14.67

49 44 08.3

6

J Star of lOih mag.

" 5 8 36 54

23 39 13.2

48 54 28

23 33 59.16

43 39 54.9

6

Gr. Cat. 4125.

" 0 8 31 01

23 42 28.5

47 45 43

23 45 09.36

47 37 55.0

4

5 St.of 9th ma a:, comp.
) with Gr. 4167 & 4175

" 8 7 24 29

23 43 38.6

45 25 14

23 47 54.82
23 51 00.34

45 30 26.6
45 33 40.5

6
6

Gr. Cat. 4166.
4181.

" 10 7 18 20
" 11 17 02 06

" 12 8 22 37
" 15 8 00 57
" 19 7 19 15
"24 7 13

23 54 31.1
23 58 27.9

0 00 10.1
0 07 40.4
0 16 16.6
0 24 26

42 53 34
41 00 52

40 08 09
35 44 37 i
29 03 34

18 36 07 1

23 55 20.47

23 55 52.80

23 56 45.49

0 05 35.14

0 10 21.07

0 22 03.57

1 45 08.65

42 47 29.4

41 10 15.3
41 14 29.1
40 11 23.2
35 56 12.0
28 54 28.4
18 32 37.3

5

3

9
4

4
4

1

C St.of 9lhraa».comp.

Jwilh30Gr.&26Andr.

Gr. 4212.

Gr. 4219.

23 Andromedee.

0- Andromedae.

2S Andromedae.

>-2 Arietis.

" March 4th. The comet was first seen at 7 o'clock, in close
proximity to a star of the 10, 11 magnitude ; in brightness it appears
to be but just beyond the limit of unassisted vision. It has no visible
nucleus, and but slight condensation of light towards its centre. Faint
traces of a tail are suspected in a direction nearly opposite to the sun.
The observations this evening are made with the annular micrometer.

" March 5th. From this date up to the 24th, the spider-line mi-
crometer was employed, the field being illuminated with red light.

" March 6th. The comet is brighter than heretofore, showing a
tail of 20' in length, of a conical outline, its axis being directed
towards the sun. The head of the comet is very irregular, its light
is somewhat concentrated, but there is no well-defined nucleus, which
circumstance in some degree affects the accuracy of the observations.

" March 8th. To-night, for the first time, the comet is visible to
the naked eye, as a star of the fifth or sixth magnitude. The angle
of position of the tail is n. f. 76° 30' ; consequently it is not exactly
in a direction opposite to the sun. The estimated diameter of the
light surrounding the head was four or five minutes of arc.

" March 12th. In the comet-seeker the tail may be traced two or
three degrees. Angle of position of its axis is 81° n. f.

" March 15th. The rough and irregular outline of this comet re-
minds one of the figures of Hevelius. Length of the tail four or five
degrees.

" March 24th. The altitude of the comet at this observation

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

was three degrees. The place given is derived from a single pas-
sage over the annular micrometer, and is therefore liable to some
uncertainty ; it however agreed nearly with the result from instru-
mental readings.

" The following elements have been computed from the observa-
tions given above. By Professor Peirce, from the observations on
March 4th, 5th, and 6th.

1847, Per. passage, March 3r\907, Greenwich M. S. T.
" distance, 0.04444.

Long, of ascending node, 10° 13'.
" perihelion, 256 33.
Inclination, 48 53.

Motion direct.
" By G. P Bond, from places of March 5th, 12th, and 19th, account
being taken of the small corrections.

1847, Per. passage, March 30'\3369, Greenwich M. S. T.
« distance, 0.0445986.

Long, of ascending node, 21° 06' 46".

" perihelion, 275 16 22.
Inclination, 48 41 49.

Motion direct.
" The places computed from the latter orbit require the following
corrections.

March 5th, Obs'd — Comp. Long, = + ^.2 Obs'd — Comp. Lat. = + 0.5.
12th, " « = — 3.6 " " = — 44.5.

19th, " » = — 0.3 " " =— 0.7."

Mr. William C Bond communicated a second series of
moon culminations observed at the Cambridge Observatory.

" The observations now presented to the Academy were made at
the first station occupied as an Observatory in Cambridge. Lat. 42°
22' 22". Long. 4''- 44"'- 30'-. The Transit Instrument has an object-
glass of 2f inches aperture, and 46 inches focus. The clock error
has been determined solely by means of the standard stars of the
Nautical Almanac. The southern meridian mark of this station is
situated on Blue Hill, in Canton ; it is placed on a massive and con-
spicuous stone tower, erected for the purpose, 58,520 feet south of the
transit instrument, and within a short distance of one of the principal
stations of the State and United States Surveys.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

71

Moon Culminations,

Observed at Cambridge^ corrected for Collimation, Level, and Azi-
muthal Deviation of the Transit Instrument, and for Clock Rate
and Error on Sidereal Time.

Lat. +42° 22' 22". Lon. West of Greenwich, 4h. 44 m. 30 s.

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date,

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

larA.R.

s.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1840, Jan

12

5's 1st Limb

1 44 54.04

B*

a Arietis

1 5S 10.64

10.55

— 0.09

(C

d Arietis

3 02 30.62

30.36

0.26

(C

13

/5 Arietis

1 45 49.50

49.34

— 0.16

w

a Arietis

1 58 10.48

10.53

+ 0.05

C(

D's 1st Limb

2 42 28.24

(f

d Arietis

3 02 30.28

30.36

■i-v OS

((

g Arietis

3 14 53.04

53.30

+ 0.26

((

16

I Aurigae

5 28 24.05

23.70

0.35

B

D's 1st Limb

6 01 15.84

((

X Aurigae

6 05 12.89

13.12

+ 0.23

C(

|U Geminorum

6 13 18.88

18.85

— 0.03

cc

£ Geminorum

6 34 07.23

07.34

+ 0.11

((

17

/3 Tauri

5 16 12.87

12.83

0.04

((

X Aurigae

6 05 13.33

13.12

— 0.21

((

fi Geminorum

6 13 18.67

18.85

+ 0.18

C(

£ Geminorum

6 34 07.42

07.34

0.08

<c

D's 1st Limb

7 09 28.92

cc

«2 Geminorum

7 24 25.31

25.41

+ 0.10

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 33.65

33.44

— 0.21

cc

18 w Geminorum

6 52 41.72

w

8 Geminorum

7 10 36.04

36.00

0.04

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 33.43

33.41

0.02

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

8 13 42.30

cc

D 's 2d Limb

8 16 08.94

cc

8 Cancri

8 35 37.18

37.22

+ 0.04

(C

21

£ Leonis

9 36 47.57

47.74

+ 0.17

B

y Leonis

10 11 10.50

10.41

0.09

cc

Q Leonis

10 24 25.29

24.75

— 0.54

cc

D 's 2d Limb

10 58 15.15

cc

a Leonis

U 12 55.05

54.74

0.31

cc

I Leonis

11 22 09.73

09.95

_

-0.22

c c

23

b Virginia

11 51 46.40

46.47

-

-0.07

cc

r} Virginis

12 11 44.37

44.50

-

-0.13

cc

D 's 2d Limb

12 30 43.64

cc

y Virginis

12 33 35.14

34.33

— 0.81

cc

If) Virginis

12 46 03.42

03.53

+ 0.11

cc

B is the initial of William C. Bond; W, that of William C. Bond, Jr.

72

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Siiiereal Time

Second

Obser

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

ofTabu-
larA. R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial

h. m. 8.

s.

1840, Jan

23

a Virginis

13 16 47.23

47.19

— 0.04

B

24

y Virginia

12 33 34.36

34.36

0.00

( (

<{

ip Virginis

12 46 03.16

03.56

4-0.40

(f

((

3)'s 2d Limb

13 16 08.73

1

cc

((

0 Virginis

13 37 25.68

25.77

-f-0.11

cc

Feb

.12

« i aui 1

4 26 46.18

45.99

0.19

w

((

i Anrjorse

4 46 36.67

36.44

0.23

C(

<<

j3 Tauri

5 16 12.56

12.60

-1-0.03

cc

i(

D's 1st Limb

5 34 51.03

cc

<i

C Tauri

5 43 18.32

18.18

— 0.14

cc

13

X Aurigae

6 03 13.91

12.98

— 0.97

B

((

^ Geminorum

6 12 18.97

18.70

0.27

cc

((

3's 1st Limb

6 41 43.50

c<

((

T Geminorum

7 OU 59.63

59.27

— 0.36

C(

1 (

u~ Geminorum

7 24 25.60

25.46

— 0.14

cc

<(

/? Geminorum

7 35 33.49

33.50

+ 0.01

cc

15

/5 Geminorum

7 35 33.31

33.49

+ 0.18

(C

((

6 Cancri

7 53 43.35

42.98

— 0.37

cc

((

& Cancri

8 22 30.53

30.30

0.23

c c

((

3)'s 1st Limb

8 46 04.42

cc

C(

g Cancri

9 10 04.89

04.85

— 0.04

(C

17

V Leonis

9 49 39.05

39.00

0.05

w

((

a Leonis

9 59 53.16

53.13

0.03

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

10 34 52.74

(C

(C

I Leonis

10 40 52.69

52.62

— 0.07

cc

ti

X Leonis

10 56 47.66

47.79

+ 0.13

cc

21

])'s2d Limb

13 42 10.32

B

cc

X Virginis

14 04 23.10

23.73

+ 0.63

cc

((

u^ Librae

14 42 03.81

03.64

— 0.17

(C

le

« Scorpii

16 19 36.16

37.37

+ 1.27

(C

March

8

])'s 1st Limb

3 05 12.38

cc

((

a Tauri

4 26 45.70

45.66

0.04

cc

9

D's 1st Limb

4 08 39.16

w

((

/? Tauri

5 16 12.34

12.18

0.16

cc

11

/S Tauri

5 16 12.14

12.14

0.00

B

( (

3) 's 1st Limb

6 21 01.29

c c

(C

E Geminorum

6 34 07.19

06.90

0.29

c c

((

T Geminorum

7 00 59.34

58.93

— 0.41

c<

12

d Geminorum

7 11 35.45

35.71

0.26

(C

c c

D's 1st Limb

7 27 08.75

C(

((

j3 Geminorum

7 35 33.11

33.21

+ 0.10

cc

((

d Geminorum

8 35 38.02

37.33

— 0.69

<(

13

5 Geminorum

7 10 35.87

35.69

— 0.18

cc

C(

a^ Geminorum

7 24 24.87

25.14

--0.27

cc

((

/? Geminorum

7 35 33.42

33.20

0.22

cc

C(

(jD Geminorum

7 43 44.24 '

44.08

0.16

cc

((

D's 1st Limb

8 25 18.33 i

C(

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

73

Date.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time
of

Seconds
OfTahu-

Diff.

Obser-
ver's

Meridian Passase.

larA.R.

37^32

iniiial.

B

1840, March 13

d Cancri

h. in. s.

8 36 37.46

— o!l4

( i

u~ Cancri

8 49 46.12

45.97

— 0.15

cc

14

d Geminorum

7 10 35.79

35.68

— 0.11

w

<(

«" Geminorum

7 24 24.90

25.12

+ 0.22

c c

(C

/? Geminorum

7 35 33.43

33.18

— 0.25

c c

(C

M^ Cancri

7 49 46.37

45.97

— 0.40

cc

ce

D's 1st Limb

9 20 59.40

cc

(C

TT Leonis

9 59 48.09

47.63

— 0.46

cc

((

£ Leonis

9 36 48.43

48.10

— 0.33

cc

16

f Hydras

8 38 19.90

20.05

+ 0.15

B

(S

a Leonis

9 59 53.48

53.18

— 0.30

c c

cc

Q Leonis

10 24 25.20

25 33

+ 0.13

cc

(<

3)'s 1st Limb

11 01 15.84

1

(c

1 c

a Leonis

11 12 55.47

55.56

+ 0.09

cc

cc

d Leonis

11 05 38.16

38.07

— 0.09

cc

cc

V Leonis

11 28 47.54

47.80

+ 0.26

cc

21

A Virginis

14 09 30.13

30.09

0.04

c c

c c

D 's 2d Limb

14 59 26.51

cc

cc

X Librae

15 30 52.07

52.11

+ 0.04

cc

April 5

3)'s 1st Limb

3 44 55.02

cc

C(

,5 Tauri

5 16 11.74

11.71

0.03

cc

6

« Tauri

4 26 45.22

45.20

0.02

cc

1 1

])'s 1st Limb

4 52 10.58

cc

7

D's 1st Limb

6 00 11.32

cc

cc

£ Geminorum

6 33 06.53

06.43

0.10

cc

9

a^ Geminorum

7 24 24.35

24.65

+ 0.30

cc

cc

(j Geminorum

7 35 32.74

32.75

+ 0.01

cc

cc

])'s 1st Limb

8 07 30.03

1

cc

C 1

d Cancri

8 22 30.17

29.76

— 0.41

cc

cc

d Cancri

8 35 37.27

36.97

0.30

c c

10

& Cancri

8 22 29.63

29.74

+ 0.11

w

cc

S Cancri

8 35 36.73

36.95

+ 0.22

cc

cc

D's 1st Limb

9 04 20.32

cc

cc

I Leonis

9 22 37.31

37.14

— 0.17

cc

c c

0 Leonis

9 32 38.75

38.51

0.24

cc

13

a Hydrae

9 19 44.99

45.24

+ 0.25

cc

cc

£ Leonis

9 36 47.79

47.81

--0.02
0.06

c c

(C

a Leonis

9 59 53.02

52.96 ,

c c

cc

X Leonis

10 56 47.92

47.90

— 0.02

B

CC

q Leonis

11 09 05.89

05.74

0.15

c c

cc

])'s 1st Limb

11 31 49.67

cc

cc

^ Virginis

11 42 24.26

24.31

+ 0.05

cc

cc

b Virginis

11 51 47.93

47.49

— 0.44

cc

15

^ Corvi

12 26 02.10

02.04

— 0.06

w

c c

53 Virginis

13 03 35.56

35.65

+ 0.09

c<

cc

J) 's 2d Limb

13 05 11.89

cc

16 ^ Corvi 1

12 26 02.03

02.05 +0.021

cc

10

u

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff

ver's

Meridian Passage.
h. ni. s.

larA.R.

s.

s.

initial.

1840

, April 16

a Virginis

13 16 48.91

48.85

— 0.06

w

( (

D 's 2d Limb

13 52 01.67

cc

cc

A Virginis

14 10 30.61

30.49

— 0.12

cc

17

X Virginis

14 10 30.46

30.50

+ 0.04

B

<c

]) 's 2d Limb

14 40 41.44

( f

((

«2 Librae

14 42 05.24

04.88

0.36

cc

C(

20 Librae

14 54 46.29

46.20

— 0.09

c c

c e

j3 Librae

15 08 26.77

26.83

0.06

cc

21

a Scorpii

16 19 39.04

39.17

4-0.13

w

((

y^ Sagittarii

17 55 34.20

34.59

+ 0.39

cc

cc

/i* Sagittarii

18 04 14.15

14.02

0.13

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

18 15 17.42

cc

I c

9 Sagittarii

18 35 41.78

41.83

+ 0.05

cc

c<

a Sagittarii

18 45 23.10

22.77

0.33

cc

May 11

T Leonis

11 19 44.70

44.72

+ 0.02

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

12 03 04.42

cc

cc

7] Virginis

12 11 45.84

45.56

0.32

cc

cc

q Virginis

12 25 33.94

33.85

0.09

cc

cc

a Virginis

13 16 48.84

48.91

+ 0.07

cc

13

/5 Corvi

12 26 02.09

01.97

0.12

cc

c c

& Virginis

13 01 42.99

42.99

0.00

cc

cc

a Virginis

13 16 48.92

48.91

— 0.01

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

13 34 18.37

c c

cc

X Virginis

14 04 24.89

24.97

+ 0.08

cc

14

/5 Corvi

12 26 01.86

01.97

+ 0.11

cc

C(

a Virginis

13 16 48.86

48 91

+ 0.05

cc

cc

X Virginis

14 04 25.02

24.97

— 0.05

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

14 22 00.09

cc

c c

20 Libr«

14 54 46.27

46.54

+ 0.27

cc

c c

/? Librae

15 08 27.32

27.15

— 0.17

cc

15

I) 's 1st Limb

15 11 57.22

B

cc

D 's 2d Limb

15 14 29.78

cc

c c

y. Librae

15 32 47.55

47.44

0.11

cc

c c

a Scorpii

16 11 31.83

31.66

— 0.17

cc

(C

a Scorpii

16 19 39.72

39.67

— 0.05

cc

16

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 11.52

11.63

+ 0.11

cc

. c

D 's 2d Limb

16 06 35.15

cc

cc

a Scorpii

16 19 39.90

39.70

0.20

cc

cc

a Scorpii

16 11 31.38

31.68

+ 0.30

cc

17

71 Scorpii

15 49 13.80

14.36

--0.56

cc

c c

/? Scorpii

15 56 11.89

11.66

— 0.23

cc

cc

a Scorpii

16 11 3137

31.70

+ 0.33

cc

cc

a Scorpii

16 19 39.51

39.72

+ 0.21

cc

cc

T Scorpii

16 25 59.25

59.29

+ 0.04

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

17 00 58.98

cc

cc

A' Ophiuchi

17 05 33 92

34.32

+ 0.40

cc

(1

& Ophiuchi 1

17 12 14.41

14.50

+ 0.09

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

75

Sidereal Time Seconds

Obser-l

Date.

Name of Object.

of ofTabu-

Diff.

rer's

I

Meridian Passage. larA.R.

initial. 1

1840, May 17

e^ Ophiuchi

Ii. m. s.

17 21 42 37

S.

s.

B

June 5

a Leonis

9 59 52.40 .

52 37 .

— 0.03

W^

(C

D 's 1st Limb

10 12 35.42

ic

((

b Leonis

11 05 37.52

37.46

— 0.06

I c

8

D 's 1st Limb

13 19 32.72

cc

((

% Virginis

13 41 13.94

13.75

0.19

((

10

D 's 1st Limb

14 06 27.42

c c

(C

I Virginis

14 10 30.50

30.70

— 0.20

( c

C(

a^ Librae

14 42 05.30

05.24

0.06

cc

11

I Virginis

14 10 30.84

30 70

— 0.14

cc

(C

(^ Librae

14 42 05.00

05.24

+ 0.24

(C

(C

5 's 1st Limb

14 55 33.52

cc

cc

% Librae

15 03 09.62

09.92

0.30

cc

<c

/3 Librae

15 08 27.22

27.29

-f 0.07

(C

((

(S^ Scorpii

15 56 11.60

11.89

+ 0.29

cc

13

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 11.93

11.90

0.03

B

C(

1 1

a Scorpii

16 11 31.82

32.00

+ 0.18

cc

(C

1

a Scorpii

16 19 40.00

40.04

— 0.04

cc

<(

T Scorpii

16 25 59.65

59.72

+ 0.07

( c

( c

D 's 1st Limb

16 40 53.00

cc

ce

A Ophiuchi

17 05 34.80

34.77

0.03

cc

(C

,9^ Ophiuchi

17 11 15.35

14.96

0.39

cc

14

1

« Virginis

13 16 48.90

48.78

0.12

cc

<(

«2 Librae

14 42 05.40

05.23

— 0.17

cc

( c

a Scorpii

14 19 40.20

40.04

— 0.16

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

17 36 11.70

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

17 39 29.84

cc

15

a Scorpii

16 19 40.06

40.45

+ 0.39

v^

C(

1

y^ Sagittarii
^ Sagittarii
5 Sagittarii

17 55 55.95

36,00

1 + 0.05

( c

cc

18 04 15.38

15.37

1—0.01

( c

c c

18 10 48.95

49.01

+ 0.06

cc

C (

D 's 2d Limb

18 34 05.74

( c

cc

a Sagittarii

18 45 24.37

24.35

0.02

(C

cc

T Sagittarii

18 57 01.01

00.78

0.23

"

16

> D 's 2d Limb

19 28 40.96

B

cc

c Sagittarii

19 52 52.50

.52.46

— 0.04

<c

c c

ci^ Capricorni

20 09 13.62

13.55

— 0.07

cc

cc

/3- Capricorni

20 12 04.15

04.38

1 + 0.23

cc

July K

1 r

) 0(2 Librae

14 42 05.00

05.10

j + 0.10

v^

C 1

i5 Librae

15 08 27.13

27.19

1 + 0.06

! "

cc

i

6 Scorpii
b Scorpii

15 41 25.46

25.44

0.02

"

cc

15 50 56.41

56.37

0.04

c c

cc

I

/3^ Scorpii
5 Ophiuchi

15 57 12.06

11.90

o.ie

» "

cc

16 05 01.10

01.16

o.oc

• "

c c

r

« Scorpii

16 19 40.12

40.10

0.02

cc

5 's 1st Limb

16 22 27.29

\ '^

"

T Scorpii

16 25 59.63

59.72

+ 0.09 "

_

76

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

larA.R.

s.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1840, Jul^

11

a^ Librae

14 42 05.12

05.09

0.03

w

((

8 Librae

15 08 27.37

27.18

— 0.19

cc

((

/3^ Scorpii

15 56 11.92

11.90

0.02

1 c

(C

d Ophiuchi

16 06 01.34

01.18

0.16

cc

C(

a Scorpii

16 19 40.07

40.10

+ 0.03

c c

(C

T Scorpii

16 25 59.82

59.72

0.10

cc

((

]) 's 1st Limb

17 17 25.64

(C

C(

e- Opliiuchi

17 21 43.63

43.35

— 0.28

cc

cc

a Ophiuchi

17 26 33 94

3380

— 0.14

c c

C(

Sagittarii

17 48 53.25

53.06

0.19

cc

12

/? Librae

15 08 27.20

27.18

— 0.02

B

((

Z?! Scorpii

15 56 11.78

11.89

+ 0.11

cc

((

d Ophiuchi

16 06 00.92

01.18

4- 0.26

cc

(C

a Scorpii

16 19 40.11

40.09

— 0.02

c c

((

e^ Ophiuchi

17 21 43.35

43.35

0.00

C 1

(<

J> 's 1st Limb

18 13 11.79

c c

((

Sagittarii

17 48 53.2ll53.07

— 0.15

cc

((

cp Sagittarii

18 35 43.83| 43.76

— 0.07

cc

14

^1 Sagittarii

18 04 15.79

15.67

0.12

w

t i

X^ Sagittarii

19 15 36.26

36.20

— 0.06

C (

I c

h^ Sagittarii

19 27 02.16

02.20

-f-0.04

cc

(<

]) 's 1st Limb

20 02 19.43

C (

C (

1> 's 2d Limb

20 04 34.15

cc

((

a^ Capricorni

20 10 15.20

14.11

0.09

cc

(i

V Capricorni

20 31 00.26

00.17

0.09

cc

15

V Capricorni

20 31 00.16

00.19

-f-0.03

B

((

T> 's 2d Limb

20 56 12.49

C (

((

s Capricorni

21 06 57.02:57 03

+ 0.01

cc

((

£ Capricorni

21 28 10.96! 10.72

0.24

cc

16

s Capricorni

21 06 57.06|57.05

0.01

w

C(

/S Aquarii

21 23 11.2l!ll.43

-

-0.25

cc

cc

E Capricorni

21 28 10.54:10.74

-0.20

cc

cc

£ Pegasi

21 36 22.83

22.97

-0.17

cc

cc

J> 's 2d Limb

21 45 45.04

cc

cc

t Aquarii

21 57 50.95 51.01

+ 0.06

cc

cc

S- Aquarii

22 08 26.30

26.55

+ 0.25

cc

(C

^ Pegasi

22 33 32.00

32 06

+ 0.06

( c

c c

Fomalhaut

22 48 51.22

51.20

— 0.02

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 50.74 50.66

--0.08

cc

20

d Piscium

0 12 24.98

25.01

+ 0.03

B

(C

/?Ceti

0 35 36.00

36.14

— 0.14

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

0 59 07.90

cc

21

D 's 2d Limb

1 52 17.62

C(

cc

a Arietis

1 58 12.27

12.20

0.07

c<

August

4

D 's 1st Limb

14 19 25.92

w

cc

d Ophiuchi

16 06 01.00

00.97

— 0.03

cc

7

D 's 1st Limb

16 56 54.77

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

77

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

rate.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage,
h. m. s.

ofTabu-
larA.R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

1840, Aug.

7

A Ophiuchi

17 05 34.48

34.79

+ 0.31

w

( (

&^ Ophiuchi

17 12 15.20

15.01

0.19

cc

(t

« Ophiuchi,

17 27 33.74

33.65

0.09

cc

8

& Ophiuchi
D 's 1st Limb

17 12 15.08
17 52 31.63

15.00

0.08

cc
cc

( (

y^ Sagittarii

17 55 35.84

36.24

+ 0.40

c c

(t

(i^ Sagittarii

18 04 15.55

15.64

+ 0.09

cc

( (

I Sagittarii

18 18 09.75

09.94

+ 0.19

cc

9

/3^ Scorpii *

15 56 11.64

11.63

— 0.01

B

C(

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 00.96

00.93

— 0.03

cc

( c

u Scorpii

16 19 39.67

39.85

+ 0.18

cc

<(

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 15.79

15.63

— 0.16

cc

C (

A Sagittarii

18 18 09.54

09.93

+ 0.39

cc

((

X Sagittarii

19 15 36.86

36.33

0.56

cc

C (

D 's 1st Limb

18 48 11.55

cc

C (

V Sagittarii

18 57 01.28

01.32

+ 0.04

<c

10

T Sagittarii

18 57 01.36

01.32

— 0.04

w

ii

P 's 1 st Limb

19 42 48.90

cc

((

c Sagittarii

19 52 53.19

53.25

+ 0.06

cc

((

a^ Capricorni

20 09 14.35

14.35

0.00

C(

((

(j^ Capricorni

20 12 05.11

05.13

+ 0.02

cc

14

X Aquarii

22 44 19.72

19.76

+ 0.04

c c

<c

'Q Pegasi

22 33 32.51

32.61

+ 0.10

cc

<c

Fomalhaut

22 48 52.06

52.00

— 0.06

cc

(C

« Pegasi

22 56 51.32

51.28

— 0.04

cc

<<

D 's 2d Limb

23 06 56.21

cc

((

y Piscium

23 08 55.97

56.03

+ 0.06

cc

(c

;i Piscium

23 34 56.63

56.87

+ 0.24

c c

(C

y Pegasi

0 05 03.78

03.64

— 0.14

cc

15

]) 's 2d Limb

23 54 11.67

B

t c

d Piscium

0 12 25.88

25.69

— 0.19

cc

( (

/5 Ceti

0 35 37.14

36.85

0.29

cc

16

I Piscium

23 31 47.02

46.87

0.15

cc

C(

y Pegasi

0 05 03.69

03.69

0.00

cc

•

((

(C

d Piscium
]) 's 2d Limb

0 12 25.29
0 43 43.79

25.71

+ 0.42

cc
cc

(C

s Piscium

0 54 42.09

42.13

+ 0.04

cc

((

^1 Ceti

1 16 04.50

04.93

+ 0.43

cc

17

I) 's 2d Limb

1 35 47.30

w

((

(5 Arietis

1 45 52.08

51.99

0.09

cc

(C

a Arietis

1 58 13.36

13.09

027

cc

cc

a Ceti

2 53 58.06

58.13

+ 0.07

cc

18

D 's 2d Limb

2 31 33.22

B

((

y Ceti

2 35 03.68

03.92

+ 0.24

c c

((

£ Arietis

2 50 07.98

07.49

— 0.49

cc

((

a Ceti

2 53 58.54

58.16

— 0.38

cc

cc

8 Arietis

3 02 32.46

32.23

— 0.23

cc

78

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Difif.

ver's

___

Meridian Passage.
h. m. s.

larA.R.

s.

initial.

s.

1840, Aug.

19

£ Arietis

2 50 07.75

07.49

0.26

B

cc

« Ceti

2 53 57.97

58.19

+ 0.22

cc

((

d Arietis

3 02 32.36

32.27

— 0.09

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

3 31 46.95

c c

20

D 's 2d Limb

4 36 20.36

w

cc

/? Orionis

5 06 53.18

53.08

0.10

cc

Sept.

3

D 's 1st Limb

16 34 53.14

B

c c

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 15.36

15.35

— 0.01

cc

7

h^ Sagittarii

19 27-02.20

02.16

0.04

cc

(C

57 Sagittarii

19 42 58.23

57.83

0.40

cc

(C

]) 's 1st Limb

20 14 02.34

cc

(C

n Capricorni

20 18 14.15

13.58

0.57

cc

(C

V Capricorni

20 31 00.24

00.44

+ 0.20

cc

15

s Arietis

2 50 08.50

08.30

0.20

"

(C

« Ceti

2 53 59.23

58.94

0.29

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

3 13 08.61

cc

(C

a Tauri

4 26 47.87

48.16

+ 0.29

cc

Oct.

5

c Sagittarii

19 52 52.42

.52.68

+ 0.26

w

cc

a^ Capricorni

20 09 13.98

13.92

0.06

cc

cc

j^ Capricorni

20 12 04.67

04.68

+ 0.01

cc

cc

]) 's 1st Limb

20 42 52.36

cc

"

?j Capricorni

20 55 21.44

21.59

+ 0.15

cc

cc

s Capricorni

21 06 56.92

57.20

+ 0.28

cc

cc

/? Aquarii

21 23 11.90

11.71

— 0.19

c c

6

a^ Capricorni

20 09 13.93

13.90

— 0.03

cc

>IC

s Capricorni

21 06 56.97

57.19

+ 0.22

cc

cc

j5 Aquarii

21 23 11.50

11.70

+ 0.20

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

21 33 02.31

c c

(C

d Capricorni

21 38 16.19

16.14

0.05

cc

i(C

I Aquarii

21 57 51.40

51.51

+ 0.11

cc

7

«2 Capricorni

20 09 13.88

13.89

+ 0.01

cc

cc

/? Aquarii

21 23 11.79

11.69

— 0.10

cc

cc

d Capricorni

21 38 16.34

16.12

— 0.22

cc

cc

I Aquarii

21 57 51.52

51.50

— 0.02

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

22 22 09.64

cc

cc

1] Aquarii

22 27 11.92

11.95

+ 0.03

cc

cc

A Aquarii

22 44 19.64

19.98

+ 0.34

cc

8

a^ Capricorni

20 09 13.94

13.88

0.06

B

cc

a Aquarii

21 57 37.71

37.65

0.06

cc

c<

^ Pegasi

22 33 32.72

32.75

+ 0.03

cc

cc

7] Aquarii

22 27 11.73

11.94

+ 0.21

cc

c<

A Aquarii

22 44 20.18

19.97

0.21

cc

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 52.46

52.25

0.21

cc

cc

I) 's 1st Limb

23 11 05.04

cc

cc

X Piscium

23 33 57.19

57.34

+ 0.15

cc

9

x^ Piscium

23 18 47.92

47.98

+ 0.06

cc

cc

X Piscium

23 33 57.09

57.34

+ 0.25

"

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

79

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Ob.er-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

larA. R.

s.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1840, Oct. 9

D's 1st Limb

0 00 55.44

B

c<

B Piscium

0 06 49.10

48.26

0.84

(C

10

, Pegasi

22 33 32.74

32.74

0.00

W

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 52.32

52.24

— 0.08

((

C(

a Pegasi

22 56 51.77

51.53

0.24

cc

((

I Piscium

23 31 47.34

47.28

0.06

( c

((

B Piscium

0 06 48.62

48.26

— 0.36

C (

<(

D's 1st Limb

0 52 52.44

cc

<c

5's 2d Lhnb

0 55 07.92

cc

((

^1 Ceti

1 16 05.55

05.87

-f 0.32

C i

cc

71 Piscium

1 23 00.15

00.14

0.01

cc

12

^1 Ceti

1 16 05.90

05.89

0.01

B

IC

It 's 2d Limb

2 59 07.19

c c

C(

« Ceti

2 53 58.73

59.49

— 0.24

cc

cc

g Arietis

3 14 56.25

56.63

+ 0.38

(C

C(

5 Arietis

4 02 33.73

33.68

— 0.05

cc

13

Y Pegasi

0 05 04.42

04.28

0.14

w

CC

5 Arietis

3 02 33.71

33.69

0.02

cc

cc

g Arietis

3 14 57.01

56.65

0.36

cc

cc

7? Tauri

3 38 03.43

03.58

-f 0.15

cc

cc

5's2d Limb

3 54 10.24

cc

cc

i;i Tauri

4 16 48.75

48.51

0.24

cc

cc

a Tauri

4 26 48.77

48.95

+ 0.18

cc

cc

T Tauri

4 32 43.22

43.24

+ 0.02

IC

cc

/? Tauri

5 16 15.38

15.33

— 0.05

cc

15

/5 Tauri

5 16 15.46

15.4!

0.05

cc

cc

/ Aurigse

5 28 26.47

26.20

0.27

c c

cc

> 's 2d Limb

6 09 22.90

CI

(C

^* Geminorum

6 13 20.86

20.84

0.02

c c

16

]) 's 2d Limb

7 15 13.56

B

CI

a2 Geminorum

7 24 26.65

27.00

+ 0.35

II

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 35.02

34.83

0.19

cc

Nov. 1

D's 1st Limb

20 17 10.41

cc

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 16.49

16.83

+ 0.34

c c

cc

E Pegasi

21 36 23.05

22.91

0.14

c c

cc

5 Capricorni

21 38 15.84

15.80

0.04

cc

2

(P- Capricorni

20 10 13.75

13.50

— 0.25

w

cc

D's 1st Limb

21 10 58.93

cc

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 16.95

16.82

— 0.13

cc

cc

£ Pegasi

21 36 23.00

22.96

0.04

cc

cc

5 Capricorni

21 38 16.17

15.78

0.39

cc

cc

1

« Aquarii

21 57 37.30

37.36

+ 0.06

cc

6

I Piscium

23 31 47.18

47.13

0.05

cc

cc

T\ Piscium

23 39 46.98

46.53

0.45

cc

cc

a Piscium

23 51 09.78

09.77

0.01

cc

cc

y Pegasi

0 05 04.00

04.21

+ 0.21

cc

(t

D's 1st Limb

0 26 03.90

cc

80

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

ofTabu-
larA. K.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1840,

Nov. 13

Procyon

7 30 59.50

59.39

0.11

B

((

(3 Geminorum

7 35 35.62

35.84

4- 0.22

cc

((

>'s2d Limb

7 56 24.64

cc

( c

& Cancri

8 22 31.98

32.10

4-0.12

cc

30

■D's 1st Limb

21 40 04.00

cc

c<

« Aquarii

21 57 37.16

37.02

0.14

cc

cc

^ Pegasi

0 05 03.48

04.02

— 0.54

cc

(C

I Piscium

23 31 47.06

46.90

0.16

cc

Dec. 1

fi Capricoi-ni

21 44 37.30

37.24

— 0.06

cc

((

30 Aquarii

21 54 54.31

54.35

+ 0.04

cc

((

5's 1st Limb

22 26 51.18

cc

(<

A Aquarii

22 44 19.47

19.42

0.05

cc

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 51.60

51.57

0.03

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 51.06

51.02

— 0.04

cc

2

/? Aquarii

21 23 11.05

11.00

0.05

w

cc

f Pegasi

21 26 22.48

22.52

+ 0.04

««

cc

X Aquarii

22 29 30.67

31.56

— 0.11

B

cc

^ Pegasi

22 33 32.27

32.16

0.11

cc

cc

X Aquarii

22 43 19.42

19.41

O.OI

cc

c c

Fomalhaut

22 48 51.34

51.56

+ 0.22

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

23 13 31.99

cc

cc

X Piscium

23 18 47.51

47.53

+ 0.02

c c

cc

i. Piscium

23 33 56.62

56.94

+ 0.32

cc

8

v^ Tauri

4 16 49.67

49.54

0.13

cc

cc

a Tauri

4 26 50.05

49.99

— 0.06

cc

cc

T Tauri

4 32 44.28

44.36

+ 0.08

cc

cc

D's 1st Limb

5 02 19.53

I c

cc

D 's 2d Limb

5 04 48.30

c c

c c

/? Tauri

5 16 16.56

16.75

f-0.19

cc

cc

C Tauri

5 43 21.87

22.16

-0.29

cc

10

s Geminorum

6 34 10.70

10.88

-

-0.18

w

cc

C Geminorum

6 54 42.28

42.48

.

-0.20

cc

C(

D 's 2d Limb

7 26 32 55

cc

cc

Procyon

7 31 00.25

00.12

— 0.13

cc

cc

/3 Geminorum

7 35 36.68

36.67

— 0.01

cc

cc

(jD Geminorum

7 43 47.45

47.48

-

h0.03

c c

11

8 Geminorum

7 10 39.22

39.31

_

-0.09

B

cc

a^ Geminorum

7 24 28.81

28.90

—

-0.09

cc

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 37.00

36.70

0.30

cc

(C

(p Geminorum

7 43 47.95

47.51

0.44

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

8 31 05.76

cc

(C

d Cancri

8 35 40.69

40.06

0.63

cc

((

0^ Cancri

8 48 43.13

42.76

+ 0.37

cc

14

d Leonis

10 52 21.75

21.70

0.05

cc

cc

d Leonis

11 05 39.66

39.49

— 0.17

c c

cc

^Hydrae et Crateris

11 11 24.66

24.42

0.24

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

11 13 41.43

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

81

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date

Name of Object.

of
VIeridian Passaje.

ofTabu-
larA.R.

Diff.

i

ver's
nitial.

ll. III. s.

s.

s.

1840, Dec. 14

T Leonis

11 19 46.46

46.30 -

-0.16

B

ti

/? Virginis

11 42 25.32

25.52 -}- 0.20

cc

15

(3 Virginis

11 42 25.52

25.55 4- 0.03

cc

( (

J) 's 2d Limb

12 11 41.43

It

17

a Virginis

13 16 49.46

49.45 -

-0.01

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

13 36 47.26

c c

18

D 's 2d Limb

14 25 59.98

cc

((

a Serpentis

15 36 25.80

25.80

0.00

cc

28

1

3)'s 1st Limb

22 10 45.10

w

((

r Ceti

2 35 05.36

05.47

-1-0.11

( c

1841, Jan. 2

a Arietis

1 58 14.44

14.36

— 0.08

B

cc

S- Arietis

2 09 18.60

18.76

4-0.16

cc

((

])'s 1st Limb

2 16 04.49

cc

( t

ip Arietis

2 23 07.07

06.71

— 0.36

cc

ft

y Ceti
a Ceti

2 35 05.71

05.43

— 0.28

cc

(C

2 53 59.74

59.91

-fO.17

cc

C (

77 Tauri

3 38 04.19

04.38

-f 0.19

c c

( c

1

F Pleiadum

3 39 44.70

44.80

+ 0.10

cc

4

7j Tauri

3 38 04.37

04.38

+ 0.01

w

C 1

y^ Eridani

3 50 38.36

38.50

+ 0.14

cc

c c

Ai Tauri

3 55 19.85

19.94

--0.09

cc

( <

i;i Tauri

4 16 50.25

49.59

0.06

cc

C (

3's 1st Limb

4 23 23.40

cc

cc

« Tauri

4 26 50.25

50.09

— 0.16

cc

30

5's 1st Limb

2 51 51.62

B

( c

5 Arietis

3 02 34.32

33189

0.43

cc

((

M Tauri

4 26 50.08

49.91

+ 0.17

cc

C(

p- Arietis

3 14 57.36

56.96

0.40

cc

C(

/3 Orionis

5 06 55.54

55.72

+ 0.18

cc

(<

/? Tauri

5 16 16.92

16.90

0.02

cc

(C

1

d Orionis

5 28 10.81

10.80

0.01

cc

31

u* Tauri

4 16 49.30

49.40

+ 0.10

c c

c c

B Tauri

5 16 17.08

16.89

0.19

cc

cc

1

D's 1st Limb

5 53 38.47

cc

ee

a Tauri

4 26 49.97

49.90

0.07

cc

et

T Tauri

4 32 44.09

44.29

+ 0.20

cc

te

Capella

5 04 59.53

59.65

+ 0.12

cc

(C

Rigel

5 06 55.47

55.74

+ 0.27

c c

CI

8 Orionis

5 23 54.97

55.05

+ 0.08

cc

cc

M Leporis

5 25 45.33

45.02

0.31

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 10.57

10.79

+ 0.22

cc

cc

a Orionis

5 46 36.12

35.99

— 0.13

cc

Feb. 2

a Tauri

4 26 49.77

49.87

+ 0.10

w

c<

Capella

5 04 59.71

59.62

— 0.09

cc

C 1

Rigel

5 06 55.69

55.72

+ 0.03

cc

<(

/? Tauri

5 16 16.95

16.87

— 0.08

cc

cc

1

S Orionis

5 23 55.01

55.03

+ 0.02

cc

11

82

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.
h. m. 3.

larA. R.

s.

initial.

s.

1841, Feb. 2

£ Ononis

5 28 10.78

10.77

0.01

w

(t

3)'s 1st Limb

6 09 19.37

<c

3

fi Geminorum

6 13 22.75

22.78

+ 0.03

B

t Geminorum

6 36 11.36

11.37

— 0.01

(C

Sirius

6 38 10.16

10.57

+ 0.41

((

3)'s 1st Limb

7 18 02.31

((

a^ Geminorum

7 24 29.83

29.69

0.14

(C

Procyon

7 31 00.80

00.82

+ 0.02

(C

/3 Geminorum

7 35 37.44

37.52

+ 0.08

(C

Procyon

7 31 00.91

00.82

— 0.09

w

/5 Geminorum

7 35 37.51

37.52

+ 0.01
+ 0.01

(C

15 Argus

8 00 48.77

48.78

(C

D's 1st Limb

8 23 34.10

cc

d Cancri

8 35 41.15

41.23

+ 0.08

cc

f Hydras

8 38 23.70

23.67

— 0.03

(C

Dt^ Cancri

8 49 49.85

49.61

— 0.24

((

0 Leonis

9 32 42.17

42.20

+ 0.03

B

a Leonis

9 59 56.81

56.52

0.29

(C

3) 's 2d Limb

10 23 26.72

(C

48 Leonis

10 26 32.78

32.65

0.13

(C

d Leonis

10 52 23.30

23.18

0.12

C(

d Leonis

10 52 23.00

23.20

+ 0.20

( (

d Leonis

11 05 41.12

41.12

0.00

cc

D 's 2d Limb

11 16 34.18

cc

I, Leonis

11 28 50.70

50.69

— 0.01

cc

j3 Virginis

11 42 26.96

27.17

+ 0.21

cc

(3 Virginis

11 40 16.72

w

D 's 2d Limb

12 05 25.70

cc

7] Virginis

12 09 38.40

cc

y^ Virginis

12 31 29.14

cc

12

« Tauri

4 26 49.91

49.74

— 0.17

c c

Capella

5 04 59.18

59.44

+ 0.26

cc

Rigel

5 06 55.60

55.59

— 0.01

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 1657

16.74

+ 0.17

cc

a Leporis

5 25 44.85

44.86

+ 0.01

c c

a Columbae

5 33 55.33

55.33

0.00

c c

a Orionis

5 46 35.92

35.88

0.04

cc

D 's 2d Limb

15 32 39.89

B

a Serpentis

15 36 27.49

27.38

0.11

cc

d Scorpii

15 50 58.04

57.61

0.43

cc

to Scorpii

15 58 07.10

06.48

0.62

cc

a Scorpii

16 19 41.09

40.94

0.15

cc

28

a Tauri

3)'s 1st Limb

4 26 49.41
4 36 39.78

49.51

+ 0.10

cc
cc

/3 Orionis

5 06 55.45

55.32

0.13

cc

"

^ Tauri

5 16 16.41

16.48

+ 0.07

cc

d Orionis

5 23 54.76

54.68

0.08

cc

I

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

83

Sidereal rime

Seconds

Obser-I

Date.

Name of Object.

of

sfTabii-

Diff.

i-er's

Meridian Passage,
h. m. s.

arA, R.

s.

i

lilial.

s.

1841

, Feb. 28

« Leporis

5 25 44.02

44.60 4-0.58

B

(C

£ Orionis

5 28 10.32

10.43 -f 0.11

( c

(C

a Columbse

5 33 55.99

54.99 -

-1.00

((

((

l^ Geminorum

6 13 22.70

22.50 -

- 0.20

(<

cc

Sirius

6 38 10.20

10.29 + 0.09

((

March 1

u Tauri

4 26 49.62

49.48 -

-0.14

( (

((

Capella

5 04 58.71

59.06 -

-1-0.35

((

C(

/? Orionis

5 06 55.20

55.32 ■

--0.12

((

((

/? Tauri

5 16 16.53

16.47 .

— 0.06

<(

((

8 Orionis

5 23 54.94

54.67

— 0.27

1 (

((

£ Orionis

5 28 10.61

10.42

— 0.19

((

(S

a ColumbsB

5 33 55.03

54.97

— 0.06

((

((

x Aurigae

6 05 16.84

16.90

-1-0.06

cc

C(

D's 1st Limb

5 42 56.86

cc

2

Capella

5 04 59.11

59.04

0.07

cc

((

(i Tauri

5 16 16.67

16.45

— 0.22

cc

((

8 Orionis

5 23 54.37

54.65

4-0.28

cc

C(

a Leporis

5 25 44.33

44.56

--0.23

"

C(

£ Orionis

5 28 10.22

10.40

4-0.18

cc

C(

u^ Geminorum

7 24 29.58

29.50

0.08

cc

<(

a Orionis

5 46 35.84

35.63

0.21

cc

<i

X Aurigse

6 05 16.72

16.90

-f 0.18

cc

(C

5's 1st Limb

6 49 42.96

cc

((

C Tauri

5 43 21.71

22.02

4-0.31

cc

C(

8 Geminorum

7 10 39.82

39.77

0.05

cc

4

a Tauri

4 26 49.48

49.43

0.05

cc

((

Sirius

6 38 10.32

10.23

0.09

cc

C(

a2 Geminorum

7 24 29.62

29.46

0.16

cc

<(

Procyon

7 31 00.57

00.63

-f 0.06

cc

( t

/? Geminorum

7 35 37.43

37.33

0.10

cc

<c

15 Argus

8 00 48.27

48.59

4-0.32

cc

( f

A Cancri

8 11 07.01

06.63

0.38

cc

((

■d- Cancri

8 22 33.96

33.95

0.01

cc

(<

D's 1st Limb

8 55 45.76

cc

((

q Cancri

9 10 08.52

08.51

0.01

cc

li

s Leonis

9 23 24.56

24.92

4-0.36

cc

5

5 Orionis

5 23 54.62

54.58

— 0.04

w

CI

« Leporis

5 25 44.36

44.48

-1-0.12

cc

C 1

£ Orionis

5 28 10.30

10.33

4-0.03

cc

((

a Columbae

5 33 54.86

54.86

0.00

cc

c

a Orionis

5 46 35.74

35.58

0.16

cc

(<

£ HydrfB

8 39 23.40

23.68

4-0.28

cc

c

t Urs. Maj.

8 48 21.10

21.09

0.01

cc

(

' a Hydras

9 19 48.80

48.87

4-0.07

cc

(

' 1 Leonis

9 23 25.00

24.92

0.08

cc

(

' £ Leonis

9 36 52.03

51.85

0.18

c c

.

<

'1 D's 1st Limb

9 53 11.98

cc

84

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Date.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time

of

Meridian Passage.

h. 111. s.

1841

, March t

) « Leonis

9 59 56.56

11

' a Scorpii

16 19 41.95

C(

D 's 2d Limb

16 59 49.77

(C

a Herculis

17 07 25.55

(C

■d- Ophiuchi

17 12 16.87

(C

e^ Ophiuchi

17 21 45.13

((

a Lyrae

18 31 33.29

14

D 's 2d Limb

17 55 24.28

( t

a Lyroe

18 31 33.68

C(

Altair

19 43 02.14

15

(j Orionis

5 06 55.05

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 16.15

(C

8 Orionis

5 23 54.37

((

a Leporis

5 25 44.29

cc

s Orionis

5 28 10.17

30

Sirius

6 38 09.95

((

1 Geminorum

6 54 42.73

C(

d Geminorum

7 10 39.39

(C

«2 Geminorum

7 24 28.69

((

])'s 1st Limb

7 33 15.55

((

(3 Geminorum

7 35 36.99

April 1

Capella

5 04 58.43

((

/3 Orionis

5 06 54.63

cc

s Orionis

5 28 09.95

cc

D's 1st Limb

9 31 11.50

c<

a Leonis

9 59 56.61

3

£ Leonis

9 36 51.65

cc

X Leonis

10 56 51.29

cc

d Leonis

11 15 41.53

cc

]) 's 1st Limb

11 16 43.18

cc

/? Virginis

11 42 27.66

14

a Cygni

20 36 00.86

cc

D 's 2d Limb

21 01 52.88

cc

a Cephei

21 14 45.85

cc

a Orionis

5 46 35.29

28

D 's 1st Limb

9 13 56.79

cc

1 Leonis

9 23 24.27

cc

0 Leonis

9 32 41.76

cc

s Leonis

9 36 51.36

cc

a Leonis

9 59 56.32

May 3

/? Leonis

11 40 59.51

cc

/? Corvi

12 26 05.44

cc

yj Virginis

12 46 08.21

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 38.13

cc

S- Virginis

13 01 46.62

cc

a Virginis

13 16 52.05

cc

D's 1st Limb 1

13 29 00.52

Seconds
of Tabu ■
larA.R.

Diff.

56.70
42.10

25.41
16.66
44.74
33.72

33.76
02.06
55.08
16.22
54.43
44.31
10.18
09.79
42.37
39.32
29.03

36.92
58.35
54.79
09.90

56.58
51.64
51.31
41.50

27.73
01.21

45.75
34.95

24.36
41.78
51.29
56.40
59.44
05.48
08.36
38.24
46.39
52.36

+ 0.14
4-0.15

— 0.14

— 0.21

— 0.39
+ 0.43

+ 0.08

— 0.08
+ 0.03
+ 0.07
+ 0.06
+ 0.02
+ 0.01

— 0.16

— 0.36

— 0.07
+ 0.34

— 0.07

— 0.08
+ 0.16

+ 0.05

— 0.03

— 0.01
+ 0.02

— 0.03

+ 0.07
+ 0.35

— 0.10

— 0.34

+ 0.09
+ 0.02

— 0.07
+ 0.08

— 0.07
+ 0.04
+ 0.15
+ 0.11

— 0.23
+ 0.31

Obser-
ver's
initial.

w

B

cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
c c
cc
c c

w

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

c c

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

c c

cc

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

85

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object,

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

larA.R.

s.

nilial.

h. m. s.

s.

1841, May 3

X Virginis

13 41 17.40

17.35

— 0.05

w

Cf

7] Bootis

13 47 09.95

09.88

— 0.07

(C

6

/? Librae

15 08 30.32

30.59

--0.27

(S

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.60 00.41

0.19

cc

x Librae

15 32 50.84

51.07

+ 0.23

(C

a Serpentis

15 36 29.54

29.36

— 0.18

< (

TT Scorpii

15 49 17.98

18.14

--0.16

(C

(3^ Scorpii

15 56 15.52

15.28

— 0.24

(C

D 's 2d Limb

16 12 51.02

(<

Antares

16 19 43.54

43.52

— 0.02

cc

/? Leonis

11 40 59.45

59.40

— 0.05

cc

ylJrs. Maj.

11 45 29.87

29.98

+ 0.11

cc

/? Corvi

12 26 05.45

05.46

+ 0.01

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 38.05

38.19

+ 0.14

C(

a Herculis

17 07 26.99

26.82

0.17

B

3 Sagittarii

17 37 36.91

36.60

— 0.31

cc

5 's 2d Limb

18 05 20.55

cc

X Sagittarii

18 18 12.62

12.70

+ 0.08

cc

cp Ophiuchi

18 35 46.55

46.44

-0.11

cc

11

a Cephei

21 14 47.15

47.15

0.00

cc

D 's 2d Limb

20 41 49.80

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 52.59

52.59

0.00

cc

28

Procyon

7 30 59.19

59.54

+ 0.35

w

« Hydrae

9 19 47.86

47.91

+ 0.05

cc

a Leonis

9 59 55.93

56.04

— 0.11

cc

a Urs. Maj.

10 53 55.09

55.01

— 0.08

cc

8 Leonis

11 05 41.39

40.98

— 0.41

cc

5 's 1st Limb

11 33 45.74

c c

^ Virginis

11 42 27.39

27.41

+ 0.02

cc

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 29.75

29.52

0.23

cc

31

a Leonis

9 59 56.04

55.90

0.14

c c

/S Leonis

11 40 59.04

59.19

+ 0.15

cc

(3 Corvi

12 26 05.38

05.31

0.07

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 37.94

37.95

+ 0.01

cc

5 's 1st Limb

14 03 09.87

cc

June 1

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 37.79

37.94

+ 0.15

(C

((

Spica

13 16 52.43

52.30

0.13

cc

((

7] Bootis

13 47 09.94

09.83

— 0.11

cc

C (

a Bootis

14 08 27.45

27.65

+ 0.20

cc

((

i. Virginis

14 10 34.61

34.26

0.35

cc

(C

a^ Librae

14 42 08.94

08.86

0.08

cc

((

5 's 1 st Limb

14 55 47.58

cc

<(

i} Librae

15 03 13.70

13.63

— 0.07

cc

( c

/? Librae

15 08 30.70

30.78

+ 0.08

cc

2

i^ Librae

15 03 13.82

13.63

0.19

cc

Ci

/5 Librae

15 OS 30.64

30.78

+ 0.14

cc

(

■ —

y^ Librae

15 26 41.60

41.84

+ 0.24

"

86

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage,
h. 111. s.

larA.R.

s.

s.

inilial.

1841,

June 2

« Serpentis

15 3G 29.53

29.60

+ 0.07

w

((

D 's 1st Limb

15 50 21.18

((

((

/5' Scorpii

15 56 15.55

15.63

+ 0.08

((

C(

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 03.97

04.54

+ 0.57

(C

3

f] Urs. Maj.

13 41 19.30

19.35

+ 0.05

C(

(<

7] Bootis

13 47 09.92

09.82

0.10

(<

((

/? Librae

15 08 30.77

30.79

+ 0.02

((

((

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.45

00.58

+ 0.13

cc

((

j3^ Scorpii

15 56 15.63

15.63

0.00

C(

( c

1 1

Antares

16 19 44.04

43.93

— 0.11

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

16 46 15.98

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

16 48 35.22

cc

(t

7] Ophiuchi

17 01 19.38

19.51

+ 0.13

cc

((

« Herculis

17 07 27.24

27.23

— 0.01

cc

(C

& Ophiuchi

17 12 18.84

18.82

-^0.02

cc

(C

a Ophiuchi

17 27 36.52

36.54

+ 0.02

cc

6

8 AquilcE

19 17 31.94

31.96

+ 0.02

B

<<

h^ Sagittarii

19 27 05.57

05.37

0.20

cc

((

5 's 2d Limb

19 32 56.64

cc

(I

y Aquilse

19 38 44.81

44.95

+ 0.14

cc

(<

a Aquilse

19 43 04.57

04.48

— 0.09

cc

C(

/S Aquilae

19 47 33.26

33.17

0.09

cc

26

12 Can. Van.

12 48 37.93

37.65

— 0.28

w

C(

D 's 1 st Limb

12 56 53.44

(C

(C

Spica

13 16 52.14

52.13

0.01

cc

C(

r] Urs. Maj.

13 41 18.94

18.91

0.03

cc

(C

Arcturus

14 08 27.64

27.53

— 0.11

cc

(C

£ Bootis

14 38 05.67

05.60

0.07

cc

< c

a^ Librae

14 42 08.62

08.82

+ 0.20

cc

28

a Bootis

14 08 27.73

27.51

0.22

cc

( (

D 's 1st Limb

14 39 19.32

cc

(C

K- Librae

14 42 08.89

08.82

— 0.07

c c

((

20 Librse

14 54 5008

50.45

+ 0.37

B

a

t' Librae

15 03 13.57

13.61

+ 0.04

cc

(C

/5 Librae

15 08 30.79

30.79

0.00

cc

(C

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.50

00.50

0.00

c c

29

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.66

00.49

— 0.17

w

((

D 's 1st Limb

15 32 4838

cc

(C

a Serpentis

15 36 29.39

29.62

+ 0.23

cc

(C

/? Scorpii

15 41 29.01

29.41

+ 0.40

cc

cc

Antares

16 19 44.17

44.12

0.05

c c

30

a Scorpii

16 19 44.12

44.12

0.00

B

(<

5 's 1 st Limb

16 27 57.26

c c

July 1

D 's 1st Limb

17 23 50.35

w

( (

D Ophiuchi

17 33 58.23

58.55

+ 0.32

cc

(<

/S Librae

15 08 30.66

30.76

+ 0.10

C(

<(

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.59

00.47

— 0.12

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

87

r

I

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

ofTabu-
lar A.R.

Diff.

i

ver's
nilial.

1841, July

1

a Serpentis

h. m. s.

15 36 29.71

29!60

s.

0.11

w

(1

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 04.73

04.63

0.10

( c

(C

£ Scorpii

16 26 03.78

03.80

+ 0.02

cc

t(

1

Antares

16 19 43.98

44.12

+ 0.14

cc

2

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.48

00.46

— 0.02

B

( I

« Serpentis

15 39 29.62

29.60

0.02

c c

<(

,5 Scorpii

15 56 15.69

15.72

+ 0.03

cc

cc

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 04.59

04.62

+ 0.03

cc

(C

a Herculis

17 07 27.46

27.42

0.04

cc

((

a Ophiuchi

17 27 36.79

36.78

— 0.01

cc

((

D Ophiuchi

17 33 58.81

58.55

— 0.26

cc

(t

3 Sagittarii

17 37 38.00

37.76

— 0.24

c c

i (

D 's 1st Limb

18 19 13.27

cc

((

qp Sagittarii

18 35 47.69

47.71

+ 0.02

cc

C(

ff Sagittarii

18 45 29.12

28.67

0.45

cc

-

8

1] Aquarii

22 27 14.30

14.40

+ 0.10

cc

c<

J Pegasi

22 33 35.12

35.10

0.02

cc

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 54.52

54.59

+ 0.07

cc

CI

a Pegasi

22 56 53.64

53.70

+ 0.06

cc

a

x^ Piscium

23 18 50.15

50.02

0.13

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

23 11 56.35

cc

(t

I Piscium

23 31 49.44

49.22

0.22

cc

cc

a AndromedfE

0 0 13.49

13.41

— 0.08

cc

10

a Andromedae

0 0 13.45

13.48

+ 0.03

cc

(C

Y Pegasi

0 05 06.21

06.06

0.15

cc

CI

a Cassiopese

0 31 33.67

33.81

+ 0.14

cc

(C

D 's 2d Limb

0 44 04.92

cc

11

a Cassiopeas

0 31 33.90

33.90

0.00

cc

<(

/? Ceti

0 35 39.02

39.03

— 0.01

cc

(C

D 's 2d Limb

1 34 08.00

cc

22

D 's 1st Limb

11 47 13.40

cc

cc

a^ Librae

14 42 08.34

08.61

+ 0.27

cc

cc

/? Librae

15 08 30.70

30.61

— 0.09

cc

(C

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.28

00.24

0.04

(C

cc

« Serpentis

15 36 29.59

29.45

— 0.14

cc

26

(i Librae

15 08 30.58

30.56

— 0.02

cc

cc

D 's 1 st Limb

15 15 23 99

cc

cc

/5' Scorpii

15 56 15.52

15.47

0.05

cc

cc

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 04.48

04.49

+ 0.01

cc

cc

a Scorpii

16 19 43.90

44.00

+ 0.10

cc

27

£ Bootis

14 38 0.5.07

05.20

+ 0.13

cc

cc

« Cor. Bor.

15 28 0028

00.18

0.10

cc

cc

« Serpentis

15 36 29.44

29.41

0.03

cc

cc

n Scorpii

15 49 18.28

18.38

+ 0.10

cc

cc

(5^ Scorpii

15 56 1.5.82

15.58

0.24

cc

cc

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 04.53

04.48

0.05

c c

cc

D's 1st Limb

16 10 18.16

cc

88

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-|

Date.

Name of Object.

of

ofTabu-

Diff.

ve

r's

Meridian Passage.
h. m. s.

larA.R.

s.

init

ial.

S.

1841, July

27

Antares

IG 19 43.66

43.99

+ 0.33

I

5

29

& Ophiuchi

17 12 18.81

19.09

+ 0.28

( (

a Ophiuchi

17 27 36.73

36.73

0.00

C(

D Ophiuchi

17 33 58.09

58.34

+ 0.25

(C

3 Sagittarii

17 37 37.63

37.61

— 0.02

((

D 's 1st Limb

18 01 27.48

30

d Ophiuchi

16 06 04.48

04.45

0.03

((

a Scorpii

16 11 35.66

35.85

+ 0.19

( (

a Scorpii

16 19 43.95

43.96

+ 0.01

(C

« Herculis

17 07 27.42

27.31

0.11

cc

'& Ophiuchi

17 12 19.10

19.09

— 0=01

C(

3 Sagittarii

17 37 37.81

37.60

— 0.21

(C

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 19.41

19.57

+ 0.16

(I

D 's 1st Limb

18 55 43.13

August

1

d Ophiuchi

16 06 04.68

04.43

— 0.25

(C

a Scorpii

16 19 44.09

43.94

0.15

((

/? Lyra?

18 44 16.04

15.93

0.11

(C

y Aquilse

19 38 45.72

45.74

-0.02

C(

a Aquilae

19 43 05.02

05.28

-0.26

a

h^ Sagittarii

19 27 06.08

06.28

-0.20

((

71 Sagittarii

19 00 22.78

22.84

-0.06

C(

/? Aquilae

19 47 33.94

34.00

-0.06

(<

c Sagittarii

19 52 57.14

57.19

_

-0.05

((

a^ Capricorni

20 09 17.87

17.91

-0.04

C(

/?- Capricorni

20 12 08.63

08.72

-0.09

(C

D 's 1st Limb

20 37 38.36

((

D 's 2d Limb

20 39 46.90

O

a Lyrae

18 31 36.44

36.47

+ 0.03

(C

c Sagittarii

19 52 57.37

57.19

0.18

C(

a- Capricorni

20 09 17.85

17.91

-0.06

<c

/5 LyrjE

18 44 15.40

15.92

-0.52

(C

Tt Sagittarii

19 00 22.78

22.84

-0.06

"

/5^ Capricorni

20 12 08.55

08.72

-0.17

C(

/5 Aquarii

21 23 15.26

15.16

— 0.10

<(

fi Capricorni

21 44 41.10

41.38

+ 0.28

((

]) 's 2d Limb

21 27 13.99

3

V Aquarii

21 00 59.61

59.96

+ 0.35

cc

Z Cygni

21 06 13.94

13.94

0.00

(C

V Capricorni

21 31 21.07

20.76

— 0.31

c c

fj, Capricorni

21 44 41.92

41.38

— 0.54

cc

D 's 2d Limb

22 13 57.58

cc

7j Aquarii

22 27 15.20

14.99

— 0.21

9

y Arietis

1 44 52.53

52.18

— 0.35

cc

a Arietis

1 58 16.51

16.51

0.00

cc

&^ Arietis

2 09 20.81

20.81

0.00

cc

D 's 2d Limb

3 04 19.75

23

]) 's 1st Limb

15 50 31.96

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

89

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage

lar A. R
s.

initial.

h. m. 8.

s.

1841, Aug. 23

\d Ophiuchi

16 06 04.20

04.15

— 0.05

B

<(

Antares

16 19 43.60

43.64

+ 0.04

cc

(C

A^ Ophiuchi

17 05 38.14

38 59

+ 0.45

cc

cc

& Ophiuchi

17 12 18.82

18.80

0.02

cc

( (

a Ophiuchi

17 27 36.38

36.45

+ 0.07

cc

((

;/2 Sagittarii

17 55 40.18

40.26

+ 0.08

cc

(C

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 19.46

19.38

0.08

cc

25

a Ophiuchi

17 27 36 23

36.42

+ 0.19

w

(<

D 's 1st Limb

17 42 38.68

CI

cc

/ Draconis

17 52 57.31

57.24

0.07

cc

c c

jU* Sagittarii

18 04 19.18

19.35

+ 0.17

cc

y Aquilse

19 38 45.88

45.66

— 0.22

cc

a Aquilae

19 43 05.28

05.23

0.05

cc

/? Aquilse

19 47 33 96

33.95

0.01

cc

Sept. 1

D 's 2d Limb

23 28 16.07

B

C (

(0 Piscium

23 51 12.81

12.96

+ 0.15

cc

C C

a Andromedae

0 00 14.89

14.81

— 0.08

cc

cc

« Cassiopeae

0 31 35.99

35.82

0.17

cc

cc

(3 Ceti

0 35 40.57

40.41

— 0.16

cc

cc

d Piscium

0 40 30.49

30.30

— 0.19

cc

cc

6 Piscium

0 55 46.00

45.85

— 0.15

cc

cc

& Ceti

1 16 08.29

08.52

+ 0.23

cc

2

2) 's 2d Limb

0 14 06.41

cc

cc

a Cassiopege

0 31 35.82

35.84

+ 0.02

cc

cc

/?Ceti

0 35 39.82

40.43

--0.61

cc

c c

d Piscium

0 40 30.07

30.31

+ 0.24

cc

(c

& Ceti

1 16 08.29

08.54

+ 0.25

cc

"

1] Piscium

1 23 03.53

03.05

0.48

cc

cc

« Arietis

1 58 17.44

17.20

0.24

cc

3

D 's 2d Limb

1 01 43.53

cc

Cf

& Ceti

1 16 08.65

08.56

— 0.09

cc

cc

a Arietis

1 58 17.27

17.24

0.03

cc

< c

^1 Arietis

2 09 21.22

21.51

+ 0.29

cc

c c

£ Arietis

2 50 11.48

11.69

--0.21

cc

cc

a Ceti

2 54 01.88

02.00

+ 0.12

cc

cc

d Arietis

3 02 36.75

36.44

0.31

cc

cc

a Persei

3 13 04.68

04.63

— 0.05

cc

A^ Tauri

3 55 21.59

21.83

+ 0.24

cc

c c

ui Tauri

4 16 51 49

51.31

— 0.18

C(

cc

a Tauri

4 26 51.57

51.63

+ 0 06

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

4 47 14.25

cc

c c

Capella

5 05 01.21

01.27

+ 0.06

cc

cc

^ Tauri

5 16 18.34

18.23

0.11

cc

20

D 's 1st Limb

16 23 57.83

cc

cc

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 18.98

18.96

— 0.02

cc

cc

5 Sagittarii

18 10 53.03

52.84

0.19

cc

12

90

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

^3ecollds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object,

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

.s.

s.

1841, Sept. 20

/? Lyrae

18 44 15 14

15 15

+ 0.01

B

((

pi Sagittarii

19 12 30.84

30.96

+ 0.12

I i

(C

5 Aquilae

19 17 32.26

32.25

— 0.01

cc

cc

h^ Sagittarii

19 27 05.54

05.90

+ 0.36

cc

21

T) Ophiuchi

17 01 18.36

18.97

+ 0.61

((

c<

]) 's 1st Limb

17 20 58.17

it

((

d Aquilae

19 17 32.23

32.24

+ 0.01

cc

cc

h^ Sagittarii

19 27 06 04

05.91

— 0.13

cc

cc

y Aquilae

19 38 45.12

45.35

+ 0.23

cc

cc

/? Aquilae

19 47 33.75

33 67

0.08

cc

cc

a~ Capricorni

20 09 17.96

17.70

0.26

cc

C(

V Capricorni

20 31 03.72

03.97

+ 0.25

cc

cc

a Cygni

20 37 03 00

03.75

+ 0.75

<c

25

f5 Aquilae

19 47 33 65

33.60

0.05

w

cc

u^ Capricorni

20 09 17 47

17.65

+ 0.18

c c

cc

jS Capricorni

20 1^ 08.35

08.46

+ 0.11

cc

cc

y Capricorni

20 31 03.98

0393

0.05

cc

c(

a Cygni

20 36 03.80

03.66

0.14

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

20 51 17.04

(C

C(

^ Pegasi

22 33 35.60

36.06

+ 0.46

cc

26

y Aquilas

19 38 45.18

45.27

+ 0.09

cc

cc

« Aquilae

19 43 04.74

04.85

+ 0.11

(C

cc

/5 Aquilae

19 47 33.58

33.54

0.04

c c

cc

u^ Capricorni

20 09 17.68

17.64

— 0.04

c c

cc

? Cygni

21 06 13.71

13.75

+ 0.04

c c

cc

c Capricorni

21 13 27.67

27.52

— 0.15

cc

cc

j(? Aquarii

21 23 15.36

15.21

— 0.15

cc

cc

f Pegasi

21 36 26.55

26.54

0.01

cc

cc

D 's 1 St Limb

21 40 22.86

cc

< (

I Aquarii

21 57 55 29

55.07

0.22

cc

27

t Capricorni

21 13 27.48

27.52

+ 0.04

B

cc

/5 Aquarii

21 23 15 20

15.20

0.00

cc

cc

jM Capricorni

21 44 41.56

41.52

0.04

cc

c c

I Aquarii

21 57 55.25

55.07

0.18

c c

cc

D 's 1st Limb

22 24 11.92

cc

cc

X Aquarii

22 44 23.34

23.39

+ 0.05

cc

30

y. Capricorni

21 44 41.15

41.49

+ 0.34

cc

cc

I Aquarii

21 57 54.83

.55 07

+ 0.24

cc

IC

r] Aquarii

22 27 15.33

15.33

0.00

cc

cc

xi Piscium

23 18 51.15

5131

+ 0.16

cc

cc

I Piscium

23 31 50.58

50.59

+ 0.01

cc

cc

a Andromdae

0 0 15.08

15.09

+ 0.01

cc

(c

y Pegasi

0 05 07.62

07.61

0.01

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

0 45 15.52

cc

Oct. 1

£ Pegasi

21 36 26.59

26.49

0.10

w

cc

et Aquarii

21 57 41.06

41.03

0.03

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

91

Date.

1841, Oct. 1

19

21

(C

24

<<

25

c <
< c
((
cc
I c

(<

ce

27

cc
cc

Name of Object.

Fomalhaut
/ Pegasi
a Cassiopege
/5 Ceti
£ Piscium
& Ceti
D's 2d Limb
(3 Arietis
«- Geminorum
/5 Geminorum
]) 's 2d Limb
a Leonis
5's 1st Limb
y Aquilae
a Aquilffi
a^ Capricorni
a Cygni
61' Cygni
a Cephei
'C Cygni
^ Aquarii
j3 Cephei
8 Aquilse
5 's 1st Limb
/5 Aquarii

Pegasi
a Pegasi
61' Cygni
'C Cygni
(3 Aquarii
jj Cephei
s Pegasi
a Aquarii
D's 1st Limb
d^ Aquarii
^ Aquarii
« Aquarii
^ Aquarii
^ Pegasi
Fomalhaut
5's 1st Limb
/5 Piscium
/ Piscium
y Cephei
/? Aquilae
a^ Capricorni
^ Aquila3

Sidereal Time
of
Meridian Passage

ti. m.

22 48
0 05
0 31
0 35

0 54

1 16
1 35
1 45
7 24
7 35
9 37
9 59

17 53
19 38

19 43

20 09
20 36

20 59

21 14
21 07
21 23
21 26
19 17

19 41
21 23

21 36

22 56

20 59

21
21

06
23

21 26
21 36

21 57

22 05
22 08
22 20

21 57

22 20
22 33
22 48
22 50

22 55

23 08
23 32

19 47

20 09

21 06

55.98

07.46

36.29

40.75

45.86

08.78

28.44

56.51

30.87

38.59

3543

56.58

28.72

44.91

04.58

17.10

03.29

49.22

48.27

13.49

15.16

36.72

31.75

30.29

15.06

26.38

54.41

49.54

13.16

14.83

36.19

26.26

40.85

05.70

30.40

42.55

40.65

42.82

35.79

55.67

22.95

51.18

59.77

58.07

33.22

17.28

13.03

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

55.79 — 0.19
07.61 -f 0.15
36.32 4- 0.03
40.77 4- 0.02
46.29 -f 0.43
09.01 -I- 0.23

56.58 4- 0.07
30.88-1-0.01
38.56 — 0.03

56.60

44.88
04.48
17.28
03.09
49..56
48.62
13.39
14.94
36.52
31.75

14.95
26.26
54.70
49.46
13.28
14.87
36.24
26 23
40.80

30.33
42.51
40 79
42.49
35.84
55.58

51.25
59.62
58.04
33.07
17.15
13.23

-f0.02

— 0.03

— 0.10
+ 0.18

— 0.20
4-0.34
-|- 0.35

— 0.10

— 0.22

— 0.20
0.00

— 0.11

— 0.12

-f 0.29

— 0.08
4-0.12
-f 0.04
4-0.05

— 0.03

— 0.05

— 0.07
0.04

4-0.14

— 0.33
4-0.05

— 0.09

-1-0.07

— 0.15

— 0.03

— 0.15

— 0.13

-f 0:20

Obser-
ver's
initial.

w

c c
cc
(c
c c

c c

B

( c

C(

cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
cc
<c

w

cc

(C

cc
cc

c c
cc

B

c c
cc

w

cc
cc
cc
cc
cc

cc

cc

92

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage,
h. m. s.

lar A. R.

s.

initial.

s.

1841, Oct. 27

a Cephei

21 14 48.27

48.26

0.01

w

(C

/? Aquarii

21 23 14.93

14.82

0.11

cc

((

(3 Cephei

21 26 36.08

36.08

0.00

cc

c<

^ Pegasi

22 33 35.97

35.82

0.15

B

(C

s Pegasi

21 36 26.19

26.15

— 0.04

W

"

Fomalhaut

22 48 55.53

55.55

4- 0.02

B

ee

/5 Piscium

22 55 51.45

51.23

— 0.22

cc

cc

;' Piscium

23 08 59.62

59.62

0.00

cc

(t

3>'s 1st Limb

0 22 57.70

cc

(C

d Piscium

0 40 31.04

30.76

— 0.28

cc

(C

1] Piscium

1 23 03.77

03.73

0.04

cc

28

w Piscium

23 51 13.36

13.15

— 0.21

cc

((

a AndromedjE

0 00 15.29

15.06

0.23

(C

cc

;' Pegasi

0 05 07.56

07.61

4-0.05

c c

((

a Cassiopeae

0 31 35.90

36.35

+ 0.45

cc

(C

/? Ceti

0 35 41.10

40.83

0.27

cc

cc

d Piscium

0 40 30.76

30.76

O.OU

w

(C

P 's 1st Limb

1 12 28.86

cc

29

d Aquilfe

19 17 30.90

31.63

4-0.73

cc

( (

ce^ Capricorni

20 09 17.17

17.13

0.04

cc

cc

61' Cygni

20 59 49.28

49.36

4-0.08

cc

• cc

C Cygni

21 06 13.54

13.19

0.35

cc

cc

a Cephei

21 15 48.17

48.14

0.03

cc

cc

M Piscium

23 51 12.94

13.13

4-0.19

c c

C(

S Piscium

0 40 30.35

30.76

-{-0.41

cc

(C

D 's 1st Limb

2 04 33.49

cc

(C

D 's 2d Limb

2 06 51.21

cc

30

« Ceti

2 54 03.27

03.13

0.14

B

cc

D 's 2cl Limb

3 05 16.30

cc

cc

t; Tauri

3 38 07.66

07.79

4-0.13

cc

Nov. 1

v^ Tauri

4 16 53.11

52.83

0.28

cc

cc

a Tauri

4 26 53.08

53.10

--0.02

cc

C(

T Tauri

4 32 47.76

47.60

0.16

c c

C(

Capella

5 05 03.40

03.42

--0.02

c c

c c

5 's 2d Limb

5 11 36.43

cc

CC

/3 Tauri

5 16 20.39

20.04

— 0.35

cc

cc

a Columbse

5 33 57.09

57.24

— 0.15

< c

cc

C Tauri

5 43 25.52

25.27

— 0.25

cc

cc

a Orionis

5 46 38.25

38.41

--0.16

cc

2

Capella

5 05 03.47

03.46

— 0.01

w

c (

Rigel

5 06 57.70

57.21

0.49

c c

cc

{i Tauri

5 16 20.40

20.10

0.30

cc

cc

d Orionis

5 23 57.67

57.53

— 0.14

cc

cc

« Leporis

5 26 46.90

47.17

4-0.27

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 13.18

13.45

— 0.27

cc

C(

a Columbse

5 33 57.38

57.26

0.12

cc

cc

}) 's 2d Limb

5 17 12.85

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCKS,

93

1 Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. K.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

3.

s.

1841

Nov. 2

« Orionis

5 46 38.55

38.44

— 0.11

w

Sirius

6 38 12.32

12.19

0.13

(C

^ Geminorum

6 54 44.94

45.19

+ 0.25

(C

3

£ Geminorum

6 34 13.76

13.79

+ 0.03

B

'C Geminorum

6 54 45.16

45.19

+ 0.03

(C

S Geminorum

7 10 41.99

42.03

+ 0.04

(C

D 's 2d Limb

7 21 20.68

C(

(3 Geminorum

7 35 39.46

39.39

— 0.07

cc

cp Geminorum

7 43 50.18

50.19

+ 0.01

(C

0 Leonis

9 32 43.33

43.17

— 0.16

(C

s Leonis

9 36 52.80

52.70

0.10

c<

a Leonis

9 59 57.24

57.36

+ 0.12

(C

D 's 2d Limb

10 14 07.82

(C

a Urs. Maj.

10 53 55.06

55.24

+ 0.18

((

S Leonis

11 05 41.81

41.59

0.22

(I

17

D 's 1st Limb

19 19 36.66

(<

y Aquilse

19 38 44.42

44.47

+ 0.05

cc

a Aquilae

19 44 04.03

04.07

+ 0.04

cc

a^ Capricorni

20 09 16.97

16.88

— 0.09

C(

18

y Aquilse

19 38 44.51

44.46

— 0.05

cc

« Aquilfe

19 43 03.75

04.08

+ 0.33

c c

D 's 1st Limb

20 10 50.11

cc

a Cygni

20 36 02.26

02.38

--0.12

cc

61' Cygni

20 59 48.63

48.96

--0.33

cc

jS Aquarii

21 23 14.87

14.54

0.33

cc

« Cassiopeae

0 31 36.41

36.12

— 0.29

cc

/S Ceti

0 35 40.19

40.72

+ 0.53

cc

24

a Andromedas

0 00 14.70

14.83

+ 0.13

cc

y Pegasi

0 05 07.56

07.43

— 0.13

cc

D 's 1st Limb

0 48 42.90

cc

^* Arietis

2 09 22.70

22.60

0.10

cc

'SO

a Andromedse

0 00 14.80

14.77

0.03

cc

l3 Ceti

0 35 40.54

40.61

+ 0.07

cc

y Ceti

2 35 08.86

08.92

--0.06
--0.14

cc

/

a Orionis

5 46 38.94

39.08

cc

jU Geminorum

6 13 26.10

26.07

— 0.03

cc

f Geminorum

6 34 14.80

14.59

— 0.21

cc

« Canis Maj.

6 38 12.99

12.90

— 0.09

c c

D 's 2d Limb

6 57 46.98

cc

5 Geminorum

7 10 42.82

42.85

+ 0.03

cc

«2 Geminorum

7 24 32.50

32.67

+ 0.17

cc

Procyon

7 31 03.36

03.23

— 0.13

cc

/? Geminorum

7 35 40.44

40.29

— 0.15

cc

Dec. 4

I

Q Leonis

10 24 30.39

30.14

— 0.25

cc

(C

D 's 2d Limb

10 50 39.23

cc

((

d Leonis

11 05 42.42

42.54

--0.12
--0.05

cc

((

a Leonis

11 12 59.88

59.93

cc

94

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diflf.

ver's

Meridian Passage

lar A. R.

initial.

h. ni. s.

s.

s.

1841, Dec

4

/5 Leonis

11 41 00.41

00.30

— 0.11

B

/5 Virginis

11 42 28.39

28.49

-f 0.10

IC

y Urs. Maj,

11 45 30.26

30.30

-I 0.04

((

5 Leonis

11 05 42.76

42.58

0.18

(C

a Leonis

11 13 00.02

59.99

0.03

li

/5 Virginis

11 42 28.16

28.55

-{-0.39

c c

/ Urs. Maj.

11 45 30.22

30.11

0.11

(C

?; Virginis

12 11 49.56

49.60

-f-0.04

cc

/5 Corvi

12 26 05.66

05.98

-fO.32

(C

P 's 2d Limb

12 32 51.89

C(

ri Virginis

12 11 50.20

49.63

0.57

tc

/? Corvi

12 26 05.90

06.01

+ 0.11

C(

p,i Virginis

12 33 39.76

39.78

+ 0.02

C(

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 37.82

37.86

+ 0.04

( i

Spica

13 16 52.68

52.54

— 0.14

(C

D's 2d Limb

13 23 33.57

(C

19

]) 's 1st Limb

22 56 27.42

li

Y Piscium

23 08 58.99

59.04

+ 0.05

(C

x^ Piscium

23 18 50.77

50.65

0.12

cc

a Andromedse

0 00 14.54

14.53

— 0.01

cc

/5Ceti

0 35 40.29

40.41

+ 0.12

cc

5 Piscium

0 40 30.65

30.44

0.21

cc

i. Piscium

0 54 46.08

46.14

+ 0.06

cc

« Arietis

1 58 18.26

18.13

— 0.13

cc

22

5 Piscium

0 40 30.16

30.41

--0.25

cc

f Piscium

0 54 46.14

46.11

— 0.03

cc

p/Ceti

2 35 08.72

08.86

+ 0.14

cc

a Ceti

2 54 03.17

03.32

+ 0.15

ct

D 's 1st Limb

1 14 49.97

cc

;'! Eridani

3 50 41.82

41.53

0.29

cc

24

a Arietis

I 58 18.16

18.10

0.06

cc

^1 Arietis

2 09 22.46

22.49

+ 0.03

cc

y Arietis

2 29 52.98

52.67

0.32

cc

« Ceti

2 54 03.25

03.32

+ 0.07

cc

]>'s 1st Limb

3 04 14.95

cc

r{ Tauri

3 38 08.08

08.26

+ 0.18

cc

y^ Eridani

3 50 41.62

41.53

— 0.09

cc

^1 Tauri

4 16 53.63

53.48

— 0.15

cc

a Tauri

4 26 53.90

53.78

— 0.12

cc

28

a Tauri

4 26 53.81

53.79

— 0.02

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 20.76

21.08

+ 0.32

cc

C Tauri

5 43 26.79

26.47

— 0.32

cc

iu* Geminorum

6 13 26.78

26 58

— 0.20

cc

£ Geminorum

6 34 15.44

15.16

— 0.28

cc

a Canis Maj.

6 38 13.40

13.37

— 0.03

cc

^ Geminorum

6 54 46 64

46.64

0.00

cc

3) 's 2d Limb

7 32 03.09

cc

OV ARTS AND SCIENCES.

95

Date.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time

of

IVTeridian Passage.

h. m. s.

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. K.

s.

Diff.

Obser-
ver's
initial.

s.

1841, Dec.

28

(3 Geminorum

7 35 41.12

41.04

0.08

B

29

fx^ Geminorum

6 13 26.54

26.55

— 0.01

( c

£ Geminorum

6 34 15.14

15.17

-- 0.03

C (

Sirius

6 38 13.40

13.38

— 0.02

C(

^ Geminorum

6 54 46.85

46.66

— 0.19

C (

Procyon

7 31 03.74

03.88

-f-0.14

((

in Caneri

7 56 58.74

58.68

0.06

( c

/? Geminorum

7 35 41.05

41.06

+ 0.01

cc

3 's 2d Limb

8 36 00.29

(<

«2 Caneri

8 49 53.06

52.50

-0.56

31

Capella

5 05 04.82

04.60

0.22

(C

/S Tauri

5 16 21.11

21.06

— 0.05

C(

d Orionis

5 23 58.40

58.43

j- 0.03

((

a Leporis

5 25 47.98

47.99

-f-0.01

(C

E Orionis

5 28 14.06

14.14

f 0.08

cc

a Orionis

5 46 39.60

39.50

-0.10

<c

« Geminorum

6 34 15.20

15.19

— 0.01

cc

Sirius

6 38 13.44

13.42

— 0 02

cc

V Leonis

9 49 45.04

45 09

+ 0.05

(C

a Leonis

9 59 58.93

59.13

+ 0.20

cc

9 's 2d Limb

10 31 34.38

cc

34 Sextantis

10 34 29.16

28.04

— 1.12

c c

d Leonis

11 05 43.33

4336

+ 0.03

cc

8 Hydras

11 11 28.16

28.25

+ 0.09

1842, Jan

2

]) 's 2d Limb

12 16 45.34

c c

q Virginis

12 25 38.91

38.71

— 0.20

cc

ip Virginis

12 46 09.45

09.64

+ 0.19

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 38.98

38.86

— 0.12

cc

a Virginis

13 16 53.22

53.42

+ 0.20

cc

X Virginis

13 41 18.36

18.25

— 0.11

c c

T] Bootis

13 47 10.42

10.36

— 0.06

cc

« Bootis

14 08 27.85

27.92

+ 0.07

4

X Virginis

13 14 18.64

18.28

— 0.36

cc

?j Bootis

13 47 10.60

10.37

0.23

cc

D 's 2d Limb

14 01 25.97

(I

M^ LibriE

14 42 09.05

09.27

+ 0.22

19

y Pegasi

0 05 07.32

06.85

0.47

cc

rj Piscium

1 23 03.60

03.23

— 0.37

cc

D's 1st Limb

1 43 53 37

cc

(3 Arietis

1 45 50.25

56.47

+ 0.22

cc

a Arietis

1 58 17.89

17.84

— 0.05

cc

&^ Arietis

2 09 22.17

22.20

+ 0.03

(C

cc

d Arietis

3 02 37.97

37.72

— 0.25

cc

t] Tauri

3 38 08 25

08.11

— 0.14

cc

« Tauri

4 26 53.93

53.80

0.13

20

\r] Piscium

1 23 03.56

03.21

— 0.35

cc

\a Arietis

1 58 17.94

17.87

0.07

96

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage
h. m. s.

lar A. R.

s.

s.

initial.

1842, Jan

20

&^ Arietis

2 19 22.30

22.20

— 0.10

B

((

D's 1st Limb

2 37 05.59

cc

((

£ Arietis

2 50 13.15

12.86

0.29

cc

C(

rj Tauri

3 38 08.03

08.10

+ 0.07

cc

22

D's 1st Limb

4 38 07.47

cc

(C

I Tauri

4 53 41.42

41.68

+ 0.26

cc

(C

Capella

5 05 04.72

04.54

— 0.18

cc

< (

1

/5 Orionis

5 06 58.86

58.91

+ 0.05

cc

ce

13 Tauri

5 16 20.81

21.04

+ 0.23

cc

«te

( e

d Orionis

5 23 58.44

58.40

— 0.04

cc

t c

£ Orionis

5 28 14.06

14.12

+ 0.06

cc

((

a Columbse

5 33 57.96

57.98

+ 0.02

cc

C(

a Oi'ionis

5 46 39.58

3952

— 0.06

cc

(C

H Geminorum

5 54 33.52

33.60

+ 0.08

cc

1 c

^1 Geminorum

6 13 26.45

26.71

+ 0.26

cc

((

Sirius

6 38 13.60

13.48

— 0.12

cc

23

« Tauri

4 26 53.82

53.76

— 0.06

cc

C(

Capella

5 05 04.59

04.52

— 0.07

cc

cc

/? Orionis

5 06 58.98

58.90

— 0.08

cc

(C

^ Tauri

5 16 21.06

21.03

— 0.03

c c

IC

d Orionis

5 23 58.25

58.39

+ 0.14

cc

((

a Leporis

5 25 47.74

47.93

+ 0.19

cc

<c

£ Orionis

5 28 13.89

14.12

+ 0.23

cc

cc

a Columbfe

5 32 57.98

57.97

— 0.01

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

5 44 45.47

C(

c c

H Geminorum

5 54 33.94

33.66

— 0.34

cc

cc

/.i^ Geminorum

6 13 26.97

26.71

— 0.26

cc

cc

Sirius

6 38 13.61

13.48

— 0.13

cc

24

a Tauri

4 26 53.96

53.75

— 0.21|

cc

c c

a Columbi3e

5 33 57.71

57.95

+ 0.24

cc

c c

Capella

5 05 04.82

04.51

0.31

cc

cc

jj Tauri

5 16 21.25

21.03

0.22

cc

cc

8 Orionis

5 23 58.19

58.39

+ 0.20

cc

cc

a Leporis

5 25 47.72

47.92

+ 0.20i

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 13.70

14.12

+ 0.40

c c

cc

a Orionis

5 46 39.44

39.52

+ 0.08

(C

cc

jM^ Geminorum

6 13 26.92

26.71

0.21

cc

cc

Sirius

6 38 13.44

13.48

+ 0.04

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

6 52 38.25

cc

cc

d Geminorum

7 24 33.76

33.77

+ 0.01

cc

cc

Procyon

7 31 04.26

04.17

— 0.09

cc

cc

H Geminorum

7 34 56.77

56.96

--0.19

C(

25

« Tauri

4 26 53.80

53.75

— 0.05

cc

cc

Capella

5 05 04.44

04.50

-f 0.06

cc

cc

/3 Orionis

5 06 59.10

58.90 -

-0.20i

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 14.05

14.10

-1-0.05:

cc

cc

a Orionis

5 46 39.53

39.51

— 0.02

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

97

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu

Uiff.

ver's

iMeridian Passage
h. m. s.

6 13 26.71

lar A. R

26 J 1

iniiial.

1842, Jan. 25

(U Geminorum

0.00

B

c c

Sirius

6 38 13.61

13.48

— 0.13

(C

( c

d Geminorum

7 10 43.78

43.80

-f-0.02

cc

(C

a^ Geminorum

7 24 33.63

33.78

4-0.15

cc

C(

Procyon

7 31 04.18

04.18

0.00

cc

c<

])'s 1st Limb

7 59 05.01

( (

(C

& Cancri

8 22 37.86

37.60

— 0.26

(C

(C

d Cancri

8 35 44.80

44.69

— 0.11

cc

<(

f Hydrae

8 38 26.82

26.99

— 0.17

cc

26

Capella

5 05 04.60

04.49

0.11

cc

(C

/5 Tauri

5 16 20.96

21.01

4-0.05

cc

(<

d Orionis

5 23 58.37

58.37

0.00

cc

cc

a Leporis

5 25 47.91

47.90

— 0.01

cc

<c

£ Orionis

5 28 14.09

14.10

+ 0.01

cc

cc

a Columbae

5 33 58.00

57.92

0.08

cc

cc

a Orionis

5 46 39.41

39.51

+ 0.10

cc

cc

8 Geminorum

7 10 43.70

43.80

+ 0.10

c c

((

«2 Geminorum

7 24 33 63

33.78

+ 0.15

cc

cc

Procyon

7 31 04.27

04.18

0.09

cc

(C

X Geminorum

7 34 57.12

56.92

— 0.20

cc

cc

& Cancri

8 22 37.38

37.61

+ 0.23
+ 0.36

cc

((

d Cancri

8 35 44.34

44.70

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

9 04 43.40

cc

27

Capella

5 05 04.39

04.47

+ 0.08

c c

c c

/S Orionis

5 06 58.94

58.87

— 0.07

cc

c c

/5 Tauri

5 16 21.27

21.00

— 0.27

cc

cc

d Orionis

5 23 58.40

58.36

0.04

cc

C(

a Leporis

5 25 48.30

47.89

0.41

c c

cc

B Orionis

5 28 13.92

14.09

+ 0.17

cc

( c

« Columbae

5 33 57.72

57.92

+ 0.20

( c

c c

« Orionis

5 46 39.21

39.50

+ 0.29

c c

cc

«2 Geminorum

7 24 33.82

33.78

— 0.04

cc

cc

Procyon

7 31 04.09

04.18

--0.09

cc

(C

X Geminorum

7 34 56.85

56.90

+ 0.05

cc

cc

x9 Cancri

8 22 37.68

37.62

— 0.06

cc

c c

1 Leonis

8 23 28.03

28.18 4-0.15

cc

cc

0 Leonis

9 34 45.33

45.50+0.17

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

10 04 12.42

!
i

cc

cc

y Leonis

10 11 17.68

17.62!-

— 0.06

cc

cc

Q Leonis

10 24 31.63

31.71 '■

--0.08

cc

Feb. 1

A Virginis

14 10 35.95

35.85 -

-0.10

cc

c c

D 's 2d Limb

13 37 52.64

cc

cc

oe^ Librae

14 42 09.95

10.21 -

+ 0.26

cc

cc

20 Librae

14 54 51.58

51.78-

--0.20

cc

cc

/3 Libras

15 08 31.86

31.86

0.00

c c

cc

a Cor. Bor.

15 28 00.98

00.76 -

-0.22

cc

19

y^ Eridani

3 50 40.92

40.88 -

-0.04

13

98

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-1

J)ate.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ve

r'8

Meridian Passage,
h. m. 3.

lar A. R.

s.

inil

ial.

s.

1842, Feb.

19

v^ Tauri

4 16 53.53

52.97

0.56

3

3

T Tauri

4 32 48.32

47.88

0.44

( (

Capella

5 05 04.14

04.06

o.os

/5 Orionis

5 06 58.29

58.57

-j-0.28

D 's 1st Limb

5 13 48.64

j5 Tauri

5 16 20.86

20.72

0.14

1

8 Orionis

5 23 58.26

58.11

0.15

a Leporis

5 25 47.62

47.58

— 0.04

i

£ Orionis

5 28 13.85

13.83

0.02

t

c Tauri

5 43 26.91

26.24

0.67

M Orionis

5 46 39.27

39.27

0.00

20

Capella

5 05 04.18

04.04

0.14

/5 Tauri

5 16 2U.85

20.70

0.15

d Orionis

5 23 57.94

58.09

+ 0.15

£ Orionis

5 28 13.87

13.81

— 0.06

fi^ Geminorum

6 13 26.25

26.50

+ 0.25

P 's 1st Limb

6 18 57.41

£ Geminorum

6 34 14.78

15.18

+ 0.40

Sirius

6 38 13.33

1326

— 0.07

21

Capella

5 05 03.96

04.04

+ 0.08

1

Sirius

6 38 13.06

1325

+ 0.19

^ Geminorum

6 54 46.69

46.74

+ 0.05

d Cancri

6 10 44.02

44.80

+ 0.78

D 's 1st Limb

7 24 20.68

Procyon

7 31 04.25

04.12

0.13

(3 Geminorum

7 35 41.36

41.34

— 0.02

24

Capella

5 05 04.06

03.95

0.11

/5 Orionis

5 06 58.51

58.49

— 0.02

/? Tauri

5 16 20.82

20.63

0.19

d Orionis

5 23 58.02

58.03

+ 0.01

a Leporis

5 25 47.74

47.49

0.25

£ Orionis

5 28 13.55

13.75

+ 0.20

a Orionis

5 46 38.89

39.20

+ 0.31

8 Cancri

8 35 44.80

44.80

0.00

£ Hydrae

8 38 27.02

27.09

+ 0.07

«2 Cancri

8 49 53.40

53.15

— 0.25

0 Leonis

9 32 45.80

45.74

— 0.06

3>'s 1st Limb

10 27 37.28

D 's 2d Limb

10 29 57.24

a Leonis

10 00 00.05

00.06

+ 0.01

25

15 Argus

8 00 51.30

51.35

+ 0.05

« Leonis

10 00 00.29

00.06

0.23

8 Leonis

11 05 44.76

44.75

0.01

D 's 2d Limb

11 27 28 61

March

15

D 's 1st Limb

2 01 40.67

Aldebaran

4 26 53.06

53.02

0.04

Capella

5 05 03.58

03.50

0.08

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

99

Sidereal Time

Seconds i

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

+ 0.10

initial.

B

1842, March 15

/? Ononis

h. m. s.

5 06 58.06

58.16

( (

l3 Tauri

5 16 20.49

20.28

— 0.21

cc

(C

d Ononis

5 23 57.67

57.71

+ 0.04

( c

((

E Orionis

5 28 13.25

13.44

+ 0.19

((

16

D's 1st Limb

2 54 48.27

cc

((

« Tauri

4 26 52.96

53.00

+ 0.04

cc

(C

Capella

5 05 03.64

03.47

— 0.17

cc

((

/5 Orionis

5 06 58.18

58.14

— 0.04

C(

((

/5 Tauri

5 16 20.71

20.26

0.45

cc

((

d Orionis

5 23 57.65

57.69

+ 0.04

cc

cc

a Leporis

5 25 46.89

47.11

+ 0.22

cc

((

£ Orionis

5 28 13.67

13.42

— 0.25

cc

18

a Tauri

4 26 52.90

52.96

+ 0.06

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

4 51 56.67

cc

(C

Capella

5 05 03.53

03.43

— 0.10

cc

(C

/5 Orionis

5 06 57.84

58.10

+ 0.26

cc

((

/? Tauri

5 16 20.38

20.23

— 0.15

cc

<c

d Orionis

5 23 57.59

57.66

+ 0.07

cc

(C

£ Orionis

5 28 13.40

13.38

— 0.02

cc

((

« Orionis

5 46 38.87

38.84

0.03

cc

19

D 's 1st Limb

5 54 20.25

< c

I c

fj. Geminorum

6 13 26.13

26.05

— 0.08

cc

((

£ Geminorum

6 34 14,69

14.74

+ 0.05

cc

" Sirius

6 38 12.41

12.81

+ 0.40

cc

" «^ Geminorum

7 24 33.77

33.32

— 0.45

cc

(C

Procyon

7 31 04.01

03.82

— 0.19

cc

(<

/? Geminorum

7 35 41.06

40.99

— 0.07

cc

((

15 Argus

7 00 51.16

51.15

— 0.01

c c

20'])'s 1st Limb

6 57 39.65

cc

cc

d Geminorum

7 10 42.27

43.32

+ 0.95

c c

cc

a^ Geminorum

7 24 33.32

33.29

— 0.03

cc

(C

Procyon

7 31 03.85

03.77

0.08

cc

cc

/? Geminorum

7 35 40.85

40.96

4-0.11

cc

23

£ Hydrae

8 38 26.81

26.87

+ 0.06

cc

cc

L Urs. Maj.

4 48 25.27

25 13

— 0.14

c c

cc

a Hydrae

9 19 52.08

51.90

0.18

< c

cc

1 Leonis

9 23 28.48

28.26

0.22

cc

cc

0 Leonis

9 32 45.84

45.62

— 0.22

cc

cc

f Leonis

9 36 55.39

55.36

0.03

cc

(C

D's 1st Limb

9 58 00.34

c c

cc

a Leonis

9 59 59.79

60.01

+ 0.22

cc

cc

Q Leonis

10 24 32.29

32.11

— 0.18

cc

April 16 !d's 1st Limb

6 38 01.04

cc

<c

8 Cancri

8 35 44.47

44.20

0.27

cc

cc

a^ Cancri

8 49 52.62

52.62

0.00

cc

cc

£ Hydrae

8 38 26.25

26.53

+ 0.28

cc

'• a Leonis

9 59 59.79

59.79

0.00

cc

100

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEBIY

Sidereal Time

1 Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

lof Tabu-

Diflf.

ver's

Meridian Passage.
h. ni. s.

lar A. R.
s.

s.

initial.

1842,

April 20

a^ Geminorum

7 24 32.42

32.73

-f 0.31

B2*

(C

Procyon

7 31 02.98

03.28

4- 0.30

cc

ei

/3 Geminorum

7 35 40.35

40.43

-f-0.08

cc

ee

£ Hydrae

8 38 26.28

26.46

-f-0.18

(C

C(

71 Leonis

9 51 54.22

54.14

0.08

B

(<

« Leonis

9 59 59.99

59.74

— 0.25

B2

((

5 's 1st Limb

10 30 28.45

B

cc

8 Leonis

11 05 45.25

44.74

— 0.51

cc

21

a Hydrae

9 19 51.58

51.54

0.04

cc

C(

d Leonis

10 52 26.72

26.67

— 0.05

cc

((

d Leonis

11 05 44.82

44.73

— 0.09

cc

C(

8 Hydrae

11 11 29.24

29.52

+ 0.28

cc

( (

])'s 1st Limb

11 24 43.92

cc

(C

V Leonis

11 28 54.35

54.39

+ 0.04

c c

(C

/? Virginis

11 24 30.79

31.00

+ 0.21

cc

.(

/ Urs. Maj.

11 45 33.52

33.47

0.05

cc

22

d Leonis

10 52 26.54

26.67

+ 0.13

cc

(C

8 Leonis

11 05 44.69

44.72

+ 0.03

cc

((

8 Hydrae

11 11 29.53

29.51

— 0.02

cc

(C

V Leonis

11 28 54.13

54.38

+ 0.25

cc

(C

j3 Virginis

11 42 30.69

30.99

+ 0.30

c c

c e

D 's 1st Limb

12 19 14.73

cc

C(

q Virginis

12 25 41.04

40.61

0.43

cc

(C

t/j Virginis

12 46 11.69

11.71

+ 0.02

cc

cc

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 34.09

33.45

— 0.64

cc

23

Procyon

7 31 03.14

03.24

+ 0.10

cc

cc

^ Geminorum

7 35 40.30

40.38

+ 0.08

cc

cc

(5 Virginis

11 42 30.71

30.98

+ 0.27

cc

cc

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 33.12

33.44

+ 0.32

cc

cc

(// Virginis

12 46 11.46

11.71

+ 0.25

cc

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 41.14

41.20

+ 0.06

c c

c c

D 's 1st Limb

13 15 59.36

cc

cc

a Virginis

13 16 55.78

55.72

— 0.06

c c

27

« Herculis

17 07 29.29

29.43

+ 0.14

cc

c c

3)'s 1st Limb

17 15 58.00

cc

cc

e^ Ophiuchi

17 21 50.22

50.03

— 0.19

cc

cc

4 Sagittarii

17 50 12.06

11.94

0.12

c c

cc

^1 Sagittarii

18 04 22.03

21.92

0.11

cc

29

D 's 2d Limb

19 10 36.92

c c

c c

p^ Sagittarii

19 12 33.48

33.19

0.29

cc

C i

8 Aquilee

19 17 34.21

34.14

0.07

cc

cc

a Aquilae

19 43 06.57

06.56

— 0.01

cc

30

a Aquilae

19 43 06 58

06.57

0.01

cc

cc

/? Aquilae

19 47 35.21

35.26

+ 0.05

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

20 03 02.73

cc

May 5

5's 1st Limb

23 08 05.12

B2

cc

Sirius

6 38 11.92

12.04

+ 0.12

"

B* indicates the observation to have been made by G. P. Bond.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

101

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
VIeridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. R

Diff.

ver's
nilial.

1842, May

5

s Leonis

h. m. s.

9 36 54.96

54^79

— 0.17

B2

14

3)'s 1st Limb

7 20 57.89

B

( c

a~ Geminorum

7 24 32.26

32.38

--0.12

cc

c<

Procyon

7 31 03.01

03.00

0.01

cc

(C

/5 Geminorum

7 35 40.18

40.09

— 0.09

cc

(C

a Hydrae

9 19 51.25

51.23

0.02

cc

(C

d Leonis

11 05 44.72

44.48

0.24

cc

(C

/? Leonis

11 41 02.35

02.58

+ 0.23

cc

IG

Procyon

7 31 02.91

02.99

-1-0.08

cc

((

])'s 1st Limb

9 17 50.12

cc

(C

£ Leonis

9 36 54.75

54.64

— 0.11

cc

( (

a Leonis

9 59 59.48

59.42

— 0.06

cc

cc

/? Leonis

11 41 02.63

02.56

— 0.07

<c

(C

;' Urs. Maj.

11 45 32.88

32.98

4-0.10

cc

(I

/5 Corvi

12 26 08.82

08.83

-{-0.01

cc

C(

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 40.99

41.00

--0.01

C(

cc

Spica

13 16 55.66

55.73

4-0.07

cc

18

a Leonis

9 59 59.46

59.76

-f-0.30

c c

c c

])'s 1st Limb

11 05 53.15

cc

c c

^ Leonis

11 41 02.64

02.53

— 0.11

"

cc

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 33.23

32.91

— 0 32

cc

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 40.86

41.02

-}-0.16

cc

20

t] Virginia

12 11 52.27

52.12

0.15

cc

c c

q Virginis

12 25 40.38

40.50

-f-0.12

cc

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 40.97

40.97

0.00

cc

cc

D's 1st Limb

12 52 30.39

cc

cc

.53 Virginis

13 03 42.53

42.56

4-0.03

cc

21

a Virginis

13 16 55.72

55.72

0.00

cc

cc

D 's 1 st Limb

13 48 01.80

cc

23

a Leonis

9 59 59.38

59.34

0.04

cc

cc

(5 Corvi

12 26 08.98

08.82

— 0.16

cc

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 40.90

40.94

-f 0.04

cc

(C

a Virginis

13 16 55.79

55.71

0.08

cc

cc

77 Bootis

13 46 12.52

12.87

-f-0.35

cc

cc

a Bootis

14 08 30.54

30.59

4-0.05

cc

cc

X Virginis

14 10 37.57

37.73

-f 0.16

cc

C(

£ Bootis

14 38 08.57

08.49

— 0.08

cc

<<

a^ Librae

14 42 12.36

12.40

4-0.04

cc

cc

20 Librae

14 54 53.91

54.22

4-0.31

cc

(C

i' Librae

15 03 17.33

17.24

— 0.09

c c

c<

/5 Librae

15 08 34 29

34 17

0.12

cc

cc

> 's 2d Limb

15 47 57.78

cc

cc

|Si Scorpii
« Scorpii
A^ Ophiuchi
& Ophiuchi
a Ophiuchi

15 56 19.41

19.21

0.20

cc

cc

16 19 47.77

47.69

— 0.08

cc

25

c c

17 05 41.89
17 12 22.48

4237

22.58

4-0.48
0.10

cc
cc

cc

17 27 39.35

39.15

0.20

c c

102

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Xeconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.
h. m. s.

lar A. R.

initial.

s.

s.

1842, May 25

D 's 2d Limb

17 48 40.36

B

< (

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 22.46

22.68

+ 0.22

cc

((

i, Sagittarii

18 18 17.13

17.09

— 0.04

cc

(C

a Lyrae

18 31 38.34

38.15

— 0.19

cc

(C

/5 Lyrae

18 44 17.56

17.67

+ 0.11

cc

30

d Aquilae

19 17 34.93

35.01

+ 0.08

B2

cc

/? Aquilae

19 47 36.03

36.14

+ 0.11

cc

(C

«^ Capricorni

20 09 20.01

20.23

+ 0.22

cc

(C

D 's 2d Limb

22 05 20.09

B

June 20

/? Librae

15 08 34.27

34.24

— 0.03

cc

(C

6 Scorpii

15 41 33.32

33.27

— 0.05

c c

(C

f Urs. Min.

15 49 54.73

54.72

— 0.01

cc

((

d Ophiuchi

16 07 08.10

07.96

— 0.14

cc

((

Antares

16 19 47.87

48.02

+ 0.15

cc

(C

5 's 1st Limb

16 23 40.12

cc

cc

1] Ophiuchi

17 01 23.81

23.34

— 0.47

cc

21

d Ophiuchi

16 06 07.97

07.96

0.01

cc

cc

Antares

16 19 47.70

48.02

+ 0.32

cc

cc

7] Ophiuchi

17 01 23.40

23.35

— 0.05

cc

cc

« Herculis

17 07 30.28

30.28

0.00

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

17 22 25.55

cc

(C

« Ophiuchi

17 27 39.63

39.67

+ 0.04

cc

cc

3 Sagittarii

17 37 41.58

41.50

— 0.08

cc

cc

4 Sagittarii

17 50 13.47

13.14

— 0.33

cc

cc

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 23.13

23.16

+ 0.03

cc

29

5 's 2d Limb

0 00 01.90

"

C(

« Cassiopeae

0 31 37.26

37.11

— 0.15

"

cc

/5 Ceti

0 35 41.64

41.79

--0.15

cc

July 11

a Leonis

9 59 59.08

58.98

— 0.10

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

10 30 44.42

cc

cc

7] Urs. Maj.

13 41 21.23

20.89

— 0.34

cc

<c

T] Bootis

13 47 12.46

12.47

+ 0.01

cc

cc

« Bootis

14 08 30.36

30.22

— 0.14

cc

cc

s Bootis

14 38 08.14

08.15

--0.01

cc

cc

«2 Librae

14 42 12.24

12.26

--0.02

cc

cc

/? Urs. Min.

14 51 16.54

16.88

--0.34

cc

cc

^ Librae

15 08 33.84

34.14

--0.30

cc

14

>'s 1st Limb

13 12 47.60

cc

cc

Spica

13 16 55.31

55.33

+ 0.02

cc

cc

Arcturus

14 08 30.16

30.18

+ 0.02

cc

cc

e Bootis

14 38 07.92

08.09

--0.17

cc

cc

/5 Urs. Min.

14 51 16.88

16.66

— 0.22

cc

cc

/S Librae

15 08 34.34

34.10

— 0.24

cc

16

^ Librae

15 08 34.10

34.10

0.00

cc

(C

D 's 1st Limb

15 05 02.02

cc

18

rt^ Librae

14 42 12.28

12.19

— 0.09

cc

cc

£ Bootis

14 38 08.56

08.39 •

— 0.17

"

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

103

Date.

1842, July 18

19

20

August

Name of Object.

19

/? Urs. Min.
a Serpentis
a Scorpii
Antares
I> 's 1st Limb
^9- Ophiuchi
e^ Ophiuchi
/5 Librae
Antares
& Ophiuchi
a Ophiuchi
» 's 1st Limb
fj.^ Sagittarii
a Lyrae
J) 's 1st Limb
8 Aquilae
li^ Sagittarii
a Tauri
l>'s 2d Limb
CapeJla
/5 Orionis
Antares

ri Draconis

C Aquilae
D's 1st Limb

/? AquilsB

«^ Capricorni

/? Lyrae

« Aquilae

/? Aquilae

M^ Capricorni

& Capricorni

61 Cygni

s Capricorni

D's 1st Limb

/? Aquarii

Sidereal Time

of

Meridian Passage.

h.

14
15
16
16
17
17

m.

51

51 16.18
36 32.94

11 40.05
19 47.61
02 30.19

12 23.09
17 21 50.94

15 08 34.18

16 19 47.74

17 12 2331

17 27 40.01

18 00 4527
18 04 23.35 23.38

18 31 38.36 38.71
IS 56 57.48

19 17 36.16

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. R.

16!28
32.59
39.83
47.98

23.04
51.20
34.07

47.98
23.04

26
54

05

19 27 10.18

54.42

11.77

04.43

06 58.55

19 47.50

22 53.30

18 58 12.78

19 33 19.84

19 47 37.08

20 09 21.42

18 44 17.95

19 43 08.24

19 47 37.27

20 09 21.28
20 57 08.52
20 59 53.39
51 07 04.84
51 12 24.13
!1 23 18.85

39.72 — 0.29

+ 0.03
4-0.35

35 81 —0.35
10.05—0.13
54.18-0.24

04.48 U- 0.05
58,71-1-0.16
47.65-1-0.15
53.25—0.05
12.61—0.17

37.10

21.46

18.12

08.39

37.12

21.46

08.43

53.24

04.82

18.64

0.21

B

Mr. Bond communicated a third series of moon culmina-
tions, made at Dorchester.

Mr. Bond remarked, that, although these observations had
been made at Dorchester, yet the results might safely be re-
duced to the new Observatory in Cambridge, by means of
the diiferences of latitude and longitude given with each
series, without risk of sensible error; the points of observation

104

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

were within a small compass, and the differences had been
accurately determined by triangulation.

Moon Culminations,

Observed at Dorchester with a Portable Transit Instrument of 22
inches Focus ; corrected for Collimation, Level, and Azimulhal
Deviation, and for Clock Error and Rate on Sidereal Time.

Lat. 4-42° 19' 17". Lon. West of Greenwich, 4h. 44 m. 17 s.

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

h. m. s.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

s.

1838, Aug.

26

a Bootis

14 08 17.61

17.77

+ 0.16

B

((

])'s 1st Limb

14 50 36.03

cc

((

a Ophiuchi

17 27 27.43

27.26

— 0.17

cc

28

a Scorpii

16 19 31.59

31.57

— 0.02

cc

( (

P 's 1 St Limb

16 37 49.01

cc

cc

M Herculis

17 07 17.64

17.93

+ 0.29

cc

cc

a Ophiuchi

17 27 27.61

27.36

— 0.25

(C

C(

y Draconis

17 52 52.69

52.67

0.02

cc

29

a Herculis

17 07 18.16

17.92

— 0.24

(C

((

a Ophiuchi

17 27 26.98

27.22

+ 0.24

cc

( (

D's 1st Limb

17 38 26.06

cc

30

a Ophiuchi

17 27 27.08

27.21

+ 0.13

cc

cc

a Lyrae

18 31 29.40

29.28

— 0.12

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

18 42 06.73

cc

cc

a Sagittarii

18 45 16.15

16.41

+ 0.26

cc

cc

T Sagittarii

18 56 53.24

52.85

0.39

cc

31

;' Draconis

17 52 52.50

52.58

+ 0.08

cc

cc

}i^ Sagittarii

18 04 07.54

07.62

+ 0.08

cc

cc

a Lyrse

18 31 29.43

29.25

0.18

cc

cc

a Sagittarii

18 45 16.37

16.39

+ 0.02

c c

C (

D 's 1st Limb

19 46 44.04

cc

cc

c Sagittarii

19 52 45.04

45.00

0.04

cc

Sept.

2

a Ophiuchi

17 27 27.31

27.15

0.16

cc

cc

;' Draconis

17 52 52.73

52.52

0.21

cc

cc

£ Pegasi

21 36 16.90

16.90

0.00

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

21 51 02.08

cc

cc

L Aquarii

21 57 43.96

44.47

+ 0.51

cc

C(

tf Aquarii

22 22 07.24

07.71

+ 0.47

cc

3

I Aquarii

21 57 44.68

44.47

0.21

cc

cc

a Aquarii

22 22 07.30

07.71

+ 0.41

cc

cc

D's 1st Limb

22 49 09.46

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

22 51 48.59

cc

cc

9 Aquarii

23 05 58.82

5^.33

+ 0.51

cc

4

8 Aquilae

19 17 22.95

22.44

0.51

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

105

Sidereal Time

Second.s 1

Ob.ser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

ver'a
initial.

B

1838, Sept.

4

/ Aquilae

h. m. s.

19 38 36.54

36.23

— 0.31

« Aquilas

19 42 55.67

55.55

— 0.12

(C

/5 Aquilae

19 47 24.18

24.21

-f-0.03

<(

u^ Capricorni

20 09 06.66

06.97

+ 0.31

((

« Cygiii

20 35 57.04

57.16

-f 0.12

((

61' Cygni

20 59 41.38

41.78

-f-0 40

((

^ Cygni

21 06 05.83

05.47

0.36

(C

'C Pegasi

22 33 26.39

2617

0.22

((

Fomalhaut

22 48 45.04

45.03

— 0.01

(C

a Pegasi

22 56 45.39

44.87

— 0.52

<<

cp Aquarii

23 05 59.47

59.33

— 0.14

((

x^ Piscium

23 18 40 83

41.07

4-0.24

<c

D 's 2d Limb

23 47 32.19

((

t Piscium

0 17 09.00

08.77

— 0.23

<c

£ Piscium

0 54 35.94

35.66

— 0.28

C (

D 's 2d Limb

0 42 42.02

((

& Ceti

1 15 58.78

58.86

+ 0.08

((

6

D 's 2d Limb

1 38 17.28

(C

y^ Arietis

1 44 42.39

42.09

— 0.30

C(

a Arietis

1 58 06.33

06.19

0.14

C(

d- Arietis

2 09 10.70

10.59

0.11

C(

;' Ceti

2 34 58.21

58.331-1- 0.12

(C

Capella

5 04 46.53

46.53

0.00

1 c

8

/5 Lyrae

18 44 08.69

08.13

— 0.56

( (

d Aquilae

19 17 21.93

22.40

+ 0.47

tc

y Aquilae

19 38 36.49

36.191—0.30

((

a Aquilae

19 42 55.16

55.51

+ 0.35

((

(S Aquilae

19 47 24.17

24.18

+ 0.01

c (

D 's 2d Limb

3 34 54.20

cc

a Tauri

4 26 40.27

40.35

+ 0.08

cc

D 's 2d Limb

4 35 39.05

( (

/5 Tauri

5 16 05.89

05.80

0.09

((

10

y^ Eridani

3 50 30.71

30.81 ;-f 0.10

(<

a Tauri

4 26 40.31

40.38 ;-f- 0.07

( (

Capella

5 04 47.07

46.69

— 0.38

(C

(3 Tauri

5 16 05.63

05.82

+ 0.19

< (

3) 's 2d Limb

5 37 32 17

((

« Orionis

5 46 26.10

26.09

— 0.01

(C

/? Tauri

5 16 06.20

05.92

— 0.28

(C

d Orionis

5 23 46.14

46.12,

0.02

( (

f Orionis

5 28 01.56

01.81

+ 0.25

C(

Sirius

]) 's 2d Limb

6 38 01.78
8 31 37.57

01.81

— 0.03

w

B

30

7? Capricorni

20 55 14.12

14.11

0.01

< <

'C Cygni

21 06 05.19

05 19

0.00

<<

/ Capricorni

21 31 10.12

09.93

— 0.19

( i

d Capricorni

21 38 09.32

08.92

0.40

(C

14

106

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

siidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1838, Sept.

30

a Aquarii

22 22 07.95

07.70

0.25

B

( e

D 's 1st Limb

22 18 53.85

cc

<c

s Canis Maj.

6 52 17.16

17.16

0.00

cc

Oct.

1

y Aquila3

19 38 36.79

35.86

093

(C

a Aquilae

19 42 54.87

55.20

-f 0.33

(C

/? Aquilae

19 47 23.87

23.87

0.00

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 09.33

09.93

+ 0.60

cc

d Capricorni

21 38 08.73

08.92

4-0.19

cc

o Aquarii

22 22 07.17

07.70

+ 0.53

cc

D 's 1st Limb

23 15 14.53

cc

x' Piscium

23 18 40.83

41.20

+ 0.37

cc

n Piscium

23 39 40.50

39.85

0.65

cc

Procyon

7 30 51.74

51.24

0.50

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 10.05

09.89

0.16

cc

8 Capricorni

21 38 08 67

08.90

+ 0.23

cc

^ Pegasi

22 33 25.80

26.17

+ 0.37

cc

]) 's 1st Limb

0 10 47.02

cc

D 's 2d Limb

0 13 06.62

cc

t Piscium

0 17 10.17

09.09

— 1.08

cc

d Aquilae

19 17 22.54

22.03

— 0.51

cc

y Aquilae

19 38 35.92

35.82

— 0.10

c c

a Aquilae

19 42 54.46

55.00

+ 0.54

cc

/? Aquilae

19 47 23.45

23.83

+ 0.38

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 45 50

44.89

0.61

cc

cp Aquarii

23 05 59.39

59.39

0.00

cc

/?Ceti

0 35 30.91

31.06

+ 0.15

cc

D 's 2d Limb

1 09 06.56

cc

7] Piscium

1 22 53 45

52.97

— 0.48

cc

0 Piscium

1 36 54.25

54.16

— 0.09

cc

5 's 2d Limb

2 06 44.59

cc

ip Arietis

2 21 59.44

59.05

0.39

cc

71 Arietis

2 40 18.48

1931

+ 0.83

c c

n Arietis

2 40 19.63

19.33

0.30

cc

D 's 2d Limb

3 06 50.67

cc

g Arietis

3 14 49.17

48.64

— 0.53

cc

rj Tauri

3 37 55 54

55.40

— 0.14

cc

y^ Eridani

3 50 31.48

31.49

+ 0.01

cc

a Tauri

4 26 40.95

41.13

+ 0.18

cc

(3 Orionis

5 06 47.65

48.03

--0.38

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 06 97

06.67

— 0.30

cc

D 's 2d Limb

5 13 13.66

cc

^ Tauri

5 16 06.99

06.74

0.25

cc

C Tauri

5 43 11.91

12.06

+ 0.15

cc

« Orionis

5 46 26.72

27.01

+ 0.29

cc

fj, Geminorum

6 13 12.02

12.53

+ 0.51

cc

f Geminorum

6 34 00.79

00.75 1

0.04

cc

Sirius

6 38 02.88

02.52'

0 36

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

107

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Ohs(>r.

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

18.'l8

initial.

B

1838, Oct. 7

a^ Geminorum

h. m. s.

7 24 18.54

— 0.36

( (

Procyon

7 30 51.35

51.42

+ 0.07

cc

((

/? Geminorum

7 35 26.24

26.35

+ 0.11

c c

8

C Tauri ■

5 43 12.12

12.10

— 0.02

cc

( (

a Orion is

5 46 26.65

27.04

+ 0.39

cc

<c

fi Geminorum

6 13 12.61

12.56

— 0.05

cc

( c

D 's 2d Limb

6 16 32.00

cc

c e

£ Geminorum

6 34 00.41

00.78

+ 0.37

cc

((

Sirius

6 38 02.79

02.55

0.24

cc

11

d Geminorum

7 10 29.87

29.44

— 0.43

cc

(C

a^ Geminorum

7 24 18.07

18.33

+ 0.26

cc

C(

Procyon

7 30 51.84

51.54

— 0.30

cc

(<

(3 Geminorum

7 35 26.54

26.48

— 0.06

cc

"

D 's 2d Limb

9 06 27.75

cc

25

y Aquilae

19 38 35.60

35.44

— 0.16

cc

C(

a Aquilae

19 42 55.23

54.81

— 0.42

cc

t{

/? Aquilae

19 47 23.11

23.48

+ 0.37

c c

C(

D's 1st Limb

19 57 26.14

cc

c<

Fomalhaut

22 48 44.77

44.88

+ 0.11

cc

26

tp Capricorni

20 36 32.66

32.85

+ 0.19

c c

"

D 's 1st Limb

20 56 28.63

cc

(C

i Capricorni

21 17 27.68

27.67

0.01

cc

<<

/? Aquarii

21 23 04.37

04.44

+ 0.07

cc

(E

/ Capricorni

21 31 09.48

09.60

+ 0.12

cc

C (

£ Pegasi

21 36 16.55

16.47

— 0.08

cc

27

^ Capricorni

21 17 27.59

27.64

+ 0.05

cc

((

/ Capricorni

21 31 09.46

09.59

+ 0.13

c c

it

D 's 1st Limb

21 53 23.41

cc

t(

t Aquarii

21 57 43.77

44.12

+ 0.35

cc

cc

a Aquarii

22 22 07.14

07.47

+ 0.33

cc

29

Fomalhaut

22 48 45.01

44.84

-0.17

cc

(C

(jD Aquarii

23 05 59.06

59.28

+ 0.22

cc

cc

]) 's 1st Limb

23 42 28.65

cc

cc

q Piscium

23 53 34.46

34.93

+ 0.47

cc

c c

t Piscium

0 17 09.42

09.08

0.34

cc

31

I Piscium

23 31 40.61

40.40

— 0.21

c c

cc

;' Pegasi

0 04 57.65

57.47

— O.IS

cc

cc '■

/?Ceti

0 35 30.91

31.08

+ 0.17

cc

cc

Piscium

0 39 57.32

i

cc

(C

£ Piscium

0 54 36.61

36.16

— 0 45

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

1 32 58.40

1

c c

cc

y Arietis

1 44 43 67

42.87

— 0.80

cc

Nov. 9 f Leonis

9 36 41.44

41.68

+ 0.24

c c

"a Leonis

9 59 47.26

47.02

0.24

cc

" ]>'s2dLimb

10 24 28.43

cc

10 ^ Cygni

21 06 04.54

04.48

— 0.06,

cc

" /5 Aquarii

21 23 04.08

04.26

-f 0.18|

cc

108

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. K.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

8.

1838, Nov.

10

e Pegasi

21 36 16.32

16.26

— 0.06

B

( (

« Aquarii

21 57 30.44

30.51

+ 0.07

c c

IC

Fomalhaut

22 48 44.77

44.68

— 0.09

c c

(C

a Leonis

9 59 46.74

46.74

0.00

cc

cc

]) 's 2d Limb

11 08 48.46

cc

11

a Leonis

9 59 46.84

46.74

— 0.10

w

(C

D 's 2d Limb

11 51 43.85

cc

13

D 's 2d Limb

14 18 00.30

cc

((

Arcturus

14 08 17.69

17.69

0.00

B

19

D 's 1st Limb

17 37 21.23

cc

(C

a Lyrae

18 31 28.09

27.49

0.60

c c

(C

a Cygni

20 35 54.94

55.52

+ 0.58

cc

23

a Lyrae

18 31 27.38

27.44

+ 0.06

cc

(C

61' Cygni

20 59 40.61

40.41

— 0.20

cc

((

s Capricorni

21 06 49.20

49.20

0.00

cc

(C

/? Cephei

21 26 31.24

31.25

+ 0.01

cc

((

5's 1st Limb

21 34 34.18

cc

((

8 Capricorni

21 38 08.60

08.23

0.37

cc

((

t Aquarii

21 57 43.89

43.77

0.12

cc

24

i Aquarii

21 57 43.71

43.76

+ 0.05

c c

( i

D 's 1st Limb

22 28 33.05

cc

< c

^ Pegasi

22 33 25.66

25.63

0.03

c c

(C

k Aquarii

22 44 12.48

12.60

+ 0.12

cc

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 44.25

44.47

+ 0.22

cc

cc

« Pegasi

22 56 44.33

44.18

0.15

cc

25

Fomalhaut

22 48 44.20

44.46

+ 0.26

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 44.66

44.46

— 0.20

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

23 20 59.91

cc

((

I Piscium

23 31 40.28

40.18

0.10

IC

cc

n Piscium

23 39 39.60

39.57

0.03

c c

cc

a Andromedae

0 00 04.81

04.58

0.23

cc

\

cc

/ Pegasi

0 04 57.00

57.31

+ 0.31

cc

26

Fomalhaut

22 48 44.26

44.44

+ 0.18

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 44.59

44.45

— 0.14

cc

cc

I Piscium

23 31 40.55

40.17

— 0.38

cc

cc

n Piscium

23 39 39.85

39..56

— 0.29

cc

cc

q Piscium

23 53 34.71

34.72

+ 0.01

cc

cc

M AndromedsB

0 00 04.49

04.57

+ 0.08

( c

c c

y Pegasi

0 04 57.24

57.30

+ 0.06

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

0 13 11.18

cc

cc

t Piscium

0 17 09.19

08.93

— 0.26

(C

28

1] Piscium

1 22 52.90

53.16

+ 0.26

cc

cc

0 Piscium

1 36 54.42

54.41

— 0.01

cc

cc

a Arietis

1 58 07 40

07.13

0.27

cc

cc

5's 1st Limb

2 02 20.89

cc

cc

i/) Arietis

2 22 00.11

59.56

— 0.55

cc

cc

V Arietis

2 29 41.87

41.53

0.34

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

109

Dale.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time
of
Meridian Passage
h. ni. s.

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

Obser-
ver's
initial.

s.

s.

1838,

Nov. 28

/ Ceti

2 34 58.60

58.86

-f 0.26

B

29

Tj Piscium

1 22 52.94

53.16

+ 0.22

cc

(C

ce Arietis

1 58 07.04

07.13

+ 0.09

cc

((

ijj Arietis

2 21 59.53

; 59.56

+ 0.03

cc

((

V Arietis

2 29 4L52

41.53

+ 0.01

cc

(C

/ Ceti

2 34 58.69

58.86

+ 0.17

cc

(<

])'s 1st Limb

3 01 46.89

cc

<(

7j Tauri

3 37 56.63

56.36

0.27

cc

30

V Arietis

2 29 41.21

41.55

+ 0.34

c c

( c

y Ceti

2 34 58.51

58.86

+ 0.35

cc

((

« Ceti

2 53 53.14

53 03

— 0.11

c c

C(

t, Arietis

3 05 40.23

40.40

+ 0.17

cc

( (

7? Tauri

3 37 56.49

56.37

— 0.12

cc

(C

y^ Eridani

3 50 32.47

32.35

0.12

cc

.

cc

D's 1st Limb

4 05 01.58

(C

((

D V2d Limb

4 07 32.80

cc

.t

v^ Tauri

4 16 41.80

41.54

— 0.26

cc

C(

T Tauri

4 32 36.60

36.30

— 0.30

cc

Dec. 2

/S Tauri

5 16 08.45

08.25

— 0.20

ce

(C

« Orionis

5 46 28.20

28.45

+ 0.25

cc

((

,u Geminorum

6 13 14.42

14.21

— 0.21

cc

cc

3) 's 2d Limb

6 19 34.60

c c

C(

Sirius

6 38 03.90

04.08

+ 0.18

cc

3

to^ Geminorum

6 52 37.33

36.66

— 0.67

cc

cc

5 Geminorum

7 10 31.20

31.15

— 0.05

cc

cc

]) 's 2d Limb

7 23 03.30

cc

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 28.30

28.35

--0.05

cc

c c

cp Geminorum

7 43 39.13

39.13

0.00

cc

cc

15 Argus

8 00 42.10

42.09

0.01

cc

5

5 's 2d Limb

9 15 48.41

cc

cc

i/y Leonis

9 34 57.90

57.57

0.33

cc

cc

a Hydrse

9 19 41.01

40.84

0.17

cc

(C

a Leonis

9 59 47.73

47.90

+ 0.17

cc

8

D 's 2d Limb

11 34 38.18

cc

cc

/5 Leonis

11 40 50.42

50.42

0.00

cc

c c

h Virginis

11 51 41.38

41.57

+ 0.19

cc

cc

y^ Virginis

12 33 29.30

29.50

+ 0.20

cc

9

Markab

22 56 44.68

44.31

— 0.37

cc

cc

/5 Virginis

11 42 18.39

18.38

— 0.01

i(

cc

6 Virginis

11 51 41.70

41.60

— 0.10

cc

cc

]) 's 2d Limb

12 17 24.23

cc

cc

/5 Corvi

12 25 55.46

55.66

+ 0.20

cc

cc

^1 Virginis

12 33 29.67

29.53

— 0.14

cc

cc

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 28.81

29.03

+ 0.22

cc

10

D 's 2d Limb

13 00 30 24

cc

c c

Spica

13 16 42.22

42.22

0.00

cc

c c

Arcturus

14 08 18.58 18.241-

— 0.34

cc

110

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Moon Culminations,

Observed at Dorchester with a Transit Instrument made hy Trough-
ton 8f Simms, having an Object-glass of two and three quarters
inches Diameter^ and forty-six inches Focus ; corrected for Col-
limation^ Levels and Azimuthal Deviation of the Transit Instru-
ment^ and for Clock Error and Rale on Sidereal Time.

Lat. +42° 19' 17". Lon. West of Greenwich, 4h. 44 m. 17 s.

Date.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time
of
Meridian Passage.
h. m. s.

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

s.

Obser-
ver's
inilial.

s.

1838, Dec

. 11

Spica

13 16 42.25

42.25

0.00

B

(C

3> 's 2d Limb

13 45 08.77

c c

23

D 's 1st Limb

23 56 12.31

cc

( (

;' Pegasi

0 04 57.05

57.05

0.00

cc

25

D 's 1st Limb

1 40 57.33"

cc

(C

a Arietis

1 58 06.92

07.00

-f-0.08

cc

(C

,9 * Arietis

2 09 11.60

11.51

0.09

(C

(C

;' Ceti

2 34 58.83

58.81

— 0.02

c c

(I

« Ceti

2 53 53.08

53 03

— 0.05

( c

26

a AndromedcC

0 00 04.20

04.20

0.00

cc

<(

y Pegasi

0 04 57.34

56.99

— 0.35

cc

(C

^1 Ceti

1 15 59.26

59.22

0.04

cc

((

y^ Arietis

1 44 43 10

42.75

0.35

c c

(C

a Arietis

1 58 06.58

06.99

-f-0.41

cc

C(

& Arietis

2 09 11.42

11.50

-f-0.08

C i

( c

J) 's 1st Limb

2 37 08.50

cc

(C

8 Arietis

3 02 27.01

26.70

— 0.31

cc

27

D 's 1st Limb

3 37 05.04

cc

cc
it

a Serpentis
ri Bootis

15 36 19.55
13 47 0057

19.51
00.94

0.04
--0.37

cc
cc

cc

a Bootis

14 08 1891

18.76

0.15

cc

cc

£ Bootis

14 37 56.84

56.75

— 0.09

cc

cc

a Cor. Bor.

15 27 51.46

51.41

— 0.05

cc

29

« Tauri

4 26 42.38

42.50

--0.12

cc

cc

I Tauri

4 53 29.99

29 94

— 0.05

cc

cc

Capella

5 04 50.33

49.96

0.37

cc

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 08.90

08.59

— 0.31

cc

cc

8 Orionis

5 23 48.18

48.43

--0 25

c c

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.98

04.14

--0.16

cc

C(

a Leporis

5 25 39.15

39.34

— 0.19

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

5 45 50.27

cc

C (

C Tauri

5 43 14.37

14.10

— 0.27

cc

cc

fi Geminorum

6 13 14.72

14.68

— 0.04

cc

30

Sirius

6 38 04.32

04.52

— 0.20

cc

cc

])'s 1st Limb

6 50 27.78

cc

cc

£ Geminorum

7 00 55.42

54.80

— 0.62

c c

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

Ill

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-I

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ve

r's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

s.

init

iaK

h. m. s.

s.

1838, Dec.

30

8 Geminorum

7 10 32.04

31.78

0.26

I

1 (

a~ Geminorum

7 24 20.83

20.93

-f 0.10

( (

(5 Geminorum

7 35 28.98

29.02

4-0.04

(C

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 29.63

29.84

— 0.21

31

d Geminorum

7 10 31.86

31.80

— 0.06

((

15 Argus

8 00 42.71

42.74

--0.03

t (

« Arietis

1 58 06.89

06.94

4-0.05

«

cc

a^ Geminorum

7 24 20.93

20.94

--0.01

((

/5 Geminorum

7 35 28.74

29.04

--0.30

•

(<

D 's 2d Limb

7 54 17.90

cc

t] Cancri

7 23 25.32

24.84

— 0.52

c c

£ Hydras

8 38 16.44

16.19

0.25

1839, Jan.

8

cc

£ Bootis

D 's 2d Limb

14 37 56.93
14 11 3828

57.15

4-0.22

cc

a^ Librae

14 41 58 83

58.61

0.22

10

y Pegasi

0 04 56 72

56.83

4-0.11

C(

« Cassiopeae

0 31 23.02

23.52

4-0.50

cc

/5Ceti

0 35 30.73

30.45

0.28

cc

7 Ceti

2 34 58.70

58.68

0.02

cc

£ Arietis

2 50 01.96

01.75

— 0.21

cc

a Ceti

2 53 52.83

52.92

4-0.09

cc

a Persei

3 12 52.65

52.53

— 0.12

cc

£ Bootis

14 37 57.15

57.22

4-0.07

cc

^ Librae

15 08 20.73

20.67

0.06

cc

a Cor. Bor.

15 27 51.80

51.84

4-0.04

cc

]) 's 2d Limb

15 53 31.87

'

C(

a Scorpii

16 19 31.76

31.83

4- 0.07

18

D 's 1 st Limb

22 47 16.56

il

Markab

22 56 43 94

43.94

0.00

23

£ Arietis

2 50 01.71

01.56

— 0.15

cc

a Ceti

2 53 53.01

52.78

023

c c

8 Arietis

3 02 26.56

26.46

— 0.10

cc

D 's 1 st Limb

3 17 02.10

cc

T] Tauri

3 37 56.19

56.26

4-0.07

cc

T Tauri

4 32 36.85

36.45

0.40

cc

Capella

5 04 49.74

49.89

4-0.15

cc

/ Draconis

17 52 50.48

50.67

4-0.19

cc

a Lyrae

18 31 27.92

27.76

— 0.16

Feb

24

d Orionis

5 23 48.15

48.07

— 0.08

(

" l« Leporis

5 25 38.72

38.86

4-0.14

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.79

03.80

4-0.01

c c

a Orionis

5 46 28.79

28.57

0.22

cc

jW Geminorum

6 13 14.42

14.57

4-0.15

cc

£ Geminorum

6 34 03.29

03.05

0.24

ct

Sirius

6 38 03.98

04.35

4-0.37

cc

t Geminorum

7 15 45.26

45.10

— 0.16

cc

a^ Geminorum

7 24 21.29

21.19

— 0.10

112

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time i Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage

lar A. K.

iniiial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, Feb. 24

/5 Geminorum

7 35 29.57

29 34

0.23

B

((

D 's 1st Limb

8 05 30.06

cc

((

X Cancri

8 10 59.47

5S.84

— 0.63

cc

((

y Cancri

8 34 00.11

59.68

— 0.43

cc

cc

£ HydrgB

8 38 16.92

16.75

— 0.17

cc

25

I Geminorum

7 15 44.89

45.09

-f 0.20

c c

(C

«2 Geminorum

7 24 20.83

21.18

+ 0.35

cc

((

Procyon

7 30 54.20

53.96

0^24

cc

((

/? Geminorum

7 35 29.51

29.33

— 0.18

cc

cc

15 Argus

8 00 42.85

42.92

+ 0.07

cc

cc

I Cancri

8 10 59.10

58.83

— 0.27

cc

(C

Y Cancri

8 33 59.74

59.67

— 0.07

cc

<c

3)'s 1st Limb

8 59 48.59

cc

cc

I Leonis

9 22 33.74

33.69

— 0.05

cc

c c

0 Leonis

9 32 35.31

35.24

— 0.07

cc

March 1

Capella

5 04 49.59

49.23

— 0.36

cc

cc

/? Tauri

5 16 08.06

08.13

+ 0.07

cc

cc

Sirius

6 38 04.57

04.29

— 0.28

cc

cc

8 Orionis

5 23 47.78

48.00

+ 0.22

cc

cc

u Leporis

5 25 38.01

38.77

+ 0.76

cc

cc

E Orionis

5 28 03.50

03.73

+ 0.23

cc

cc

a Columbas

5 33 50.56

50.22

— 0.34

cc

cc

M Orionis

5 46 28.00

28 51

+ 0.51

c c

cc

V Leonis

11 28 44.06

43.27

0.79

cc

cc

/? Virginis

11 42 20.59

20.65

+ 0.06

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

12 07 15.94

cc

cc

ri Virginis

12 11 42.03

41.94

0.09

cc

cc

q Virginis

12 25 30.23

30 09

0.14

cc

cc

Y^ Virginis

12 33 32.46

32.84

+ 0.38

cc

3

Capella

5 05 49.44

49.20

0.24

cc

cc

Rigel

5 06 49.44

48.95

0.49

cc

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 08.10

08.09

0.01

cc

C(

8 Orionis

5 23 47.74

47.96

+ 0.22

cc

cc

« Leporis

5 25 38.25

38.72

+ 0.47

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.49

03.69

--0.20

cc

cc

n Columbge

5 33 50.41

50.18

— 0.23

cc

cc

Sirius

6 38 04.14

04.25

+ 0.11

cc

cc

& Virginis

13 01 38.83

39 02

--0.19

cc

cc

a Virginis

13 16 44.95

44.76

0.19

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

13 34 32.97

cc

<c

X Virginis

13 41 09.81

09.35

— 0.46

c c

cc

Arcturus

14 08 20.73

20.84

+ 0.11

cc

cc

£ Bootis

14 37 58.52

58 93

--0.41

cc

cc

«2 Librae

14 42 00.09

00.36

+ 0.27

cc

cc

/5 Librai

15 08 22.43

22.33

— 0.10

cc

C (

a Scorpii

16 19 34.10

33.62 .

— 0.48

cc

4

a Virginis

13 16 44.74

44.781-

--0.04

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

113

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, March 4

X Virginis

13 41 09.58

09.37

— 0.21

B

Arcturus

14 08 21.26

20.87

— 0.39

( c

D 's 2d Limb

14 20 29.74

(C

6 Bootis

14 37 58.98

58.96

— 0.02

cc

«^ Librae

14 42 00.32

00.39

--0.07

(C

Librae

14 48 06.32

C (

a Herculis

17 07 18.95

19.08

-f 0.13

c<

y Draconis

17 52 51.87

52.06

4-0.19

cc

Capella

5 04 49.31

49.14

— 0.17

cc

* • •

/5 Tauri

5 16 08.08

08.06

0.02

cc

b Orionis

5 23 47.81

47.93

--0.12

c<

a Leporis

5 25 38.73

38.70

0.03

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.38

03.66

+ 0.28

cc

a Columbae

5 33 50.30

50.13

0.17

cc

«2 Librae

14 42 00.30

00.42

+ 0.12

cc

D 's 2d Limb

15 09 12.76

cc

Y^ Librae

15 26 33.17

32.86

0.31

cc

« Serpentis

15 36 21.80

21.59

0.21

cc

(3^ Scorpii

15 56 06.20

06.17

0.03

cc

*'

a Scorpii

16 19 33.64

33.69

--0.05

cc

n Herculis

17 07 19.02

19.11

+ 0.09

cc

Capella

5 04 49.18

49.09

0.09

w

Rigel

5 06 48.87

48.89

+ 0.02

cc

^ Tauri

5 16 08.42

08.02

0.40

cc

a Leporis

5 25 38.53

38.66

--0.13

c c

£ Orionis

5 28 03.10

03.63

+ 0.53

B

D 's 2d Limb

16 57 08.32

w

A Ophiuchi

17 05 27.38

28.14

+ 0.76

cc

a Herculis

17 07 18.95

19.17

+ 0.22

c c

& Ophiuchi

17 12 08.09

08.30

+ 0.21

(C

a Ophiuchi

17 27 28.34

28.28

0.06

cc

a Lyrae

18 31 29.11

28.95

— 0.16

cc

10

Capella

5 04 48.79

49.02

+ 0.23

c c

Rigel

5 06 48.81

48.83

+ 0.02

B

/? Tauri

5 16 07.95

07.97

+ 0.02

t c

?) Orionis

5 23 48.03

47.85

— 0.18

cc

« Leporis

5 25 38.97

38.61

— 0.36

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.48

03.57

+ 0.09

cc

a Columbae

5 33 49.87

50.01

+ 0.14

cc

y Draconis

17 52 52.18

52.30

--0.12

cc

M Lyrae

18 31 29.37

29.05

— 0.32

cc

D 's 2d Limb

17 57 53.22

cc

/5 Lyrae

18 44 08.30

08.14

0.16

cc

a Cygni

20 35 55.09

55.46

+ 0.37

cc

22

D 's 1 st Limb

6 48 28.23

cc

b Geminorum

7 10 32.11

31.58

— 0.53

c c

I Geminorum

7 15 44.83

44.71

0.12

cc

15

114

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. K.

s.

s.

initial.

h. m. s.

1839, March 22

ifi Geminorum

7 24 20.77

20.80

-f 0.03

B

(C

Procyon

7 30 53.65

53.65

0.00

cc

cc

/3 Geminorum

7 35 29.04

28.99

-f- 0.05

cc

23

Procyon

7 30 53.52

53.63

+ 0.11

cc

( c

/? Geminorum

7 35 29.31

28.97

— 0.34

c c

C(

D's 1st Limb

7 48 09.23

cc

cc

y AquilcE

19 38 36.26

36.57

4-0.31

c c

(C

« Aquilse

19 42 55.98

55.91

— 0.07

cc

24

Sirius

6 38 03.74

03.89

-1-0.15

< c

cc

« Persei

3 12 50.92

50.96

-f-0.04

c c

cc

/? Geminorum

7 35 28.82

28.96

--0.14

cc

cc

6 Cancri

7 53 38.60

38.49

0.11

(C

cc

^1 Cancri

7 56 47.30

47.10

— 0.20

cc

cc

15 Argus

8 00 42.54

42.54

0.00

cc

cc

i9^ Cancri

8 22 26.26

26.20

— 0.06

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

8 43 28.82

(C

c c

1 Cancri

9 00 07.26

07.46

+ 0.20

( C

"

q Cancri

9 10 01.22

00.98

— 0.24

cc

25

Sirius

6 38 03 99

03 87

0.12

cc

cc

Procyon

7 30 53.36

53.60

+ 0.24

c c

cc

/? Geminorum

7 35 29.12

28.94

— 0.18

(C

cc

1 Cancri

9 00 07.66

07.45

0.21

C(

cc

q Cancri

9 10 01.07

00.97

— 0.10

cc

cc

IX Hydrae

9 19 42.01

42.18

+ 0.17

cc

(C

D 's 1 St Limb

9 34 31.73

c c

(C

V Leonis

9 49 34.97

35.39

+ 0.42

cc

cc

ri Leonis

9 58 34.73

35.00

4-0.27

cc

26

Capella

5 04 48.85

48.65

— 0.20

cc

cc

6 Canis Maj.

6 52 18.74

18.74

0.00

C(

cc

V Leonis

9 49 35.50

35.39

0.11

(C

cc

?j Leonis

9 58 35.24

34.99

— 0.25

cc

cc

y Leonis

10 11 07.46

07.20

— 0.26

cc

cc

D's 1st Limb

10 22 02.01

cc

cc

Q Leonis

10 24 21.93

21.79

— 0.14

(C

cc

I Leonis

10 40 49.12

49.27

+ 0.15

cc

30

/? Virginis

11 42 20.65

20.86

+ 0.21

cc

cc

1// Virginis

12 46 01.28

01.40

+ 0.12

cc

cc

& Virginis

13 01 38.94

39.40

-1-0.46

c c

c c

a Virginis

13 16 45.12

45.20

+ 0.08

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

13 19 07.15

cc

cc

0 Virginis

13 37 23.79

23.80

+ 0.01

cc

"

a Lyrse

18 31 29.59

29.72

+ 0.13

cc

31

a Tauri

4 26 41.34

41.45

+ 0.11

cc

cc

Rigel

5 06 48.28

48.48

+ 0.20

cc

cc

(5 Orionis

5 23 47.47

47.48

+ 0.01

cc

cc

« Leporis

5 25 38.55

38.22

0.33

cc

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 03.20

03.24

+ 0.04

c c

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

115

Sidereal Tune

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

Df Tabu-

Diflf.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

ar A. R.

nitial.

h. m. s.

■S.

s.

1839, March 31

t Urs. Maj.

8 48 11.57

11.56

— 0.01

B

(C

1 Cancri

9 00 07.39

07.40

-f 0.01

( c

<(

ce Hydras

9 19 42.19

42.13

— 0.06

C(

(C

a Leonis

9 59 49.71

49.66

— 0.05

(C

((

a Virginis

13 16 45.06

45.21

--0.15

l(

(C

0 Virginis

13 37 23.87

23.81

— 0.06

(C

(C

D 's 2d Limb

14 04 22.39

(C

({

X Virginis

14 10 26.43

26.67

+ 0.24

(C

April 7

/? Lyrae

18 44 09.07

09.05

0.02

(C

(C

T Sagittarii

18 56 54.59

54.48

— 0.11

( c

cc

y Aquilae

19 38 37.09

37.02

0.07

(C

ee

a Aquilae

19 42 56.37

56.34

0.03

c<

ts

D 's 2d Limb

20 30 43.81

((

(I

a Cygni

20 35 56.20

56.33

4-0.13

(C

8

a Aquilae

19 42 56.11

56.37

-f 0.26

(C

((

« Cygni

20 35 56.63

56.36

0.27

( (

((

D 's 2d Limb

21 27 40.48

((

16

D's 1st Limb

4 11 34 62

w

(<

« Tauri

4 26 41.44

41.30

— 0.14

C(

<(

Capella

5 04 48.20

48.26

+ 0.06

C(

<(

/? Orionis

5 06 48.30

48.28

0.02

cc

((

a Orionis

5 46 27.72

27.80

+ 0.08

cc

20

Capella

5 04 48.21

48.20

— 0.01

cc

C (

Rigel

5 06 47.99

48.21

+ 0.22

cc

(C

/? Tauri

5 16 07.48

07.32

0.16

cc

<c

a Orionis

5 46 27.84

27.75

— 0.09

cc

<c

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 32.31

32.41

+ 0.10

B

( (

Procyon

7 30 53.35

53.20

— 0.15

c c

<(

j3 Geminorum

7 35 28.29

28.49

+ 0.20

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

8 25 30.65

cc

<(

y Cancri

8 33 59.44

59.03

— 0.41

cc

(C

5 Cancri

8 35 33.17

33.03

0.14

cc

(C

£ Hydrae

8 38 1621

16.16

0.05

cc

( c

I Urs. Maj.

8 48 11.09

11.07

0.02

cc

( (

1 Cancri

9 00 07.22

07.10

0.12

cc

21

Procyon

7 30 53.21

.53.18

— 0.03

c c

(I

/5 Geminorum

7 35 28 41

28.47

+ 0.06

cc

((

8 Cancri

8 35 33.23

33.03

— 0 20

cc

ti

f Hydrae

8 38 16.18

16.15

0.03

c c

( c

t Cancri

9 00 07.67

07.08

— 0.59

cc

<(

]) 's 1st Limb

9 IS 29.41

cc

(<

>l Leonis

9 22 33.84

33 20

0.64

cc

23

Sirius

6 38 03.47

03.37

— 0.10

cc

(C

o Leonis

10 24 21.15

21.57

+ 0.42

c t

( (

'd 's 1st Limb

10 52 47.22

cc

( (

8 Leonis

11 05 34.10

34.32

+ 0.22

cc

c t

T Leonis

11 19 41.24

41.45

+ 0.21

cc

116

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. 8.

s.

s.

1839,

April 23

/? Leonis

11 40 52.69

52.82

-f 0.13

B

((

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 23.55

23.38

— 0.17

cc

24

8 Leonis

11 05 34.44

34.31

0.13

cc

<c

V Leonis

11 28 44.46

44.24

— 0.22

c<

((

D's 1st Limb

11 36 27.37

C(

(C

/5 Leonis

11 40 52.75

52.80

-{-0.05

c c

(C

y Urs. Maj,

U 45 23.30

23.36

4-0.06

cc

((

0 Virginis

11 57 02.87

02.66

0.21

C(

25

0 Virginis

11 57 02.31

02.66

-1-0.35

cc

(C

5 Leonis

11 05 33.78

34.30

-}-0.52

cc

(C

a Leonis

11 12 51.75

52.16

-f 0.41

cc

((

/? Virginis

U 42 20.63

20.79

-1-0.16

cc

(<

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 23.56

23.36

— 0.20

cc

( f

})'s 1st Limb

12 19 21.12

cc

<c

/5 Corvi

12 25 58.84

5854

0.30

cc

((

/^ Virginis

12 33 32.31

32.40

-f 0.09

cc

26

/3 Corvi

12 25 5849

58 54

4-0.05

w

(C

/I Virginis

12 33 32.34

32.29

0.05

cc

(C

(^ Virginis

12 46 01.06

01.51

-f 0.45

cc

(I

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 32.71

3240

— 0.31

(C

(C

])'s 1st Limb

13 02 35 75

cc

cc

a Virginis

13 16 45.09

45.38

-1-0.29

cc

C(

/? Leonis

11 40 52.49

52.80

4-0.31

cc

c<

/ Urs. Maj.

11 45 23.36

23.38

-1-0.02

c c

27

Spica

13 16 45.28

45.39

-1-0.11

B

cc

m Virginis

13 33 13.02

12.50

0.52

cc

(C

0 Virginis

13 37 24.66

23.98

0.68

cc

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

13 47 13.09

cc

cc

Arcturus

14 08 21.79

21.71

— 0.08

c c

cc

I Virginis

14 10 2666

27.00

-t-0.34

cc

May 4

8 Aquilse

19 17 24.50

24.33

0.17

cc

cc

/i^ Sagittarii

19 26 56.07

56.35

4-0.28

c c

cc

/ Aquilae

19 38 3792

37.82

0.10

cc

(C

« Aquilae

19 42 56.91

57.16

--0.25

cc

cc

3) 's 2d Limb

20 10 57.41

cc

cc

« Cygni

20 35 57.28

57.32

4-0.04

cc

5

M^ Capricorni

20 09 0S.6I 1

08.64

4-0.03

cc

cc

« Cygni

20 35 57.39

57.36

— 0.03

cc

cc

3) 's 2^d Limb

21 05 5636

cc

15

Capella

5 04 48.56

48.07

— 0.49

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

5 53 31.41

cc

cc

«2 Geminorum

7 24 2019

19.95

— 0.24

cc

c c

Procyon

7 30 52.56

52.92

--0.36

cc

cc

^ Geminorum

7 35 27 64

28.16

-f 0.52

cc

25

/5 Leonis

11 40 52 34

52.54 .

--0.20

cc

C I

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 22.80

22.73 ■

— 0.07

cc

cc

0 Virginis

11 57 0224

02.45 -

-0.21

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

117

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-I

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ve

r's

Meridiaa Passage.

ar A.R.

s.

init

ial.

h. m. s.

s.

1839, May £5

y^ Virginis

12 33 32.57

32.17

— 0.40

I

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 32.10

32.10

0.00

Arcturus

14 08 21.91

21.70

— 0.15

X Virginis

14 10 26.89

27.11

4-0.22

D 's 1st Limb

14 17 53.48

30

D 's 2d Limb

18 54 13.02

T Sagittarii

18 56 56.18

56.21

+ 0.03

h" Sagittarii

19 26 57.04

57.18

+ 0.14

d Aquilse

19 17 25.07

25.07

0.00

y Aquilse

19 38 38.43

38.57

+ 0.14

a Aquilse

19 42 57.98

57.91

0.07

/? Aquilae

19 47 26.62

26.55

0.07

June 3

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 32.13

32.05

0.08

a Virginis

13 16 45.41

45.35

— 0.06

s Pegasi

21 36 18.72

18.52

0.20

> 's 2d Limb

22 34 31.52

Fomalhaut

22 48 46.10

46.25

+ 0.15

a Pegasi

22 56 45.91

45.99

+ 0.08

14

Procyon

7 30 52.70

52.80

+ 0.10

(5 Geminorum

7 35 28.08

28.03

— 0.05

D 's 1st Limb

8 32 57.31

a Hydrae

9 19 41.43

41.28

— 0.15

a Leonis

9 59 48.78

48.87

+ 0.09

15

Sirius

6 38 03.25

03.06

0.19

Procyon

7 30 52.76

52.80

+ 0.04

D 's 1st Limb

9 27 35.68

« Leonis

9 59 48.70

48.87

+ 0.17

17

Sirius

6 38 03.14

03.07

0.07

Procyon

7 30 52.84

52.81

0.03

^ Geminorum

7 35 27.93

28.03

+ 0.10

D 's 1st Limb

11 03 26.16

19

Sirius

6 38 03.22

03.07

0.15

ft Leonis

11 40 52.35

52.32

— 0.03

y Urs. Maj.

11 45 22.18

22.13

0.05

3)'s 1st Limb

12 31 18.14

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 31.73

31.82

+ 0.09

Spica

13 10 45.41

45.25

— 0.16

m Virginis

13 33 12.39

12.20

— 0.19

X Virginis

13 41 10.42

10.18

0.24

r] Bootis

13 47 03.46

03.64

+ 0.18

20

12 Can. Ven.
D 's 1st Limb

12 48 31.45

13 15 05.64

31.81

+ 0.36

a Virginis

13 16 45.41

45.24

0.17

c

£ Bootis

14 37 59.80

59.98

+ 0.18

a^ Librae

14 42 01.80

01.69

0.11

J

a Serpentis

15 30 23.45

23.20

— 0.25

22

«2 Librae

14 42 01.71

01.68

0.03

118

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

.Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

DiflT.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, June 22

t Librae

15 03 06.32

06.13

— 0.19

B

3)'s 1st Limb

14 48 19.95

(C

^ Librae

15 08 23.91

23.84

— 0.07

(C

23

Sirius

6 38 03.12

03.10

0.02

(C

Arcturus

14 08 21.67

21.62

0.05

C(

t Librae

15 03 06.07

06.13

+ 0.06

C(

/? Librae

15 08 23.84

23.84

0.00

cc

D 's 1st Limb

15 39 33.68

((

71 Scorpii

15 49 10 96

10.60

— 0.36

cc

/3* Scorpii

15 56 08.18

08.18

0.00

(C

a Scorpii

16 11 28.59

28.01

— 0.58

cc

Antares

16 19 35.63

36 02

+ 0.39

<c

1] Draconis

16 22 52.97

52.74

— 0.23

cc

a Andromedae

0 0 06.14

06.04

— 0.10

cc

25

a Cor. Bor.

15 27 55.16

55.04

— 0.12

cc

a Serpentis

15 36 23.19

23.19

0.00

C(

b Scorpii

15 41 21.82

21.60

— 0.22

cc

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 08.11

08.18

+ 0.07

cc

Antares

16 19 35.98

36.02

+ 0.04

cc

A Ophiuchi

17 05 30.24

30.82

+ 0.58

cc

D 's 1 St Limb

17 32 06.32

cc

y^ Sagittarii

17 55 31.65

31.88

+ 0.23

cc

p Sagittarii

17 37 29.08

29.24

+ 0.16

cc

26

«2 Librae

14 42 01.68

01.67

0.01

cc

(5 Librae

15 08 23.91

23.83

0.08

cc

a Serpentis

15 36 23.27

23.19

— 0.08

c c

Antares

16 19 35.76

35.93

+ 0.17

cc

ju^ Sagittarii

18 04 11.78

11.71

0.07

cc

d Sagittarii

18 10 45.41

45.19

— 0.22

cc

I Sagittarii

18 18 05.86

05.85

001

c c

D 's 1st Limb

18 31 33.61

cc

D 's 2d Limb

18 33 57.78

c c

q> Sagittarii

18 35 39.86

39.42

0.44

cc

a Sagittarii

18 45 20.79

20.43

0.36

cc

T Sagittarii

18 56 57.62

56.84

— 0.78

cc

29

? Cygni

21 06 07.73

07.68

— 0.05

cc

a Cephei

21 14 46.17

45.88

— 0.29

(t

D 's 2d Limb

21 26 03.50

c c

d Capricorni

21 38 11.91

11,71

— 0.20

cc

I Aquarii

21 57 47.51

46.99

0.52

cc

a Aquarii

22 22 09.37

10.05

+ 0.68

c c

'C Pegasi

22 33 28.23

28.26

+ 0.03

cc

I Aquarii

22 43 15.06

15 19

--0.13

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 47.18

47.19i

--0.01

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 46.55

46.84'

+ 0.29

cc

30

Spica

13 16 45 19

45.16

— 0.03

cc

(I

12 Can. Ven.

12 48 31.67

31.66

— 0 01

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

119

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

Meridian Passage,
h. m. s.

of Tabu-
lar A. K.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

1839, June

30

/? Aquarii

21 23 07.36

07.58

+ 0.22

B

(C

d Capricorni

21 38 12.05

11.71

— 0.34

cc

<(

D 's 2d Limb

22 18 46.68

cc

( <

a Aquarii

22 22 10.22

10.05

— 0.17

cc

(C

A Aquarii

22 44 15.12

15.22

+ 0.10

cc

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 47.44

47.22

— 0.22

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 46.87

46.88

— 0.01

cc

July

1

a Aquarii

22 22 10.22

10.08

— 0.14

cc

CI

J Pegasi

22 33 28.60

28.32

0.28

cc

cc

A Aquarii

22 43 15.04

15.25

+ 0.21

cc

C(

Fomalhaut

22 48 47.39

47.25

— 0.14

cc

(C

a Pegasi

22 56 46 45

46.90

+ 0.45

cc

cc

tp Aquarii

23 06 01.30

01.41

+ 0.11

cc

C(

D 's 2d Limb

23 09 50.02

cc

cc

I Piscium

23 31 42.31

42.27

— 0.04

cc

3

D 's 2d Limb

0 51 53.37

c c

c c

a Tauri

4 26 41.86

4204

+ 0.18

cc

c c

Capella

5 04 48.98

48.84

— 0.14

cc

cc

Rigel

5 26 48.66

48.64

— 0.02

cc

C (

a Orionis

5 46 27.86

28.00

+ 0.14

c c

cc

Sirius

6 38 03.34

03.20

— 0.14

cc

6

D 's 2d Limb

3 45 09.35

cc

cc

Capella

5 04 48.97

48.97

0.00

cc

"Sinus

6 38 03.23

03.23

0.00

cc

7 a Andromedae

0 00 06.42

06.53

+ 0.11

cc

(C

y Pegasi

0 04 59.10

59.22

+ 0.12

cc

cc

a Cassiopeae

0 31 26.30

26.07

— 0.23

cc

cc

a Tauri

4 26 41.55

41.52

0.03

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

4 50 55.07

c c

cc

Rigel

5 06 48.53

48.72

+ 0.19

cc

cc

/5 1'auri

5 16 07.46

07.97

+ 0.51

cc

c c

Sirius

6 38 03.84

03.25

— 0.59

c c

12

•D's 1st Limb

9 02 39.41

cc

cc

u Leonis

9 59 48.80

48.76

— 0.04

cc

cc

Spica

13 16 45.04

45.05

+ 0.01

cc

cc

/3 Librae

15 08 23.67

23.75

+ 0.08

cc

cc

Antares

16 19 36.06

36.02

— 0.04

cc

16

D 's 1st Limb

12 13 13.37

cc

cc

12 Can. Yen.

12 48 31.17

31.41

+ 0.24

cc

cc

Spica

13 16 45.02

45.01

— 0.01

cc

cc

rj Urs. Maj.

13 41 13.39

13.37

— 0.02

cc

cc

rj Bootis

13 47 03.27

03.38

+ 0.11

cc

cc

Sirius

6 38 03.22

03.38

+ 0.16

cc

17 y^ Virginis

12 33 31.75

31.74

0.01

cc

" J) 's 1st Limb

12 57 03.63

cc

" Spica

13 16 45.06

45.00

0.06

cc

" rjUrs. Maj.

13 41 13.97

13.35

— 0.62

cc

120

PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEIVIT

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839,

July 17

t] Bootis

13 47 03.40

03.36

— 0.04

B

((

Arcturus

14 08 21.27

21.37

4-0.10

cc

(C

E Bootis

13 37 59.85

59.69

0.16

cc

(<

a~ Librae

14 42 01.35

01.51

-f 0.16

cc

(C

a Tauri

4 26 42.57

42.47

— 0.10

C(

(C

Capella

5 04 49.41

49.35

0.06

cc

((

Rigel

5 06 49.01

48.96

— 0.05

cc

/3 Tauri

5 16 08.06

08.22

+ 0.16

(C

« Orionis

5 28 03.63

03.59

— 0.04

c c

(C

Sirius

6 38 03.42

03.48

-j-0.06

cc

23

& Ophiuchi

17 12 10.69

11.06

4-0.37

w

(C

p Sagittarii

17 37 29.81

29.38

0.43

cc

C(

y Draconis

17 52 54.92

55.00

4-0.08

cc

ec

3)'s 1st Limb

18 07 23.86

cc

(C

X Sagittarii

18 18 05.81

05.89

4- 0.08

cc

cc

a LyrsB

18 31 32.65

32.00

0.65

c c

( (

(J Sagittarii

18 45 20.61

20.72

4-0.11

cc

(C

^ Aquilse

18 58 03.78

03.76

0.02

cc

((

a Tauri

4 26 42.64

42.65

4-0.01

c c

((

Capella

5 04 49.69

49.57

— 0.12

c c

cc

Rigel

5 06 48.99

49.10

4-0.11

c c

26

ifj Capricorni

20 36 37.26

37.34

4-0.08

B

C(

D 's 2d Limb

21 06 02.22

cc

cc

(3 Aquarii

21 23 07.72

08.13

— 0.41

cc

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 13.34

13.40

4-0.06

cc

cc

£ Pegasi

21 36 19.88

19.87

0.01

cc

cc

a Aquarii

21 57 33.95

34.04

4-0.09

cc

cc

& Aquarii

22 08 23.46

23.07

— 0.39

cc

cc

^ Pegasi

22 33 29.08

28.95

0.13

cc

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.04

48.02

— 0.02

c c

c c

« Pegasi

22 56 47.92

47.58

— 0.34

cc

27

s Pegasi

21 36 19.69

19.89

— 0.20

cc

cc

« Aquarii

21 57 34.19

34.06

— 0.13

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

22 00 34.97

cc

c c

d- Aquarii

22 08 23.15

23.09

— 0.06

cc

cc

a Aquarii

22 22 11.22

10.75

— 0.47

cc

^ Pegasi

22 33 29.05

28.97

— 0.08

cc

A

jgust 23

y Aquilse

19 38 39.38

39.51

4-0.13

cc

cc

tt Aquilse

19 42 58.65

58.91

4-0.26

cc

c c

/? Aquilae

19 47 27.51

27.59

--0.08

cc

cc

a^ Capricorni

20 09 10.89

10.74 .

— 0.15

cc

cc

« Cygni

20 35 59.78

59.56

— 0.22

cc

cc

^ Cygni

21 06 08.45

08.36 -

— 0.09

cc

cc

D 's ] St Limb

21 34 41.58

cc

cc

Rigel

5 06 49.86

49 96 ■

--0.10

cc

24

Antares

16 19 35.68

35.59 -

— 0.09

cc

cc

a^ Capricorni

20 09 10.72

10.74 ■

4-0.02

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

121

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-I

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, Aug. 24

a Cygni

20 35 59.60

59.55

0.05

B

7j Capricorni

20 55 18.65

18.14

0.51

(C

61' Cygni

20 59 44.58

44.80

+ 0.22

(i

i Cygni

21 06 08.49

08.36

0.13

C(

3)'s 1st Limb

22 28 58.23

cc

I) 's 2d Limb

22 31 14.61

<c

25

X Aquarii

22 44 16.10

16.45

+ 0.35

C(

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.84

48.59

— 0.25

(C

a Pegasi

22 56 47.97

48.10

+ 0.13

((

1> 's 2cl Limb

23 24 09.31

C(

I Piscium

23 81 43.57

43.68

+ 0.11

(C

q Piscium

23 53 37.99

38.01

+ 0.02

(C

a Andromedae

0 00 07.61

07.83

+ 0.22

((

y Pegasi

0 05 00.71

00.47

— 0.24

it

a Cassiopeae

0 31 28.31

27.97

— 0.34

cc

/SCeti

0 35 33.81

33.83

+ 0.02

c<

8 Piscium

0 40 23.28

23.41

+ 0.13

C(

a Tauri

4 26 43.84

43.65

0.19

C(

Capella

5 04 51.19

50.86

— 0.33

cc

Rigel

5 06 49.73

49.99

+ 0.26

cc

/? Tauri

5 16 09.49

09.44

— 0.05

cc

« Orionis

5 28 04.24

04.59

+ 0.35

cc

a Orionis

5 46 29.33

29.28

0.05

cc

26

a Herculis

17 07 21.04

21.00

0.04

cc

;' Draconis

17 52 53.90

54.28

+ 0.38

cc

^^ Sagittarii

18 04 11.51

11.69

+ 0.18

cc

a Lyrae

18 31 31.72

31.59

— 0.13

cc

y AquilaB

19 38 39.45

39.49

— 0.04

cc

« Aquilae

19 42 58.81

58.89

0.08

cc

^ Aquilae

19 47 27.77

27.57

— 0.20

cc

q Piscium

23 53 38.12

38.01

— 0.11

cc

3) 's 2d Limb

0 16 51.68

cc

M Cassiopese

0 31 28.31

28.09

0.22

cc

27

a Herculis

17 07 20.66

20.99

+ 0.33

w

^ Draconis

17 26 49.79

49.78

— 0.01

cc

a Lyrae

18 31 31.91

31.58

— 0.33

c c

D 's 2d Limb

1 10 37.34

B

28

1] Piscium

1 22 56.05

55.84

0.21

cc

0 Piscium

1 36 57.14

56.94

— 0.20

cc

/5 Arietis

1 45 48.83

48.58

— 0.25

cc

a Arietis

1 58 09.80

09.70

— 0.10

(C

3> 's 2d Limb

2 06 39.10

C(

X Arietis

2 22 01.98

01.86

— 0.12

cc

y Ceti

2 35 00.76

00.92

+ 0.16

C(

V Arietis

2 29 44.20

43.85

0.35

cc

Sept. 1

Antares

16 19 35.52

35.47

0.05

C(

((

a Herculis

17 07 20.89

20.93

+ 0.04

cc

16

122

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

ar A. R.

s.

initial.

h. ni. s.

s.

1839, Sept.

1

« Tauri

4 26 43.64

4387

-j-0.23

B

C(

Capella

5 04 51.09

51.16

--0.07

( (

/5 Orionis

5 06 50.06

50.20

--0.14

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 09.71

09.68:

0.03

(C

d Orionis

5 23 49.27

49.13

— 0.14

C(

£ Orionis

5 28 05.06

04.80'

0.26

<(

a Orionis

5 46 29.71

29 49

— 0.22

SI

]) 's 2d Limb

6 18 28.64

1 (

Sirius

6 38 04.13

04.38

+ 0.25

10

Capella

5 04 51.67

51.59

0.08

(C

Rigel

5 06 50 52

50.50

0.02

((

,5 Tauri

5 16 10.01

10.02

-f-0.01

<c

8 Orionis

5 23 49.26

49.42

--0.16

(C

« Leporis

5 25 40.00

39.92

— 0.08

C(

£ Orionis

5 28 05.07

05.10

--0.03

((

D 's 1st Limb

13 50 43.85

((

Arcturus

14 08 20.12

20.66

-1-0.54

IC

u Serpentis

15 36 22.37

22.37

0.00

13

Sirius

6 38 04.84

04.74

0.10

((

D 's 1st Limb

16 20 54.31

(C

a Herculis

17 07 20.69

20.69

0.00

cc

a Lyrse

18 31 31 38

31.18

— 0.20

15

Antares

16 19 3541

35.22

— 0.19

(C

D 's 1st Limb

17 16 37.78

(C

« Lyrse

18 31 31.16

31.15

— 0.01

C(

/? Lyrse

18 44 10.17

10.46

--0.29

(C

1 Aquilse

18 58 03.43

03.35

— 0.08

cc

8 Aquilae

19 17 2.5.68

25.65

— 0.03

cc

(3 Aquilae

19 47 27.35

27.37

-f 0.02

16

D 's 1st Limb

18 14 20.87

cc

8 AquilfB

19 17 25.61

25.64

-f-0.03

cc

/ Aquilae

19 38 39.32

39.26

— 0.06

C(

a Aquilae

19 42 58.65

58.67

+ 0.02

18

fA.^ Sagittarii

18 04 11.23

11.34

--0.11

W

c c

a Aquilae

19 42 58.67

58.64

— 0.03

cc

/5 Aquilae

19 47 27.54

27.33

— 0.21

cc

a~ Capricorni

20 09 10.59

10.54

— 0.05

c c

D 's 1st Limb

20 10 47.08

cc

71 Capricorni

20 18 09.92

09.70

0.22

cc

a Cygni

20 35 59.04

59.21

+ 0.17

19

a^ Capricorni

20 09 10.56

10.53

0.03

c c

n Capricorni

20 18 10.05

09.69

— 0.36

cc

X Capricorni

20 36 37.49

37.36

— 0.13

cc

])'s 1st Limb

21 07 18.77

B

cc

/? Aquarii

21 23 08.29

08.37

+ 0.08

cc

y Capricorni

21 31 13.44

13.70

--0.26

c c

s Pegasi

21 36 20.17

20.13

0.04

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

123

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passase.

lar A. R.

initial.

Ii. m. s.

.s.

s.

1839, Sept. 20

y Draconis

17 52 53.06

53.47

--0.41

B

(U^ Sagittarii

18 04 11.21

11.31

+ 0.10

<c

a Lyroe

IS 31 31.23

31.03

0.20

((

^ Aquilae

18 58 03.41

03 27

— 0.14

cc

d Aquilas

19 17 25.82

25.58

— 0.24

'C

y Aquilae

19 38 39.46

39.20

— 0.26

(C

a Aquilae

19 42 58.41

58.61

+ 0.20

(C

/5 Aquilae

19 47 27.25

27.30

+ 0.05

<I

a^ Capricorni

20 09 10.57

10.52

0.05

(C

^ Cygui

21 06 08.40

08.17

— 0.23

((

;' Capricorni

21 31 13.92

13.70

0.22

(C

£ Pegasus

21 36 19.98

20.13

+ 0.15

< c

D 's 1st Limb

22 02 14.46

((

'C' Pegasi

22 33 29.47

29.52

+ 0.05

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.67

48.78

+ 0.11

( c

21

/? Aquilae

19 47 27.53

27.29

0.24

C(

C Cygni

21 06 08.02

08.16

+ 0.14

(C

^ Aquarii

21 23 08.32

08.36

+ 0.04

cc

;' Capricorni

21 31 13.59

13.70

+ 0.11

cc

s Pegasi

21 36 20.15

20.12

0.03

cc

& Aquarii

22 08 24.08

23.74

— 0.34

cc

a Aquarii

22 22 11.10

11.27

+ 0.17

cc

D 's 1st Limb

22 55 53.84

c c

9 Aquarii

23 06 02.94

02.88

0.06

cc

x^ Piscium

23 18 44.53

4459

+ 0.01

cc

23

a AndromedaE!

0 00 08.47

08.22

0.25

cc

;' Pegasi

0 05 01.20

00.86

— 0.34

c c

d Piscium

0 12 23.10

22.85

0.25

cc

D 's 2d Limb

0 46 11.39

cc

t] Piscium

1 22 56.99

56.38

— 0.61

cc

a Tauri

4 25 44.53

44.58

+ 0.05

cc

Capella

5 04 51.73

52.20

+ 0.47

cc

Rigel

5 06 50.83

50.87

+ 0.04

w

/3 Tauri

5 16 10.26

10.47

+ 0.21

cc

a Leporis

5 25 40.23

40.31

+ 0.08

cc

£ Orionis

5 28 05 51

05.48

— 0.03

cc

Sirius

6 33 05.22

05.04

— 0.18

cc

26

d Aquilae

19 17 25.55

25.49

0.06

cc

y Aquilae

19 38 38.83

39.11

+ 0.28

C (

a Aquilae

19 42 58.45

58.53

+ 0.08

cc

(3 Aquilae

19 47 26.82

27.22

+ 0.40

cc

(x^ Capricorni

20 09 10.52

10.44

— 0.08

cc

a Cygni

20 35 58.74

59.04

+ 0.30

cc

D 's 2d Limb

3 46 04.18

B

Capella

5 04 52.03

52.27

+ 0.24

c c

Rigel

5 06 50.55

50.96

+ 0.41

cc

(3 Tauri

5 16 10.37

10.57

+ 0.20

cc

124

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEJIY

Sidereal lime i

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of 1
Meridian Passage. 1

3f Tabu-
ar A. R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

1839

, Sept. 26

d Ononis

5 23 49.89

49.90

4-0.01

B

« Leporis

5 25 40.13

40.40

+ 0.27

e Ononis

5 28 05.47!

05.57

--0.10

a Columbae

5 33 51.55!

51.45

— 0.10

u Geminorum

6 13 16.15

16.19

-1-0.04

Sirius

6 38 05.50

05.13

— 0.37

30

e Geminorum

6 34 04.46'

04.62

+ 0.16

Sirius

6 38 0.5.36

05.25

0.11

6 Canis Maj.

6 52 19.82 i

19.78

0.04

a~ Geminorum

7 24 22.03

22.22

+ 0.19

W

Procyon

7 30 55.01

54.69

+ 0.32

"

D 's 2d Limb

8 03 18.23

B

Oct. 1

f Canis Maj.

6 52 20.03

19.82

0 21

ij Geminorum

7 35 30.05

30.20

+ 0.15

S Geminorum

7 10 32.95

33.10

+ 0.15

Procyon

7 30 54.52

54.72

+ 0.20

,5 Geminorum

7 35 30.22

30.23

+ 0.01

D 's 2d Limb

8 58 57.05

S Geminorum

7 10 33.13

33 13

0.00

a^ Geminorum

7 24 22.20

22.29

+ 0.09

Procyon

7 29 54.72

54.75

+ 0.03

,? Geminorum

7 35 30.39

30.27

— 0.12

D 's 2d Limb

9 50 11.29

a Leonis

9 59 49.55

49.55

0.00

W

5 's 2d Limb

10 37 55.69

((

16

/ Aquilge

19 38 39.06

38.80

— 0.26 B

a Aquilae

19 42 58.25

58.23

0.02 "

/S Aquilae

19 47 26.91

26.92

--0 01 "

c Sagittarii

19 52 48.45

48.46

+ 0.01, "

a Capricorni

20 10 09.20

09.27

+ 0.07 "

a Cygni

20 36 58.52

58.56

+ 0.04; "

D's 1st Limb

20 42 30.27

t; Capricorni

20 55 17.57

17.69

+ 0.12! "

61' Cygni

21 00 43.43

44.13

+ 0.70 "

? Cygni

21 06 07.92

07.78

— 0.14 "

^ Aquarii

21 23 08.39

08.10

— 0.29 "

17

a Cygni

J20 35 58.82

58.53

0.29 "

7] Capricorni

120 55 17.96

17.68

— 0.28 "

1

61' Cygni

120 59 43 82

44.11

+ 0.29 "

s Capricorni

21 06 53.50

53.40

— 0.10

D 's 1st Limb

21 36 35.84

(C

Procyon

7 30 54.86

55.23

— 0.37

/5 Geminorum

7 35 3L15

30.78

— 0.37

18

a Cygni

20 35 58.36

58.51

+ 0.15

1 Cygni

21 06 07.86

07.75

0.11

f (

/? Aquarii

21 23 08..55

08.08

0.47

d Capricorni

21 38 12.56

12.38

i 0.18

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

125

Sidereal lime

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

Meridian Passage

h. m. s.

of Tabu-
ar A. R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

1839, Oct.

18

D 's 1st Limb

22 28 31.14

B

tc

J Pegasi

22 33 28.92

29.37

-1-0.45

tc

21

£ Pegasi

21 36 19.98

19.81

— 0.17

ft

a Aquarii

21 57 34.20

34.18

0.02

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 49.03

48.60

0.43

cc

y Pegasi

0 05 00.98

00.93

— 0.05

((

a Cassiopese

0 31 2850

28.59

-f0.09

cc

/5 Ceti

0 36 34.31

34.43

-1-0.12

cc

S Piscium

0 40 23.85

23.98

-f-0.13

cc

5 's 1 St Limb

1 10 25.66

cc

^ Ceti

1 16 02.71

02.80

4-0.09

"

7] Piscium

1 22 57.09

56.68

0.41

f c

/S Arietis

1 45 49.44

49.58

-[-0.14

cc

22

/? Arietis

1 45 49.68

49.58

— 0.10

cc

a Arietis

1 58 10.74

10.70

0.04

C(

3)'s2d Limb

2 12 07.85

tl

/Ceti

2 35 01.89

02.05

-f 0.16

c c

n Arietis

2 40 23.64

23 32

032

cc

f Arietis

2 50 05.33

05.28

0.05

cc

25

Capella

5 04 53.19

53.41

-f-0.22

cc

Rigel

5 06 5L77

51.75

0.02

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 11.48

11.51

-f-0.03

cc

d Orionis

5 23 50.85

50.71

0.14

cc

« Leporis

5 25 40.97

41.21

-f-0.24

(C

I) 's 2d Limb

5 32 04.57

(C

c Tauri

5 43 16.56

16.83

-f-0.27

C(

u Orionis

5 46 31.46

31.13

— 0.33

(C

X Aurigse

6 05 11.05

11.39

-1-0.34

cc

26

fi Geminorum

6 13 17.45

17.18

0.27

cc

Sirius

6 38 06.28

06.03

— 0.25

cc

D 's 2d Limb

6 39 44.98

cc

£ Canis Maj.

6 52 21.13

20.61

0.52

cc

T Geminorum

7 00 57.51

57.15

— 0.36

C(

I Geminorum

7 15 47.06

47.12

-1-0.06

cc

a^ Geminorum

7 24 22.65

23.16

-f-0.51

cc

Procyon

7 30 55.09

.55.50

-f-0.41

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 30.95

31.10

4-0.15

cc

27

/? Geminorum

7 35 31.15

31.15

0.00

cc

D 's 2d Limb

7 43 19.68

cc

6 Cancri

7 53 40.44

40.51

4-0.07

cc

15 Argus

8 04 43.65

43.74

4-0.09

cc

;. Cancri

8 11 00.46

00.29

— 0.17

cc

28

Procyon

7 30 55.59

55.56

— 0.03

cc

/5 Geminorum

7 35 31.45

31.17

— 0.28

((

6 Cancri

7 53 41.02

40.51

— 0.51

(C

15 Argus

8 00 43.93

43.77

— 0.16

(C

A Cancri

8 11 00.10

00.29

4-0.19

cc

126

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

Meridian Passage.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

Diff.

ver's
inilial.

li. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, Oct.

28

D 's 2d Limb

8 41 33.36

B

I Urs. Maj.

8 48 12.79

13 00

+ 0.21

cc

a Hydrae

9 19 42.88

42.93

-f-0.05

<c

a Leonis

9 59 50.03

50.22

-f-0.19

(C

29

6 Cancri

7 53 40.82

40.55

— 0.27

c (

15 Argus

. 8 00 44.40

43.80

— 0.60

((

I Cancri

8 11 00.63

00.33

0.30

(C

s Hydrae

8 38 18.18

17.84

— 0.34

(C

1 Cancri

9 00 08.53

08 64

+ 0.11

( c

u Hydrse

9 19 42.85

42.96

+ 0.11

C (

D 's 2d Limb

9 34 34.08

cc

f Leonis

9 36 44.56

45.09

+ 0.53

(C

a Leonis

9 59 49 96

50.25

+ 0.29

((

Nov

.12

u Aquilae

19 42 57.81

57.82

+ 0.01

w

/3 Aquilae

19 47 26.48

26.52

+ 0.04

ti

«^ Capricorni

20 09 09.76

09.73

— 0.03

(C

D 's 1st Limb

20 20 53.41

cc

ijj Capricorni

20 36 36.55

36.55

0.00

cc

?j Capricorni

20 55 17.11

17.29

+ 0.18

cc

61' Cygni

20 59 43.59

43.59

0.00

c c

? Cygni

21 06 07.61

07.30

— 0.31

cc

£ Pegasi

21 36 19.72

19.51

— 0.21

c c

13

9] Capricorni

20 55 17.01

17.28

+ 0.27

B

3)'s 1st Limb

21 13 56.43

cc

'C Capricorni

21 17 31.36

31.38

+ 0.02

c c

y Capricorni

21 31 13.11

13,05

0.06

cc

« Aquarii

21 57 34.15

33.91

— 0.24

cc

16

/? Aquarii

21 23 07.87

07.69

0.18

w

£ Pegasi

21 36 19.49

19.46

— 0.03

c c

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.49

48.25

— 0.24

c c

a Pegasi

22 56 48.07

47.89

0.18

cc

X* Piscium

23 18 44.35

44.33

— 0.02

cc

I Piscium

23 31 43.79

43.67

— 0.12

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

23 47 28.27

cc

CO Piscium

23 51 06.55

06.32

— 0.23

cc

a AndromedsB

0 00 07.96

08.11

+ 0.15

cc

d Piscium

0 12 22.59

22.83

+ 0.24

cc

18

« Andromedae

0 00 08.58

08.11

— 0.47

B

y Pegasi

0 05 00.85

00.79

0.06

cc

IX Cassiopeae

0 31 2832

28.50

+ 0.18

cc

/? Ceti

0 35 34.15

34.32

+ 0.17

cc

}) 's 1st Limb

1 36 46.25

c c

/5 Arietis

1 45 50.06

49.70

0.36

cc

19

a Cassiopeae

0 31 28.68

28.49

— 0.19

w

& Ceti

1 16 02.90

02.81

— 0.09

cc

/5 Arietis

1 45 49.61

49.70

+ 0.09

cc

&^ Arietis

2 09 14.91

15.31

+ 0.40

ct

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

127

Sidereal Time Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Uiff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1839, Nov. 19

D 's 1st Limb

2 37 40.99

w

cc

£ Arietis

2 50 05.22

05.60

+ 0.38

(C

<<

a Ceti

2 53 56.23

56.48

+ 0.25

cc

cc

d Arietis

3 02 30.14

30.43

+ 0.29

cc

20

« Andromedae

0 00 08.07

08.07

0.00

cc

cc

a Cassiopeae

0 31 28.45

28.45

0.00

C (

cc

3)'s 1st Limb

3 43 40.76

cc

21

A^ Tauri

3 55 16.14

15.85

— 0.29

cc

cc

v^ Tauri

4 16 45.58

45.38

0.20

cc

c c

D 's 2d Limb

4 56 14.76

cc

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 12.00

12.23

+ 0.23

c c

cc

/ Aurigae

5 28 23.78

23.02

0.76

cc

22

A^ Tauri

3 55 15.27

15.86

--0.59
0.22

B

i c

v^ Tauri

4 16 45.61

45.39

cc

cc

a Tauri

4 26 46.13

46.00

0.13

cc

cc

/5 Tauri

5 16 11.94

12.25

+ 0.3!

cc

cc

X Aurigae

6 05 12.58

12.25

— 0.33

c c

cc

D 's 2d Limb

6 08 08.44

cc

cc

^ Geminorum

6 13 18.11

17.85

— 0.26

cc

cc

e Geminorum

6 35 06.69

06.33

— 0.36

C(

25

D 's 2d Limb

9 14 40.57

cc

C I

X Leonis

9 22 35.04

35.42

+ 0.38

cc

cc

0 Leonis

9 32 36.78

36.81

--0.03

cc

c c

£ Leonis

9 36 46.02

46.04

+ 0.02

cc

cc

y Leonis

10 11 08.56

08.58

+ 0.02

c c

28

;^ Leonis

10 56 45.60

4557

0.03

c c

cc

a Leonis

11 12 52.70

52.72

--0.02

cc

cc

D 's 2d Limb

11 38 38.00

cc

Dec. 10

D 's 1st Limb

20 57 06.94

w

cc

Fomalhaut

22 53 47.97

47.92

— 0.05

cc

C(

a Pegasi

22 56 47.57

47.62

+ 0.05

cc

cc

a Andromedae

0 00 07.86

07.84

0.02

cc

cc

a Arietis

1 58 10.84

10.83

0.01

B

11

D 's 1st Limb

21 48 14.07

w

c-

^ Pegasi

22 33 28.77

28.77

0.00

cc

cc

a Aquarii

21 57 33.49

33.59

+ 0.10

cc

cc

a Pegasi

22 56 47.60

47.61

+ 0.01

cc

13

'C Pegasi

22 33 28.85

28.75

— 0.10

cc

cc

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.00

47.88

0.12

cc

c c

}. Aquarii

22 44 15.87

15.87

0.00

cc

C (

(p Aquarii

23 06 02.33

02.26

— 0.07

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

23 27 11.47

cc

(C

0) Piscium

23 51 06.44

06.07

— 0.37

cc

cc

a Andromedae

0 00 07.45

07.80

+ 0.35

cc

cc

/ Pegasi

0 05 00.48

00.56

+ 0.08

cc

cc

/?Ceti

0 35 34.03

34.09

+ 0.06

cc

14

D 's 1st Limb

0 17 25.28

cc

128

PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of
Meridian Passage,
h. m. 3.

of Tabu-
lar A. R,

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

s.

1839, Dec

14

a Cassiopeae

0 31 27.99

27.99

0.00

w

/JCeti

0 35 34.08

34.08

0.00

(C

d Piscium

0 40 23.94

23.73

— 0.21

(C

17

a Aquarii

21 57 33.68

33.54

0.14

(C

Fomalhaut

22 48 48.14

47.83

0.31

(C

a Pegasi

22 56 47.65

47.54

— 0.11

C(

;' Pegasi

0 05 00.56

00.52

— 0.04

((

/? Ceti

0 35 33.80

34.05

-f 0.25

c c

a Arietis

1 58 10.86

10.79

0.07

(C

y Ceti

2 35 02.01

02.30

+ 0.29

C(

V Arietis

2 29 45.69

45.28

— 0.41

(C

n Arietis

2 40 23.83

23.63

0.20

cc

D's 1st Limb

3 08 18.45

cc

g Arietis

3 14 53.56

53.43

0.13

((

ri Tauri

3 38 00.18

00.41

4-0.23

(C

18

/5Ceti

0 35 34.01

34.04

4-0.03

(C

a Arietis

1 58 10.66

10.78

-1-0.12

((

y Ceti

2 35 01.84

02.30

4-0.46

((

« Ceti

2 53 56.57

56.54

— 0.03

(C

g Arietis

3 14 53.88

53.44

— 0.44

<(

rj Tauri

3 38 00.21

00.41

4-0.21

((

y^ Eridani

3 50 35.83

35.51

0.32

((

])'s 1st Limb

4 15 17.65

it

a Tauri

4 26 46.29

46.28

— 0.01

(C

20

« Tauri

4 26 46.80

46.29

— 0.51

It

Rigel

5 06 52.84

52.67

— 0.17

it

/S Tauri

5 16 12.26

12.71

4-0.45

C(

d Orionis

5 23 51.45

51.76

— 0.31

cc

8 Orionis

5 28 07.43

07.44

4-0.01

cc

c Tauri

5 43 17.83

18.18

--0.35

cc

a Orionis

5 46 32.25

32.32

--0.07

cc

X Aurigge

6 05 12.60

12.87

4-0.27

cc

D 's 2d Limb

6 39 05.38

cc

T Gerninorum

7 00 58.39

58.85

4-0.46

cc

8 Gerninorum

7 10 35.33

35.55

--0.22

cc

25

D 's 2d Limb

11 25 13.18

B

/? Virginis

11 42 22.38

22.38

0.00

cc

r] Virginis

12 11 43.71

43.74

--0.03

cc

q Virginis

12 25 31.59

31.68

— 0.09

cc

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 129

Two hundred and ninety-fourth Meeting.

April 6, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor Strong, of New Brunswick, New Jersey, commu-
nicated the following papers, viz. : —

I. '■'An attempt to prove that the sum of the three angles of any
rectilineal triangle is equal to two right angles.

^' Def Two quantities are said to be of the same kind, when the
less can be multiplied by some positive integer, so as to exceed the
greater. Thus, if A and B are quantities of the same kind, and if A
is greater than B^ then some positive integer, m, may be found, such
that the inequality m B^A shall exist. For if m is taken greater than
the quotient arising from the division of A by B, then evidently there
results the inequality m B'^A, as required.

" Dem. If m denotes any positive integer, then shall the inequality
2 '" ^ m obtain. For the first member of the inequality denotes the
product arising from taking 2 as a factor as often as these units in m,
whereas the second member is the sum of the units represented by m,
and the inequality is evident.

" Cor. If we take A and jB, as above, and mB^A, there results
jB^^; much more, then, shall the inequality B^^ have place.
This follows at once since it has been shown that 2 "^ is greater than
m ; and it is evident that if m is an indefinitely great number, - is in-
definitely greater than 2™*

" Ax. No angle of a rectilineal triangle can exceed two right angles.

" Prop. 1 . To find a triangle that shall have the sum of its angles
equal to the sum of the angles of any given triangle.

" Let ABC denote the given triangle ; and suppose one of its sides,

c

B C, is bisected at D, and that D and the opposite angle A are con-
nected by the right line A D, which is produced in the direction A D

17

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

to E, so that DE = AD, and that the point E and the angle C are
connected hy a right line ; then shall the sum of the angles of the tri-
angle ACE equal that of the triangle ABC.

" For the opposite vertical angles A D B, CBE are equal (Sim-
son's Euclid, B. I., prop. 15), and by construction BD = D C, AD
=^DE; hence (Sim., B. I., p. 4) the triangles ADB, CDE are
identical ; so that their bases A B, C E are equal, and their angles
A B D, E C B are equal ; also the angle BAD equals the angle
CED. Hence the angle C of the triangle ACE equals the sum
of the two angles B and C of the given triangle (il 5 C), and the
sum of the angles A and E of the triangle ^ C £ is equal to the
angle A of the given triangle {ABC)-, .'. the sum of the angles of
the triangle A C E Is equal to that of the given triangle ABC, as
required.

" Cor. 1. Let the angle jB ^ C of the given triangle be denoted by
A ; then '\( C E {= A B) is not greater than A C, the angle C ^ £ is
not greater than C EA (Sim., props. 5, 19, B. I.) ; hence the angle
A of the triangle A C E is not greater than ^ ; we shall call the tri-
angle ACE the first derived triangle. Of the two sides A C and
C £ of the triangle ^ C £, let C E be that which is not the greater ;
and let a right line be drawn from the angle A, opposite to the side
C £, through the point, H, of bisection of C £, and suppose the line
thus drawn to be produced in the direction A H to I, so that H 1=
HA ; then connect the point /and the angle C of the triangle ACE
by a right line ; and there will be formed the triangle ACL In the
same way that it was shown that the sum of the angles of the triangle
^ C £ is equal to the sum of the angles of the (given) triangle ABC,
it may be shown that the sum of the angles of the triangle ^ C 7 is
equal to that of ACE; consequently the sum of the angles of ^ C J
equals that of the given triangle ABC. And if ^ C is not greater
than C 7, then it may be shown (as before) that the angle I is not
greater than the angle CAE^2, and since CA E is not greater than
f, .-. the angle I is not greater than |;, we shall call A CI the second
derived triangle.

" We may in the same way (that we derived the triangle A CI from
ACE) derive a triangle from A CI (called the third derived trian-
gle), having the sum of its angles equal to that of ^ C I, and of course
equal to that of the given triangle ABC, and having one of its angles
not greater than the angle ^ I C -i- 2, and consequently not greater

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

131

than ^. And proceeding in the same way from triangle to triangle,
until we obtain the m^*" derived triangle, then the sum of its angles will
equal that of the given triangle ABC, and one of its angles will not
be greater than g^ ; where m is of course a positive integer.

" Cor. 2. If we obtain the derived triangle whose number is ffi-}-l,the
sum of two of its angles will equal that angle of the m^^ triangle which
has been shown not to be greater than j^ ; we hence see how from
any given triangle to derive another triangle such that the sum of its
angles shall equal that of the given triangle, and such that the sum of
two of its angles shall not be greater than ^Tn ; where A denotes one
of the angles of the given triangle.

" Remark. Cor. 1 is substantially the same as Mr. I. Ivory's pro-
cess, given at page 189 of the New York edition of J. R. Young's
Elements of Geometry.

" Prop. 2. The sum of the angles of any triangle is not greater
than two right angles.

" Let the triangle A B C, o( Prop. 1, represent any triangle, and de-
note a right angle by R, and if possible let the sum of the angles of
the triangle equal 2 A-{- V, V being a finite positive angle. Then,
using A to represent the angle B A C of the triangle, some positive
integer, m, may be found so that the inequality m V^ A shall exist.
From m 7> ^, it follows that T^> ^ > ^, or F is greater than g^.
By Cor. 2, Prop. 1, we may derive a triangle from ABC, such that
the sum of two of its angles shall not be greater than ^ ; hence the
sum of these two angles is less than F; consequently the third angle
of the triangle must be greater than 2 R, which is impossible. Hence
the sum of the angles of the triangle A B C is not greater than two
right angles.

" Prop 3. The sum of the angles of any triangle is greater than
a right angle.

" Let ABC represent any tri-
angle, and suppose (for conven-
ience) that the angle A B C is
not less than either of the other
angles of the triangle. Let the
base be extended in the direction
AC to F, so that C F equals the
base (AC), and through C and
F draw the right lines C D and
F G, each equal to A B, and so

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

as to make the angles DC F, G FH each equal to the angle BAG,
and connect the points D and jP, D and G, D and j5, by right lines ;
also through D draw D K, at right angles to D G. Since AB = D C,
A C = CF, and the angle BAG equals the angle D C F, the trian-
gles ABC, G D F arc identical (Sim., B. I., p. 4), making the sides
I) F and B G equal to each other, and the angle G DF equal to the
angle A B G, and the angle G F D equal to the angle A G B ; hence
the sum of the angles BAG, B G A equals the sum of the angles
B GA, D GF, which equals the sum of the angles G F D, G F H.
Since the sum of the three angles at G makes two right angles, and
that the sum of the angles at F makes two right angles (Sim., B. I.,
p. 13), it follows from what has been proved that the angles B G D,
DFG are equal, and since BG^=DF, G D^^^ F G, the triangles
BGD, DFG are identical (Sim., B. I., p. 4), making BB equal to
D G, and the angle G B D equal to the angle F D G, and the angle
G DB equal to the angle F G D ; hence the sum of the angles G B D,
GDB equals the sum of the angles G D B, F D G. By Prop. 2,
since the sum of the three angles of any triangle is not greater than
two right angles, and that the three angles at G make two right angles,
it follows that the sum of the angles B and D of the triangle BCD
is not greater than the suni of the angles ACB, F G D ; hence, and
from what has been proved, it follows that the sum of the angles of
the triangle AB G is not less than the sum of the angles B DC, CDF,
F D G ; but it is evident that the sum of these angles exceeds the
right angle K D G hy a. fine angle ; hence the sum of the three an-
gles of the triangle ABC exceeds a right angle, as required.

" Remark. If A B is extended in the direction A B to E, so that
B E^=- B D, and if the points D and E, G and E, are connected by
right lines, the point D falls evidently within the pentagonal figure
G B E G F', and if jR denotes a right angle, the sum of the angles
BDG, CDF, FDG, G D E, EDB is equal to 4 E (Sim., B. I.,
p. 15, Cor. 2). Since the sum of the angles AB D, DB E is equal to
2 R, the sum of the angles at the base of the isosceles triangle B D E
is not greater than the angle A B D ; consequently the angle B DE
is not greater than the angle AB D -^^, which is not greater than half
the sum of the angles B D C, CDF, F D G. Wc now observe that the
sum of the angles of the triangle A B C is not less than R -\- /'g R.
For if the sum of the angles of the triangle A B G is not greater than
R -j- ■f'j; R, then by what has been shown the sum of the angles BDG,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

133

(; DF, FDG, n J) E is not greater tlian R-\-^^RJ^ /; _j- ^^ R =
f; J R ; consequently the angle D of the triangle E D G \s not less
than 4 /J — ^^ R = ^^ R = 2 R -\- rl'^, which is impossible; hence
the sum of the angles of any triangle, A B C.,\s greater than ii-f-Zg R,
as required.

" Prop. 4. The sum of the angles of any triangle is not less than
two right angles.

" If the sum of the angles of any one triangle is not the same as
that of any other, then there are evidently some triangles having the
sum of their angles less than that of any others ; lot, therefore, ABC
(see fig., Prop. 1) denote a triangle* such that the sum of its angles is
not greater than that of any other triangle. If jR represents a right
angle, then, since the sum of the an-
gles of any triangle is greater than
12, the sum of the angles of the tri-
angle ABC may be expressed by
R + V, V being a positive angle.
If we denote the angle BAC o[
the given triangle by A, then, as in
Prop. 2, we may find some positive
integer, m, such that the inequality
V ^ 2"i, shall have place ; and by
Cor. 1 and 2 of Prop. 1 we may
derive from the triangle ABC an-
other triangle represented hy D E F
such that the sum of its angles shall
equal that of ABC, and conse-
quently equal R-\-V, and further

such that the sum of two of its angles, E D F, E F D, shall not be
greater than ^- ; .-. the sum of these (two) angles is less than F, con-
sequently the third angle E of the triangle is greater than R. Of the
two sides D JS, E F, let D E he that which is not the less, and
through £ draw JS jfiT, at right angles to DE; then, since the angle
D E F IS greater than R, the perpendicular will of course meet the
side D F at some point, as K, between D and F. Since the sum of
the sides D E and E F is greater than D F (Sim., p. 20, B. I.), and
that D K is greater than D E (Sim., p. 19, 13. I.), we of course have
D K greater than K F. Hence extend D F to G, so that GK=DK,
and extend E K to H, so that KH^— E K, and connect G and //

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

by a right line ; also extend EH to /, so that I H= E H, and draw
a right line from / to G. Since DK= GK, EK=HK, and the
angles D K E, GKH are equal (Sim., Prop. 15, B. I.), the triangles
DKE, GKH are identical (Sim., p. 4, B. I.), and DE=GH,
the angle G H K=the angle D E K= R, and the angle H G K=^
the angle ED K; hence the triangles E H G, IHG are identical,
since they have E H=^ I H, HG common, and that the angles at
if are right (Sim., p. 4, B. I.) ; hence the sides G E, G I are equal,
the angle G I H equals the angle G E H, and the angle IG H equals
the angle E G H. Since the angle D F E is greater than either of
the angles F G E, FE G (Sim., p. 16, B. L), it follows from what
has been shown that the angle E G H is not greater than the sum of
the angles E D F^ E F D, and of course the sum of the angles E G H,
KEF is not greater than F, and since G E F is less than E F D,
G E F is not greater than g^,, .•. the sum of the angles E G H, HE G
is not greater than V-\- n^„ consequently the sum of the angles of the
triangle E G I is not greater than 2V + ^,. But by hypothesis the
sum of the angles of the triangle ABC, which equals the sum of the
angles of the triangle D E F, is not greater than the sum of the angles
of the triangle E G I; .-. 2F-f- |^^ is not less than R+V,oy V is
not less than R — |^^. Hence V cannot differ from R by any given
angle, as a, so that V= R — a, a being a positive finite angle ; for
by taking a sufficiently great positive integer for m (which is evi-
dently arbitrary), we shall make ~ less than a, which is absurd ; .•. V
is not less than jR. Hence the sum of the angles of the triangle
A B C is not less than 2 R.

" Cor. Since by Prop. 2 the sum of the angles of any triangle is
not greater than 2 R, and from what has been shown in this Prop, it
is not less than 2 R, it follows that the sum of the angles of any trian-
gle = 2 jR = two right angles, as required.

" Appendix to Propositions 3 and 4.

" Lem. No triangle can exist such that the sum of its angles shall
be less than any given angle ; or such that the sum of its angles shall
equal an infinitesimal angle. For, if possible, let A B C be such a tri-
angle ; then, since the sum ^
of its angles is less than
any given angle, each of its

angles is of course less than (L^::—— '^Ji

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

135

any given angle. Hence, since the angles C and B are infinitesi-
mal angles, the sides A C and A B must coincide very nearly with
the side C B, and .•. since A C and A B lie in opposite directions
they cannot possibly come near to coincidence with each other ; but
since the angle A is less than any given angle (or infinitesimal), the
sides A C, A B must very nearly coincide with each other and have
nearly the same direction, which is absurd. Hence the sum of the
angles of a triangle is not less than any given angle (or infinitesimal),
but it is a finite quantity, being equal to some finite angle, or the sum
of finite angles.

'''■Remark. By aid of this lemma we are prepared to give a very
simple demonstration of Prop. 3.

" Prop. 3'. The sum of the angles of any triangle is greater than a
right angle. Let the triangle A B C, o{ Prop. 1, denote any triangle,
and denote the angle BAG hy A, and use V to
represent any small finite angle ; then we may
find some positive integer, m, such that the ine-
quality m^'^A shall exist, consequently the in-
equality 5^ ^i has place also. Hence, by Cor.
1 and 2 of Prop. 1 , we can find a derived trian-
gle, which we shall represent by the triangle
H IK, such that the sum of its angles equals that
of A B C, and the sum of two of its angles, IHK,
IKH, is not greater than -1^^, .*. ^ is greater
than the sum of these two angles. At the point I
make the angle HIL, equal to the angle HIK;
also make the right line I L equal to the side IK, and draw a right
line from H lo L; then (Sim., p. 4, B. I.) the triangles HIK, HIL
are identical, making the side L H equal to the side H K, the angle
IH L equal to the angle IHK, and the angle IL H equal to the angle
IKH] hence V is greater than the sum of the four angles IHK,
I H L, I K H, I L H. If we connect the points K and L by a right
line, it will intersect I H, or JiJ produced, in some point, M, and the
angles at M will be right angles ; for the triangles KHM, LHM are
identical, since H K = H L, and the side HM common, and that
the angle KHM equals the angle L HM, .-. the angle KMH equals
the angle LMH (Sim., p. 4, B. I.) ; consequently KM is a perpen-
dicular from the angle ^of the triangle H I K to the opposite side
H I, or to H I produced (Sim., def 10, B. I.). We now observe that

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

KM must fall without the triangle jff/J?'(orthat it will meet H I^
produced in the direction HI), for if KM does not fall without the
triangle KIH, but coincides with K I, or falls at some point between
H and I, then we shall have the triangle H K L such that the sum of
its angles is less than V, and as V is any finite angle taken as small as
we please, .•. the sum of the angles of the triangle H K L is less than
any finite angle, or it is infinitesimal, which is impossible. Hence the
perpendicular KM falls oa HI produced in the direction HI, so as to
make the angle HKM equal to some finite angle ; and it is evident
that the perpendicular cannot intersect HI produced in the direction
IH, for if it could, a triangle would be formed having the sum of two
of its angles greater than two right angles, which is impossible. Hence,
since the angle H IK is the exterior angle of the triangle KIM, it is
greater than the right angle KM I (Sim., p. 16, B. I.) ; hence the
sum of the angles of any triangle is greater than a right angle, as re-
quired.

'■'■Prop. 4'. The sum of the angles of any triangle is not less than
two right angles.

" We shall use the figure to Prop. 3'. It is evident that we may
suppose the sum of the angles of the triangle KHL not less than that
of the triangle KIH, or, since the sum of the angles IHK, IKH is

A A

not greater than 7^, we shall have 2 IKM-\--^, not less than the an-
gle KIH. Hence, if we denote a right angle by R, since the sum
of the angles HIK, KIM is equal to 2i? (Sim., p. 13, B. I.), and that
the sum of the angles K I M, I K M is not greater than R (see our
Prop. 2, and observe that the angle IMK=^ R), we get I KM
not less than R — ^, or ^„ is not less than the angle KIM. But ^sr
is less than any given angle, .•. the angle KIM is infinitesimal, con-
sequently the angle KIH differs from 2R by an infinitesimal angle,
and of course the sum of the angles of the triangle KIH or A B C is
not less than 2R, as required.

" Cor. Hence, since the sum of the angles of any triangle (ABC),
is neither greater nor less than 2 R, it is equal to2R, = two right an-
gles."

II. " ^n attempt to show {analytically) that the sum of the angles
of any rectilineal triangle is equal to two right angles.

" Ax. The angle formed by two (right) lines is independent of the
lengths of the lines.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 137

" Prop. 1. To express any side of a triangle in terms of the other
sides and their included angle.

" Let AB C he any triangle ; and suppose its sides B C, A C, A B
severally contain some assumed length (considered as the unit of

m

length) a, b, c times, then will the sides be expressed by a, b, c ;
where it may be observed that a, b, c are positive, and that they
may be integral or fractional, rational or surd, according to the nature
of the case ; we shall denote the angle B AC hy A, and shall sup-
pose C-4 to be produced (in the direction C A) to B\ so that AB' —
B A, then (Simson's Euclid, Book I., prop. 13) the angle BAB' is the
supplement of A, or the sum of A and B A B is equal to two right
angles.

" By Sim., B. I., p. 20, we have the inequalities a -\-b^c,a-^c^b,
or (which is equivalent to them), we have a'^^(c — Z»), (1); in
which we must use thq, upper sign when c is greater than b, and the
lower sign must be taken when c is less than b ; and it is manifest
that (1) exists even when c = &. In order to remove the ambiguous
sign, we may (by taking the second power of a, and + (c — b) put
(1) under the form a^y {c — bf, ox a^ — {c — b)^yO, (2). If
the angle ^=0, AB falls on AC, and (2) evidently becomes
a^ — (c — b)- = 0, which is its least value; and, Sim., B. I., p. 24,
if we suppose b and c each invariable, and the angle A to be in-
creased, then A will be increased, and the greatest value that a can
have will be when the angle A equals two right angles, or when
AB coincides with AB', and a == b -\- c, so that (2) becomes
{b-\-c)'^ — (b — c)2 = 4Z»c, which is its greatest value; hence and
by (2) if we put °^~^^''~^^' = p, (3), p cannot be less than 0 (or
cannot be negative), nor greater than 2, or p has 0 for its lesser, and
2 for its greater limit. From (3) we get a-= {c—b)^ -\-2p b c =
b^ + c^ — 2 ( 1 — p) & c, or if we put 1 — p = n, (4), then a~ =
b- -f c- — 2nbc,{5); where, since p never passes the limits 0 and 2,

18

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

it is evident by (4) that n cannot pass the limits -|- 1 and — 1, and
that n depends on the angle A ; also that n = 1 corresponds to ^ =0,
and n = — 1 to .4 = two right angles ; so that a is expressed in (5)
as required.

" Prop. 2. To find the value of n, that corresponds to the base-
angles of any isosceles triangle.

" Let AB C he any isosceles triangle ; having A B = CB = a,
for its sides, and A C=h
for its base, and let the
base be produced in the
direction A C to any point,
D, then, Sim., B. I., p. 13,
the angle BCD is the

supplement of the angle -j^ ■ — —^ — j ^

B C A. Bisect the base
of the triangle in E, then draw the right line BE from the vertex
B to JE, and the triangles ABE, CBE are identical (Sim., B. I.,
pp. 8 and 4) ; so that the angle A E B equals the angle C E B, and
these angles are right, Sim., B. I., def. 10, and BE is perpendicular
to the base of the triangle. By (5) of prop. 1, we get ar =

^2 _|_ j2 — 2nh a, or by reduc. J = 2na, or n=^ -^ — -j^ = -^,

a

as required. Also, if we use m instead of n, for the vertical angle (jB), we
have b^ = a^-\- a^ — 2ma a = 2{l — 7/2) a~, or 1 — m= ^r,, or since

h = 2na,we get ^^ =2n% .-. 2n^ = l — m,orn= ± v'iEl?, (1),
which is another form of n ; and it is manifest that if we take the
upper sign before the radical for the value of n that corresponds to
the acute angle B C A, we must take the lower sign before the radi-
cal in order to get the value of n that corresponds to the obtuse
angle BCD, which (as before noticed) is the supplement o( B C A
{=BAC).

" Cor. 1. By what has been done it is evident, that, if we divide
one of the legs of a right-angled triangle by the hypothenuse, we get
the value of n that corresponds to the included angle ; for evidently
the same value of n corresponds to the isosceles triangle ABC, and
to the identical right triangles into which it is divided by the perpen-
dicular B E from its vertical angle.

" Cor. 2. It is manifest from (1), that all those isosceles triangles
which have equal values of n for their base angles also have equal
values of m for their vertical angles.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

139

" Prop. 3. All right-angled triangles which have one of their acute
angles common or equal will have equal values of n corresponding to
the common or equal angles.

" Let AB E^ A B'E' be two right triangles, right-angled at E
and E', and having the common angle A the hypothenuse of the one

and leg of the other (which include the common angle A) being in
the right lines A G^ A F, which include the angle A, that is common
to the two triangles ; that is, A B and A E' are \a A G, A B' and
A E in A E. When the angles are equal, but not common, we may-
imagine A BE to he one of the triangles, and we may suppose the
leg of the other triangle that is adjacent to the angle that is equal
to A to be applied to A G, so that the angle which equals A shall
coincide with A ; then will the hypothenuse of the applied triangle lie
on A E, and we may conceive that A B' E' represents the applied
triangle ; so that the case of equal angles is reduced to that of a com-
mon angle. he\EC = AE from E towards F, and E'C'^A E'
from E' towards G^ then draw right lines from C to U, and from
C to B' ; and it is evident by Sim., B. I., p. 4, that ABC, ABC
are isosceles triangles, B E, B'E' being the perpendiculars from their
vertical angles to their bases. Join the vertices of the isosceles tri-
angles by the right line BB' = c, and put .4 ^ = -B C= a, ^ C= h,

b

J = w ; also put A B' =^ B' C = a', AC = b',

AE
AB

CE
'CB

= -7^ = V = w ; also

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

7/

£g = ^^ = J = n' ; also let C B' = d, C'B = d'. From the

triangle ABB' we get, by prop. 1 (by using iV, instead of n, to rep-
resent the angle A in this triangle, since n represents the angle A
in the isosceles triangle ABC),c^=^ a^ -\- a'~ — 2 Naa',{l),or if we
put N=nx, we get c^ =^ or -\- a'^ — 2nxaa' ; and in like manner we
get from the triangle B'B C, c^= a^ -{• d^+_2n x' a d, (2) ', where
for + we must use -\- when B' is not between the points A and C,
and — must be used for + when B' is between A and C, as is evi-
dent from (1) of prop. 2. Equating the two values of c^, we get,
after a slight reduction, a'- — d^ — 2 wxaa' ip 2 na;' ad =0, (3);
since 2na = AC, and a'^ — d-= {a' + d) {a' — d) = {a' ± d) X
A C (the upper sign being used when B' is not between A and C,
and — in the contrary case) ; hence, substituting the values of 2na
and a'~ — d^, by rejecting the common factor A C, (3) is reduced
to a' + d — xa'^Lx'd=0, or a' {I — x) + d {\ — a;') = 0, or since
a' =b + d'^^A C+CB' (using the upper sign when B' is not be-
tween A and C, and — when it is between A and C), we get
AC{l—x)±CB'{l—x-\-l—x)=0, (4). Now it is evident
that C B' must be arbitrary, and not dependent on ^ C or 1 — a:,
1 — a;'; .-, we must have 1 — x -}- 1 — a?' = 0, and (4) is reduced to
A C {1 — a;) = 0, which, since ^ C is not = 0, gives 1 — a; = 0,
.-. 1 — x' = 0, or a;=l, a;'=l; hence (1) and (2) become c- =
a^ + a'^ — 2naa', (1'), c^ = a^ ■}- d^±2na d, (2'). In like manner,
by regarding the angle A as belonging to the isosceles triangle
ABC, we get from the triangles ^ B ^', B C'B\ c^ = a^ + a'~ —
2n'aa\ (1"), c^ = a- + d'^ ±2n'a'd\ (2"); where for + we must
use — when B is between A and C, and -\- when B is in -4 C" pro-
duced beyond C". By equating the values of c^, as given by (1') and
(1"), we get n =^n, or -r^ = -t-^i as was to be proved. It is evi-
dent that ABE may represent any right triangle having A for one
of its acute angles, and its hypothenuse on A G ; also A B'E' may
denote any right triangle which has A for one of its acute angles, and
its hypothenuse on AF; hence, from what has been shown, n will be
the same for all the triangles represented by A B E and A B'E' ;
that is, all right triangles which have a common or equal acute angle
will have equal values of n corresponding to the common or equal
acute angle. There is one case that apparently forms an exception
to what has been shown ; and that is when the hypothenuse of a tri-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

141

angle that lies in one of the lines A F, A G coincides with the leg
of another triangle that lies in the other of these two lines ; but this
exception is only apparent, for the value of n in these two triangles
is the same as that of n in the two triangles ABE, ABE', .*. when
the hypothenuse of one triangle coincides with a leg of another triangle,
the value of 7i, that corresponds to A in one of the triangles, is the
same as in the other triangle.

" Cor. We can now easily find the value of m that corresponds to
the vertical angle of an isosceles triangle whose base-angles are rep-
resented by n (or to which n corresponds).

" For let ^ / be drawn from the base-angle A of the isosceles tri-
angle ABC, perpendicular to the opposite side B C, meeting it in
/, then from what has been shown we get C I=nb, or (since b =
2na) C/=2«2a, .-. BI=a— CI=a{l —2n^), and (since by
(1) of prop. 2,m=l — 2 n^) we get m = — = jg, which can also
be easily obtained from other considerations. And since n corre-
sponds equally to the base-angles of all the isosceles triangles repre-
sented by ABC, A B'C, and since w =^ 1 — 2n^, it follows that
all isosceles triangles whose base-angles are equal will have equal
values of m corresponding to their vertical angles.

" Prop. 4. If there are two right-angled triangles, such that a leg
of the one divided by its hypothenuse gives the same quotient as a leg
of the other divided by its hypothenuse, then shall the angle included
by the leg and hypothenuse of the one triangle be equal to the angle
included by the leg and hypothenuse of the other triangle.

" Let ABC, D F E be two triangles right-angled at C and E,
such that TB = TTp ^^ ^* ' ^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ angle B AC equal the angle

A ■

FD E. For on the longer leg D E of the one take D C equal to
A C, and through C draw C G perpendicular to D E, meeting D F
in 6r, then shall the triangles ABC, D GC be identical ; for since
the right triangles D F E, D G C have the angle D common, we

142 • PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

1 , o -DC' DE DCi AC ■, . ,. ^„

have, by prop. 3, -g^ = — = n, .-. j^; = jj^, and since DC =
AC,wegetDG = A B. If we take C'B' = CB, and draw a right
line from D to B' , the triangles A B C, D B'C are identical, Sim.,
B. I., p. 4, .•. D B' =AB, and of course D B' =^ D G, which can-
not be unless B' falls on G ; for of the base-angles D B'G, D G B\
one is acute and the other obtuse, and the same holds true whether
B' is within or without the triangle D F E \ hence we cannot have
D B' =^ D G unless B' coincides with Cr, Sim., B. I., p. 19. Hence,
since the triangles ABC, D B'C are identical, and that B' falls on
G, the triangles A B C, D G C' are identical, and the angles B A C,
F D E are equal, as required,

" Cor. If we draw A K at right angles to B'C\ meeting it in K
(see fig., prop. 3), then since the base-angles of the isosceles triangles
represented by A B C, A B'C are equal, we have, by cor. to prop. 3,
m=^ -r^=^ tttj and hence the vertical angles of the isosceles tri-

AB AB'^ °

angles are equal ; and the same holds true whether the perpendiculars
AI, A K fall within the triangles (as in the figure) or without them ;
for when the perpendiculars fall without the triangles, the equality
-jg- = -jzr, shows that the supplements of the vertical angles of the
triangles are equal, and consequently the vertical angles are equal ;
and it is evident, by cor. to prop. 3, that the perpendiculars will both
at the same time fall within or without the triangles ; the case when
Tra = 0, or JB / = 0, B'K = 0, is too evident to require any expla-
nation, for the vertical angles are evidently right. Hence the angles
A B E, A B'E', the halves of the vertical angles of the isosceles
triangles, are equal ; hence it follows that all those right-angled tri-
angles which have an acute angle common, or equal, have their
other acute angles also equal. Hence (see fig. 3) from the right
triangles AB E, A BE', having their angles B, B' equal, we get

BE B'Ei J • AE AEi i i BE B'E' ,i , • .,.

IF= H-' ^"^ ^^"^^ Tb = ab!'^^ '^^^"^^ ae=ae'^ that is, if
we have two (or more) right triangles which have an acute angle
common or equal, then if we divide the leg of any one of them which
is opposite to the (equal) angle by the leg adjacent to the angle, the
quotient will equal the corresponding quotient obtained in like manner
from any other (one) of the triangles ; and the converse of what is
here affirmed is also easily proved to be true in a manner very analo-
gous to that given in proving the proposition above.

" Prop. 5. The sum of the acute angles of a right triangle equals
a right angle, and the sum of the squares of the legs equals the square
of the hypothenuse.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

143

"Let A C B he the triangle, having the angle C right; from C
draw CD, at right angles to the hy-
pothenuse, meeting it at Z> ; hence
cor., prop. 4, since the right tri-
angles ACD, ACB have the
angle A common, their other acute
angles AC D and B are equal ; al-
so since the (right) triangles BCD,

ABC have a common angle, B, their other acute angles BCD
and A are equal. Hence the sum of the angles A and B is equal to
the sum of the angles BCD and AC D, which compose the right
angle ACB, and of course the sum of the angles A and B is equal
to a right angle ; and consequently the sum of all the angles of the
triangle ACB \s equal to two right angles. Again, the right tri-
angles ACB, AC D having the common angle A, by prop. 3, give
the equality ^^ = -j^, or AC^=^AB . AD ; and in the same way
we get from the triangles A CB, BCD, BC^=AB.BD; and
consequently A C^ -\- B C^ =^ A JB^, as required.

" Cor. Since the right triangles A CD, BCD have the angles
CAD, BCD equal, they (by the cor. to prop. 4) give the equality
^ = ^,ovCD^ = AD.BD.

" Prop. 6. The sum of the angles of any triangle is equal to two
right angles.

" Let ACB denote any triangle ; and suppose that the angle C is
not less than either of the other
angles of the triangle, and that the
perpendicular C D is drawn from
C to the opposite side A B ; then,
Sim., p. 17, B. I., CD will fall
within the triangle ACB. Hence,
since the triangles AC D, BCD

are right-angled at D, by the last prop, the sum of the acute angles
A and ^ C i> of the first of these triangles is equal to a right angle ;
and in the same way the sum of the acute angles B and B C D of the
second triangle is equal to a right angle ; but the sum of the acute
angles of these triangles equals the sum of the angles of the triangle
ACB; consequently, the sum of the angles of the triangle ACB
is equal to two right angles, as required.

" In conclusion, we will remark that the relation of what has been

144 PROCEEDTNGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

done to the doctrine of similar triangles and the science of trigonom-
etry is too evident to require any comment."

Two hundred and ninety-fifth Meeting,

May 4, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

Professor Peirce announced that he had continued and near-
ly completed his researches into the irregularities of motion
exhibited by Uranus, and was more strongly than ever of the
opinion that they were not to be attributed to the influence
of the newly discovered planet Neptune. He had obtained
several possible solutions of the problem, which are diflJerent
from those of Leverrier and Adams, and which are published
in a communication to the Boston Courier^ dated April 29,
1847, and which he now proposes to lay before the Academy.

" The problem of the perturbations of Uranus admits of three solu-
tions, which are decidedly different from each other, and from those
of Leverrier and Adams, and equally complete with theirs. The
present place of the theoretical planet, which might have caused the
observed irregularities in the motions of Uranus, would, in two of
them, be about one hundred and twenty degrees from that of Neptune,
the one being behind, and the other before, this planet. If the above
geometers had fallen upon either of these solutions instead of that
which was obtained, Neptune would not have been discovered in con-
sequence of geometrical prediction. The following are the approxi-
mate elements for the three solutions at the epoch of Jan. 1, 1847.

I. II. III.

Mean Longitude, . . . 319° 79° 199°

Longitude of Perihelion, . . 148 219 188

Eccentricity, . . .0.12 0.07 0.16

In each of them (the mass of the sun being unity)

The mass is 0.0001187

" The period of sidereal revolution is double that of Uranus. It will
be observed that the mean distance in all these cases is the same with
that of Neptune, and that, in the first* of them, the present direction

* The first of these solutions is corrected from the one which was published in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 145

is not more than seven degrees from it; and in another solution which
I have obtained, the present direction is almost identical with Nep-
tune's. But the coincidence fails in a most important point; for,
whereas Walker and Adams both demonstrate, from incontrovertible
data and a simple but indisputable argument, that the new planet can-
not be more than ninety degrees from its perihelion, either of these
two latter geometrical planets would now be in aphelion and at much
too great a distance from the sun.

" All my attempts to reconcile the observed motions of Neptune with
the assumption that it is the principal source of the unexplained irreg-
ularities in the motions of Uranus, have been frustrated. Whatever
orbit is attributed to this planet in my analysis, whether Walker's, or
Valtz's, or Encke's, or Adams's, or any other which I can suppose,
and which is not unquestionably irreconcilable with observation, and
whatever may be supposed to be its mass, I cannot materially diminish
the amount of residual perturbation, but leave it full as great as it was
previously to Galle's discovery. Notwithstanding my repeated exam-
inations, it would be presumptuous in me to claim for my investiga-
tions a freedom from error which the greatest geometers have not es-
caped, especially in the face of the vastly improbable conclusion to
which my analysis tends ; namely, that the influence of the new planet
is wholly different from that demanded by the problem whose solution
led to its discovery. It may, however, be asked whether the attraction
of Uranus might not be exhibited in the motions of Neptune, in such
a way as to modify the orbit deduced from observation, and thus rec-
oncile it with theory ; but this question cannot be answered without
further investigation."

Professor Peirce stated that the above solutions were not
to be regarded as actual solutions, but merely as theoretical
and possible ; that is, if a planet had moved in either of the
above orbits, the perturbations which it would have produced
in Uranus would have been precisely those which have been
manifested. But the influence of the planet Neptune has been
wholly disregarded in obtaining these solutions, precisely be-
cause the nature of that influence must remain unknown,

a previous communication to the Boston Courier, and which was vitiated by
an oversight in the date for which the computations had been made.

19

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

until the mass and orbit of this planet have been determined
with accuracy. Mr. Sears C. Walker, of Washington, is ac-
tively engaged in computing the orbit of Neptune, and has
sent an account of his results in a letter, from which the
following is an extract.

''Washington, D. C, May 3d, 1847.

" After computing my Elements IV. of the planet Neptune, I com-
pared with an ephemeris derived from them one hundred and thirteen
American and three hundred and sixty-six European observations, be-
ing the entire series extant to this date.

" From this collection of observations I have derived thirteen nor-
mal places, which gave me thirteen conditional equations for correct-
ing Elements IV., which were a slight modification of Elements II. of
my former letter.

" In computing the conditional equations I used the method sketched
out in my former letter. As this application of the method of me-
chanical quadratures to the formation of conditional equations for cor-
recting an approximate orbit is new, I will give a brief statement of it.
The conditional equation is,

0 = ax-\-hy-{-cz-\-du-\-ev-}- &c. -f- n.

Where a ■= {t — 1846 years, 340 days).

J = 1.

Numerical term ... n = (w, — a' j = (computed — observed)
true orbital longitude.

Also, no = the assumed true daily sidereal angular motion for a =0.
C0(, = the assumed true orbital longitude for a ^ 0.
Tq = the assumed radius vector . . . for a =-. 0.
.T, y, and z =JnQ, Jo»o, and /jr^ = the required corrections for a = 0.
ft,'(") = value of w, from normal place, for date t, using r=^rQ.
w/«) = a)o + a Wq-

r (") = r^ -j- 2 -j- au-\-a^v -\- &c. = corrected radius vector
for date t.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

147

K^ = (rQ 4" ^Y (% ~h ^) = Neptune's daily area.
71 ("^ = K^ (r("^)~'^= value of n for date t for conserva-
tion of areas.
^(0, 5(0, &c. = the part of the coefficients of u, u, introduced by the
quadratures.
" These coefficients were computed from Laplace's formula ( Mec.
Cel, Vol. v.), viz. : —

J a = 0

_J.9 (J3„(.-3,_^3^(0)J

— - rf^CJ^m"'-^^ — J^m<°>)

— &c.

" The solution of the thirteen equations of condition by least squares
gave for Elements V., —
Longitude of the Perihelion, n= 1° 45' 32".90 m. eq. Jan. 1, 184L

Ascending Node, .
Inclination, . . .
Eccentricity, . .
Mean distance,

9> = 129° 51' 13".53

t= 1° 45' 38". 10

e = 0.00505292
a = 30.145119

M= 326° 2' 1".34 for mean noon at

[Greenwich.

Epoch, Jan. 1st, 1847,

Mean daily sidereal motion,// = 21". 437843

Period in tropical years, T= 165.51330.

" The ephemeris from Elements V. in order to agree with the thir-
teen normal places requires the following corrections of the geocentric
longitude and latitude.

Date.

Observation — Theory
A «.

Observation — Theory
A S.

1846, Aug. 9,

0.22

0.72

Sept. 28,

--0.08

+ 0.37

Oct. 8,

+ 0.17

+ 0.28

18,

0.06

+ 0.09

28,

0.20

+ 0.71

Nov. 7,

0.13

0.42

17,

-fO.25

0.27

27,

0.25

— 0.05

Dec. 7,

0.49

0.08

17,

_

-0.29

-0.25

27,

_

-0.14

-0.83

1847, Jan. 16,

_

-0.35

— 0.93

April 6,

0.10

+ 0.65

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" I do not recollect a closer agreement of an orbit with actual obser-
vation. Accordingly I regard Elements V. as the present disturbed
elements of Neptune.

" You will notice that the values of e and n came out nearly the same
as those of Elements III., required by the hypothesis of identity of the
planet and missing star of the Histoire Celeste, May 10th, 1795, The
node and inclination are so connected together at present that (very
nearly) ten times the increase of the latter applied to the former leaves
the geocentric place unchanged.

" Let us make the hypothetical Elements VI. by applying to (V.) the
corrections /j Q, = -\- 8".50, and // 1 = -|- 84".8, and let us suppose that
the term T.2 8 {n t) has increased 0".03422 in the last fifty-two years;
then Elements VI. will represent the last nine months' observations,
and place the star and planet together May 10th, 1795.

" I am engaged in computing the constant coefficients for the pertur-
bations of Neptune on your hypothesis of (2 n^"" — n ^'•) =-■ 0, or in
other words of the applicability of the Laplacian libration first pointed
out by yourself. As far as I am at present informed, the near ap-
proach of this expression to 0 was first noticed by ourselves, on the
occasion of your visit to Washington, on the 25th of February last.

" A glance at the configurations of the planets for the last two or three
years would serve to indicate that while Saturn and Uranus are still
increasing the term ~ .2" 5 (n t), Jupiter has produced a tide (if I may
use the phrase) which has not yet subsided, and which, added to the
action of the other two, may have increased the disturbed daily motion
0".32 above the pure elliptic value. In this case, your period is estab-
lished.

" Both hypotheses, that of the identity of the star and planet, and of
the libration of Neptune's year round the double of that of Uranus,
are now rendered so probable by conclusions from direct observations,
that nothing but a rigorous computation of the perturbations of Nep-
tune can throw any farther light on the subject at present. I shall
look with anxiety for the publication of your researches on this subject.

" Yours truly,

" Sears C. Walker."

After reading this letter, Professor Peirce remarked that Mr.
Walker's discovery of the identity of Neptune and the star of
Lalande was indisputably confirmed by an examination which
Mr. Mauvais of the Paris Observatory had made into the orig-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, 149

»

inal manuscripts of Lalande, at the request of Leverrier. He
had found that the doubtful marks of the printed copy were not
contained in the original record ; and that there was an obser-
vation of the planet of May 8, 1795, which was not published.
More than fifty years ago, then, Lalande had in his possession
observations enough of Neptune to have discovered it ; and
he could not have failed to make this discovery if he had
taken reasonable pains to satisfy himself as to the discrepant
character of the observations by a new comparison with the
stars.

Professor Peirce stated that he had compared the observa-
tion of May 8, 1795, with Mr. Walker's orbit, and found it to
be perfectly consistent with the slight changes which are re-
quired to satisfy the observation of May 10, 1795. Mr. Walk-
er's orbit cannot, therefore, differ much from the exact orbit,
and there can be no important error in adopting it as the basis
of further research. The period is very near the double peri-
od of Uranus, but yet it seems to differ too much from this
double period to admit of the establishment of a libration
about that period. The principal effect of Neptune upon Ura-
nus must, in case of the failure of this double period, be ex-
hibited in the manifestation of an equation of the centre differ-
ent from that which belongs to the proper elliptic motion, so
that Uranus will have two equations of the centre, one of
which will belong to its ellipse, and the other to the attraction
of Neptune.

James D. Dana, Esq., Corresponding Member of the Acade-
my, presented (through the Corresponding Secretary) a paper
comprising brief characters of the Crustaceas collected in the
United States Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes,
as follows : —

Conspectus Crustaceorum^ in orbis terrarum circumnavigatione, C.
Wilkes e classe Reipublicce Fcederatce duce, colleciorum auctore
J. D. Dana.*

* Conspectus narrationis uberioris auctore auctoritate publicd edendae.

150

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pars I. — CRUSTACEA COPEPODA (CYCLOPACEA*).

Familia I. CYCLOPID^.

Oculi duo simplices tantum. Palpi mandibulorum maxillarumque
breves aut obsoleti. Sacculi ovigeri duo.

Genus I. CYCLOPS.
AntenncB maris anticcs subcheliformes autarticulo geniculanle instructae.

1. Cyclops Brasiliensis. — C. cephalo-thorace postice obtuso, ab-
dominem longitudine superante ; antennis anticis in utroque sexu elon-
gatis (cephalo-thorace longioribus), articulis primo secundoque majori-
bus et setis oblongis apice instructis, setis antennarum aliis brevibus ;
anntennis maris 7-articulatis, articulis tribus basalibus crassissimis,
reliquis teretibus, femince, 14-articulatis, teretibus ; stylis caudalibus

* Cyclopaceorum organa sunt : —

Cephalo-thorax 4 - 7-articulatus. Abdomen 1 - 6-articulatum, carapace non
tectum.

Frons siepissime rostrata, rostro aut simplice, aut furcato, aut transversim
emarginato, aut appendicibus instructo.

Oculi d\io simplices, pigmento aut connati aut disjuncti; quoque quibusdam,
oculi duo coaliti sub capite insistentes ; aliis, oculi lenticulis duobus grandibus,
uno oblato, uno prolato, construct!.

Antenna, antica 4-28-articulatae, aut simplices, aut appendiculatae ; postie<B,
2 -5- articulates et saepe ramum ferentes, aliis apice setigerse, aliis subcheliformes.

Mandibula apice dentatae, sspius palpigerae.

Maxilla: duse setosse ; saepe palpigerse, palpo sive parvulo et vix discernendo,
sive setas diffusas ferente

Maxillipedes duo, aliis parvi et parcius setigeri, aliis crassiores et valde setigeri,
setis spinulosis.

Pedes ant.ici duo simplices, aut obsolescentes, aut elongati, aliis setigeri setis
non spinulosis, aliis subcheliformes.

Pedes biremes decem ; octo anteriores sEepius natatorii, sed duo antici interdum
subprehensiles ; duo posteriores plurimum obsoleti aut parvuli ; in quibusdam
masculinis pergrandes et uno ambove prehensiles.

Abdomini pertinentes ad basin saspissime pedes spurii, sive obsolescentes, sive
oblongi et setis armati ; ad extremum, styli caudales duo, unusquisque 4-6 setis
plerumque plumosis instructus.

Ad segmentum cephalo- thoracis scpiem- articulati primum, antennae quatuor
pertinent ; ad secundum, mandibula, maxillae, et maxillipedes ; ad tertium, pedes
quatuor antici ; (cephalo-thorace jwarfn-articulato, Iiebc tota ad segmentum anti-
cum pertinent ;) ad segmenta sequentia, singulatim, duo pedes biremes.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 151

oblongis, tres articulos abdominis "ultimos simul sumtos fere sequantibus,
seta secunda * fere abdominis longitudine, prima dimidio breviore.
Hah. Rio Janeiro.

2. Cyclops curticaudus. — CfemincB cephalo-thorace postice ob-
tuso, abdominem longitudine valde superante ; antennis anticis dimidio
cephalo-thorace valde longioribus, 13 - 14-articulatis, articulis brevi-
bus, quinque basalibus non oblongis ; setis antennarum t insequalibus,
posterioribus articulorum penultimi et praeantepenultimi longioribus
(quatuor articulos ultimos simul sumtos longitudine sequantibus), ante-
rioribus perbrevibus ; stylis caudalibus prselongis, dimidio abdomine
vix brevioribus, setis curtis, secunda tertiaque subsequis et stylo paulo
longioribus.

Long. 2^". — Hab. Valparaiso, Chile.

3. Cyclops pubescens. — C. cephalo-thorace pubescente, abdomi-
nem longitudine vix superante, postice subacute ; antennis anticis
femincB dimidii cephalo-thoracis longitudine, 8 - 9-articulatis, setis totis
brevibus ; antennis maris brevioribus, tribus articulis basalibus curtis,
quarto crassissimo subovato, dimidii antennse longitudine, ultimo (for-
san duplice) tenui brevique, digitiformi ; stylis caudalibus abdomine
quadruplo brevioribus, seta secunda abdomine longiore, prima brevis-
sima.

Long. 2-V'- — Hab. Valparaiso, Chile.

4. Cyclops MacLeayi. — C. femince cephalo-thorace abdomine
valde longiore ; antennis anticis longis (cephalo-thoracem sequantibus),
ad basin paulo crassioribus, articulo secundo oblongo, 5-6 sequentes
brevissimos simul sumtos longitudine fere ajquante, 10 reliquis paulum
oblongis, septimo longiore, setis articuli secundi et septimi parum
elongatis, duorum subultimorumf totis brevibus, ultimi articulum lon-
gitudine vix superantibus ; stylis caudalibus tenuibus, duos articulos
abdominis longitudine sequantibus, seta secunda abdomine breviore,
prima fere styli longitudine.

Long. 2-y. — Hab. in vicin. Sydney, N. S. W.

* Setarum caudalium interior est nobis prima, et sequentes ordine, secunda,
tertia, et cet.

t Setae antennarum plerumque valent ad species distinguendum, et praecipue
illsB articulorum ultimorum. Articulos 2, 3, aut 4, ullimum prascedentes, svhulti-
mos saepe vocamus ; et eorum setae, anteriores et posteriores, scrutandaj et com-
parandae.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEJIY

5. Cyclops Vitiensis. — C. yemindE cephalo-thorace postice fere ob-
tuse, abdominem longitudine vix superante, nudo ; antennis anticis
longis, cephalo-thoracis longitudine, multi-articulatis, articulo primo
crasso, oblongo, secundo dimidio nainore, 6 sequentibus perbrevibus ;
setis antennarum insequalibus, articulorum primi secundique paulo
longioribus, ultimi et 3 subultimorum posterioribus subaequalibus, ar-
ticulo suoque paulo longioribus, setis anterioribus subultimorum per-
brevibus ; stylis oblongis, vix duorum articulorum abdominis longi-
tudine, seta, secunda abdomine paulo longiore.

Long. -^". — Hah. in Venua Lebu, ad Insulas Viti.

Familiall. — HARPACTIDiE.

Oculi duo simplices tantum. Palpi mandibulorum maxillarumque
parvuli, aut obsoleti, setis diffusis non instructi. Sacculus ovigerus
unicus. Jlntennce. posticce setis habitu digitorum apice instructae.

Genus I. HARPACTICUS. Milne Edwards.
Frons subrostrata, appendicibus nullis. Antenna anticcs maris sub-
cheliformes, aut articulo geniculante instructse ; femince basi 2-5
articulata et quasi curto flagello ssepius minute 5-articulato com-
positae, apice basis appendicem brevem ferentes. Cephalo-thorax
4-articulatus. Pedes antici subcheliformes mediocres.

Syn. — Arpacticus, et Cyclopsina partim (C. castor, exclnso), M. Ed-
wards. — Nauplius, Philippi. — Canthocarpus, Westwood. — Doris,
Koch. — Canthocarpus et Arpacticus, non Cyclopsina, Baird.

1. Harpacticus virescens. — H. cephalo-thorace ovato, antice
rotundato et breviter rostrato, segmentis postice non acutis, abdomine
paululum subito angustiore et postice sensim decrescente, 5-articulato ;
antennis anticis brevibus, dimidii cephalo-thoracis longitudine, 9-arti-
culatis, articulis basalibus quatuor, crassiusculis, secundo maximo, setis
perbrevibus ; pedibus anticis parvis, digito dimidii articuli secundi lon-
gitudine ; stylis caudalibus brevissimis, paulum divaricatis, seta secun-
da corporis longitudine, prima tertiaque subaequis abdomine valde
brevioribus.

Long. Jfj'- — Hah. Madeira, in litora insulse.

2. Harpacticus concinnus. — H. femincB cephalo-thorace long^
ovato, segmentis postic^ acutis ; abdomine subito paulum angustiore,
lato, lateribus bene recto, 6-articulato, parce decrescente, articulo

»
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 153

primo brevissimo ; antennis anticis brevibus, 9-articulatis, articulis
basalibus quatuor, attenuatis, setis brevibus, apice paulum longis (fla-
gellum longitudine sequantibus); pedibus anticis parvis, articulo secundo
infra obtuso-angulato et digitum longitudine duplo superante ; stylis
caudalibus brevissimis, parum divaricatis, seta secunda corpore paulum
breviore, tertia fere dimidio minore, reliquis brevissimis.
Long. 2^". — Hob. in mare Pacifico prope Valparaiso.

3. Harpacticus sacer. — H. cephalo-thorace ovato, antice subdel-
toideo, segmentis postice obtuso, dimidio longitudine latiore ; abdomine
subito multo angustiore, et breviore quam cephalo-thorax, 6-articulato,
articulo primo brevi ; antennis anticis brevibus, yemince 9-articulatis,
articulis basalibus quatuor, setis totis brevibus, maris articulo quinto
(6.?) crassissimo, subovato, margine anteriore subrecto, digito 2-articu-
lato duabus setis rainutis ad apicem instructo ; pedibus anticis parvis
digito tenui, large dimidii articuli secundi longitudine ; stylis caudali-
bus brevissimis, parum divaricatis, seta secunda corporis longitudine,
tertia dimidio breviore, prima perbrevi.

Long. ^y. - — Hah. in litora ad Valparaiso.

4. Harpacticus linearis. — H. corpore fere lineari, abdomine non
angustiore, postice parum attenuato ; antennis anticis brevissimis,
7-articulatis, articulis basalibus duobus crassissimis, primo majore, se-
cundo perbrevi, setis totis brevibus ; stylis caudse styliformibus, articu-
lo abdominis ultimo longioribus, parum divaricatis, seta secunda lon-
gitudine fere dimidii corporis.

Long. 2-V'' — Hah. in mari, ad Insulas Viti.

5. Harpacticus roseus. — H. corpore fere lineari, abdomine non
angustiore, antennis perbrevibus et tenuissirais, basi non crassioribus,
setis totis brevibus ; stylis caudalibus brevibus, non divaricatis, seta
secunda corpore longiore, spinulosa.

Long. -g-V'. — Hah. in mari Sulu.

6. Harpacticus acutifrons. — H. maris cephalo-thorace anguste
elliptico, antice acuto, postice obtuso ; abdomine subito angustiore,
6-articulato, postice valde attenuato, articulo ultimo angustissimo ; an-
tennis anticis brevibus, 3 articulis basalibus non oblongis, tertio minimo,
quarto crassissimo et cylindrico prope dimidii antennae longitudine,
quinto (forsan duplice), digitiformi, parvulo ; antennis juxta basin et ad
apicem breviter setigeris ; stylis caudalibus minutis non divaricatis,
seta dimidio corporis parum longiore, stricte appressa, nuda.

Long. ^". — Hah. in mari prope Tierra del Fuego.
20

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Genus II. CLYTEMNESTRA. (Dana.)

Frons subrostrata, appendicibus nuUis. Antennce anticcB flexiles ; maris^
non subcheliformes. Pedes antici permagni, subcheliformes.

Obs. Non Arpacticus Bairdii : Cyclops chclifer Arpacticis perti-
net. Magnitude pedium anticorum character genericum non bene
validum, nisi pergrandes, quoque pro antennis geniculatis in coitu
usitati sunt ; ideoque est antennae maris Clytemnestrce non subcheli-
formes.

Clytemnestra scutellata. — C. rostro subacute ; cephalo-thoracis
segmento antico lato, postice utrinque dilatato, tribus segmentis se-
quentibus subito angustioribus margine posteriore valde arcuatis et late-
ribus postice productis et subacutis ; abdomine 6-articulato, articulis
subsequis, decrescentibus ; antennis anticis elongatis 8 (9 ?)-articulatis,
articulo quinto (sexto?) arcuato, sequente oblongo et apice cum ap-
pendice instructo (?), reliquis tribus oblongis ; setis longis divaricatis,
duabus apicalibus fere antennse longitudine ; pedibus anticis pergrandi-
bus, articulo secundo subclavato, digito tenui arcuato fere articuli
secundi longitudine.

Long. J/- — Hob. in mari Pacifico, ad lat. 18° S., long. 124° W.;
etiam at Insulas Kingsmills ; in mari Sinense.

Genus III. SETELLA. {Dana.)
Corpus angustissimum fere lineare, antice attenuatum et subacutum,
et fronte appendices duas parvulas falciformes subtus gerens. An-
tenncB anticce flexiles, appendice brevi instructfe, setis brevibus ;
maris non subcheliformes. Pedes antici mediocres aut parvi. Pe-
des proxime sequentes lateraliter porrecti, apice breviter setigeri.
Pedes abdominis elongati et longe setigeri. Seta caudales duse
longissimae, (in speciebus scrutatis corpore valde longiores, spinu-
losse, et stricte appressse,) reliquse brevissimae. (Tubum cibariura
sfepius Icete rubrum.)

1. Setella tenuicornis. — S. antennis anticis fere corporis longi-
tudine, articulis duobus basalibus valde crassioribus, secundo oblongo,
reliquis teretibus gracilUmis, tertio longissimo, quarto cum appendice
instructo ; ramis pedis biremis antici subeequis, longiore 3-articulato,
articulis fere aequis ; pedibus abdominis cum 5-6 setis elongatis sub-
sequis instructis ; setis caudalibus corpore fere duplo longioribus.

Long, yy setis caudalibus exclusis. — Hah. in mari Atlantico me-
ridionali.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 155

2. Setella longicatjda. — S. maris (?) antennis anticis basi non
crassioribus, 7-aut 8-articulatis, articulo quarto paululum arcuato (pos-
tice convexo) et cum appendice instructo, tertio fere duplo longiore
quam quartus aut secundus ; ramo longiore pedis biremis antici
3-articulato, articulo primo valde brevissimo ; pedum abdominis ramo
exteriore brevissime setigero, interiore duabus setis spinulosis instructo,
apicem abdominis fere attingentibus ; setis caudalibus corpore large
duplo longioribus.

Long. 2^". — Hah. in mari Atlantic© meridionali.

3. Setella gracilis. — S.^emnf^ antennis anticis gracillimis usque
ad basin, rectis, inter sese prope 130" divaricatis, articulo primo obso-
leto, secundo quartum sequante et dimidio tertio longiore, quarto non
arcuato ; digito pedis antici dimidio articulo secundo longiore ; setis
caudalibus fere duplo corpore longioribus.

Long. 2V". — Hah. in mari Pacifico juxta insulas Kermadec et Tonga.

4. Setella crassicornis. — S. maris (?) antennis anticis crassiori-
bus, rectis, inter sese 130° divaricatis, articulo primo obsolete, secundo
tertioque brevibus, quarto appendiculato, hoc etiam sexto ultimoque
tertium longitudine duplo superante ; digito pedis antici dimidii articuli
secundi longitudine ; setis caudalibus prope sesqui corporis longitudine.

Long. 2V'. — Hah. in mari Sinense.

5. Setella aciculus. — S.femincB antennis crassiusculis fere recte
divaricatis, ad basin paulum curvatis, articulo primo perbrevi, secundo
quartum longitudine ccquante et longiore quam tertii dimidium ; pedis
antici digito dimidii articuli secundi longitudine ; setis caudalibus
sesqui corporis longitudine.

Hah. in mari Indico, prope Fretum Sundae.

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,

FROM DECEMBER, 1846, TO MAY, 1847.

Prof. S. Kutorga. Naturgeschichte der Infusionsthiere. 8vo.
pamph. and Atlas. 4to. St. Petersburg, 1841. From Ch. Cramer, Esq.

Ch. Cramer. Etwas iiber die Natur-Wunder in Nord-America
Zusammengetragen. 8vo. pamph. St. Petersburg, 1840. From the
Author.

Fourth Bulletin of the National Institute for the Promotion of Sci-
ence. 8vo. pamph. Washington, 1846. From the Institute.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Astronomical Observations made during the Year 1845 at the Na-
tional Observatory, Washington. Vol. I. 4to. Washington, 1846.
From the Observatory.

Silliman's American Journal of Science. Vol. III., No. 7, for Jan.,
1847. From the Editors.

W. C. Redfield. On three several Hurricanes of the Atlantic, and
their Relations to the Northers of Mexico and Central America, vv^ith
Notices of other Storms. 8vo. pp.118. New Haven, 1846. From
the Author.

Maj. James D. Graham. Observations on the Magnetic Dip at sev-
eral Positions, made in 1840, 1842, 1843, 1844, 1845. (Extr. from
American Philos. Trans.) 4to. pamph. Philadelphia, 1846. From
the Author.

Dr. Barratt. Report on the Season of 1846, to the Middlesex
County Agricultural Society. 8vo. pp. 14. Middletown, Conn., 1846.
From the Author.

Dr. Barratt. Geology of Middletown and Vicinity (Sentinel and
Witness extra). Middletown, Conn., July 30, 1846. From the Author.

Dr. A. A. Gould. Expedition Shells. 8vo. pp. 25 - 32. Boston,
1846. From the Author.

Prof. E. N. Horsford. Chemical Essays relating to Agriculture.
12mo. Boston, 1846. From the Author.

Prof. E. N. Horsford. Untersuchungen iiber Glycocoll und einege
seiner Zerselzunzsproducte. 12mo. pp. 57. Giessen, 1846.

W. C. Bond, W. C. Bond, Jr., and G. P. Bond. Occultations and
Eclipses observed at Dorchester and Cambridge, Mass. (Extr. Mem.
Amer. Acad.) 4to, pp. 8. 1846. From the Authors.

Asa Gray. Chloris Boreali Americana. Illustrations of new, rare,
or otherwise interesting North American Plants. Decade I. 4to.
(Extr. Mem. Amer. Acad., Vol. III.) From the Author.

Wm. S. SuUivant. Contributions to the Bryology and Hepaticology
of North America. Part I. 4to. (Extr. Mem. Amer. Acad. Vol.
III.) From the Author.

Charles Holtzapffel. Turning and Mechanical Manipulation. 2
vols. 8vo. London, 1846. From the Author.

Charles Holtzapffel. On a Scale of Geometrical Equivalents for
Engineering, &c. 8vo. pamph. London, 1838. From the Au-
thor.

Charles Holtzapffel. A New System of Scales of equal Parts, ap-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 157

plicable to various Purposes of Engineering, &c. 8vo. London, 1838.
From the Author.

Memoires de I'Academie Imperiale de St. Petersbourg, Tom. VI.
and VII. (Sciences Mathematiques, IV., liv. 2"^' ; and Sciences Natu-
relles, Tom V., livr. S™^ and 4"'). 1845-46.

Memoires presentes a I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, par divers
Savans, Tom V.,liv. 1-6, and Tom. VI., rMivraison. 1844-46.
From the Imperial Academy.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Art. 2d Series, III. 8.
for March, 1847. From the Editors.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London for 1846.
Parts 1, 2, 3. From the Royal Society.

Prof. Challis. Special Report of Proceedings in the Observatory
(St. Catherine's Hall Lodge) relative to the New Planet. Dec. 12th,
1846. 4to. pp. 8. From the Author.

J. C. Adams. An Explanation of the Observed Irregularities in the
Motion of Uranus, on the Hypothesis of Disturbances by a more distant
Planet. (From the Appendix to the Nautical Almanac, for 1851.)
8vo. pp. 32. London. From the Author.

Proceedings of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. VII. No. 9.
Nov., 1846. 8vo. pp. 16. From the Society.

Daniel Appleton White. Eulogy on John Pickering, LL. D., delivered
before the Academy. 8vo. pp. 106. Boston, 1847. From the Author.

The Royal Geographical Society and its Labors. 8vo. pamph.
pp. 32. London, 1846.

Fifteenth Annual Report of the Council of the United Service Insti-
tution, London. 8vo. pamph. pp. 52. 1846. From the Royal
Geographical Society.

Maps of New Haven Harbour and Little Egg Harbour, made under
the Direction of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey.
2 sheets. From the Superintendent.

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. XX., Part 1st.
4to. London, 1846. From the Linnean Society.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. 8vo. pp. 1-286.
London, 1838 - 46. From the Linnean Society.

A. H. Everett. Critical and Miscellaneous Essays. Second Series.
8vo. Boston, 1846. From the Author.

N. B. Ward, F. L. S. On the Growth of Plants in closely glazed
Cases. 8vo. London, 1842. From the Author.

158

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Two hundred and ninety-sixth Meeting.
May 25, 1847. — Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

A communication was received, through Mr. Bowen, from
Mr. John B. Williams, U. S. Consul at Russell, Bay of Islands,
New Zealand, being a meteorological register kept at that
place, by Mr. Williams, as follows : —

Meteorological Register

Kept at Russell, New Zealand, from April 24i/t, 1843, to Aug. 14fA,

1844.

Fahrenheit Thermometer

Date.

in

the Shade.

Winds and Weather.

8 A.M.

12 M.

8 P.M.

1843,

o

0

0

April 24,

70

70

96

N. W. ; rain squalls.

25,

63

C4

63

N. W. and pleasant.

26,

64

60

54

N. and strong gales.

27,

54

58

54

N. ; rain, strong gales, ends pleasant.

28,

50

54

50

N. W. ; clear and pleasant.

29,

.50

48

57

S. W. ; clear, ends squally, with rain.

30,

55

64

56

Light airs, calms, ends strong breeze, S. E,

May 1,

58

70

58

N. E. and pleasant.

2,

58

63

58

Light airs from S. W. and pleasant.

3,

58

63

58

" " N E. " "

4,

58

60

59

S. E. ) strong breezes and cloudy.

5,

59

60

60

S. " " "

6,

58

60

60

(( i( It ((

7,

60

65

63

N. E. " " and rain.

8,

63

63

60

N., with rain; ends S. W. and squally.

9,

57

57

56

S. VV.; light breeze.

10,

52

56

53

S. W. ; strong breezes from S. W.

H,

52

56

53

U (( (( <c «

12,

52

56

53

« (( « (( ((

13,

45

58

57

W. ; light breezes and clear.

14,

52

56

59

(I (1 (( (t

15,

62

62

61

Gale from E. S. E., attended with rain.

16,

62

62

61

E. ; strong winds, and rain.

17,

62

62

62

(1 (1 (< ((

18,

62

64

61

E. N. E. ; rain ; ends clear.

19,

60

61

59

S. E.; light breezes and rain.

20,

60

60

60

E. " " and foggy.

21,

65

64

64

E. N. E. and rain squalls.

22,

62

64

62

N. ; squally.

23,

62

62

59

N. W., and heavy squalls.

24,

52

59

59

S. W. ; light breeze, and pleasant.

as.

59

59

59

S.E. and squally; endsN.W. toN.E. and pleasant.

26,

57

57

59

Strong breezes and pleasant.

27,

53

57

54

W. S. W. ; strong breezes.

28.

56

56

56

W., and pleasant.

29,

52

54

52

S. S. W. and pleasant.

30,

52

50

49

S. S. E. and pleasant ; latter part rain.

31,

49

59

51

Gale from S. S. E., with rain.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

159

Fahrenheit Thermometer |

Date.

ill

the Shade. |

Winds and Weather.

■

8 A.M.

12 H.

8 P. M.

lb43,

o

0

0

June 1,

49

59

51

S. W. ; strong breezes and pleasant.

a,

52

59

50

S. ; mild and pleasant.

3,

44

58

54

S. W. ; light winds and pleasant.

4,

54

59

58

S. E ; light breezes and cloudy.

5,

59

62

62

N. N. E. ; cloudy.

6,

60

62

6U

N. N. E. and rain.

7,

60

62

60

U (( I(

8,

55

59

52

S. W. and pleasant.

'

9,

55

55

55

N. W. and rain.

10,

55

55

55

S. W. ; pleasant, ends squally.

11,

46

5G

50

(( << (( <<

12,

49

52

50

W. ; strong breeze, and clear.

13,

46

50

46

t( (( « (c

14

46

50

46

'♦ " " ends squally.

15,

50

55

50

W. and squally.

16,

50

55

48

i( ((

17,

50

55

55

N. E. and clear.

18,

60

60

50

E. ; a gale and clear.

19,

50

50

47

S. W.; " "

20,

47

53

50

S. W. and clear.

21,

45

50

47

S. W. and pleasant ; ends calm. [gales.

22,

42

59

60

S E. to N. E. ; variable, lightning, calms,

and

23,

53

60

60

N. W. ; heavy squalls of rain.

24,

51

60

61

W. and clear ; ends N. E. and rain.

25,

60

62

60

E. and rain ; S. and clear.

26,

55

62

60

S. W. and clear.

27,

50

61

58

U f

28,

55

61

57

(( t(

29,

58

65

60

W. and heavy squalls.

30,

58

66

53

E. and light breeze.

July 1,

50

69

53

S. E. and squally.

2,

54

52

54

N. W. and rain squalls.

3,

53

51

53

N. E. and rain.

4,

51

52

49

Calm ; ends S. W.

5,

50

50

52

S. W. and pleasant.

6,

46

52

47

S. and strong breezes.

1

7,

47

55

56

S to N. W. and rain.

8,

45

60

53

W. and squally, with rain.

9,

50

52

50

Calm and pleasant.

10,

50

59

52

S. W. and squally.

i

11,

50

50

54

S. W. and fine weather.

i

12,

59

52

54

S. W. and clear.

1

13,

59

52

54

(( a

14,

50

54

57

S. W. and squally.

15.

57

53

49

N. E. and squally.

16.

50

57

55

S. W. and clear.

I

17,

50

63

49

S. W.

18,

55

58

58

Calm; ends W., and rain squalls.

19,

58

60

57

Calm ; ends W. N. W. and foggy ; squally.

20,

50

47

46

W. N. W. and heavy squalls of rain.

21,

44

50

44

W. N. W. and clear.

22,

49

54

59

E. N. E. and rain.

23,

49

57

49

S. W. ; rain and squally.

24,

49

49

53

S. S. W and very bleak.

25,

42

54

51

S. S. W. and rain.

2(;.

47

61

52

S. S. W. and cloudy.

27.

56

58

51

Calm; endsN. VV.; thunder and lightning.

28,

52

57

52

W. and squally.

160

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Fahrenheit Ther

momeier

Dale.

in

Ihe Shade.

Winds and Weather.

8 A. M.

12 M.

3 P. M,

1843,

o

0

o

July 29,

48

48

52

S. W. ; cloudy and squally.

30.

52

46

52

S. E. and pleasant.

3i;

51

58

52

N. by W. and pleasant.

Aug. 1,

56

55

53

N. by E. ; rain, and strong gales.

2,

53

58

49

N. W. to S. W.

3,

57

61

53

E. N. E.

4,

54

63

55

N. by E. and rain.

5,

52

56

52

S.

6,

46

52

55

W. by N. and squally.

7,

53

56

55

(( <( 11

8,

52

51

53

W. by S. and squally.

9,

50

60

54

W. S. W. and strong breezes.

10,

48

61

52

Calm and rain.

11,

47

60

54

S. W. and Toggy; strong breezes.

12,

51

62

54

N. and foggy.

13,

51

71

54

N. E. and rain.

14,

58

60

57

N. and rain.

Sept. 16,

57

61

57

N. W. ; strong breezes and fine weather.

17,

57

45

53

W. ; strong breezes and squally.

18,

51

60

51

S. W-. ; clear and fine weather.

19,

47

51

62

S. E. ; light airs and clear.

2o;

51

63

52

S. S. E.; strong breezes and clear.

21,

52

60

59

S.; light airs and cloudy.

22,

54

67

60

N. ; light airs and cloudy.

23,

60

64

59

N. W. ; strong breezes and squalls of rain.

24,

61

66

58

N. N. W. ; strong breezes and squally.

25,

59

65

55

W. by N. and light airs.

26,

55

62

47

N. W. ; strong breezes and rain.

27,

56

56

58

S. S. W. ; squally, with rain.

28,

55

59

57

S. S. W. ; fine breezes, with rain.

29,

59

63

59

S. S. W. and clear.

30,

57

66

54

(( ((

Oct. 1,

54

54

49

S. W. ; squally, attended with rain.

2,

54

57

50

S. W. ; heavy squalls, attended with rain.

3,

53

55

50

Heavy squalls of rain from W. S VV.

4,

54

57

59

N. W. to S. W. and passing clouds.

5,

53

55

53

Heavy rain from S. E.

6,

53

54

58

E. ; a gale, with heavy rain.

7,

59

62

56

E. and clear ; ends passing clouds.

8,

57

67

57

E. ; strong breezes and squally.

9,

58

59

59

E. N. E. ; strong breezes and rain.

lo!

59

61

59

Strong gales from E.

11,

59

61

54

E. and squally.

12,

58

67

59

E. N. E. ; strong breezes with rain.

13,

60

62

60

E. S. E.; " " '• "

14,

61

67

53

N. E. to N. W. and cloudy.

15,

58

64

59

N. W.; squalls of rain.

16,

55

59

54

W. ; «' "

17,

54

50

50

Winds variable ; heavy squalls of hail and rain.

18,

55

53

55

W. and rain squalls.

19,

52

55

53

W. and squally, with rain.

20,

56

56

58

(( (t (< It

21,

50

50

53

W. ; fine breezes and clear.

22,

50

50

56

S. E. ; squally; hail, thunder and lightning.

23,

56

56

60

W. S. W. ; clear ; ends cloudy.

24,

62

62

58

N. N. W. ; strong gales and cloudy.

25,

56

56

58

S. W. ; strong breezes and clear.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

161

rahreuheil Thermomeler \

Dale.

ill

Lhe Shade. |

Winds and Weather.

8 A. M.

12 M.

8 P.M.

1843,

0

0

0

Oct. 2G.

.58

58

57

S. E. ; strong breezes and clear.

27,

53

53

54

(( (C it t(

28,

56

56

57

3. E. and clear sky.

29,

57

57

59

v. W. and strong gales.

30,

59

59

57

W. and cloudy.

31,

58

58

57

M. to W. ; heavy squalls of rain.

Nov. 1,

55

55

57

W. ; strong gales and squally.

2,

55

55

50

8. W ; heavy squalls.

3,

57

57

57

S. S. W. to VV.; a gale.

4,

59

59

60

a t( if

5,

64

64

62

S. W. to N. W. ; strong breezes.

6,

62

62

60

S. W. to S. ; most unusual weather for the season.

7,

64

64

67

N. W. and cloudy ; unusual weather for the sea-

8,

60

60

60

S. W. to N. W. ; hard o-ales. [son.

9,

60

60

59

N.N. W. and clear.

10,

62

62

56

W. by N. to S. VV. ; rain.

11,

62

62

56

S. W. ; clear and fine.

12,

60

60

60

N. W. and heavy squalls.

13,

60

60

56

S>. W. and heavy squalls.

14,

56

56

56

W. N. W. ; strong breezes.

15,

58

58

62

VV. N. W. and squally.

IG.

59

59

62

W. N. VV. and cloudy.

17,

61

61

57

VV. and passing clouds.

18,

56

56

59

S. W. ; most perfect day.

19,

57

57

58

S. VV. ; fine and clear.

20,

54

54

58

VV. ; clear.

21,

55

66

59

E. and squally.

22.

56

60

58

a <(

23,

54

61

59

W. and clear.

24,

58

66

58

S. VV. and clear.

25.

66

82

78

N. E. ; fine breezes and pleasant.

26,

60

66

60

i( (( (1 a

27,

66

66

60

(( « X ff

28,

62

65

60

N. E. and rain.

29,

60

66

60

N. W. to S. W. and light airs.

30,

60

65

58

S. W. to N. W. and strong breezes.

Dec. 1,

58

62

54

N. and cloudy ; latter part W. S. W. and clear.

2,

57

64

57

S. S. W. ; strong breezes and pleasant.

3,

57

64

57

It <> a n

4,

60

75

60

N. E. and pleasant.

5,

59

75

60

S. ; fine breezes and pleasant.

6,

59

73

60

N. E. and pleasant.

7

64

72

65

N. VV. and cloudy.

8

65

73

65

N. E. by E. and passing scud.

9

70

75

67

E.; light breezes and cloudy.

10

67

72

64

i( (( (( a ((

11

64

65

62

E. S. E. ; light breezes ; ends in strong gales.

12

, 64

68

65

S. E. ; light breezes.

13

, 65

70

62

E. to E. S. E. ; passing squalls of rain.

14

, 65

70

65

(( (( (1 >( ('

15

, 65

82

68

N. E. to E. S E. ; light breezes and rain.

16

, 68

82

66

N. E. to S. E. ; light airs and cloudy.

17

, 63

84

68

S. ; light breeze ; N. E. and pleasant.

18

, 62

78

60

S. VV. ; fine breeze and pleasant.

19

, 55

85

60

Light easterly winds and very pleasant.

20

, 60

80

60

S. VV. ; fine breezes and pleasant.

21

, 60

69

60

S. VV. ; strong gales and passing clouds.

21

162

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Fahreiilieii Therniomeler

Date.

in

Ihe Shade.

Winds and Weather.

8 A. M.

12 M.

8 P. M.

184:^,

Q

o

Q

Dec. 22.

62

62

49

S. W. and strong gales.

23,

59

73

59

S. W. and pleasant.

24,

60

73

63

S.W.; strong breezes; in the bay, N. and pleasant.

2.->,

65

70

60

N. W. ; light breezes and pleasant.

2(J,

60

70

65

W. ; strong breezes and cloudy.

27,

62

73

62

N. ; light breezes.

28,

66

80

68

S. W. ; light breezes and pleasant.

2!),

66

89

68

(( (( (( ((

30,

67

87

68

S. E. and light airs.

31,

70

86

73

S. E. to N. E. and pleasant.

1844,

Jan. 1,

72

85

78

N. E. and pleasant.

2,

72

80

70

S. VV. ; strong breezes and pleasant.

3,

71

75

70

(( (( i< t(

4,

67

71

65

W. ; light airs and pleasant.

5,

66

68

62

N. E. ; light breeze and cloudy.

6,

70

74

65

(( U it ((

7,

63

79

70

N. E. ; fine breeze.

«,

63

79

66

N. E. ; fine breeze and pleasant.

9,

63

84

66

(( (( (( ((

10,

63

77

66

(( (( (t ((

11,

64

78

66

N. to N. N. E.

12,

65

77

79

S. E. and pleasant.

13,

66

82

70

N. E. ; fine breezes and pleasant.

14,

72

75

65

S. E. ; strong breezes and cloudy.

15,

67

73

68

K H l( U

16,

68

75

68

S. E. ; light breezes and cloudy.

17,

70

79

68

S. ; light breezes and pleasant.

18,

66

89

80

S. ; light breezes and cloudy.

19,

70

78

70

E. ; light breezes and rain.

20,

71

87

74

S. E. and pleasant.

21,

75

85

72

N. E. ; light breeze and pleasant.

22,

71

m

65

N. N. W. ; rain and squally.

23,

70

82

70

S. ; fine breeze and pleasant.

24,

71

79

70

N. ; light airs and pleasant.

25,

71

84

68

N. E. ; light airs and rain.

26,

70

80

70

S. E. ; light airs and pleasant.

27,

70

85

70

N. E. to E. ; light airs and pleasant.

28,

68

86

70

E. ; fine breezes and pleasant.

29,

68

73

70

N. W. ; strong breezes and cloudy.

30,

70

84

72

N. E. to S. E. ; light breezes and pleasant.

3!,

70

76

68

S E. ; strong breezes and pleasant.

Feb. 1,

61

69

63

N. E.

2,

63

74

68

N E ; fine breezes and cloudy.

3,

62

80

68

N. E. ; strong breezes and rain.

4,

62

77

68

S. S. E. to E.; with rain.

5,

69

76

69

N. E.; strong breezes.

6,

64

69

64

N. E ; strong breezes, attended with rain.

7,

64

72

69

S. S. E. to E., attended with rain.

8,

69

76

69

E. ; light breezes and cloudy.

9,

69

76

69

.^. E. ; foggy and rain.

10,

69

76

e,s

N E to S. E. and rain.

" March, April, and May are the Autumn months ; June, July, and
August, the Winter ; September, October, and November, the Spring ;
December, January, and February, the Summer. The Spring months
were unusually cold and tempestuous."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 163

The Vice-President read a letter from M. Leverrier, in ac-
knowledgment of Mr. Bond's observations upon the new plan-
et ; and also one from Professor Liebig, giving an account of
his recent researches upon the composition of flesh.

A communication from Professor Daubeny was read, con-
veying an invitation to the meeting of the British Association
for the Promotion of Science, to be held at Oxford, on the
23d of June.

The Treasurer's report, accompanied by the Auditor's cer-
tificate, was received and read.

Professor Edward Robinson, of New York, and Professor
Charles C. Jewett, of Brown University, were elected Corre-
sponding Members of the Academy.

Professor Eben N. Horsford, of Cambridge, Horace Gray,
Esq., of Boston, and John C. Lee, Esq., of Salem, were elect-
ed Fellows.

The American Antiquarian Society was invited to use the
Academy's room for such of its meetings as are held in Boston.

At the annual election, the following gentlemen were chosen
officers for the ensuing year, namely : —

Jacob Bigelow, M. D., . . President.
Hon. Edward Everett, . Vice-President.

Asa Gray, Correspondi7ig Secretary.

Oliver W. Holmes, M. D., Recordifig Secretary.

J. Ingersoll Bowditch, . . Treasiirer.

A. A. Gould, M. D., . . . . Librarian and Cabinet-Keeper.

The standing committees were appointed by the chair, as

follows : —

Rumford Committee.

Daniel Treadwell, Benjamin Peirce,

John Ware, M. D., James Hayward,

Francis C. Lowell.

Committee of Publications.
Asa Gray, Francis Bowen, Wm. C. Bond.

Committee ofi the Library.
A. A. Gould, D. H. Storer, Benjamin Peirce.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Two hundred and ninety-seventh Meeting.

August 11, 1847. — Quarterly Meeting.

The President in the chair. •

The Corresponding Secretary laid on the table an engraved
portrait of the late Professor De Candolle, a Foreign Honor-
ary Member of the Academy, presented by his son, Prof Al-
phonse De Candolle, of Geneva. On motion of the Vice-Pres-
ident, it was gratefully accepted, and ordered to be placed in a
frame.

The following gentlemen were elected Foreign Honorary
Members of the Academy, viz. : —

The Rev. Dr. Whewell, Master of Trinity College, Cam-
bridge.

M. U. J. Leverrier, of Paris.

John C. Adams, Esq., Fellow and Tutor of St. John's
College, Cambridge University.

The following gentlemen were chosen Fellows of the
Academy, viz. : —

Hon. Samuel A. Eliot, of Boston.

Benjamin A. Gould, jr., of Boston.

George P. Bond, Assistant at the Observatory, Cambridge.

Mr. Everett stated, that, as President of the University, he
felt it his duty, on behalf of the Corporation, to embrace the
earliest opportunity of formally acquainting the Academy that
the great telescope ordered for the Observatory at Cambridge
had arrived in good order in all parts, and had been success-
fully mounted. The object-glass was received in November
last, and the other portions a short time since. The delicate
and somewhat difficult task of mounting and adjusting this
very large instrument had been performed with great expedi-
tion and skill by Mr. Bond and his son, the Director and
Assistant Observer. Mr. Everett felt bound to make this
statement to the Academy, and to accompany it with the re-
newed acknowledgments of the Corporation for the very lib-
eral subscription of the Academy to the fund for purchasing
the telescope. This subscription, amounting to three thou-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 165

sand dollars, was not only in itself of the greatest importance,
but had been still more useful from having been tendered at
the earliest stage of the enterprise, and when its success was
uncertain. He further stated, that, although the instrument
had been but for a very short time in operation, its perform-
ance was such as to warrant the belief, that it fully came
up to the conditions of the order under which its manufac-
ture was undertaken by Messrs. Merz and Mahler, — which
were, that it should be as good as any instrument of its class
in the world.

Mr. Everett then read the following letter from Mr. Bond,
the Director, furnishing some information in detail as to the
performance of the instrument in reference to test objects.

" Observatory at Cambridge^ 26 July^ 1847.
" Dear Sir : —

" I take great pleasure in complying with the request you made,
during your last visit to the Observatory, that I should prepare
for you a brief account of the large refracting telescope which has
recently been placed within its walls.

" The construction of this instrument was intrusted to the eminent
opticians and mechanicians, Messrs. Merz and Mahler, of Munich, in
Bavaria, the successors of the celebrated Frauenhofer. By the terms of
the contract, they bound themselves to make for us a telescope equal
in dimensions to the one at Pulkova, and of the best quality they were
able to produce. We received the object-glass of this telescope in
November, 1846. The tube and machinery arrived on the 11th of
last month. We had prepared for the support of this instrument a
stone pier, composed of massive blocks of granite, resting on a bed of
hydraulic cement, made with coarse gravel, which forms a mass
almost as solid as the stone itself. The substratum is fine gravel
mixed with sand. The diameter of the pier is twenty feet at the base,
and ten feet at the top. In form it is the frustum of a cone, and is
surmounted by a single block of granite, two feet in thickness and ten
feet in diameter, weighing fourteen tons. On this rests the stone ped
estal, eleven feet high, weighing about nine tons, to which are attach
ed the bed-plate of the hour-axis and framework of the telescope
Five hundred tons of granite were employed in constructing this pier

" The hour-circle of the instrument is eighteen inches in diameter
and reads by two verniers to single seconds of time in right ascension

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The declination-circle is two feet in diameter, and reads by four ver-
niers to four seconds in arc. The object-glass has fifteen inches clear
aperture, and twenty-two feet eight inches focus. It is furnished with a
filar-position micrometer, and four annular micrometers. There are
eighteen eye-pieces, the highest power being estimated by the maker
at two thousand. After adjusting and securing the various parts, the
whole was found to move freely and steadily under clock-work, it
being well balanced in all its parts, and the friction greatly reduced,
by a judicious arrangement of counterpoises and friction-wheels. The
instrument is protected from the weather by a dome of thirty feet in-
terior diameter. It moves freely on eight cannon-balls, and is secured
from displacement by storms, by eight iron braces, which are secured
to the walls of the building, and present friction- wheels to the opposite
sides of the interior of the dome. The opening is five feet wide ; the
shutters are opened and closed by means of endless chains, working in
teethed pulleys turned by a crank. I omit the details of mounting
the telescope, as they are of little general interest, and will be given
in the report to the Visiting Committee on the Observatory, when I
hope to be enabled to add to them an account of the new transit-
circle, which Mr. Simms has nearly completed,

" In regard to the ultimate capabilities of our telescope, we cannot
be expected, from so short a trial, to have formed any very decisive
opinion. It has, however, even under the disadvantage of a bad state
of the atmosphere, exceeded our expectations. We have had the best
opportunities of making observations during the early morning hours.

" Of the close double stars, our attention was first directed to tj Co-
ronse. The components appeared round, small, and well separated.
The difficult double star y Coronae, which Captain Smyth ranks
in his ' Cycle ' as the ' Praeses of Struve's vicinissimae,' was well
separated, a dark space appearing between the principal star and its
satellite. On the morning of the 20th July, the companion of/ An-
dromedse was also well separated. The line micrometer gave a dis-
tance of three tenths of a second. I was surprised to find, on following
this object into day-light, that our measures of distance could be taken
after sunrise. I measured, alternately with my son, both in distance
and position, while the sun was shining on the telescope, and we both
thought that we saw them full as well, or rather better, after sunrise
than before. This might be owing to a quieter state of the atmos-
phere consequent on a rise of the thermometer. On the evening of
the 15th of July, the nebula No. 27 Messier, commonly known as

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 167

the dumb-bell nebula, exhibited a multitude of points of light, with
a few larger stars, which were probably accidental, or not belonging to
it, scattered over its surface. Three observers were confident of the
resolution of this nebula. It occupied considerably more space than
the field of the telescope would take in, and the form by which it has
hitherto been distinguished was entirely lost. There appear, however,
to be two centres of condensation.

" On the same evening, a Lyras was examined. It showed a small
round disk ; but the troubled state of the atmosphere rendered it un-
steady. Thirty-five stars were counted in the same field with it.
The ring nebula of Lyrse was beautifully shown. My friend, Hon.
Wm. Mitchell, who was observing with us, was confident that he saw
many stars within the compass of the ring.

" The companion of Antares, discovered by Professor Mitchell of
Cincinnati, was quite conspicuous, notwithstanding the tremulous state
of the atmosphere at the low altitude of the star. The great nebula
in Andromeda has a bright central point closely resembling a star. I
do not recollect having seen any notice of this.

" On examining the moon near the quadrature, the light is so ex-
ceedingly vivid, when the whole aperture of the object-glass is used
with a power of 180, that it becomes painful to the eye. With higher
powers, the mountains are brought out in bold relief, and the depths are
opened. On the evening of the 20th, having a friend with me who
takes a strong interest in these matters, we were examining the moon
along the boundary of light and darkness, and saw what had every
appearance of being the effect of atmospheric refraction. The deep
black shadows of the rugged mountain-tops, stretching far across the
plains until they were lost sight of in the unilluminated portion, ena-
bled us by contrast to distinguish what seemed to be the first gray tint
of dawn, and to trace the gradually increasing light to the full splen-
dor of mid-day.

" But I must recollect that you require of me only a brief account of
our telescope. The objects revealed to us by this excellent instrument
are so numerous and interesting, that it is difficult to know where
to stop.

" With the highest regard and respect,

" I remain, dear Sir, yours sincerely,

« W. CRANCH BOND.

" To President Everett."

168

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

In conclusion, Mr. Everett expressed the hope, that the
members of the Academy might eventually witness such
accessions to the astronomical science of the country, from the
observations made by this admirable instrument, as would be
considered by them a satisfactory equivalent for so large an
appropriation of the Academy's funds.

Tivo hundred and ninety-eighth Meeting.
October 5, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary presented a communication
from Professor Henry, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, in reference to the organization of that institution ;
which, on motion of the Vice-President, was referred to a
committee, consisting of Mr. Everett, Prof. Gray, Prof.
Agassiz, Prof. Peirce, Prof. Longfellow, and Prof. Sparks.

Mr. Bond communicated the following

Observations on the Planet Neptune, near its Quadrature.
Made at Cambridge Observatory, Long. 4^- 44'"' 32"-.

Cambridge M.iS.T.

of Oli.servation.
1»47. d. h. m
May 14 15 44

19 15 39

20 15 42
28 15 44

Planet follows No.
7740 B. A. C.

Planet south of No.
7740 in Dec.

Mean Position of Star,
Jan. 1, 1S47.

No. of
Comp.

in. s.
6 08.67
6 19.30
6 20.55
6 29.17

i 04".9
4 17.3
4 12.2
3 37.1

h m. s.
A. R. 22 04 07.53
Dec. —11° 49' 04".4

4

1
6
5

Observations on the Planet Neptune, made when near

its Opposition.

Cambridge M.S.T.

App. A. R. of

Obs. —

App Declina-

Obs.— 1 Mean position of 38

No. of

of Observation.

Neptune.

Eph.

tionofNeptune.

Eph. 1 Aquarii, Jan. I, 1847.

Comp.

Is47. d. h. m.

h. m. s.

s.

O 1 II

h. m. s.

Aug. 18 11 13

22 05 41.75

—0.03

—12 21 42 9

-fO.2

A. R. 22 02 26.57

4

" 20 10 11

22 05 29.36

-0.13

—12 22 51 2

— 0.5

Dec. — 12°18'52".0

8

" 21 10 32

22 05 22.89

—0.25

—12 23 26.5

-0.7

38 Aquarii is No.

10

" 23 10 26

22 05 10.40

—0.22

— 12 24 37.6

+ 0.6 |7722B. A.C.

6

The columns headed " Observed — Ephemeris " contain a compari-
son with Mr. Adams's Ephemeris in the June number of the Notices
of the London Astronomical Society.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

169

Mr. Bond also presented the subjoined
Observations on Mauvais's Comet of July 4th, 1847.

Caiiibrulge

Cornel's

Star of Comparison.

i\o. ol

Mean SolarXime.

A. K. Dec. N.

A. R.

Pec. N.

Com p.

1S47. d. h. m. s.

h. rn. s. 1 p , II

July 14 11 45

16 20 85 14

h. m. s.

r. t II

20 10 20

13 59 26.7 80 53 00

13 50 33.73 80 40 41:2

4

Hist.Cel.p. 394.

23 10 46 54

13 34 00.8 78 14 03

13 42 04.80 78 49 50.0

4

B. A. C. 4614.

24 10 06 30

13 28 35.1 77 22 27

13 32 41.03 77 19 41.6

5

Arg. Zone, 194.

27 10 4!> 10

13 15 55 5 74 41 23

13 00 05.37 73.50 40 5

6

Gr. 1960.

31 10" 13 12

13 05 59.4 71 14 11

12 53 43 30 71 25 22.0

3

Arg. Zone, 200.

Aug. 3 10 32 4a

13 01 15.4 68 43 14

12 2655.11 7037.55.7

2

5 Draconis.

10 9 11 00112 55 48.2 63 12 43

13 00 19 88 62 51 47,9

3

'B. A. C. 4392.

Sept. 6 9 15 01 12 r-,7 O't.7 46 18 24

12 58 58 44 43 54 44.6

7

B. A. C. 4.3>59.

Oct. 11 7 07 30 13 09 46.2 32 35 4.t

13 11 02.75 32 26 23.1

3

Bess. Zone, 408.

^^ July I4th. The comet was first seen at IP- 45"- P. M- ; but
after watching its position for some time, we could detect no indication
of motion relatively to the neighbouring stars, so that it was not recog-
nized as a comet until six days after. Its position, as given above,
was taken from the circles of the five-foot equatorial.

" July 20th. The comet was observed to-night with the five-foot
equatorial, using the annular micrometer for the comparisons. It
disappears sharply behind the ring, with almost as much certainty as a
star ; indicating a sudden condensation of light at the centre. This
was afterwards confirmed, on examination v/ith the great refractor
recently mounted in the dome of the Observatory. With the full ap-
erture of fifteen inches, a very minute stellar point is visible in the
centre of the comet, with a sparkling light, easily distinguishable from
the diffused nebulosity which surrounds it.

" July 23d. The observations were made this evening with the great
equatorial, by differentiating with the hour and declination circles.
In high declinations this method allows the comparisons to be oftener
repeated than is otherwise practicable. In declination the comparisons
have a better mutual agreement than we have been able to obtain
when using the annular micrometer.

" July 24:th. The comet does not sensibly increase in brightness.
The stellar point is visible through strong moonlight.

" Sept. 3rf. The comet still shows a star-like nucleus. A faint tail is
visible, of six or eight minutes in length.

" October llth. The differences of right ascension this evening
are somewhat uncertain, the altitude being too low for accurate obser-
vations.

" It seems necessary to remark, that the above places of the comet

22

170

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

given by the great refractor of Cambridge University, having been
obtained in every case from instrumental readings, and not from mi-
crometric comparisons, are not determined with the full accuracy which
the instrument is capable of affording. The mode of observation has
been, to bring the object, by estimation, to the centre of the field of
view, marking the time, and reading the circles for each in succession,
and thence deriving their relative positions ; a method which, howev-
er unpromising it may at first sight appear, affords, with practice,
better differences of declination than are easily obtained, with smaller
instruments, by the aid of the micrometer, and in high declinations
is often decidedly preferable for right-ascension differences. The
right ascensions and declinations of the comet were obtained by ap-
plying the observed differences to the place of the star of compari-
son referred to the mean equinox of Jan. 1st, 1847.

Mr. Bond presented for publication a new series of moon
culminations, observed at the Cambridge Observatory during
the past and present year.

Moon Culminations,
Observed at Camhridge, Corrected for Instrumental Errors, Clock

Error, and Rate.

Sidereal Time 1

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of 1
Meridian Passage ;

h. m. s.

of Tabu-
lar A. R.

s.

Diff.

ver's
initial.

s.

1846, July

SD'slst Limb

14 14 56.81

B^*

"sBootis

14 38 18.00

18.07

--0.07

" «2 Librae

14 42 25.16

25.28

-j-0.12

C(

/3 Librae

15 08 46.86

46.74

—0.12

4

«" Librae

14 42 25.27

25.27

0.00

B»

( <

I) 's 1st Limb

15 10 36.28

6

s Bootis

14 37 18.24

18.04

—0.20

<(

0(2 Librae

14 42 25.55

25.26

—0.29

(C

/5^ Scorpii

15 56 32.43

33.01

+0.58

((

5 Ophiuchi

16 06 19.99

20.10

-fO.U

(<

a Scorpii

16 20 02.55

02.37

—0.18

cc

D's 1st Limb

17 12 29 81

((

D Ophiuchi

17 34 16 65

16.36

—0.29

7

a Bootis

14 08 40.74

40.63

—0.11

(C

£ Bootis

14 38 18.14

18.03

—0.11

((

«2 Librae

14 42 25.25

25.25

0.00

((

a Scorpii

16 20 02.11

02.37

+0.26

(<

<jD Ophiuchi

17 11 50.36

50.30

—0.06

B» is the initial of William. C. Bond ; B*, of G. P. Bond.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

171

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A.R.

initial.

h. m. s.

8.

s.

1846, July 7

D Ophiuchi

17 34 16.18

16.36

-1-0.18

Bi

((

D's 1st Limb

18 17 09.95

C(

((

a Sagittarii

18 45 47.38

47.01

— 0.37

(C

((

0 Sagittarii

18 55 31. J8

31.11

— 0.07

cc

1<W

2) 's 2d Limb

23 26 35.60

cc

((

t Piscium

23 32 04.64

04.61

— 0.03

cc

C(

to Piscium

23 51 26.95

26.99

+ 0.04

cc

(C

/ Pegasi

0 05 21.46

21.51

+ 0.05

cc

15

« Arietis

1 58 32.68

32.68

0.00

B2

((

D 's 2d Limb

2 05 14.49

c c

Aug. 3

Antares

16 20 01.90

02.15

+ 0.25

cc

a

rj Ophiuchi

17 01 36.65

36.60

0.05

cc

C(

« Herculis

17 07 40.86

40.60

0.26

cc

((

5^ Ophiuchi

17 12 37.41

37.22

0.19

cc

(C

Q Draconis

17 26 59.75

59.91

+ 0.16

cc

((

D Ophiuchi

17 34 16.14

16.12

0.02

cc

(i

5's 1st Limb

17 44 33.40

cc

((

/x^ Sagittarii

18 04 37.23

37.24

+ 0.01

cc

C(

X Sagittarii

18 18 31.96

32.18

0.22

cc

4

/ Draconis

17 53 04.47

04.62

+ 0.15

Ri

(1

fi^ Sagit'arii

18 04 37.24

37.23

0.01

cc

((

X Sagittarii

18 18 32.09

32.17

+ 0.08

cc

C(

a Lyrse

18 31 46.68

46.47

0.21

cc

(<

D 's 1st Limb

18 48 41.10

cc

(C

n Sagittarii

19 00 40.4640.33

0.13

cc

5

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 37 21 37.23

0.02
0.00

B2

(<

a Lyrae

18 31 46 47146.47

cc

CI

TT Sc.gittarii

19 00 39 94

40.33

+ 0.39

c c

((

/5 Aquilse

19 47 48.70

48 53

0.17

cc

((

y Aquilse

19 38 59.69

59.68' 0.01

cc

((

u Aquilae

19 43 19.82

19.78

0.04

cc

((

D 's 1st Limb

19 53 12.07

cc

(C

£ Aquarii

20 39 23.91 i 24.08

+ 0.17

cc

<(

M^ Capricorni

21 09 34.08

34.24

+ 0.16

c c

12

D 's 2d Limb

2 47 41.49

Bi

((

« Tauri

4 27 07.98

07.84

0.14

cc

C(

Capella

5 05 22.03

22.17

+ 0.14

c c

31

D Ophiuchi

17 34 15.83

15.90

+ 0.07

B-2

cc

/ Draconis

17 53 03.91

03.89

0.02

cc

<c

ju' Sagittarii

18 04 36.94

36.92

0.02

cc

<{

D 's 1st Limb

18 19 01.60

(t

tl

a Sagittarii

18 45 46 88

46.84

0.04

cc

Sept. 4

/5 Aquarii

21 23 30.80

30.77

— 0.03

cc

C(

(3 Cephii

21 26 44.40

44.33

— 0.07

cc

((

s Pegasi

21 36 41.30

41.18

— 0.12

cc

((

« Aquarii

21 57 55.99

56.22

--0.23

cc

(1

& Aquarii

22 08 46.06

46.03

0.03

cc

172

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

initial.

h. m. s.

s.

3.

1846, Sept.

4

D 's 1st Limb

22 27 07.83

B2

( (

'C Pegasi

22 33 51.06

50 94

— 0.12

(C

q Piscium

23 53 59.87

59.90

+ 0.03

6

5 's 2d Limb

0 28 02.39

1

((

M Cassiopeae

0 31 53.83

53 94

+ 0.11

((

(3 Ceti

0 35 55.07

54.97

— 0.10

C(

s Piscium

0 55 01.34

01.31

0.03

C(

I Piscium

1 00 30.50

30.41

0.09

7

I Piscium

1 00 30.11

30.43

+ 0.32

1 c

rj Piscium

1 23 18.87

18.99

+ 0.12

((

D 's 2d Limb

1 21 20.86

((

71 Piscium

1 29 00.21

< (

0 Piscium

1 37 19.74

19.66

0.08

11

a Arietis

1 58 34.24

34.22

— 0.02

( (

|i Ceti

2 04 54.13

54.19

+ 0.06

9

wCeti

2 54 17.54

17.50

0.04

(C

d Arietis

3 02 54.09

53.48

0.61

(C

a Persei

3 13 26.16

26.39

+ 0.23

C(

]) 's 2d Limb

3 21 11.24

((

1] Tauri

3 38 24.32

24.12

0.20

11

« Tauri

4 28 08.73

08.73

0.00

<(

Capella

5 06 23.37

23.37

0.00

((

D 's 2d Limb

5 14 20.25

28

fi^ Sagittarii

18 04 36.56

36.40

0.16

B'

C(

2125 A. S. Cat.

18 20 28.53

28.31

0.22

<(

« Lyrae

18 31 45.05

45.33

+ 0.28

C(

D 's 1st Limb

18 57 03.09

1

C(

/? Lyrae

18 44 25.98

25.90

0.08

((

d Sagittarii

19 08 40.70

40.81

+ 0.11

(C

<jD^ Sagittarii

19 12 47.49

47.81

+ 0.32

29

a Lyrae

18 31 45.28

45.30

+ 0.02

(C

/5 Lyrae

18 44 25.91

25.90

0.01

((

d Sagittarii

19 08 40.83

40.79

— 0.04

cc

cp^ Sagittarii

19 12 47.85

47.79

0.06

c

D 's 1st Limb

19 57 29.70

30

D 's 2d Limb

20 57 39.37

ce

^ Pegasi

21 06 26.68

26.50

— 0.18

((

£ Pegasi

21 36 40.82

41.00

--0.18

Oct.

3

/5 Piscium

22 56 05.97

06.36

+ 0.39

B2

( (

y Piscium

23 09 14.53

14.96

+ 0.43

((

;' Cephii

23 33 14.02

14.08

+ 0.06

((

y Ursse Maj.

23 45 42.07

4232

+ 0.25

"

(<

w Piscium

23 51 28.09

28.28

+ 0.19

((

})'s 1st Limb

23 54 59.86

1

((

a Andromedse

0 00 30.82

30.72

0.10

(C

/ Pegasi

0 05 22.81

22.90

+ 0.09

C (

rf Piscium

0 12 44.47

44.84

+ 0.37

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

173

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Dale.

Name of Object.

of

Meridian Passage

of Tabu-
lar A. R

Diff.

ver's
initial.

h. m. s.

s.

s.

1846, Oct

. 5

61' Cygui

21 00 03.60

03.47

— 0.13

B»

((

C Cygni

21 06 26.54

26.41

0.13

<c

((

a Cephii

21 14 57.42

57.50

-f 0.08

( c

((

« Andromedae

0 00 30.85

30.72

— 0.13

((

C(

/ Pegasi

0 05 22.62

22.91

+ 0.29

cc

<(

s Piscium

0 55 01.42

01.64

-i-0.22

cc

< i

D 's 2d Limb

1 54 37.79

cc

6

/ Ceti

2 27 51.71

51.98

+ 0.27

B3

C(

/ti Ceti

2 36 41.43

41.34

— 0.09

cc

C(

D 's 2d Limb

2 53 22.73

cc

<(

8 Arietis

3 02 54.35

54.10

— 0.25

cc

(1

a Persei

3 13 27.45

27.31

— 0.14

cc

((

1 Tauri

3 18 53.53

53.79

+ 0.26

cc

<(

T] Tauri

3 38 24.81

24.85

+ 0.04

cc

7

d Arietis

3 02 54.42

54.12

— 0.30

c c

<(

a Persei

3 13 27.22

27.34

+ 0.12

cc

((

1 Tauri

3 18 53.73

53.81

+ 0.08

cc

(I

T] Tauri

3 38 24.93

24.87

— 0.06

cc

C 1

D 's 2d Limb

3 51 49.99

cc

(<

/ Tauri

4 11 06.16

06.01

— 0.15

cc

ii

f/ Tauri

4 27 09.23

09,47

+ 0.24

c c

11

^Gerninorum

6 55 01.95

01.81

— 0.14

cc

««

(5 Geminorum

7 10 58.72

58.62

— 0.10

cc

(C

X Geminorum

7 24 52 15

51.97

— 0.18

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

7 32 06.88

c c

((

ii5 Geminorum

7 35 56.28

56.38

+ 0.10

cc

13

£ Hydrae

8 38 39.77

39.72

— 0.05

Ri

<(

tx Hydrae

9 20 03.45

03.39

— 0.06

cc

(<

D 's 2d Limb

9 10 49.26

cc

cc

« Leonis

10 00 1208

12.18

+ 0.10

cc

29

L Aquarii

21 58 10 17

10.37

+ 0.20

c c

((

& Aquarii

22 08 45.45

45.59

+ 0.14

cc

cc

5's 1st Limb

22 31 53.36

( c

(C

A Aquarii

22 44 38.48

38.33

— 0.15

cc

(C

& Aquarii

23 06 24.55

24.54

— 0.01

cc

(C

a Pegasi

22 57 09.54

09.36

— 0.18

cc

( (

a Andromedas

0 00 30.81

30.66

— 0.15

cc

ei

/ Pegasi

0 05 22.48

22.84

+ 0.36

c c

Dec.

11

T] Virginis

12 12 04.60

04.67

+ 0.07

cc

((

D 's 2d Limb

12 26 27.15

cc

(C

/^ Virginis

12 33 53.88

cc

13

« Virginis

13 17 08.20

08.16

— 0.04

cc

( (

D's2d Limb

14 05 12.30

cc

23

D's 1st Limb

22 53 32.08

cc

C(

A Piscium

23 34 14.53

14.94

+ 0.41

C(

((

w Piscium

23 51 27.56

27.61

+ 0.05

cc

(C

/ Pegasi

0 05 22.25

22 29

+ 0.04

"

174

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

i

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.
h.. ni. s.

lar A. K.

s.

Inilial.

s.

1846, Dec

23 d Piscium

0 12 44.42

44.27

0.15

Bi

26

a Pegasi

22 57 08.74

08.62

0.12

((

((

;' Pegasi

0 05 22.36

22.25

0.11

( c

((

}i Piscium

1 22 11.42

10.98

0.44

(C

IC

])'s 1st Limb

1 39 18.62

(C

30

« Tauri

4 27 10.84

10.61

0.23

((

t Tauri

4 53 59.09

59.12

-f-0.03

(C

/S Tauri

5 16 40.08

39.50

0.58

(C

a Orionis

5 46 55.11

55.24

-j-0.13

((

})'s 1st Limb

5 24 58.19

(C

'Q Tauri

5 23 32.09

32.08

+ 0.01

(C

X^ Orionis

5 54 51.85

52.00

-f 0.15

(C

1847, Jan

. 5

n Leonis

9 52 09.08

09.02

— 0.06

((

C(

a Leonis

10 00 14.67

14.70

+ 0.03

(C

C (

D 's 2d Limb

10 35 08.46

(C

(C

d Leonis

10 52 40.68

40.67

0.01

(C

it

X Leonis

10 57 08.38

08.32

— 0.06

(C

22

3)'s 1st Limb

1 22 36.46

(C

a Arietis

1 58 34.36

34.48

+ 0.12

((

23

t-j Piscium

1 23 19.02

18.84

— 0.18

B2

yi Arietis

1 45 09.52

09,31

— 0.21

IC

« Arietis

1 58 34.47

34.46

— 0.01

cc

(C

D 's 1st Limb

2 16 36.11

cc

y Ceti

2 35 23 66

23.62

— 0.04

((

25

t Tauri

3 18 53.86

54.12

--0.26

Bi

C (

1] Tauri

3 38 25.50

25.40

— 0.10

((

((

I Tauri

3 52 14.07

13.91

— 0.16

C(

(C

D's 1st Limb

4 10 51.89

(C

<c

It Tauri

4 27 10.29

10.43

-1-0.14

(C

27

fe Tauri

5 28 32.00

32.02

+ 0.02

cc

(C

J)'s 1st Limb

6 02 12.94

( c

((

/ Geminorum

6 29 54.32

54.23

0.09

cc

28

iu Geminorum

6 13 44.16

44.27

+ 0.11

cc

<c

/ Geminorum

6 28 54.18

54.22

-i-0.04

cc

(C

])'s 1st Limb

6 56 21.77

cc

((

8 Geminorum

7 11 00.95

01.01

+ 0.06

c c

((

X Geminorum

7 24 54.28

54.37

4-0.09

(C

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

175

Moon Culminations,

Observed at Camhridge Observatory, corrected for ColUmation,
Xjcvel, and Azimuthal Deviations of the Transit Instrument, and
for Clock Rate and Error on Sidereal Time.

Date.

Name of Object.

Sidereal Time

of

Meridian Passage.

Seconds
of Tabu-
lar A. R

Diff.

Obser-
ver's
initial.

1

h. m. s. ,

.s.

s.

1847

, Jan. 31

K Cancri

8 59 29.52

29 31

— 0.21

B2

( (

a Hydras

9 20 06.28

06.20

— 0.U8

((

5 's 2d Limb

9 30 42.49

<(

0 Leonis

9 33 00.85

01.00

--0.15

i(

£ Leonis

9 37 11.64

11 53

0.11

((

a Leonis

10 00 15.22

15.21

— 0.01

Feb. 8

D '.s 2d Limb

15 58 22.74

Bi

(C

8 Ophiuchi

16 06 20.51

20.47

— 0 04

(C

Antares

16 20 02.70

02.77

--0.07

23

y Tauri

4 11 06.74

06.38

— 0.36

(;

a Tauri

4 27 10.02

10.01

— 0.01

((

I Tauri

4 53 58.65

58.58

— 0.07

((

Capella

5 05 25.72

25.58

— 0.14

((

^ Tauri

5 28 3L85

31.67

— 0.18

((

>'s 1st Limb

5 45 21.87

(C

r] Geminorum

6 05 40.13

40.35

-fO.22

'^

i(

L, Geminorum

6 13 43.83

43.99

-_0.16

24

Capella

5 05 25.52

2555

0.03

((

/5 Orionis

5 07 12.30

12.36

_-0.06

((

/5 Tauri

5 16 38.91

38.98

--0.07

((

8 Orionis

5 24 12.68

12.76

-j-0.08

(C

£ Orionis

5 28 28.30

28.39

--0.09

((

ri Geminorum

6 05 40.01

40.33

--0.32

u

// Geminorum

6 13 44 12

43.96

0.16

((

D 's 1st Limb

6 39 42.76

((

J Geminorum

6 55 03.63

03.83

+ 0.20

((

8 Geminorum

7 11 00.90

00.83

0.07

25

8 Geminorum

7 11 00.60

00.82

-f- 0.22

((

a^ Geminorum

7 24 52.33

52.02

0.31

C(

D's 1st Limb

7 32 23.56

((

/3 Geminorum

7 35 59.06

58.90

— 0.16

C(

(jD Geminorum

7 44 09.45

09 80

4-0.35

26

t, Geminorum

6 55 04.00

03.81

0.19

(«

8 Geminorum

7 11 00.81

00.80

0.01

«(

a"2 Geminorum

7 24 52 02

52.00

002

(C

X Geminorum

7 35 14.29

14.25

0.04

((

D 's 1st Limb

8 23 17.19

March 2

8 Leonis

11 05 59.90

59.89

— 0.01

W

((

a Leonis

11 13 1667

17.02

--0 35

((

T Leonis

11 20 06.03

06 33

4-0.30

'

((

3)'s 2d Limb

11 35 27.44

176

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage. 'lar A. R.

Initial.

h. m. s. 1 s.

s.

1847

, March 2 v Virginia

11 3S 01.62 01.82

+ 0.20

B2

C(

/? Leonid

11 41 17.14 17.18

+ 0.04

cc

C(

/? Virginis

11 42 45 58 45.91

+ 0.33

cc

24

^ Geminorum

6 55 03.28 03.35

+ 0.07

B'

(;

d Geminorum

7 11 00.34

00.37

+ 0.03

(C

<(

D's 1st Limb

7 15 07.04

!

CI

C(

k Geminorum

7 24 53.82

53.79

— 0.03

<c

((

X Geminorum

7 35 13.89

13.84

— 0 05

CC

cc

Procyon

7 31 18.81

18.84

+ 0.03

cc

25

« Orionis

5 46 54.33

54.37

+ 0 04

( c

(<

/ii Geminorum

6 13 43.32

43 44

+ 0.12

cc

(c

k Geminorum

7 24 53.79

53.77

— 0.02

cc

<(

Procyon

7 31 18.82

' 18.83

+ 0.01

cc

cc

X Geminorum

7 35 13.99

13.82

— 0.17

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

8 06 49.81

Cc

cc

i9^ Cancri

8 22 53.94

53.74

— 0.20

cc

cc

d Cancri

8 36 00.86

00.82

— 0.04

cc

April 24

a Hydrse

9 20 05.60

05.66

— 0.06

c c

cc

0 Leonis

9 33 00.58

00 57

— 0.01

cc

ct

a Leonis

10 00 14.89

14.97

+ 0.08

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

10 15 11.72

(s

(C

Q Leonis

10 24 46.84

46.90

--0.06

cc

27

n Virginis

11 53 04.08

04.13

--0.05

B2

C(

T] Virginis

12 12 06.98

06.98

0.00

(C

cc

D 's 1 St Limb

12 34 39 08

C(

cc

(5 Virginis

12 47 56.19

55.99

0.20

cc

c c

& Virginis

13 02 04.49

04.63

--0.14

(C

cc

a Virginis

13 17 10.80

10.97

--0.17

cc

28

rt Virginis

13 17 11.00

10.98

0.02

B'

cc

D's 1st Limb

13 22 21.17

C(

cc

^ Virginis

13 26 56.78

56.87

+ 0.09

cc

May 6

« Cygni

20 36 14.58

14.65

+ 0.07

cc

cc

]> 's -2(1 Limb

20 43 41.48

(t

cc

s Pegasi

21 36 41.63

41.55

0.08

cc

25

D's 1st Limb

13 03 50.68

cc

cc

61 Virginis

13 10 27.63

27.36

0.27

cc

cc

« Virginis

13 17 10.89

10.92

+ 0.03

c c

cc

r] Bootis

13 47 25 99

26.26

+ 0.27

cc

cc

rt Bootis

14 08 43.58

43.39

0.19

C{

26

61 Virginis

13 10 27.44

27.36

0.08

cc

c c

« Virginis

13 17 10.86

10.92

+ 0.06

cc

cc

D 's 1st Limb

13 52 25.21

cc

cc

>c Virginis

14 04 47.30

47.24

0.06

cc

27

X Virginis

14 04 47.36

47.24

0.12

B2

(I

I Virginis

14 10 53.27

53.34

+ 0.07

(C

c c

D 's 1st Limb

14 43 00.33

cc

June 21

D 's 1st Limb

12 44 47.38

(C

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

177

j

Sidereal Time

Seconds

Obser-

Date.

Name of Object.

of

of Tabu-

Diff.

ver's

Meridian Passage.

lar A. R.

Initial.

Bi

1847, June 21

a Virginis

h. m. s.

13 17 10.65

10.72

+ 0.07

i (

ri Bootis

13 47 20.07

26.00

— 0.01

<(

July 1

'Q Pegasi

22 33 52.55

52.53

— 0.02

a

a

Fomalhaut

22 49 13.14

13.15

+ 0.01

((

a

« Pegasi

22 57 10.93

11.07

+ 0.14

a

c<

])'s2d Limb

22 02 59.72

((

((

d- Aquarii

22 08 47.99

47.87

— 0.12

((

((

y Aquarii

22 13 47.69

47.30

— 0.39

i(

((

a Aquarii

22 22 35.27

35.36

+ 0.09

11

(<

I Aquarii

22 44 40.22

40.25

+ 0.03

li

21

a2 Librae

14 42 28.04

28.07

+ 0.03

a

((

]) 's 1st Limb

14 50 54.57

a

23

« Serpentis

15 36 46.60

46.50

— 0.10

a

(<

(5' Scorpii

15 56 35.89

36.00

+ 0.11

a

a

a Scorpii

16 20 05.50

05.55

--0.05

a

11

5 's 1st Limb

16 38 08.95

li

((

ri Ophiuchi

17 01 39.70

39.75

--0.05

11

(C

,9^ Ophiuchi

17 12 40.32

40.59

--0.27

Cl

24

ri Ophiuchi

17 01 39.62

39.75

--0.13

li

cc

a Herculis

17 07 43.09

43.14

--0.05

11

C(

d^ Ophiuchi

17 12 40.51

40.58

--0.07

u

(C

D 's 1st Limb

17 45 44.46

a

27

«" Capricorni

20 09 37.23

37.16

— 0.07

li

C(

^ Capricorni

20 12 27.93

28.18

+ 0.25

li

((

]) 's 1st Limb

20 37 13.05

11

(C

]) 's 2d Limb

20 39 23.08

11

cc

jU Aquarii

20 44 27.42

27.31

0.11

11

Aug. 20

D 's 1st Limb

17 09 11.15

11

<c

0 Serpentis

17 32 51.97

52.15

+ 0.18

11

((

H^ Sagittarii

18 04 40.23

40.28

--0.05

11

21

4 Sagittarii

17 50 29.92

11

((

D's 1st Limb

18 06 40.02

<(

(<

p' Sagittarii

19 12 51.07

51.47

+ 0.40

li

(C

e^ Sagittarii

19 33 49.29

49.42

+ 0.13

It

24

^ Aquilae

19 58 25.69

25.72

--0.03

(<

li

5 Aquilae

19 17 50.34

50.10

— 0.24

ii

te

;' Aquilae

19 39 02.23

02.34

+ 0.11

li

<<

a Aquilae

19 43 22.10

22.31

+ 0 21

a

/5 Aquilae

19 47 51.20

51.09

— 0.11

li

( (

5 's 1st Limb

21 07 18.00

li

<(

/5 Aquarii

21 23 33.37

33.58

+ 0.21

li

<c

/ Capricorni

21 31 39.51

39.98

+ 0.47

ii

(C

;U Capricorni

21 45 00.29

00.29

0.00

It

23

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Mr. Everett read a short paper on the number of primary-
planets belonging to our system which might be supposed
to remain as yet undiscovered.

He staled that he had been " led more particularly to the inquiry
by the striking remark of M. Leverrier (in the Compte Rendu for 5th
October, 1846, p. 659) to this effect, — ' that we may hope that, after
thirty or forty years of observations of the new planet, we shall be
able to use it, in its turn, for the discovery of that which follows it, in
the order of distances from the sun. And so on. Unhappily we
shall soon fall upon stars, invisible in consequence of their immense
distance from the sun, but whose orbits eventually, in the lapse of ages,
will be traced with great exactness by means of the theory of secular
inequalities.' All calculations of this kind must, of course, take
for granted that the law of gravitation exists and operates in the remote
parts of the system as it does within the reach of our observations.
The star 61 Cygni is usually regarded as the fixed star nearest to us,
and this is placed by Bessel at the distance of 62,481,500,000,000
miles. Adopting the only supposition that we are able to make on this
subject, viz., that our sun and the stars are bodies of equal size and
density, we may conclude that the attraction of the sun extends over
half the interval between the sun and 61 Cygni, that is, over a space
of 31,240,750,000,000 miles. The law of the distances from the sun
at which the planets succeed each other in our system is not known ;
but assuming Bode's law, or, still more simply, a geometrical progres-
sion, as that which comes near the truth in reference to all the known
planets except the last discovered (regarding the asteroids as one
planetary system), and we should have room for ten new planets, and
nearly the eleventh, outside the orbit of Neptune."

Mr. Everett also read a letter from Professor Owen, of Lon-
don, containing an approving notice of Dr. Meigs's paper on
the generation of the opossum, and expressing a strong desire
to receive, in behalf of the Hunterian Museum, specimens of
the impregnated uterus of this animal, preserved in spirits.

" Female opossums killed between the 18th of February and the
6th of March would be likely to afford such specimens, — of which not
one exists in the museums of London, nor, I believe, in Europe. The
value of the specimen would be enhanced, if any of your young anat-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 179

omists would, previously to immersing the animal in spirits, inject the
abdominal aorta with size or gelatine, colored by vermilion.

" There is only one expression in Dr. Meigs's memoir in which I am
not disposed to acquiesce, where he says ' it is not to be believed that
a breathing, &c., mammifer can be developed independently of a
placenta' (p. 329). I have met with so many unexpected exceptions
to assumed general rules in the animal economy, so many proofs that
the Creator operates by ways diversified infinitely beyond human cal-
culation, as to adopt no scientific dogma whilst any means of testing
it by observation remain untried. It would be most desirable that the
female opossum should be sought for at the period shown by Dr. Meigs
to be that when she would be most likely to have embryos in the
uterus, and the nature of the connection between the mother and off-
spring be examined. A placenta may be defined as a vascular, vil-
lous, or cellular process from the outer surface of the chorion, inter-
lacing with a similar process from the inner surface of the womb, and
producing an adhesion of the chorion thereto difficult to be overcome,
and often not without laceration. The presence of such an organ,
simple or subdivided, would be easily determined in an opossum killed
towards the latter period of her brief pregnancy, say from March 1st to
7th. The analogy between the condition of the new-born young in
the kangaroo, in which no placenta is formed, and the opossum is so
close, that, if I were to allow myself to anticipate what unbiased ob-
servation ought to decide, I should expect as close an analogy in the
condition of the foetal membranes and appendages."

Mr. Teschemacher exhibited some specimens of anthracite
coal, containing what he supposed to be fossil seeds, as he had
carefully decarbonized the internal substance of them, and by
the assistance of the Oberhausser microscope belonging to
Professor Agassiz, with a power of 700 diameters, had foimd it
to be a mass of distinct cells. Some of these seeds were sur-
rounded by impressions resembling spinous processes, \vhich
were uniform and symmetrical. He also stated, that lately
discovered specimens had confirmed him in his opinion, that
most of the appearances usually called slickensides in the an-
thracite coal were the external parts of large fossil plants ; also,
that the small, uniform striae frequent in the coal, and which
are sometimes found covering pieces of a conical form, are the

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

impressions of the vessels of vegetables, and were not caused
by the action of sliding in the veins ; he thought that no acci-
dental sliding could produce such uniform marks on numerous
specimens from various mines.

Mr. Teschemacher also exhibited some rhizomorphas, found
in the old chambers of coal-mines.

Professor Agassiz called the attention of the Academy to the
importance of a complete investigation of the anatomy, the
mode of life, and the embryology of the blind-fish of the
Mammoth Cave {Amhlyopsis spelcEus). He thought there was
an opportunity to settle, by actual experiment, the extent of
physical influences in causing organized beings to assume their
peculiar and distinctive characteristics in relation to the media
in which they live. He doubted not that important inferen-
ces could be derived from these investigations with reference
to the question, whether species have been created in the lo-
calities they inhabit and with special adaptation to the external
circumstances in which they were first introduced, or wheth-
er these circumstances were acting as modifying influences
upon fewer primitive types, which would thus be diversified
and produce the successive changes evinced in the geological
series. The experiments he would suggest are, first, an ac-
curate and complete anatomical investigation, sufliciently mi-
nute to enable the observer to perceive the slightest changes
which would occur ; secondly, observations upon individuals of
different ages brought to the light and kept for a long time,
even through a series of successive generations, in these new
circumstances ; thirdly, a complete series of comparative embry-
onic investigations with recently laid ova, traced simultaneous-
ly in the dark and under the influence of moderate and of in-
tense light, keeping especially in view the formation of the ner-
vous system, and particularly that of the eyes. If there is an eye
formed in the dark, ascertain when and how it disappears, as it
is entirely wanting in the full-grown individuals, and again no-
tice the diff'erences in this respect between specimens growing
under the influence of light.

4

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 181

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,

FROM MAY TO NOVEMBER, 1847.

Proceedings of the Providence Franklin Society. No. 2. April,
1847. From the Society.

Silliman's American Journal of Science, for May, July, and Sept.
From the Editors.

Alfred Smee. The Potato Plant, its Uses and Properties, together
with the Cause of the present Malady. 8vo. London, 1846. From
the Author.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Part
4, for 1846. From the Royal Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. No. 66. From the Same.

Astronomical Ohservations made at Greenwich Observatory in 1844.
4to. London, 1846. From the Same.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at Greenwich Ob-
servatory in 1844. 4to. From the Same.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. XXL, Part 1.
4to. Dublin, 1846. Also, Proceedings. Vol. III., Parts 1 and 2.
From the R. I. Academy.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. IV., Nos.
36 - 38. From the Society.

Sir R. I. Murcliison. Silurian Rocks, and their Associates, in
Parts of Sweden. 8vo. pamph. London, 1847. From the Author.

Biot. Instructions Pratiques sur I'Observation et de la Mesure des
Proprietes Optiques appellees Rotatoires. 4to. pamph. Paris, 1845.
From the Author.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia.
Vol. III., Nos. 8-10. From the Academy.

/. D. Dana. On the Origin of Continents. — Volcanoes of the
Moon. — Geolosical Results of the Earth's Contraction. — Origin of
the Grand Outline Features of the Earth. 8vo. pamphlets. (Extr.
from Sill. Jour.) From the Author.

C. L. Bonaparte. Catalogo Metodico da Pesci Europei. 4to.
pamph. Napoli, 1846. From the Author.

List of the Osteological Specimens in the British Museum. 18mo.
London. From the British Museum.

Me moires de T Academic Royale des Sciences, Morales et Politiques,
de rinstitut de France. Tom. L, II., 2^"' Ser. 1837-9. Tom.
III. 1841. 4to. Paris. From the Institute.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Vol. IV.,
Nos. 10, 11. 8vo. 1847. From the Lyceum.

Flora, oder AUgemeine Bot. Zeitung. 7 Nos. Svo. 1843-46.
From the Bot. Society of Ratisbon.

Magnetische und Meterologische Beobachtungen zu Prag. 6-7'"
Jahrg. 1845-6. 4to. Prague, 1846- 7. From the Observatory of
Prague.

Karl Kriel. Magnetische und Geographische Ortbestimmungen in
Bohmen, Jahren 1843-5. 4to. Prague, 1846. From the Author.

Abhandlungen der Historischen Classe der Konigl. Bayerscheu
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen. Band IV., t. 3. 1846.
— Abhand. der Philos.-Philolog. CI. Band IV., t. 3. 1847. 4to.
From the Royal Bavarian Academy.

Lasaulx. Ueber das Studium der Griechischen und Romischen Al-
terthumer. 4to. pamph. Munchen, 1846. From the Author.

James P. Espy. Report on Meteorology to the Surgeon-General.
4to. pamph. Washington, 1843. From the Author.

Annual Reports of the Regents of the University of the State of
New York, from 1846 to 1837 inclusive. 8vo. From the Regents.

Journal of the American Oriental Society. Vol. I., Part 3. Svo.
1847. From the Society.

Sir John F. W. Herschel. Results of Astronomical Observations
made during the Years 1834 - 8, at the Cape of Good Hope. 4to.
London, 1847. From the Duke of Northumberland, by the Author.

Report of the Sixteenth Meeting of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, held at Southampton in 1846. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1847. From the Association.

Two Hundred and ninety-nintli Meeting.

November 2, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Letters were read from the Rev. Dr. Whewell, and John C.
Adams, Esq., of Cambridge University, in acknowledgment
of their election as Foreign Honorary Members of the Acade-
my ; also from Professor Edward Robinson, of New York, as
a Corresponding Member.

Mr. Bond communicated his observations, made at the Ob-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

183

servatory of Harvard University, on the comet discovered on
the 1st of October ult., by Miss Mitchell, of Nantucket.

Observations on Miss Mitchell's Comet of Oct. 1, 1847.

Canibrittse

Comet's.

S>lar of Comparison.

No. of

i\Tean Solar Time.

A. R.

Dec.

A. R.

Dec.

Conip

1847, d. h. m. s.

h. m. 3.

o 1 (/

h. in. s.

^ 1 If

Oct. 7 7 56 31

17 10 56.2

+70 01 IH

17 0821.48

+65 54 11.8

2

-' DracoQis.

9 6 48 11

16 44 14.4

55 31 51

16 43 46.6

55 40 57

1

Arg. Zone, 13.

11 8 09 00

16 32002

36 38 07

16 37 36.36

36 48 05 7

4

Hi3t.Cel.,p.78.

14 7 42 54

16 20 34.7

9 51 17

16 24 38.43

9 44 50.4

3

Bes3.Zone,162.

15 7 27 27

16 17 59

+2 36 13

16 19 18

+ 2 41 55

2

" " 89.

18 6 34 44

16 11 10.1

— 13 18 49

16 10 16.8

— 12 59 17.4

4

" '•' 252.

"From the 7th to the 14th inclusive, the differences of right as-
cension and declination were taken from the circles of the twenty-
three-foot refractor; on the 15th and 18th, the micrometers of the five-
foot equatorial were employed. It is remarkable, that, though the
comet is distinctly seen with the naked eye, it disappears under the
slightest illumination of the field of the latter instrument. Nothing re-
sembling a nucleus is visible in either telescope.

" Oct. 11th. The comet shows a faint tail of two degrees in length
in the comet-seeker of 4-inch aperture.

" Oct. 15th. The determinations of this evening are very indif-
ferent.

"From the Observations on the 7th, 11th, 14th, and 18th, Dr.
Peirce has computed the following elements.

Per. pass., Nov. 14">.4132S, Greenwich M. S. T.

« dist., 0.3294495.

Long. asc. node., 190° 51' 0.3".6
Long, per., 274° 16' 48".8

Inclination,
Motion,

Mean eq. of Jan. 1, 1847.

7P 55' 27".0

Retrograde.

" Mr. G. P. Bond, from the observations of the 7th, 9th, and 1 1th,
finds,—

Per. pass., Nov. 14.6935 Greenwich M. S. T.

" dist., 0.3463

Long. asc. node, 191° 01'
Long, per., 276 24

Inclination, 72 28

Motion, Retrograde."

184

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Mr. Bond also presented the following

Observations on Lassell's Satellite of Neptune,

1847 Made at Cambridge Observatory.

Oct. 5i5th,7'''45'n- Satellite is south, preceding the primary, pos. 40°, dist. 15".4.
" 27th, 7h- 30™- Satellite is north, following the primary, pos. 61° 30', dist. 13".7;

mean of six observations, using the powers 300 and 1000.
" 28th, 7''- 45'"- Satellite is north, following the primary, pos. 43° 15', dist. ]5".0,
being the mean of nine determinations ; powers 400 and 1000.
Nov. 2d, 7^- IS™- Satellite is north, following, pos. 55° 50', dist. 14".0. Powers 400
and 1000.
" The above were taken with the illuminated wires of the mi-
crometer of the great refractor. The angles of position are reckoned
from the parallel of declination."

The President gave some account of the mountain ranges
of North America, illustrated by Bauerkeller's embossed map ;
also of the different passes through which a canal has been
thought practicable from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, and
of the difficulties which at present render improbable the ex-
ecution of any such work.

Dr. Bigelow gave also an account of the past and present
nomenclature of Pharmacology in Great Britain and in this
country, by which it appeared that the practice of using a
single word, whenever it is practicable, for the name of each
substance derived from the vegetable kingdom, was first intro-
duced in the American Pharmacopoeia of 1820, — and that
this simple form of nomenclature has been since adopted,
with few changes, by the Royal Colleges of Physicians in
London and Edinburgh, instead of the more complex names
formerly employed by them.

Three hundredth Meeting.
November 10, 1847. — Quarterly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Captain William H. Smyth, R. N., President of the Royal
Astronomical Society, London, was chosen a Foreign Honor-
ary Member of the Academy.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 185

Professor Edward H. Courtenay, of the University of Virginia,
Captain W. H. Swift, U. S. Engineers, and Professor C. M.
Mitchell of Cincinnati Observatory, Ohio, were elected Cor-
responding Members.

Hon. Abbott Lawrence, Rev. George Putnam, D. D., and
Charles G. Loring, Esq., were elected Fellows,

Dr. M. Wyman reported that the Committee on Yentilation
were engaged in experiments for testing the relative efficiency
of different kinds of ventilating apparatus in use, by measur-
ing the velocity of the current of air made by their means
to rise through tubes arranged for the purpose ; this velocity
being measured directly, by introducing chlorine gas into the
base of the current, and noting the discoloration of paper wet
•with a solution of hydriodate of potash in starch suspended in
the upper part of the tube.

Professor Peirce gave some account of his computation of
the mass of Neptune from the motions of its satellite.

Three Hundred and first Meeting.

December 7, 1847. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The committee to whom was referred the "Programme
for the Organization of the Smithsonian Institution," sub-
mitted to the Academy by the Secretary, Professor Henry,
with his letter of the 30th September, made the following
Report.

" Professor Henry is understood to be desirous of ascertaining the
opinions of the scientific bodies of the country, on the subject of the
proposed organization of the Smithsonian Institution ; and the free
expression of their views is wished by him.

" The interesting nature and high importance of this foundation,
and the novel and peculiar circumstances attending its establishment,
make it highly expedient, in the opinion of the committee, that every
step taken in its organization should be deliberately considered. They

24

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

think it no more than just to express their satisfaction, that the control
of the infant establishment has been placed in the hands of a Board
of Regents of the highest intelligence, respectability, and weight of
character ; and in the wise selection made of the officers, on whom
the active executive duties of the institution will devolve, the com-
mittee perceive a satisfactory pledge, as far as they are concerned.

" Professor Henry's Programme commences with ' general con-
siderations, which should serve as a guide in adopting the plan of
organization.' He points out the nature of the bequest, as made to
the United States for the purpose of founding at Washington, under
the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the in-
crease and diffiasion of knowledge among men. The bequest is, ac-
cordingly, for the benefit of mankind. The government of the United
States is but a trustee to carry out this noble design. Even the people
of the United States are interested only so far as they constitute one
of the great families of the human race.

" The objects of the Institution are twofold ; 1st, the increase, and
2d, the diffusion, of knowledge, — objects which, although frequently
in a vague way confounded with each other (inasmuch as it often
happens that knowledge is diffused by the same acts which increase
it), are nevertheless logically distinct, and require to be separately
regarded. No particular kind of knowledge is specified by the founder
as entitled to the preference ; all branches are entitled to a share of
attention ; and the order and degree in which they are cultivated must
be decided by a wise regard to means and circumstances. Knowledge
may be increased by various modes of encouraging and facilitating the
discovery of new truths ; it is diffused chiefly, though not exclusive-
ly, through the instrumentality of the press. The organization should
be such as to produce results not within the province of the existing
institutions of the country. It was, for instance, evidently not the
design of the liberal founder to establish a collegiate institution, or a
place of education ; nor would it be wise to appropriate his bequest
for such an object, already sufficiently attained by the ordinary re-
sources of public and private liberality. Considering the novelty of
the undertaking, it would be manifestly unwise to stake too much on
the success of the first efforts. The organization should be such as to
admit of changes and modifications under the light of experience. As
several years have elapsed since the fund came into the possession of
the United States, it seems no more than equitable that a considerable

or ARTS AND SCIENCES. 187

portion of the accruing interest should be added to the principal, to
make up for the loss of time. The committee consider this suggestion
as perfectly reasonable, and trust it will receive the favorable consider-
ation of Congress. Liberal as is the original bequest, the sum is but
small compared with the great objects to be accomplished. This con-
sideration suggests the absolute necessity of economy in any outlay
on buildings and fixtures ; in reference to which a prudent regard
must be had, not merely to the first cost, but to the future expense of
repairs, and the support of the establishment. Great care must be
taken not to multiply the number of persons to be permanently sup-
ported by the Institution. A clear and settled idea of its organization
and mode of operation must precede the adoption of a plan of build-
ing, lest, after the completion of a costly edifice, it should be found
nearly or quite useless ; or worse even than useless, by forcing a
character upon the Institution which would not otherwise have been
given it. All view to mere local arrangement or advantage should be
discarded at the outset, in the management of a trust created for the
benefit of mankind.

" Such, very slightly expanded in a few of the propositions, are the
general considerations proposed by Professor Henry as guides in
adopting a plan of organization. They command the entire assent of
the committee ; and none of them more so than those which refer to
the necessity of strict economy in the expenditure of the fund on a
building-, and exclusion of undue regard to local ornament. It would
not be difficult to point to a memorable instance, in a sister city of
the Union, in which the most munificent bequest ever made for the
purpose of education has been rendered comparatively unavailing, by
the total disregard of these wise principles. It is an additional reason
for observing them, that the attempt to erect a highly imposing build-
ing for local ornament will not only crush in the bud all hope of ful-
filling the ulterior objects of the bequest, but will be almost sure to
fail of a satisfactory result as far as the edifice itself is concerned.

" The Secretary's plan of organization in reference to the increase of
knowledge is so accurately digested and so thoroughly condensed, that
the committee think it would be best to quote his own words : —

" ' To INCREASE Knowledge, it is proposed,

"'1. To stimulate men of talent to make original researches, by
offering suitable rewards for memoirs containing new truths ; and,

" ' 2. To appropriate annually a portion of the income for particular
researches under the direction of suitable persons.'

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" These methods of increasing knowledge are farther unfolded in
the following ' Detail of the Plan ' for that purpose.

" ' I. By stimulating researches.

" ' 1. Rewards consisting of money, medals, &c., offered for original
memoirs on all branches of knowledge.

" ' 2. The memoirs thus obtained to be published in a series of
volumes in a quarto form, and entitled Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge.

" ' 3. No memoir, on subjects of physical science, to be accepted for
publication which does not furnish a positive addition to human knowl-
edge ; and all unverified speculations to be rejected.

" ' 4. Each memoir presented to the Institution to be submitted for
examination to a commission of persons of reputation for learning in
the branch to which the memoir pertains, and to be accepted for pub-
lication only in case the report of this commission is favorable.

" ' 5. The commission to be chosen by the officers of the Institution,
and the name of the author, as far as practicable, concealed until a
favorable decision shall have been made.

" ' 6. The volumes of the memoirs to be exchanged for the transac-
tions of all literary and scientific societies, and copies to be given to
all the colleges and principal libraries in this country. One part of
the remaining copies may be offered for sale ; and the other carefully
preserved, to form complete sets of the work, to supply the demand
from new institutions.

" ' 7. An abstract or popular account of the contents of these me-
moirs should be given to the public through the annual report of the
Regents to Congress.

" ' II. By appropriating a portion of the income annually to special
objects of research, under the direction of suitable persons.

" ' 1. The objects and the amount appropriated to be recommended
by Counsellors of the Institution.

" ' 2. Appropriation in different years to different objects ; so that in
course of time each branch of knowledge may receive a share.

" ' 3. The results obtained from these appropriations to be published
with the memoirs before mentioned in the volumes of the Smithsonian
Contributions to Knowledge.

" ' 4. Examples of objects for which appropriations may be made : —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 189

" ' (1.) System of extended Meteorological Observations for solving
the problem of American Storms.

" ' (2. ) Geological, Magnetical, and Topographical surveys to collect
materials for the formation of a Physical Atlas of the United States.

" ' (3.) Solution of experimental problems ; such as weighing the
earth ; new determination of the velocity of electricity and of lio-ht ;
chemical analysis of soils and plants ; collection and publication of
articles of science, accumulated in the Offices of Government.

" ' (4.) Institution of statistical inquiries with reference to physical,
moral, and political subjects.

"'(5.) Historical researches and accurate surveys of places cele-
brated in history.

" ' (6.) Ethnological researches, particularly with reference to the
present races of men in North America ; also explorations and accu-
rate surveys of the mounds and other remains of the ancient people
of our country,'

" The committee have made this long extract from Professor
Henry's Programme, in order to give to the Academy an adequate
idea of the proposed plan, as far as it refers to the first branch, or the
Increase of Knowledge. It has, in some of its features, been already
adopted. It is already announced that one voluminous memoir, co-
piously illustrated by engravings, is already on its passage through the
press, under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution. The com-
mittee refer to an elaborate memoir by Messrs. Squiers and Davis, on
the aboriginal mounds discovered in large numbers in various parts of
the United States, and especially in the region northwest of the Ohio.
This memoir was accepted on the favorable report of the Ethnological
Society of New York, to which it had been referred by the Secretary
of the Institution, and in whose Transactions an abridgment of it has
appeared. It is also understood that a memoir on one of the most
interesting subjects which engages the attention of geometers and
mathematicians at the present moment, viz. the planet Neptune, has
been invited by the Secretary from one of our members.

" While the committee would deprecate all attempts unduly to
stimulate the increase of knowledge, as sure to prove abortive, and to
result at best in the publication of crude investigations, they believe it
quite possible to remove some of the obstructions to its progress.
Narrow circumstances are too apt to be the lot of genius when devoted
to scientific pursuits ; and the necessity of providing for personal and

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

domestic wants too often absorbs the time and faculties of those who
might, if relieved from cares of this kind, have adorned their age and
benefited mankind. To such men a moderate pecuniary advantage,
derived from a successful investigation, might be of vast importance.
The efficacy of market upon production is not limited to the creations
of physical labor. It is seen in the history of science and literature
of every age and country. Invention in the mechanical arts, and skill
in practical science, are well paid in this country, and how great is the
harvest ! The extraordinary effect even of an honorary inducement
is seen in the case of the medal offered by the king of Denmark for
the discovery of telescopic comets. On these principles it may be
hoped, that, by offering a moderate pecuniary compensation for re-
searches of real merit, valuable contributions to knowledge will be
produced ; while their publication will tend directly to the diffusion of
knowledge. An encouragement somewhat similar, toward the pro-
motion of the increase of knowledge, would be afforded by another
part of the proposed operations, that of providing the requisite appa-
ratus and implements, and especially books, to be placed in the hands
of those engaged in particular lines of investigation. In this way it
is not unlikely that a considerable amount of talent may be rendered
effective, which at present is condemned to inactivity from local posi-
tion unfavorable to scientific research.

" It is not the purpose of the committee to engage in minute criti-
cism of the details of the Programme ; but it may not be out of place
to suggest a doubt of the practicability or expediency of carrying into
rigid execution ' the rejection of all unverified speculations,' as pro-
posed in the third paragraph of the first section above cited. While
it is obviously advisable to discountenance all theoretical speculations
not directly built upon observation, it might be too much to exact, in all
cases, that these speculations should have been actually verified. No
small portion of modern geology is an ingenious structure of specula-
tive generalizations. The undulatory theory of light can hardly claim
any other character. The nebular theory, though proposed and il-
lustrated by the highest astronomical talent of the past and present
generations, is rapidly sinking from the domain of accredited specu-
lations. It may be doubted even whether M. Leverrier's brilliant
memoirs on the perturbations of Uranus would not, as published
before the discovery of Neptune, have fallen within this principle of
rejection rigorously applied.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES. 191

" Upon the whole, the committee think very favorably of all parts
of the plan for increasing knowledge, and feel no doubt that it would
afford important encouragement to scientific pursuits. To suppose that
it will create an era in science, or throw into the shade the ordinary
educational and intellectual influences at work in the country, would
be extravagant. It is enough, and all that can be expected, if it be a
rational plan for appropriating moderate means toward the attainment
of a desirable end.

" To fulfil the other objects of the trust, viz. to 'diffuse knowledge,'
the Secretary proposes to publish ' a series of reports, giving an ac-
count of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made
from year to year in all branches of knowledge not strictly profes-
sional.' These reports are to be prepared by collaborators most emi-
nent in their several departments, who are to receive a compensation
for their labors ; the collaborator to be furnished with all the journals
and other publications necessary to the preparation of his report.

" The following enumeration of the proposed subjects of these
reports will give the Academy a full conception of this part of the
plan. •♦

" ' I. PHYSICAL CLASS.

" ' 1. Physics, including Astronomy, Natural Philosophy, Chemistry,
and Meteorology.

" ' 2. Natural History, including Botany, Zoology, and Geology.

" ' 3. Agriculture.

" ' 4. Application of Science to Arts.

" ' II. MORAL AND POLITICAL CLASS.

" ' 5. Ethnology, including Particular History, Comparative Philol-
ogy, Antiquities, &c.

" ' 6. Statistics and Political Economy.

" ' 7. Mental and Moral Philosophy.

" ' 8. A Survey of the Political Events of the World ; Penal Re-
form, &c.

" ' III. LITERATURE AND THE FINE ARTS.

" ' 9. Modern Literature.

" ' 10. The Fine Arts, and their application to the useful arts.

" ' 11. Bibliography.

" ' 12. Obituary notices of distinguished individuals.'

193 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" Another branch of the plan for the diffusion of knowledge con-
templates the offer of premiums for the best essays on given subjects.

" The publications of the Institution, of whatever form, are pro-
posed to be presented to all the colleges and to the principal libraries
and scientific institutions throughout the country, and to be exchanged
for the transactions of all scientific and literary societies throughout
the world, thus laying the foundation of a valuable library. An ade-
quate number are to be preserved to supply the future demand of new
institutions, and the remainder are to be placed on sale at a price so
low as to render them generally accessible.

" For carrying out the plan thus sketched for increasing and diffus-
ing knowledge, the Regents propose to appropriate one half of the
income of their fund. The remainder is to be expended in the forma-
tion and maintenance of a library^ a. collection of instruments of re-
search in all branches of experimental science^ and a museum. This
partition of the income of the fund is stated to be ' a compromise
between the two modes of increasing and diffusing knowledge.'

" A library is one of the objects contemplated in the act of Con-
gress, establishing the Board for the management of the trust. It is
requisite for carrying out the plan above proposed. At the same time
it will be observed, that the distribution by exchange of the publica-
tions, which that scheme of operations will call into existence, will
rapidly provide the Institution, without farther expense, with the class
of works, often of a costly character, which are most directly impor-
tant as the means of advancing and diffusing positive knowledge.
It is accordingly in these that the Secretary proposes to lay the foun-
dations of the library ; forming, 1st, a complete collection of the
Transactions and Proceedings of all the learned societies in the world ;
and, 2d, a similar collection of all the current periodical publications,
and other works necessary in preparing the contemplated periodical
reports. In the next place, it is proposed to procure by preference
those books which are not found in the other public libraries of the
United States, regarding the want of them as of more urgency to be
supplied than that of a symmetrical and proportionate collection of
books in all the departments of science. Such a library as the plan
proposes may be fairly regarded as an important instrument for the
increase and diffusion of knowledge.

" The collection of scientific apparatus and instruments of research
is no less needful in the furtherance of the above-ment'oned plan.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 193

which, as it proposes to aid individuals in the prosecution of important
researches, may often do so most effectually by the loan of the in-
struments required for a particular investigation. They will also
be needed, especially at Washington, for carrying out, under the
most advantageous circumstances, the various experimental inves-
tigations in physics already pursued by the Secretary, with such credit
to himself, and such honor to the scientific character of the country.

" The Smithsonian Institution is also to be intrusted with the con-
servation of a national museum ; Congress having, by a clause in the
act of incorporation, devolved upon it the charge of the immense
collections belonging to the public, of which those brought home by
Captain Wilkes from the Exploring Expedition form the greater por-
tion, but which are daily increasing from many sources. These col-
lections, when a proper and convenient place shall have been prepared
for their reception and preservation, are likely to accumulate with still
greater rapidity in time to come.

" While there is an obvious propriety and convenience in thus
intrusting the care of the public collections to the officers of the
Smithsonian Institution, it will not, the committee trust, be forgotten by
Congress, that the income of the Smithsonian bequest — moderate at
best, and consecrated to an object distinct as it is elevated — ought
not to be burdened with the cost of constructing an edifice for the re-
ception and exhibition of the public collections, and their preservation
and care. These objects would alone absorb a considerable portion
of the fund. If drawn upon to carry them into effect, its efficiency
for any other purpose will be seriously diminished, if not altogether
destroyed.

" The plan also contemplates a museum of the fine arts, as well as
a scientific apparatus; it proposes to procure ' casts of the most cele-
brated articles of ancient and modern sculpture,' and ' models of
antiquities.' While it is undoubtedly true, that a gallery of this
description would find an appropriate place in an establishment de-
voted to the increase and diff'usion of knowledge in its broadest sense,
the committee cannot but hope that the immediate execution of this
part of the plan will not be attempted ; but that it will be deferred till
other objects of more decided utility have been provided for, and until
a surplus of unappropriated funds shall have accrued.

" The Academy will perceive that the most novel and important
feature of this plan is that which proposes to insure the publication of

2.5

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

memoirs and treatises on important subjects of investigation, and to
offer pecuniary encouragement to men of talent and attainment to
engage in scientific research. It is believed that no institution in the
country effects either of these objects to any great extent. The
nearest approach to it is the practice of the Academy, and other philo-
sophical societies, of publishing the memoirs adopted by them. These,
however, can rarely be works of great compass. No systematic plan
of compensation for the preparation of works of scientific research is
known by the committee to have been attempted in this or any other
country. It can scarcely be doubted that an important impulse would
be given by the Institution, in this way, to the cultivation of scientific
pursuits ; while the extensive and widely ramified system of distribu-
tion and exchange, by which the publications are to be distributed
throughout the United States and the world, would secure them a circu-
lation which works of science could scarcely attain in any other way.

" It is an obvious characteristic of this mode of applying the funds
of the Institution, that its influence would operate most widely through-
out the country ; that locality would be of comparatively litde im-
portance as far as this influence is concerned ; and that the Union
would become, so to say, in this respect, a great school of mutual
instruction.

" The committee' would remark, in conclusion, that, in a plan of
operations of this kind, very much depends upon the activity and
intelligence with which it is administered. The character of the
Board of Regents is a sufficient warrant for the prudence and good
judgment which will watch over the general interests of the founda-
tion ; while the reputation of the Secretary and his assistant, the
Librarian, is so well established in their respective departments, as to
render any tribute from the committee entirely superfluous.

" All which is respectfully submitted by the committee.

EDWARD EVERETT, {Chairman,)
JARED SPARKS,
BENJAMIN PEIRCE,
HENRY W. LONGFELLOW,

ASA GRAY.

" Decemher 4th, 1847."

Note. — " Professor Agassiz was named of the committee, but,
owing to his absence at the South, was unable to take part in the
preparation of this report."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 195

Mr. Tuckerman commimicated the following arrangement
and description of the Lichenes of the northern portion of
North America, viz. : —

A Synopsis of the Lichenes of the Northern United States and British
America* by Edward Tuckerman.

LICHENES.

Perennial, aerial Alga), vegetating only under the influence of moist-
ure, which is imbibed by the whole surface, propagated by spores
{sporidia), and also by the cells {gonidia) of the green layer.

Thallus (universal receptacle, Ach.) composed of three layers, viz. :
the cortical, the medullary, and the gonimous ; evolved from a hypo-
thallus (the elementary state in which the layers are confused, and dis-
cernible afterwards as cylindrical cells, and also as fibres on the under
side of foliaceous Lichenes, and forming the base, closely adnate to the
matrix, in crustaceous ones), typically horizontal or vertical. The
horizontal thallus is either crustaceous (often somewhat lobed at the
circumference or squamulose), ov foliaceous (becoming sometimes in
degenerate states crustaceous). The vertical thallus is either com-
pressed {suifoliaceous), or terete (fruticulose) ; of both of which the
filainentous thallus and the pendulous thallus are degenerations. In
Cladonia and Stereocaulon a vertical thallus (podetium) arises from
the primary horizontal thallus, and is itself often besprinkled with a
kind of secondary horizontal thallus in the form of leaf-like scales. —
Lichenes are reproduced in two ways ; L by gonidia, the (normal-
ly green) cells of the green (gonimous) layer, which appear on the
surface as irregularly shaped powdery masses (soredia), and propa-
gate either on the original thallus, forming foliaceous or squamulose

* This enumeration, originally prepared for Dr. Gray's Manual of the Botany
of the Northern States, has been enlarged by the addition of many species from
Arctic America, and from the Pacific coast, and is now published in the hope that
it may open the way to a more complete and satisfactory account hereafter. The
system is that of Fries, as presented in his Lichenographia Europma Reformata,
■with some emendations derived from his later works. The characters of the sec-
tions and genera in the Lichenographia have been throughout the basis of those
here given, and in part are adopted entire. In the citation of authorities for
specific names, the common usage has been followed ; but the writer has else-
where adopted what appears the preferable one (Enum. Lick. JV. ^mer. 1845),
where will also be found some account of the Friesian System.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

expansions, or external to the original thallus, forming new individ-
uals of the parent thallus ; and 2. by sporidia, consisting of sub-
globose or elliptical cells, which are either naked or contained in
other elongated more or less vertical cells {asci), and immersed in
the thalamium (or fructification proper), and propagate new individ-
uals of the species. The thalamium is either rounded, gelatinous-
waxy, and the asci converging {iiucleiform) ; or flattened at length into
a rigid, persistent, or afterwards collapsing lamina {subdisciform) ;
or originally disciform {open); and is itself contained in a receptacle
(exciple), either of the same color with and like the thallus {thaUine
exciple), or of different color and nature {proper exciple). The whole
fructification constitutes the apothecium, which is typically round, though
also occurring normally oblong and linear {lirellmform) , and is either
excavated with a contracted margin {urceolate) ; or slightly concave
with an elevated margin {scutelliform) ; or very concave-scutelliform
{cyathiform) ; or very concave-scutelliform and pervious {infundibuli-
form, a term applied also to the pervious cup-bearing podetia of Cla-
donise) ; or goblet-shaped and stipitate {craleriform) ; or dilated, flat,
and without prominent margin {peltc^form, of which the reniform is
a variation) ; or convex with repressed margin (cephaloid) ; or be-
tween scutelliform and peltseform (disciform) ; or between scutelli-
form and cephaloid {tuherculate). When the thalline exciple is pro-
longed below into a footstalk, it is said to be pedicellate; a proper
exciple in like manner prolonged is said to be stipitate. When the
proper exciple is originally and typically closed, the apothecium re-
ceives the name of periihecium. In the Angiocarpi several thalamia
are sometimes contained in the same exciple [composite apothecia) ;
and in the Gymnocarpi, in like manner, several disks are sometimes
confluent {symphycarpeous apothecia). The colors of the thallus in
Lichenes are disposed by Fries in four series : — 1. from pale green
becoming glaucous ; 2. from yellowish green becoming ochroleucous ;
3. from dark green becoming fuscous or olivaceous ; 4. from pale
yellow-green becoming lemon-colored. Each series has its peculiar
variations. The glaucous runs into pale green, cerulescent, and
white ; the fuscous into dark green, olivaceous, cinereous, grayish-
fuscous, and dark chestnut ; the ochroleucous into yellowish green
and albescent ; the lemon-colored into pale yellow, orange-red, and
vermilion-red.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 197

Synopsis of the Genera.

Div. I. GYMNOCARPI, Schrader, Fries.

Apothecia open, disciferous. Thalamium originally disciform, or
becoming so, contained in a thalline exciple or a proper exciple ; disk
normally persistent, ascigerous ; sometimes originally pulveraceous-
coUapsed.

Tribe I. PARMELIACE^E, Fr. — Apothecia rounded, from con-
cave becoming explanate, scutelliform, rarely peltate. Disk
somewhat waxy, persistent, contained in a thalline exciple.

Subtribe 1. Usnee^, Eschw. — Disk open. Thallus subvertical, or
pendulous-sarmentose, centripetal, without apparent hypothallus.

1. UsNEA. Apothecia peltate ; thallus with a solid medullary layer.

2. EvERNiA. Apothecia scutelliform ; thallus fistulous, or with a

cottony medullary layer.

3. Ramalina. Apothecia orbiculate-subpeltate ; disk pale, of nearly
the same color with the thallus.

4. Cetraria. Apothecia scutellate-peltate, oblique.

Subtribe 2. Parmelie^, Eschw. — Disk at first closed, becoming
at length discoid-open. Thallus horizontal, centrifugal, with a
hypothallus.

5. Nephroma. Apothecia reniform, adnate to the under side of the

lobes.

6. Peltigera. Apothecia peltajform, adnate to the upper side of

the elongated lobes.

7. Solorina. Apothecia maculaeform, adnate to the disk of the

thallus.

8. Sticta. Apothecia scutelliform ; thallus with cyphellse, or discol-

ored spots, on the under side.

9. Parmelia. Apothecia scutelliform ; thallus without veins or cy-

phellse beneath.

10. Thelotrema. Apothecia urceolate-scutelliform, a discrete inte-

rior exciple veiling a rigescent disk.

11. Gyalecta. Apothecia urceolate, an elevated and discrete colored

margin bordering a nigrescent disk.

Tribe II. LECIDEACEiE, Fr. Apothecia rounded, a persistent

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

disk contained in an open proper exciple, which it finally cov-
ers, and becomes convex, cephaloid, and immarginate.

12. Stereocaulon. Apothecia turbinate, at length cephaloid ; pode-

tia mostly solid.

13. Cladonia. Apothecia at length cephaloid, inflated ; podetia fistu-

lous.

14. BjEomyces. Apothecia capitate, globose, immarginate, velate.

15. BiATORA. Apothecia disciform, solid, with a waxy (originally

paler) exciple.

16. Lecidea. Apothecia disciform, solid, with a carbonaceous, black

proper exciple.

Tribe III. GR APHID ACE^, Fr. — Apothecia of various form,
an altered thalline carbonaceous proper exciple, or an originally
proper exciple margining a gyrose and proliferous-papillate, or -
canaliculate disk.

17. Umbilicaria. Apothecia orbiculate or lirellisform ; thallus folia-

ceous.

18. Opegrapha. Apothecia lirellssform ; thallus crustaceous.

19. Lecanactis. Apothecia irregular, at first open, with a pruinose

thalline veil.

Tribe IV. CALICIACE^, Fr. — Apothecia orbiculate or globose,
always open, margined by a proper exciple, the disk collaps-
ing into naked sporidia ; or without an exciple, the sporidia ca-
pituliform-compact,

20. Trachylia. The carbonaceous exciple innate, with an asciger-

ous disk.

21. Calicium. The carbonaceous exciple free ; disk compacted of

naked sporidia.

22. CoNiocYBE. Exciple wanting ; sporidia capituliform-compact.

Div. II. ANGIOCARPI, Schrader, Fries,

Apothecia closed, nucleiferous, pertuse and with an ostiole, or irreg-
ularly dehiscent ; the nucleus included, subglobose, ascigerous.

Tribe I. SPH^ROPHORACEtE, Fr. — Apothecia formed of the
intumescent apices of the thallus, closed, at length irregularly
lacerate-dehiscent. Nucleus subglobose. Thallus vertical, fru-
ticulose.

or ARTS AND SCIENCES. 199

23. Sphj^rophoron. Apothecia terminal, spherical ; nucleus black,
dehiscent.

Tribe II. ENDOCARPACEiE, Fr. —Apothecia immersed in the
thallus, globose, the thalline exciple attenuated into a neck, and
terminated by a discrete heterogeneous papillajform ostiole.
Nucleus deliquescent. Thallus horizontal, foliaceous or crus-
taceous.

24. Endocarpon. Apothecia pale, included in the foliaceous thallus.

25. Sagedia. Apothecia blackish, immersed in the crustaceous thallus.

26. Pertusaria. Apothecia verruciform, with one or more blackish,

papillate ostioles.

Tribe III. VERRUCARIACEiE, Fr. — Apothecia rounded, a
closed proper exciple (periihecium) becoming pertuse with an
ostiole, or at length open. Nucleus gelatinous, subhyaline, de-
liquescent. Thallus crustaceous.

27. CoNOTREMA. PeHthecia at length open ; nucleus subdisciform.

28. Verrucaria. Perithecia closed, with a papillBeform or simply per-
tuse ostiole.

Tribe IV. LIMBORIACEiE, Fr. — Apothecia rounded, the carbo-
naceous proper exciple closed, at length variously dehiscent.
Nucleus subceraceous, rigescent. Thallus crustaceous.

29. Pyrenothea. Perithecia at length pertuse, protruding the fatis-
cent nucleus.

I. USNEA, Dill., Hoffm.

Apothecia rounded, peltate, subterminal ; disk open, placed upon the
filamentous medullary stratum, the margin mostly radiate-ciliate. Thal-
lus cartilagineous,at first erect, sufl^ruliculose, becoming with age more
or less filamentous or pendulous, the crustaceous cortical stratum some-
what separate from the medullary.

A genus universally diffused ; and the first species occurring, in
one or other of its forms, in every quarter of the globe. This spe-
cies extends throughout the United Stales. U. Jiomalea, Tuckerm.
Enum. 1845, with a softish, much compressed, ancipital, rugulose, fas-
tigiate and attenuate-branched thallus, and plane apothecia, with scarce-
ly elevated, obtuse margins, Rarnalina ho7nalea, Ach. Lich. p. 598,
was discovered on the coast of California by Menzies ! but has not been
detected elsewhere.

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

1. U. harhata, Fr. Thallus terete, irregularly branched, at length
annulate-cracked, glaucous ; apothecia almost immarginate, radiate
disk pale. Fr. Liclienogr. p. 18. — a. Jlorida, Fr., very much branched
somewhat scabrous, apoth. large. U. Jlorida, Ach. — /5. strigosa,Ach.
rather small, very thickly fibrillose-strigose. Ach. Sj/n. p. 305. — y
rubiginea, Michx., lax, scabrous, more or less rusty-red. U. Jlorida
var. rubiginea, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 332. — d. hirta, very much branched
dwarfish, the fibrillae somewhat elongated, oftener verrucose-pulveru
lent. U. hirta, Iloffm. — t. plicata, Fr., pendulous, elongated, subdi
chotomous, entangled, lax, smoothish, pale. U. plicata, Ach. — ^. da
sypo'ga, Fr., pendulous, elongated, branches somewhat simple, lateral
fibres spreading. U. barbata, Hoffm. Lichen barbatus, L.

Very common ; a, /?, ?, and J mostly on trees, the last two less fre-
quently fertile ; 5 on rails, sterile ; New England. New York, Tor-
rey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Northward to Arctic America, Richardson
(Franklin's Narrative, App.).

2. U. longissima, Ach. Th. pendulous, filamentous, terete-com-
pressed, somewhat rugulose, smoothish, nearly simple, pale glaucous,
vi'ith approximate, horizontal, at length tortuous fibres. Ach^ Syn. p.
307.

Firs and other trees on the sides, and in swamps at the base, of the
high mountains of New England, and northward, occurring 5 feet long.
Infertile, as is also the case with the European Lichen on which the
species was founded. It seems, like the last species, to be very vi^idely
diffused ; and I have, or have seen, specimens probably belonging to it,
from Europe, Asia, Africa, and New Holland. A single Cape of Good
Hope specimen, in my possession, is fertile, and has quite concave ra-
diate apothecia, with somewhat elevated, obtuse margins. The earliest
specimen I have seen is an infertile one in the Berlin herbarium, col-
lected in Cappadocia by Tournefort.

3. U. angulata, Ach. Th. pendulous, flexuous, angular, nearly sim-
ple, pale cinerascent ; angles acute, scabrous ; fibres horizontal approxi-
mated, simple, short, terete-attenuate. Ach. Syn. p. 307. Halsey, Lich.
New York, in Ann. Lye. I, p. 21.

Trees, Pennsylvania, Mm/iZ., J[c/t. New York, Torrey. Massachu-
setts, occurring 4 feet long, Halsey. Spruce swamps, Chelmsford,
Russell !

4. U. trichodea, Ach. Th. pendulous (prostrate), very delicate

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 201

and flexile, filiform, smooth, somewhat branched, whitish-pallescent ;
fibres horizontal, scattered, rather secund, flexuous ; apoth. small, with
an elevated, thin, entire margin. Ach. Syn. p. 307. Icon, Ach. Meth.,
t. 8, /. 1.

Nova Scotia, Menzies, fide Ach. Canada, flerS. Michaux! The
specimen in herb. Floerk. ! which Floerke supposed might be U. tri-
chodea, Ach., is referred by him to U. plicata.

5. U. sphacelata, R. Br. Th. erectish, fruticulose, the principal
branches ochroleucous, biack-vittate, smooth, the ultimate ones attenu-
ate, black, all sorediiferous. R. Br. Suppl. to Parry'^s Voy.p. 307.

Melville Island, JR. Br. I have not seen American specimens, but I
have received fine ones from Dr. Vahl, collected by him in Spitzbergen.

11. EVERNIA, Ach., Fr.

Apothecia rounded, scutelliform, marginal ; disk open, placed upon
the cottony medullary layer, colored. Thallus originally erect, te-
retish-fruticulose or compressed-foliaceous (abnormally filamentous or
pendulous), within uniform, and either fistulous, or filled with the cot-
tony medullary layer.

The third section of this genus (Physcia) is further represented in
the South of Europe by three species not as yet known with us : — E.
iniricata, Fr., with a much-branched, linear, glaucous thallus; E. viU
losa, Fr., with a villous, multifid, glaucous thallus ; and E. Jlavicons,
Fr , with a much branched, linear, bright yellow thallus; of which
the first and last species attain to the southern coast of England
(Borrer) ; the first two are found in the Canary Islands (Montague) ;
the second in Peru (Acharius) ; and the last in the West Indies (Ach.)
and South America (Eschweiler). It is possible that one or more of
these species may occur in the Southern States. In the North, E. di-
varicata, Ach., nearest to E. prunastrr, with a more or less filamentous,
softish, lacunose thallus, is the only European Lichen of the present
section that is wanting with us.

§1. Cornicularia, Fr. Fruticulose, passing into filamentous
or pendulous forms.

1. E,. furcellafa, Fr.,with long (terete-compressed .?) di-trichotomous-
ly divided, suberect, entangled branches, from hoary becoming cinere-
ous, or slightly greenish, with furcate fuscous apices, Dill. Muse. t. 85,

26

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

f. 14, was constituted on a Lichen which Fries referred to this figure
and description of Dillenius, whose own specimens were sent him from
Pennsylvania, by J. Bartram. I have not seen Fries's description, but
he says incidentally (Lichenogr. p. 478) that his specimens are (like
those of Dillenius) infertile, and that the genus of the Lichen is there-
fore doubtful.

2. E. juhata, Fr. Thallus terete, smooth, much branched, black-
fuscous (or palish), apices simple ; apothecia innate-sessile, entire, of
the same color with the thallus. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 20. — «. bicolor,
Fr. ; th. erectish, fruticulose, branches divergent, apices cinereous-
fuscescent. Cornicularia hicolor, Ach. — (i. chalybeiformis, Ach. ;
th. subfilamentous, decumbent, somewhat rigid, divergent (often white-
sorediiferous), apices oftener palish. Alectoria jubata, var. chalyb.,
Ach. Cornicularia Jibrillosa, Halscy, Lich. N. Y. I. c. non Ach.
— y. implexa, Fr. ', th. filamentous, pendulous, very much branched,
entangled, sofiish, apices of the same color. Lichen jubatus, L. —
8. setacea, Ach. ; th. filamentous, rather slender, very long, pendulous,
somewhat simple, frequently sorediiferous. Alect. jubata., var. setacea.,
Ach. Setaria trichodes, Michx. Alect. trichodes, Pylaie Voy. p. 17.

Very common : «, trees on high mountains, fertile ; and on the
ground in alpine districts, infertile ; White Mountains. Arctic America,
R. Br. (Ross's Voy.). — /5, old rails, stones, and trees, sterile; com-
mon in New England, Arctic America, R. Br. (Scoresby's Arc. Re-
gions), Rich. — ;/, trees in mountainous and subalpine districts, infer-
tile ; New England and westward. Arctic America, Rich. — 8., dead
wood, Canada, Michaux ! Newfoundland and northward, J/erS. Hook. !
Michaux's Lichen is extremely delicate, but apparently not distinct.

3. E. divergens, Fr. Th. somewhat angular, dark-chestnut, white-
dotted ; branches elongated, flexuous ; apices attenuated, forked, of the
same color ; apoth. innate-sessile, crenulate, disk of the same color.
Fr. Lichejiogr. p. 21. Cornicularia, Ach.

On the earth, alpine and arctic regions. Newfoundland, Herb. De-
lessert. Bear Lake, Rich., Hook. ! (Parry's Sec. Voy.).

4. E. ochroleuca, Fr. Th. teretish, smoothish, ochroleucous (and
palish), axils compressed-sublacunose, irregularly branched, apices at-
tenuate, subfibrillose ; apoth. innate-sessile, at length repand, disk livid-
fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 22. — «. rigida, Fr. ; th. suberect, fru-
ticulose, rigid, ochroleucous, apices reflexed, blackish. Comic, ochro-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 203

leuca, Ach. — /?. sarmentosa, Fr. ; th. filamentous, sarmentose-pendu-
lous, much branched, softish, ochroleucous or pale, apices elongated,
of the same color. Alectoria sarmentosa^ Ach.

Mountainous, alpine, and arctic regions. — a, on the earth ; White
Mountains, infertile. Arctic America, Rich. (Herb. Hook. !), i?. Br.
(Parry's First Voy.), fertile. — /?, on the trunks and branches of trees
in the mountains of New England, and northward, fertile ; and on the
earth, alpine and arctic, sterile, a does not seem to be well represent-
ed on our mountains. The arctic specimens are very fine.

5. E. vulpi7ia, Ach. Th. much branched, rigid, angular, com-
pressed-lacunose, greenish-yellow ; apoth. sessile, disk fuscous. Fr.
Lichenogr.p. 23.

Trunks and rails, N. W. America, Menzies ! and Rocky Mountains,
Herb. Hook. ! fertile. A few specimens in my possession, from the
White Mountains, and elsewhere, may belong to this ; but most of the
degenerate plants commonly referred to it here are, perhaps, as safely
placed with E. prunastri.

§ II. Dufourea, Fr. Fruticulose, inflated, apothecia terminal.

6. E. ramulosa, Hook, (sub Dufourea). Th. ca^spitose, terete-com-
pressed, scarcely lacunose, fuscous-glaucescent, much branched and
fuscous-olivaceous above, branches subdichotomous, tuberculate-ramu-
lose, obtusish. Dufourea ramulosa, Hook. App. to Parry''s Sec. Voy.
p. 42^.

Arctic America, Hook. Considered by Hooker nearest to E. ma-
dreporiformis, from which he remarks that it differs in color, in its
branching, and in being fistulous.

7. E. arctica, Rich, (sub Dufourea). Th. somewhat csespitose, sub-
simple, or with a few short branches above, subulate-ventricose, smooth,
sulphureous becoming brownish ; apoth. chestnut, with an obscure,
crenulate thalline margin. Dufourea arctica, Rich, in Frankl. Narr.
p. 762 & Icon, ^ 31.

Bear Lake, and elsewhere in Arctic America, Rich. (herb. Hook. !).
I follow Fries in considering the Dufourese a section of the present
genus. Hooker (App. to Parry's Sec. Voy. 1. c.) refers Dufourea no-
dosa, R. Br. (Ross's Voyage), to a variety of the present species. I
have not seen the description of Brown.

§ III. Physcia, Fr. Foliaceous-compressed, the under side chan-
nelled.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

8. E, prunastri, Ach. Th. subfoliaceous, ochroleucous (and palles-
cent), lacinias linear-attenuate, rugose-lacunose ; on the under side
somewhat channelled and white ; apoth. subpedicellate, cyathifornn,
rufous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 25.

Trees and shrubs, more rarely on stones and rails. Arctic Amer-
ica, Rich. Canada, fertile, Herb. Hook. ! More common with us in
degenerate states. New England. New York, Torr. Pennsylvania,
Muhl.

9. E. furfuracea, Mann. Th. subfoliaceous, glaucous (oftener ci-
nereous-furfuraceous), lacinice linear, dichotomous ; channelled and
becoming black on the under side ; apoth. pedicellate, disk rufescent.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 26. Borrera, Ach. — /5. Cladonia, Tuckerm. ; suf-
fruticulose, naked, laciniae patent, much branched, and often somewhat
thyrsoid-entangled.

Trunks, common and fertile ; more rarely on stones, &c. ; New
England. New York, Halscy. — (5, firs and other trees, on the moun-
tains of Northern New England, fertile.

III. RAMALINA, Ach.

Apothecia rounded, scutelliform, thick, pedicellate-subpeltate, scat-
tered upon both sides of the thallus, disk open, placed upon the (green)
gonimous stratum. Thallus originally erect, ramose-laciniate, similar
throughout, and of the same color.

Two species occurring in the North of Europe are as yet whol-
ly wanting with us : — R. poUinaria, Ach., with a softish, flaccid,
corrugated thallus besprinkled with white powdery spots ; and R.
scopulorum, Ach., with a thick, rigid, polished, often terete thallus, at-
taining to a very large size. At the extreme South, we may possibly
have some West Indian species, or others peculiar to this continent.
The late Mr. Menzies kindly presented me with two, collected by him
on the coast of the Mexican State of California, which may be noticed
briefly in this place. It is probable the first, at least, has been already
described, but I have not been able to find any account of it. R. reti-
formis, Menz. herb. ; subcartilagineous, much elongated, the irregular
flexuous branches dilated above and regularly reticulate-perforate ;
apolh. lateral. Monterey ! — R. Menziesii, Tuckerm. ; submembrana-
ceous, thin, deeply lacunose or plane, canaliculate, smooth ; apoth.
lateral, sessile, with a thin, elevated margin. jR. scopulorum ? Menz.
herb. R. scopulorum, var. tenuissima, Hook. ^ Am. in Beechey''s Voy.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 205

p. 163 ? Monterey ! Appears to me to differ from R. scopulorum in its
soflish, plane, often deeply lacunose, and thin thallus, as well as in the
apothecia. — Roccella, a genus nearly allied to the present and the
last, and diffused throughout the warmer regions of the globe, has not
as yet any North American representative. I saw, however, in a small
collection of " Algse from Carolina, Bermudas, and the Caribbees, by
the Rev. Mr. Clerk," in the British Museum, a Roccella, which resem-
bled R. phycopsis, Ach. ; but it is uncertain at which of the above lo-
calities this Lichen was obtained.

1. R. calicaris, Fr. Thallus ramose-foliaceous, cartilagineous, ri-
gescent, lacunose, glaucous ; apothecia pedicellate, with elevated mar-
gins, disk plane, palish. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 30, — «. fraxinea, Fr. ;
laciniae longer and broader, the fertile ones plane ; apoth. lateral. R.
fraxinea, Ach. — /?. fastigiata, Fr. ; lacinia? shorter, fastigiate, sub-
compressed, lacunose; apoth. somewhat terminal. R. fastigiata, Ach.
— y. cmialiculata^Fr. :, lacinise sublinear, narrow-attenuate, fertile ones
channelled ; apoth. affixed to the reflexed apices. Lichen calicaris,
L. R. fastigiata, /?., Ach. — d. farinacea, Schajr. ; lacinise linear-
attenuate, sublacunose (sorediiferous), rigid; apoth. scattered. R. far-
inacea, Ach.

Very common : «, /?, and y, on trees, rails, &c. ; the last especially
in mountain forests ; S, abundant in the New England mountains, and
northward, on trees and rocks. New York, Torrcy. Pennsylvania,
Muhl.

2. R. polymorpha, Ach. Th. coespitose, cartilagineous-rigid, lon-
gitudinally costate-rugose, glaucous (and pallescent), often sorediifer-
ous and the soredia capituliform ; apoth. subterminal, pedicellate, with
elevated margins, disk concave, pale. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 32. — ^. ti7ic-
toria, Ach. ; lacinice sublinear, diffuse, linear-lacunose, lacerate-incised
and pulverulent at the apices. Ach. Lichenogr. p. 601.

Rocks and stones, fertile ; New England, and westward, very com-
mon. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

IV. CETR'ARIA, Ach., Fr.

Apothecia scutellate-peltate, affixed obliquely to the apices of the
thallus. Thallus cartilagineous-membranaceous, originally ascendant ;
smoothish on the under side ; lobes either somewhat terete, or foliaceous
and somewhat concave above.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

All the European species, and indeed all that belong to the genus
(as revised by Fries) in the last general work of Acharius (Synopsis),
occur with us, with several others. It is difficult to define strictly the
limits between the foliaceous species of Cetraria and some Parmelise
of the subsection Imbricaria ; and in his Flora Scanica, Fries has sug-
gested the possibility of extending Cetraria to include most or all of the
Imbricarise. But the genus, as limited in the Lichenographia Euro-
psea, seems a natural one, and well distinguished from Parmelia.

§1. C artilagine<2,Fr, Thallus cartilagineous, suberect.

1. C. tristis, Fr. Thallus fruticulose, horny-cartilagineous, rigid,
solid, distichally dichotomous, pitch-black, branches fastigiate, terete ;
apothecia terminal, plano-convex, disk fuscous-black. Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 34. Cornicularia, Ach.

Alpine and arctic rocks. Arctic America, Rich.

2. C. odontella, Ach. Th. fruticulose, rigid, solid, subcompressed,
palmate-ramose, dark-brownish-chestnut, branches plane, dentate (not
ciliate-spinulose) ; apoth. terminal, plane, disk fuscous. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 35.

Stones and moist rocks in alpine districts. Newfoundland, Despreaux
in herb. Deless. ! Bory in herb. Kunth ! fertile. Northward to Arctic
America, Herb. Hook. ! Melville Island, JR. Br. (Parry's First Voy.).

3. C. aculeata, Fr. Th. fruticulose, rigid, subfistulous, lacunose-
compressed, very much and irregularly branched, dark-brownish-chest-
nut, branches divaricate, black-spinulose ; apoth. terminal, peltate, den-
ticulate, disk of the same color. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 35. Cornicularia,
Ach.

On the earth in alpine and subalpine districts. White Mountains,
fertile. Northward to Arctic America, jR. Br., Hook. !

4. C. Richardsonii, Hook. Th. subfoliaceous, canaliculate, divari-
cate-bipinnatifid, naked or sparingly black-denticulate, dark-chestnut ;
apoth. marginal, subpedicellate, margin granulate or irregular, disk
yellowish-brown. Hook, in Frankl. Narr. p. 761, & Icon, t. 31.

Barren grounds north of Great Slave Lake, Rich. (herb. Hook. ! &
herb. Grev. !). Prostrate.

5. C. Islandica, Ach. Th. subfoliaceous, sublinear, canaliculate,
ciliate-spinulose, olivaceous-chestnut ; apoth. obliquely scutellate, ad-
nate to the upper side of the lobes, very entire, disk dark-chestnut.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 207

Fr. Lichenogr. p. 36. — /?. platynn, Fr. ; lacinise broader, flattish,
waved. Fr. I. c. — y. crispa, Ach. ; lacinise narrow, crisped, with
connivent margins. Fr. I. c.

On the earth in alpine and subalpine districts, and at lower eleva-
tions northward, abundant and fertile; ;' not found elsewhere. Also
degenerate and sterile on hill-sides, and in sandy fields near the coast,
throughout New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

6. C. cucuUata, Ach. Th. subfoliaceous, sinuate-laciniate,ochroleu-
cous, sanguineous-fuscous at the base, margins connivent and waved ;
apoih. adnate to the under side of the lobes, disk pale-flesh-colored.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 37.

On the earth in alpine and subalpine districts. White Mountains,
fertile. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

7. C. nivalis, Ach. Th. foliaceous, erectish, lacunose-reticulate,
lacerate-laciniate, ochroleucous, yellowish at the base ; lacinise canalic-
ulate-patulous, crisped ; apoth. marginal, crenulate, yellowish-flesh-col-
ored. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 38.

On the earth in alpine and subalpine districts. White Mountains,
fertile. Northward to Arctic America, R. Br. (Scoresby).

§ II. Me miranace (S, Fr. Thallus coriaceous-membranaceous,
the sterile fronds subdepressed.

8. C. glauca, Ach. Th. membranaceous, foliaceous, expanded,
sinuate-lobed, ascendant, glaucous (and cinerascent) ; becoming black
on the under side ; apoth. terminal, peltate, dark-reddish-chestnut. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 38. — a. fertilis, Fr. ; lacinise elongated, channelled,
becoming whitish on both sides, or spotted with white. Fr. I. c. —
/?. sterilis, Fr. ; lacinise shorter, wider, subdepressed, the under side
fuscous-black. Fr. I. c.

Trunks of trees, stones, &c., in mountain forests, and elsewhere ;
New England. Northward to Newfoundland, Pylaie.

9. C. sepincola, Ach. Th. membranaceous, foliaceous, ascendant,
laciniate, from green becoming olivaceous-fuscescent ; paler beneath ;
lacinise plane (the margins sometimes crisped, pulverulent), fertile ones
short ; apoth. adnate to the upper side of the lobes, dark-fuscous. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 39,

Trees and dead wood. Branches of dwarf firs, with C. pinastri,
White Mountains, fertile. Arctic America, Rich. Hudson's Bay,
Herh. Banks ! Northwest Coast, Menzies !

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

10. C. ciliaris, Ach. Th. subcorlaceous, foliaceous, reticulate-lac-
unose, greenish glaucous becoming fuscescent ; whitish-fuscescent be-
neath ; lacinise ascendant, crisped, ciliate or black-denticulate ; apoth.
elevated, blackish-fuscous, with a crenate margin. Ach. Syn. p. 227.

Trunks of trees, and old rails, common and fertile ; ascending to
subalpine districts, where it is often very small, and resembles the last ;
New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. !

11. C. lacunosa, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-coriaceous, foliaceous
round-lobed, rugose-reticulate-cellulose, glaucescent; whitish on the un
der side, or spotted with white ; lacinise ascending, the margins crenate
crisped, black-denticulate ; apoth. large, elevated, dark-reddish, entire
Ach. Meth. 295, t. 5, f. 3, Syn. p. 227. Lichen cavernosus, Menz
herb. — /5. Atlantica, Tuckerm. ; cartilagineous-membranaceous, lacu
nose-reticulate ; apoth. at length perforate. C. lacunosa, Hals. Licli
N. Y., I. c. & Auct. Amer. C. Tiickermanii, Oakes in Sill. Jour.

Trunks of trees, and old rails. — a, Northwest coast, Menzies ! —
/5, Lake Superior to New England, fertile. New York, Halsey. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl. The plant of Menzies differs from ours considerably,
but more specimens of the Oregon Lichen are required, to settle the
distinctness of the two.

12. C. placorodia, Tuckerm. Th. subcartilagineous, foliaceous, of
narrow, at first smooth and discrete, at length convex, concrete, and
plicate lobes, finally besprinkled with black grains or wholly isidioph-
orous, pale livid-glaucous; on the underside fuscescent, rugose, smooth,
sparingly fibrillose ; lacinipe crisped, crenate; apoth, marginal, peltate
on the ascending lobules, from pale fuscous becoming dark chestnut,
with an inflexed crenate margin, at length explanate. Parmelia pla-
corodia, Ach. ! Syn. p. 196.

Trunks (normal), Chelmsford, Russell! and common on rails, when
(like C. ciliaris, C. lacunosa, and others) it assumes a Parmeliaceous.
aspect. From Parmelia it appears to me distinct, in its marginal, ob-
liquely affixed apothecia, and its smooth, reticulate-rugose under-side.
Acharius was acquainted only with the rail-Lichen.

13. C. aurescens, Tuckerm. Th. subcorlaceous, foliaceous, plane,
sinuate-lobed, yellowish-green ; beneath whuish with pale fuscescent
fibres; margins of the lobes elevated, crisped, black-denticulate ; apoth.
large, elevated, chestnut, with a thin crenulate margin.

Trunks and branches of Coniferse, New Hampshire. And old rails,
Massachusetts.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 209

14. C. Oakesiana, Tuckerm. Th. subcoriaceous, foliaceous, de-
pressed, linear-laciniate, from green becoming yellow ; fuscous on the
under side, with scattered coarse fuscous fibres ; laciniae plane, with
elevated, black-ciliate (or more commonly pulverulent) margins ; apoth.
marginal, elevated, rufous-fuscous, somewhat entire. Tuckerm. Lich.
N. E. in Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1841, p. 445.

Trees and rocks in mountain forests, New England ; fertile.

15. C. viridis, Schwein. Th. membranaceous, foliaceous, round-
lobed, lacunose-reticulate, glaucous-green ; pale yellow on the under
side ; margins waved, black-denticulate ; apoth. chestnut-brown, with
an inflexed, lobate- dentate margin. Schwein. in Hals. Lich. N. Y. I. c.
p. 16.

Cedars, Massachusetts. New York, Halsey. Certainly very near the
next ; and the Massachusetts Lichen here referred to it is perhaps noth-
ing but a state of C. juniperina, /?.

16. C. juniperina., Ach. Th. membranaceous, foliaceous, ascen-
dant, sublacunose, lacerate-laciniate, bright yellow ; on the under side
subreticulate, of the same color ; laciniae concave, crisped, black-den-
ticulate ; apoth. adnate to the lobes in front, disk fuscous, margin cren-
ulate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 40. C. juniperina, Ach. Syii. p. 226, & C.
Tilesii, Ach. ! Syn. p. 228. — ^5. virescens, Tuckerm. ; glaucous-green
becoming pale yellowish, pale beneath.

On trees, and on the earth, Arctic America, Rich., Hook.! — /?,
cedars and other trees, and rails, on the coast of Massachusetts, Rus-
sell ! and southward to New York, Torrey, and Pennsylvania, Muhl.
Our /? can be compared only with the low-country Lichen of the North
of Europe, from which it appears to differ as described. The alpine
European forms, and our own arctic ones, recede variously from this
type.

17. C. pinastri, Sommerf. Th. membranaceous, foliaceous, de-
pressed, round-lobed, greenish-yellow ; lacinise plane, not denticulate
(with crisped and powdery margins in the sterile plant) ; ' apoth. mar-
ginal, disk yellowish-brown, margin obtuse.' Fr. Lichenogr. p. 40. C.
juniperina, /5. pinastri, Ach. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Subalpine shrubs and rocks ; also trees in mountain woods and
swamps, infertile ; New England. Northward to Arctic America,
Rich.

27

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

V. NEPHROxMA, Ach.

Apothecia reniform, plane, not velate, adnale to the under side of
the thallus, with an elevated thalline margin. Thallus membrana-
ceous, softish, somewhat villous on the under side.

Nephroma is constituted a section of Peltigera in the Lichenogra-
phia of Fries, but in his Flora Scanica, 1835, and his Summa Fl. Scand.
1845, these genera are recognized as distinct ; as they are also by Mon-
tagne. Fee (Crypt. Exot. Suppl. p. 8) remarks that they differ also
in their thecae.

1. N. arcticum, Fr. Thallus coriaceous-membranaceous, smooth,
ochroleucous ; on the under side subvillous, becoming black ; fertile
lobules somewhat elongated, erectish ; apothecia dark orange-red.
Peltigera arctica, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 42. JV. polaris, Ach. Tuckerm.
Lich. N. E. I. c.

Rocks among mosses, and on dwarf firs, in alpine and subalpine
districts. White Mountains, fertile. Abundant in Newfoundland, and
forming patches of two or three feet in extent, Pylaie ! in herb.
Kunth. Northward to Greenland, Brasen (Fl. Dan.), and elsewhere
in Arctic America, Rich.

2. N. resupinatum, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, smooth,
from glaucous becoming fuscescent; pale and downy on the underside,
which is sparingly besprinkled with whitish soredia ; apoth. rufous-fus-
cous. Ach. Syn. p. 241.

Trunks, often of mountain ash, in mountain forests, luxuriant and
fertile ; New England. New York, Halsey. Arctic America, Rich.
Darker on rocks, where it is frequently quite small.

3. N. parile, Ach. Th. membranaceous, suborbiculate, softish,
livid-fuscous ; on the under side naked, rugulose, dark ; (the lacinise
often sorediiferous, and pulverulent at the margins), fertile lobules
short ; apoth. dark-fuscous. Ach. Syn. p. 242.

Rocks. White Mountains, not uncommon. And on the coast, Mr.
Oakes. Fertile.

4. N. Helveticum, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, some-
what rigid, glaucous-fuscescent ; on the under side tomentose, becoming
black; margins of the lobes and of the apothecia fimbriate-toothed ;
fertile lobules somewhat elongated ; apoth. blackish. Ach. Syn. p. 242.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 211

Trees and rocks, fertile, New England. A small rock-form occurs
(N. aspera, Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c), analogous to a similar one
of N. resupinatum.

VI. PELTIGERA, Hoffm.

Apothecia orbiculate, peltaeform, plane, adnate to the upper side of
elongated lobes of the thallus, or more rarely marginal ; with a thin
margin of the thallus. Thallus coriaceous-membranaceous, venose on
the under side.

1. P. malacea, Ach. Thallus spongy, soft, smooth, round-lobed, fus-
cous-cinerascent, clothed on the under side with a dense blackish to-
mentum becoming white towards the margins ; apothecia ascendant,
rounded, margin crenulate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 44.

Mountainous districts ; on the earth and on shrub firs near the limit
of trees, and on rocks at lower elevations, White Mountains.

2. P. aphthosa, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous, smooth, besprinkled with
warts, bright green (and glaucescent) ; reticulated with blackish veins,
and fibrillose on the under side ; apoth. large, ascendant, round, with
a somewhat lacerate margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 44.

Rocks among mosses, and on the earth. Common in mountain for-
ests ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. North-
ward to Newfoundland, Pylaie; and Arctic America, Rich., R. Br.

3. P. canina, Hoffm. Th. membranaceous, flaccid, scrobiculate,
subtomentose, fuscous-green (and cinerascent, and hoary) ; the under
side whitish and reticulated with pale fuscous veins; apoth. ascendant,
rounded, at length semi-revolute, vertical. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 45.

On the earth, rocks, and mossy trunks, common in New England.
New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Northward to Greenland,
Gieseke.

4. P. rufescens, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous, soft, subtomentose, cinere-
ous-virescent (and cinereous, and rufescent) ; fuscous-fibrillose on the
under side, and reticulated with black-fuscous veins ; lobes rather
narrow, with elevated and crisped margins ; apoth. at length vertical,
oblong, revolute. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 46. Pellidea spuria, Ach. Tuckerm.
Lich. N. E. I. c.

On the earth, rocks, and trunks among mosses ; New England.
Thallus smaller and thicker than in the last.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMEKICAN ACADEMY

5. P. polpdactyla, HofFm. Th. papyraceous, very smooth, shining,
plumbeous-virescent (and gray), on the under side almost naked, re-
ticulated with spongy fuscous veins; (fertile lobules often very numer-
ous ;) apoth. ascending, finally revolute. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 46. — /5.
scut.ata, Fr. ; margins often crisped (or powdery) ; apoth. at first trans-
versely oblong, at length erect and revolute. Fr. I. c. PeUidea scutata,
Ack.

Rocks and trunks among mosses, abundant in mountain forests;
New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. The va-
riety /5 may be taken for the next species, which has a different thallus.
P. reticulata, Hook. ms. (herb. Borr. !), from the Northwest Coast, is
near this, but apparently a distinct species. I have not seen the de-
scription.

6. P. horizontalis, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous, lacunulose, smooth, fus-
cous-virescent ; the under side reticulated with black veins ; apoth.
transversely oblong, plane, horizontal. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 47.

Rocks and trunks, among mosses, less common than the last ; New
England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Margins of the
thallus sometimes crisped,and the under side scarcely venose (var. lo-
phyra, Ach.).

7. P. venosa^ Hoffm. Th. coriaceous (small), fan-shaped, simple,
green (and cinereous) ; white on the under side, and variegated with
fuscous-black, divaricately branched veins ; apoth. adnate to the thal-
lus, round, horizontal. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 48.

On the earth, in woods. Pennsylvania, Muhl. New York, Torrey !
Northwest Coast, Menzies !

VII. SOLORINA, Ach.

Apothecia suborbiculate, depressed, adnate to the disk of the thallus,
covered originally with a thin membrane, which forms at length an
evanescent margin, ' subgelatinous within.' Thallus coriaceous-mem-
branaceous, foliaceous, venose or lanuginous beneath.

Eschweiler (Syst. p. 21, & Lich. Brasil. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1833, p. 60)
considers this genus very distinct from Peltigera'jn the peculiar evolu-
tion of its apothecia. The apothecia of some species of Peltigera are
indeed velate", and this is the case with nearly all, according to Fries ;
but these groups differ also in their thecae, as shown by Eschweiler and
by Fee, and in a somewhat different habit. Montagne (Bot. Zeitung,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 213

1, p. 476), Flotow (Ibid. p. 613), Fee (Crypt. Exot. 1. c), and J. D.
Hooker (Lich. Antarct. in Hook. Jour. Bot.) have enlarged the present
genus by the addition of some interesting tropical and other species.

1. S. crocea, Ach. Thallus coriaceous, lobed, obscurely green be-
coming cinnamon-colored ; on the under side safTron-colored, with rather
obscure, branched, anastomosing veins; apothecia applanate, immargi-
nate, dark-chestnut. Ach. Syn. p. 8. Peltigera^ Fr. Lichenogr. p. 48.

On the earth, Arctic America. Greenland, Dill. North of Point
Lake, Rich. (Herb. Hook. !).

2. S. saccata, Ach. Th. membranaceous, subimbricate, from green
becoming greenish-cinerascent ; on the under side whitish and fibrillose ;
apoth. applanate, finally saccate-depressed, blackish-fuscous. Ach. Syn.
p. 8. Peltigera, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 49.

Rocks (limestone). New York, B. D. Greerie, Esq. Newfoundland,
Pylaie. Northward to Bear Lake, Herb. Hook. ! Solorina orbiculata,
Menz. herb. ! from the Pacific coast, appeared to me a distinct, but I
believe it is an undescribed species.

VIII. STICTA, Ach.

Apothecia scutelliform, adnate to the margin or disk of the thallus,
somewhat oblique, the margin free beneath. Disk at first closed, nu-
cleiform ; becoming at length elevated and explanate. Thallus expand-
ed from a centre, foliaceous, coriaceous-cartilagineous, lobate, villous
on the under side, and having on this side small, regular urceolate cav-
ities (cyphellcB)., or where these are wanting soredia, or discolored
spots.

A mostly tropical genus, with many West Indian and South Ameri-
can species, some of which are represented in the extreme southern
parts of the United States.

1. S. aurata, Ach. Thallus subcoriaceous, reddish-brick-colored ;
on the under side lanuginous, reddish-yellow at the circumference, and
besprinkled with small, irregular, often sorediiform, yellow cyphellae ;
laciniae rounded, sinuate-cut, the margins undulate, crisped, and yellow-
pulverulent ; ' apothecia marginal, disk plane, fuscous-red, margin in-
flexed.' Delis. SHct. p. 49.

Among mosses on rocks and trees. (Southern States ! and Texas !
infertile.) Ohio } The Southern Lichen probably occurs within our
limits.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2. S. crocata, Ach. Th. submembranaceous, scrobiculate, greenish-
glaucous-fuscescent ; on the under side lanuginous, livev-colored at
the circumference, with minute, pale-lemon-colored cyphellse ; laciniae
short, rounded, crenulate, with yellowish-pulverulent margins; ' apoth.
scattered, fuscous-black.' Delis. Stict. p. 56.

Rocks among mosses, New England, infertile ; less common in the
Northern mountains. S. Feei^ Delis. 1. c. p. 44, from North America,
is perhaps a Southern species.

3. S. syloatica, Ach. Th. coriaceous-membranaceous, laciniate-lobed,
lacunulose, greenish-fuscous ; tomentose, and subfuscous-cinerascent
beneath, with urceolate, whitish cyphellse ; lobes somewhat truncate,
rounded, crenulate ; ' apoth. marginal, peltate, rufous-fuscous.' Fr.
Liclienogr. ^.51.

Rocks, among mosses. Pennsylvania, MuhL, New York, Halsey. S.
fuliginosa, Ach., differs principally in its round-lobed, rugose fronds,
frequently isidioid-efflorescent, and its (normal) sessile, orbiculate apo-
thecia. The described apothecia of S. sylvatica depend upon the figures
of Dillenius, Wulfen, &c. The species is now unknown in a fertile state.

4. S. quercizans, Ach. Th. cartilagineous, laciniate, plane, pale-ru-
fous-fuscous ; somewhat tomentose, and subfuscous-nigrescent beneath,
with urceolate (membranaceous), whitish cyphellae ; lobes subimbricate,
oblong, rounded, crenulate ; ' apoth. scattered, disk somewhat concavo-
plane, with a thin entire margin.' Delis. Slid. p. 84. Lobaria, Michx.

Pennsylvania, Herb. Montague ! Mossy rocks. New York, Russell!
The specimens from Mr. Russell seem to me to differ from S. sylvatica
in the characters indicated by Delise, and to agree with his S. querci-
zans, as they also do with my brief notes on the specimen (from Car-
olina) in herb. Michaux. S. Beauvoisii, Delis. 1. c. p. 83, constituted
on a North American Lichen, seems hardly distinct from the present.

5. S. scrobiculata, Ach. Th. coriaceous, suborbiculate, lax, scro-
biculate, leaden-gray (and glaucescent) ; lanuginous on the under side,
with naked, white spots; lacinise rounded, somewhat entire (commonly
sorediiferous) ; ' apoth. scattered, from rufous becoming fuscous.' Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 53.

Trunks, and rocks among mosses, New England ; infertile. North-
ward to Newfoundland, Pylaie. S. Umbata, Ach., a species resembling
this, but with urceolate, true cyphellse, very possibly occurs with us.

6. S. anthraspis, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, lacu-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 215

nose-reticulate, broadly round-lobed, cinereous-virescent ; rugulose and
somewhat villous beneath, with small, white, sorediiform cyphellce ;
lobes somewhat crenate ; apoth. scattered, disk at length convex, black,
and excluding the entire thalline margin. Ach. Spn. p. 233.

On the earth, among mosses ; Northwest Coast, Menzies ! New
York, Halsey. The upper surface resembling that of S. pulmonaria.

7. S. pulmonaria, Ach. Th. coriaceous, lax, lacunose-reticulate,
dark green (and olivaceous) ; tomentose on the under side, with naked,
white spots; lacinise elongated, discrete, sinuate-lobed, retuse-truncate ;
apoth. submarginal, rufous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 53. Lichen pulmona-
rius, L.

Trunks in mountain forests, fertile. Also on rocks, where various
sterile forms are found. Among these is S. linita, Ach., quoted by
Delise as from the United States, which has occurred at the White
Mountains, with all the features of the Swiss Lichen. New England.
New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Newfoundland, Pylaie.

8. S. glomeruUfera, Delis. Th. coriaceous-cartilagineous, thick, or-
bicular, appressed, smooth, from pale green becoming glaucescent ;
villous on the under side, with scattered, excavated cyphellse (which
are often wanting) ; lacinisae elongated, sinuate-lobed ; apoth. scattered,
dark-reddish-chestnut, with a rugose, persistent margin. Delis. Stict.
p. 129. Tuckerm. Further Enum. I. c. Parmelia, Ach.

Trunks of trees, and rocks, fertile ; New England. Pennsylvania,
Muhl. in herb. Willd. ! Northward to Newfoundland, Pylaie. The
green glomerules of the European Lichen always wanting in ours.
Young plants of this species may be taken for the next.

9. S. herhacea, Ach. Th. membranaceous, appressed, smooth, ob-
scurely green (and glaucescent) ; on the under side paler, lanuginous,
the membranaceous, hoary cyphellse rare ; lacinise sinuate-repand,
rounded at the apices ; apoth. scattered, rufous, margin crenulate. Ach.
Syn. p. 341. Parmelia, Ach. Syn. p. 198.

Trunks and rocks. Pennsylvania, Muhl. New York, Torrey, Hal-
sey. Arctic America, Rich.

IX. PARMELIA, Ach., Fr.

Apothecia scutelliform, orbicular, adnate horizontally to the disk of
the thallus, with an equal thalline margin. Disk at first connivent-

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADESIY

closed, somewhat waxy. Thallus expanded horizontally from a centre,
two-sided, of various form, upon a hypothallus. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 56.

Synopsis of the Sections.

Sect. I. The fibrillose hypothallus adnate to the foliaceous thallus,
which is discrete from the matrix.

Subsect. I. Imbricaria, Fr. — Apothecia elevated, subpedicellate,
regular ; disk very thin, naked, placed upon the gonimous layer.
Thallus imbricate-foliaceous ; often black-dotted from abortion
of the apothecia. — Sp. 1-24.
Subsect. 11. Physcia, Fr Apothecia at first closed, at length de-
hiscent. Disk thickish, waxy, placed upon the medullary layer.
Thallus normally foliaceous ; ascendant or stellate ; fibrillose
on the under side.
* Thallus normally ascendant, or loosely decumbent ; apoth. some-
what obliquely marginate. — Sp. 25.
** Thallus normally stellate-appressed ; apoth. plane. — Sp. 26-
33.

Sect. II. Thallus subfoliaceous, at length compacted into a conglom-
erate, subgranulose crust ; arising from a fibrillose (rarely ob-
solete) hypothallus, which is adnate to the matrix.

Subsect. III. Pyxine, Tuckerm. — Apothecia erumpent, at first
closed, palish ; becoming patellaeform, and, with the altered
thalline margin, black ; finally cephaloid, excluding the mar-
gin. Thallus subfoliaceous, imbricate-laciniate, at length crus-
taceous-concrete at the centre, on a black, fibrillose hypothal-
lus. — Sp. 34.

Subsect. IV. Amphiloma, Fr. — Apothecia erumpent, somewhat cor-
onate with an accessory thalline margin. Disk waxy, thickish,
naked. Thallus foliaceous, somewhat monophyllous, rounded,
at length crustaceous-compact at the centre, placed on a spongy-
pannose hypothallus. — Sp. 35-38.

Subsect. V. PsoROMA, Fr. — Apothecia for the most part two-formed,
adnate or immersed ; arising in the one case from the thallus,
with a crenate-thalline margin ; and in the other from the hy-
pothallus, with an entire proper margin. Disk waxy. Thallus
of discrete, foliaceous squamules, arising from a common hy-
pothallus ; often at the centre, or wholly, concrete in a subgran-
ulose crust. — Sp. 39 - 41.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 217

Sect. III. Thallus crustaceous, lobed at the circumference, or wholly
squamulose-effigurate. Hypothallus smooth, adnate to the ma-
trix, often confused with the thallus.

Subsect. VI. Placodiubi, Fr. — Apothecia plano-scuteliiform, elevat-
ed, disk whhout proper margin, naked. Thallus as above.
(Thalline margin often colored like the disk.) — Sp. 42-47.

Subsect. VII. Psora, Fr. — Apothecia innate, at first somewhat ur-
ceolate, afterwards scutelliform. Disk with a proper margin
(visible at least in the younger apothecia), normally at first
csesious-pruinose. Thallus as above. — Sp. 48 - 50.

Sect. IV. Thallus crustaceous, uniform. Circumference similar, or
the hypothallus sometimes fibrillose- radiant.

Subsect. VIII. Fatellakia, Fr. — Apothecia regular, scutelliform,
sessile, the thalHne margin persistent. Lamina of the disk
somewhat plane, without proper margin. Thallus crustaceous,
adnate to an indeterminate, mostly black hypothallus. Disk not
csesious-pruinose. — Sp. 51 — 66.

Subsect. IX. Urceolaria, Fr. — Apothecia innate in the crust, or
immersed in protuberant warts. Lamina urceolate, or protu-
berant, verrucceform, blackish, normally csesious-pruinose, mar-
ginate. Thallus ci'ustaceous ; the whitish hypothallus confused
with the thallus, or often fibrillose and radiant. — Sp. 67-70.

Sect. I. The fibrillose hypothallus adnate to the foliaceous thallus.
Subsect. I. Imbricaria, Fr.
Series I. Glaucescentes, Fr.
1. P. crinita, Ach. Thallus submembranaceous, suborbicular, glau-
cous-fuscescent (the whole thallus, as well as the apothecia, beset with
isidioid granules and branchlets) ; black and somewhat smooth on the
under side, and here and there black-fibrillose ; lobes plane, with some-
what ascendant, erose-crenate, ciliate margins ; apothecia (imperforate)
marginal, subpedicellate,cyathiform, wuh a thin, inflexed,crenulate mar-
gin, at length explanate, large. Ach. ! Syn. p. 196. P. perforata., /?. Fr.
Trunks, &c., fertile ; New England. New York, Torrey. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl. There appear to be indications of other differences
beside the isidioid efflorescence to distinguish this from P. perforata.
The latter is perfectly normal with us.

28 I

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2. P. perforata, Ach. Th. membranaceous, smooth, greenish-glau-
cescent ; on the under side black, with dark fibres ; lobes rounded, as-
cendant, subcrenate, ciliate ; apoth. large, rufous, elevated, infundibu-
liform ; disk perforate, at length explanate, margin very entire. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 58.

Trees, particularly on the coast, luxuriant and fertile. Also on
stones, &c., in sterile states. Pennsylvania and Virginia (from Bartram
and Mitchell), DHL, the original stations of the Lichen. New Eng-
land. New York, Torrey. Northwest Coast, Menzies (Herb. Smith!).

3. P. perlata, Ach. Th. submembranaceous, suborbicular, green-
ish-glaucous ; on the under side blackish-fuscous, scarcely fibrillose ;
lobes rounded, plane, not ciliate ; apoth. elevated, dark red, cyathi-
form, at length explanate, margin thin, entire. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 59.
— /5. olivetoruni, Ach. ; margins of the lobes elevated, ci'isped, white-
pulverulent. Acli. Syn. p. 198.

Trunks and rocks in mountainous districts, fertile ; and common also
in sterile forms ; New England. New York, Halsey.

4. P. scortea, Ach. Th. subcoriaceous, orbicular, smooth, glaucous-
white ; on the under side black, hispid-fibrillose ; lobes longish, sinu-
ate-crenate, incised ; apoth. rufous-fuscous, margin somewhat entire.
Ach. Sijn. p. 197.

Stones and trunks, fertile ; New England. New York, Halsey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. Less common than the next, with which Fries
unites it.

5. P. iiliacea, Ach. Th. membranaceous, orbicular, smoothish,
glaucous-cinerascent ; on the under side blackish-fuscous, with black
fibres ; lobes sinuate-lacinlate, the external ones rounded, crenate ;
apoth. subfuscous, margin very entire. Ach. Syn. p. 199.

Trunks, fertile, very common ; New England. New York, Halsey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. Nova Scotia, Menzies !

6. P. Borreri, Turn. Th. cartilagineous-merabranaceous, orbicu-
lar, smoothish, glaucous-cinerascent (with round, marginate soredia) ;
on the under side fuscescent, fuscous-fibrlllose ; lacinise rounded at the
apices, naked ; apoth. chestnut, margin inflexed, entire. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 60. — /?. rudecta, Tuckerm. ; soredia immarginate ; the whole
thallus beset with isidioid granules and branchlets. P. rudecta, Ach. !
Syn. p. 197.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, 219

Trunks, &c., fertile ; New York, Halsey. — /?, New England. Penn-
sylvania, Mulil. The anamorphous development called by Sommerfelt
Lecidea Parmeliarum, and referred by Acharius to Endocarpon, occurs
not unfrequently in this species, as well as in the next.

7. P. saxatilis, Ach. Th. subcartilagineous, reticulate-lacunose,
glaucous-cinerascent ; black and fibrlllose beneath ; lacinise sinuate-
lobed, plane, subretuse ; apoth. dark-chestnut, margin at length cre-
nate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 61. — «; lacinise irregularly imbricate, nar-
rower. Ach. Lichenogr. p. 469. — /?. rosceformis, Ach. ; th. orbicular,
lobes wider, besprinkled commonly with elongated, marginate soredia ;
apoth. smaller, less explanate. Ach. I. c. p. 471. — y. omphalodes., Fr. ;
th. smoothish, shining, dark purplish-fuscous, laciniee subtruncate. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 62. Parmelia omphalodes, Ach. Syn. p. 203.

Rocks and stones, and, somewhat less commonly, on trees and rails,
fertile ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.
Northward to Arctic America, Rich. — y. Arctic America.

8. P. aleurites, Ach. Th. membranaceous, orbicular, contiguous,
rugose-plicate, glaucescent (at length furfuraceous) ; on the under side
pale, with fuscous fibres ; lobes discrete at the circumference, plane,,
rounded, cut-crenate ; apoih. dark-fuscous, margin at length crenulate.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 62.

Dead wood, and firs, in mountainous districts, fertile ; and on rocks,
sterile. The sterile plant is also common on rails, djc, on the coast.
New England. New York, Halsey. Fries refers to this species the
P. obsessa, Muhl. Catal., and Ach. Syn. p. 213.

9. P. IcBvigata, Ach. Th. membranaceous, suborbicular, smooth,
glaucescent ; black, and fibrillose on the under side ; lacinife multifid,
linear, plane, cut, divaricate (often sorediiferous) ; apoth. chestnut,
margin very entire. Ach. Sy7i. p. 212.

Trunks (very common on beech in mountainous districts), fertile.

10. P. siniiosa, Ach. Th. membranaceous, suborbicular, smooth,
elaucescent ; black, and fibrillose on the under side ; laciniae linear,
wider at the circumference, sinuate-pinnatifid, the sinuses wide, circu-
lar ; apoth. somewhat plane, fuscous, margin thin, very entire. Ach.
Syn. p. 207.

Trunks and rocks. Nova Scotia, Ach. Fries and Meyer refer this
and the last to a single species, but Borrer regards them distinct.

220 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

11. P. terehrata, Mart. Th. somewhat inflated, suborbicular, green-
ish-glaucescent; plicate-rugose and black on the underside; lacinise
radiant, approximate, plane-appressed, sublinear (often sorediiferous),
with small, regular, rounded perforations; apoth. scattered, plane, red,
margin very entire. Mart. Fl. Crypt. Erlang. P. diatrypa, Ach. Syn.
p. 219. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Trunks in mountain forests, frequent, and rocks, fertile ; New Eng-
land.

12. P. physodes., Ach. Th. somewhat inflated, suborbicular, glau-
cous-white ; black-fuscous and naked on the under side ; lacinise loose-
ly imbricate, linear, sinuate-multifid, somewhat convex ; apoth. elevated,
reddish-fuscous, with an inflexed, entire margin, at length explanate.
Ach. Syn. p. 218. — /3. enter omorpha, Tuckerm. ; lacinise effuse, lax,
somewhat elongated, ventricose-inflated ; apoth. subpedicellate, ventri-
cose-cyathiform, at length explanate, very entire. P. enter omorpha.,
Ach. ! Syn. p. 219. P. platycarpa, Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Trunks, dead wood, and rocks, fertile ; New England. New York,
Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. North to Arctic America, Rich. — /?,
firs and other trees in high mountain forests. Northwest Coast, Men-
zies ! Douglas in herb. Hook. ! Mountains of New England, fertile,
and evidently passing into a.

13. P. colpodes, Ach. Th. somewhat inflated, suborbicular, green-
ish-glaucescent ; black and spongy on the under side ; lacinise some-
what plane, at the circumference ramose-multifid, with irregularly den-
tate margins; apoth. elevated, chestnut, margin inflexed, entire. Swartz
Lich. Amer. p. 4, & i. 3. Ach. ! Syn. p. 219.

Trunks. Near Boston, Sioartz ^the original station of the Lichen).
Throughout New England, common and fertile. New York, Halsey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl.

Series 2. Olivaceo -fu s c cb, Fr.

14. P. olivacea, Ach. Th. membranaceous, orbicular, smooth, ru-
gulose (elevated-punctate, or granulate-farinose), olivaceous-fuscous ;
paler and subfibrillose on the under side ; lobes radiant, appressed,
plane, rounded, crenate ; apoth. dark-olive, with an inflexed, at length
crenate margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 66.

Trees in mountainous districts, fertile ; also degenerant on dead wood
and stones; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. I
Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 221

15. P. Fahlunensis, Ach. Th. subcartilagineous, smoothish, from
dark-olive becoming blackish ; on the under side paler, subfibrillose ;
lacinise digitate-multifid, somewhat plane, subcanaliculate ; apoth. dark-
fuscous, crenulate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 66. — /5. sciasfra, Fr. ; smaller,
orbicular ; apoth. subentire. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 61. Parmelia, Ach.

Alpine and subalpine rocks, and occurring also at lower elevations
in mountainous districts. White Mountains ; Chin of Mansfield, and
other of the Green IMountains; fertile. Northward to Newfoundland,
Pylaie, and Arctic America, Rich. — ^, Greenland, Dill.

16. P. stygia, Ach. Th. subcartilagineous, shining, from oliva-
ceous-fuscous becoming black ; very black on the under side and ob-
soletely fibrillose ; lacinia? palmate-multifid, sublinear, convex, recurved
at the apices ; apoth. fuscous-black, crenate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 67. —
/S. lanata, Mey. ; laciniae setaceous, filiform, terete, intricate, fuscous-
nigrescent; apoth. subgranulate-marginate. Mey. Entwick. der Flecht.
p. 231. Fr. I. c. p. 68. Cornicularia lanata^ Ach. Syn. p. 302.

Alpine and subalpine rocks. White Mountains and the higher Green
Mountains. Northward to Newfoundland, Pylaie, and Arctic Amer-
ica, R. Br. — ,5, White Mountains, infertile. Northward to Arctic
America, Hook. Melville Island, R. Br.

Series 3. O chr oleu c cb ., Fr.

17. P. caperata, Ach. Th. submembranaceous, orbicular, rugose
(or granulose-pulverulent), ochroleucous ; on the under side blackish
and sparingly fibrillose ; lobes sinuate-laciniate, rounded, somewhat
entire at the apices ; apoth. fuscous-red, margin tumid-incurved, ru-
gose-crenate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 69.

Trunks and stones, not commonly fertile ; New England. New
York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Westward to Illinois, Russell !
North to Arctic America, Rich,

18. P. conspersa, Ach. Th. submembranaceous, smoothish, pol-
ished (oftener black-punctate), greenish-straw-colored ; fuscous and
black-fibrillose beneath ; lacinise variously flexuous, somewhat plane at
the circumference, sinuate ; apoth. dark-chestnut, margin subentire.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 69. — ^. stenophylla, Ach. ; laciniae elongated, lin-
ear, pinnatifid, imbricate-complicate. Ach. Syn. p. 209.

Rocks and stones, commonly remarkable for its veiy numerous
apothecia ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.
North to Arctic America, Rich. Degenerate on rails, &;c.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEBIY

19. P. incurva, Fr. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, stellate-im-
bricate,'globuliferous, greenish-straw-colored (and ochroleucous) ; black
and fibrillose on the under side ; lacinise very narrow, multifid, subte-
rete, recurved at the apices ; apoth. rufous-fuscous, subentire. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 70. P. reairva, Ach.

Rocks in mountainous districts (subalpine, and descending). White
Mountains ; fertile.

20. P. amhigua, Ach. Th, membranaceous, orbicular, stellate-im-
bricate, farinose-sorediiferous, greenish-straw-colored (and ochroleu-
cous) ; black and fibrillose on the under side ; lacinise plane, linear,
appressed, multifid ; apoth. adnate, rufous-fuscous, very entire. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 11.

Trunks and dead wood in mountainous districts, fertile ; and on
rocks, infertile ; White Mountains. Northward to Arctic America,
Rich.

21. P. centrifuga, Ach. Th. submembranaceous, suborbicular,
greenish-straw-colored (and ochroleucous) ; white and fibrillose on the
under side (the crust-like centre often falling away, and leaving a con-
centrically disposed circumference) ; lacinise linear, concrete, convex,
rugose; apoth. rufous-fuscous, margin subentire. Fr.! Lichenogr. p. 11.

Rocks (subalpine and descending) in mountainous districts, fertile ;
New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. North-
ward to Newfoundland, Herl. Banks ! Pylaie. An ochroleucous,
black-punctate, not concentrically disposed state is P. Halseyana,
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E, 1. c. It occurs in the Notch of the White
Mountains.

Series 4. C itr in m , Fr.

22. P. parietina, Fr. Th. foliaceous or squamulose, imbricate, mem-
branaceous, sublobate, yellow ; paler and obsoletely fibrillose on the un-
der side ; apothecia with elevated margins, very entire. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
12. — a. (foliacea), Fr. ; th. foliaceous, from greenish becoming bright
yellow; lobes explanate, appressed. P. parietdna, Ach. — /5. aureola^
Fr. ; th. foliaceous, somewhat zoned and subcentrifugal, dark-golden-
yellow ; lobes concrete, plicate-ramose. P. aureola, Ach. — y. rutilans,
Fr. ; th. foliaceous-subcrustaceous, imbricate-complicate, irregularly la-
ciniate. P. rutilans, Ach. — 8. laciniosa, Duf. ; th. naked, lacerate-dis-
sected, squamulose; lacinise ascending, naked. — e. polycarpa, Fr. ;
th. smaller, conglomerate ; the lobes complicated, and covered with the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 223

very numerous apothecia. Lecanora caudelaris, /5. Ach. — ^. lohulata,
Fr. ; th. obliterated, or consisting only of very short, scattered, ap-
pressed lobules, with small apothecia. — tj. suistellata, Ach. ; th. folia-
ceous, substellate, lacerate-laciniate, lacinitB expanded, pulverulent. —
&. concolor, Fr. ; th. pulverulent, squamulose, lacerate-laciniate, scales
crowded, ascendant. Lecan. caudelaris, a. Ach. — i. citrinella, Fr. ;
the whole thallus dissolved into a yellowish-green dust.

Very common : a, on trunks, rocks, &c. ; (5, on rocks and stones
(especially maritime), exposed to the sun; y and 5, on trunks, exposed
to the sun ; t and ^, on the smaller branches and twigs of trees ; r] and
&, on smooth bark, the last also common on dead wood ; /, on bark and
dead wood in moist places ; New England. New York {y and ■&), Hal-
sey. Pennsylvania {&)., Muhl. Ohio («), Mr. Lea ! Illinois («), Rus-
sell! Northward to Nova Scotia (;'), Menzies ! Newfoundland («),
Pylaie, and Arctic America {s and •&), Rich.! I have adopted
Fries's view of the European species nearly entire. He remarks that
he has distinguished and enumerated these forms, not so much on ac-
count of their importance as distinct states, as to furnish an example,
that can almost everywhere be authenticated, of the extremely Protean
character of the thallus of Lichens.

23. P. diversicolor, Ach. Th. suborbicular, yellowish-orange-red
(becoming whitish with age), of rather narrow, somewhat lacerate-ra-
mose, rugose, at length concrete lacinise ; white-cinerascent, with fibres
of the same color beneath ; apoth. numerous, concave, blackish-san-
guineous, margin thick, at length white. Ach. Syn. p. 210.

Arctic America, and southward, Ach.

24. P. chrysophthalma, Ach. Th. subfoliaceous, cartilagineous-
membranaceous, lacerate-ramose, from dark reddish-yellow becoming
whitish ; on the under side whitish, and fibrillose at the margins ; la-
cinia: depressed-subascendant, plano-convex, pinnatifid ; apoth. dark-
orange, fibrillose-ciliate or naked. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 75. Borrera,
Ach. — ,5. exilis, Fr. ; lacinise very narrow; margins of the apothecia
naked. Fr. I. c. Borrera, Ach.

Trunks and branches of trees near the coast, and luxuriant in places
exposed to the sea-spray ; New England. New York, Torrey (at New-
burgh, Russell !). Pennsylvania, Muhl. Illinois, Russell !

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Subsect. II. Physcia, Fr.

25. P. ciliaris, Ach. Thallus cartilagineous, from green becoming
glaucous ; lacinise linear, ramose, subascendant, channelled beneath,
ciliate with simple fibres ; apothecia subterminal, pedicellate, margin
erect, at length lacerate-dentate, fimbriate, or obliterated in foliaceous
branches ; disk plane, black, subpruinose. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 77. Bor-
rera, Ach. — j3. galactophyUa, Tuckerm. ; more delicate ; the lacinise
very white and powdery beneath ; margins of the apothecia at length
obliterated in foliaceous expansions ; disk white-pruinose. P. galacto-
phylla, Willd. Tierh. ! — y. angustata, Tuckerm.; lacinise extremely
narrow, of nearly the same color beneath, subterete at the apices.
Borrera angustata., Bory ms.

Trees, New England (^5), rare. New York, Torrey. Pennsylva-
nia (/5), Muhl. ! and southward, where /5 is common. North to Arctic
America, Rich. — ;/, Newfoundland, Bory in herb. Berol. ! Rocky
Mountains, Herh. Hook. ! P. leucomela, Ach., a species near this, but
with narrow, ascendant lacinise, and tomentose marginal fibres, occurs
in the Carolinas, Michx. ! and California, Menzies ! and P. erinacea,
Fr., with lacerate-laciniate, diffuse lobes, which are ciliate, and beset
above with very long whitish fibres, in California, Menzies !

26. P. detonsa, Fr. Th. cartilagineous, substellate, naked, glaucous-
fuscescent (and fuscous) ; whitish on the under side with black fibres;
lacinise narrow, linear, somewhat convex, digitate-multifid, often semi-
terete, very densely crowded together and imbricated ; apoth. subses-
sile, margin at length crenate, and leafy, disk plane, becoming dark-
fuscous. Fr. Syst. Orb. Veg. fide ipsius. P. Novcb AnglicB, Tuckerm.
in lilt. olim. P. aquila, Muhl. Catal.

Rocks and trees. New England. Ohio, Mr. Lea ! Near to P. aqui-
la. I have not seen Fries's description.

27. P. puherulenta, Fr. Th. cartilagineous, substellate, pruinose-
cinereous ; black on the under side and hispid-tomentose ; lacinise lin-
ear, multifid, approximate ; apoth. sessile, margin tumid, entire, or
squamulose-foliose, disk plane, black-fuscous, subpruinose. Fr. Lich-
enogr. p. 79. P. pulvendenta, venusta, ^ muscigena, Ach. — ,5. hu-
coleiptes, Tuckerm. ; the whole thallus white-farinose-pruinose, lobes
radiant, margins interruptedly inflexed and pulverulent ; apoth. sub-
sessile, disk depressed, white-pruinose, margin subduplicate, the ex-
ternal border foliose or entire. Lichen leucoleiptes, Muhl. in herh.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 225

Willd. ! P. venusta, Hals. ^ Auct. Amer. P. pulverulenia, Muhl.
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Trunks, rocks, and upon mosses ; Bear Lake and elsewhere in
Arctic America, .RicA. (Herb. Hook. !). — ^, trunks and rocks; New
England to Pennsylvania ! often isidioid-efflorescent.

28. P. hypoleuca, Muhl. Th. cartilagineous, substellate, glabrous,
naked, glaucous-virescent (and white) ; very vs^hite on the under side,
with scattered black fibres ; Jacinise sublinear, approximate, imbricate,
multifid, plano-convex, margins naked ; apoth. elevated, disk at length
black, naked, with an inflexed, crenulate or foliose margin. Muhl.
Catal. p. 105, ^ Eaton Man. Bot. p. 516. Tuckerm. Further Enmn.
I. c. p. speciosa., /?. hypoleuca, Ach. ! Syn. p. 211.

Trunks, fertile. Pennsylvania, Muhl. ! and northward to New Eng-
land.

29. P. speciosa, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, substel-
late, glabrous, greenish-glaucous (and white) ; very white beneath, with
numerous pale fibres ; lacinise linear, somewhat concavo-plane, imbri-
cate, incised-ramose, crenate, ciliate-fibrillose, margins often ascend-
ant, green-pulverulent ; ' apoth. subsessile, margin incurved, crenate,
disk rufous-fuscous, nearly naked.' Fr. Lichenogr. p. 80.

Trunks and mossy rocks in woods, infertile ; New England. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl.

30. P. congruens, Ach. Th. coriaceous-membranaceous, whitish-
pallescent ; on the under side cinereous-fuscescent, with fibres of the
same color ; lacinice laxly-imbricate, flexuous, multifid, recurved at the
margins, convex, becoming more plane in the circumference, crenate ;
apoth. elevated, concave, livid-fuscescent, subpruinose, with a thin, in-
flexed, at length flexuous margin. Ach. Lichenogr. p. 491. Swartz
Lich. Amer. p. b 8f t. 4. Ach. Syn. p. 207.

Trunks, New England ; Swartz, I. c. I have a Lichen from the
White Mountains resembling this, except that the under side as well as
the fibres are black.

31. P. stellaris, Wallr. Th. subcartilagineous, naked, not pruinose,
glaucescent ; whitish on the under side, with dark fibres ; lacinise sub-
linear, multifid ; apoth. sessile, disk fuscous-black, subpruinose, margin
somewhat tumid, subentire. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 82. — a. {stellari-expan-
sa), Fr. ; th. stellate-expanded, fibres shorter. Fr. I. c P. stellaris, aipo-

29

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

lia, 4* a.nf.helina, Acli. — ^. hispida, Fr. ; lacinise ascendant, hispid on
the margins, or tubulose-inflated. Fr. I. c. Borrera tenella, Ach. — y.
(tribracia), Fr.; lacinise ascendant, squamulose, sparingly fibrillose,
pulverulent at the apices. Fr. I. c. Lecanora irihracia, Ach. part.

Trunks, dead wood, and rocks, very comnnon; New England. New
York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Illinois, Russell! Northward
to Arctic America, Rich.

32. P. ccBsia, Ach. Th. subcrustaceous-membranaceous, substellate,
gray (and cinerascent), besprinkled with gray sored ia ; pale on the un-
der side ; lacinise linear, somewhat convex, subpinnatifid, ciliate-fibril-
lose ; apoth. sessile, margin thin, somewhat inflexed, entire, disk at
length naked, black. Fr. Lichenogr.p. 83. — «. {stellaia), Fr. ; lacinise
stellate-expanded, fibres shorter, soredia regular ; P. ccesia, Ach. ; and
the lacinise sometimes very narrow. Fr. I. c. P. dubia, Fl. — /5. {squa-
mulosa), Fr. ; lacinise squamulose, short, obsoletely fibrillose. Fr. I. c.
Lecanora iribracia, Ach. part.

Rocks, stones, and dead wood, fertile ; New England. New York,
Haisey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

33. P. obscura, Fr. Th. submembranaceous, orbicular, not prui-
nose, greenish, becoming livid-fuscous when dry ; black and fibrillose
on the under side ; lacinise sublinear, somewhat plane, incised-multifid
(often sorediiferous, or the margins pulverulent) ; apoth. sessile, very
entire, disk naked from the first, black-fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 84.
P. cycloselis, Ach. — ■ ^. ulothrix, Fr. ; lacinise linear, subciliate, apoth.
fibrillose below. Fr. I. c. P. ulothrix, Ach.

Trunks, dead wood, &c., and passing into several degenerate states ;
New England. New York (« and /5), HaZsez/. Pennsylvania (/?), ikf«/i/.
Ohio (/?), Mr. Lea ! Northward to Arctic America («), Rich. — A very
distinct species detected recently by Mr. Oakes (P. Tuckermani, Oakes
ms.) may be referred to here. Resembling generally small greenish
forms of P. parietina, this differs in the foliose-lobate margins of the
apothecia, which are also fibrillose beneath, as in P. obscura, /?. It is
common on trunks about Boston {Oakes, Tuckerman), and I have
found it on rocks at the White Mountains. It was sent from Ohio by
the late T. G. Lea, Esq. (Herb. Russell !), and I have North Carolina
specimens from Mr. Curtis. (What is P. fibrosa, Fr., referred to in-
cidentally, Lich. pp. 75, 97 .=>)

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 227

Sect. II. The subfoliaceous at length subgranulose thallus arising
from a flbrillose hypothallus, which is adnata to the matrix.

Subsect. III. Pyxine, Tuckerm.

34. P. sorediata, Tuckerm. Thallus subcrustaceous-foliaceous, la-
ciniate-multifid, from green becoming glaucescent, and cinerascent;
black on the under side, and thickly clothed with greenish-nigrescent
fibres; lacinise sublinear, canaliculate, incised, obtuse, irregularly im-
bricate, and concrete at the centre (often sorediiferous) ; apothecia at
first pale, and concave, becoming black, convex, and finally prolifer-
ous-papillate and irregular. Lecidea, Ach. Syn. p. 54. Tuckerm. Fur-
ther Enum. I. c. Lichen alomatus, Willd. herb. ! Pyxine., Fr. cit.
Eschw.

Trunks, common (abundantly fertile in mountain forests), and also
on rocks ; New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl. ! Rocky Mountains,
Herb. Hook. ! (Southward to Texas !) I have not seen the descrip-
tion of Fries, and am uncertain whether his Pyxine is founded on our
Northern Lichen (which is probably what Acharius described), or on
the West Indian and South American Lecidea sorediata of Eschweiler.
The latter seems distinct, and has been separated as Circinaria Berte-
riana by Fee (Crypt. Exot. p. 128). Our Lichen appears to me a
modification of Parmelia, near to Amphiloma, Fr. The apothecia
have some of the features of those of Umbilicaria, and illustrate
Fries's observation, that this genus is related to Parmelia.

Subsect. IV. Amphiloma, Fr.

35. P. rubiginosa, Ach. Thallus membranaceous, suborbicular, not
pruinose, livid-glaucous, laciniate-multifid at the circumference ; hy-
pothallus indeterminate, tomentose, bluish-black ; apothecia reddish-
brown, with an incurved, crenate margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 88. — /5.
conoplea, Fr. ; the centre of the thallus passing into a bluish, pulvera-
ceous-granulose crust ; ' apothecia symphycarpeous, immersed, convex,
granulose-marginate.' Fr. I. c. P. conoplea, Ach.

Rocks and trunks. ^ has occurred at the White Mountains ; and I
have u from the South.

36. P. Russellii, Tuckerm. Th. orbicular, coriaceous-membrana-
ceous, minutely farinose-granulose, submonophyllous, irregularly radi-
ant, pale-fuscescent-lead-colored ; lacinise somewhat ascendant ; hypoth.
indeterminate, of very short white fibres becoming lead-colored at the
margins; apoth. (central, very numerous) reddish-chestnut and nigres-

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

cent, with a thick, inflexed, at length rugose, thalline margin. Tuckerm.
Enum. Lich. N. Amer. p. 50.

Trunks and dead wood ; Hingham, Mr. Russell. Ipswich, Mr.
Oakes.

37. P. Crania, Tuckerm. Th. orbicular, membranaceous, smooth,
radiant, submonophyllous, dark-bluish becoming pale-lead-colored ; la-
cinise plane, with elevated, darker margins (beset with elevated, often
blackish points, and isidioid branchlets) ; hypoth. determinate, dark
caerulescent.

Rocks among mosses, common on the coast of Massachusetts, and
resembling a Collema; infertile. It is very distinct from P. plumbea.

38. P. lanuginosa., Ach. Th. membranaceous, white, pruinose ; in
the circumference lobed and crenate; hypoth. tomentose, bluish-black;
apoth. rufous-fuscous, with a pulverulent thalline margin. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 88. — /?. (granulosa), Fr. ; thallus, at the centre, or mostly, gran-
ulose-pulverulent. Fr. I. c. — * (leproso-byssina) ; the whole thallus
dissolved into a leprous-byssine mass. Fr. I. c. Lepraria, Ach.

Rocks in the mountainous districts and on the coast of New Eng-
land ; rarely fertile.

Subsect. V. PsoROMA, Fr.

39. P. microphylla, Stenh, Scales of the thallus cartilagineous, im-
bricate, crenate, livid-cinereous, compacted at length into a cinereous
crust ; hypothallus becoming black ; apothecia superficial, disk fuscous-
black, finally convex, and excluding the thalline margin. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 90. Lecidea, Ach.

Rocks in woods, fertile ; New England.

40. P. triptophyUa, Fr. Scales of the thallus membranaceous, livid-
fuscescent, at first stellate-expanded, and lacerate-dissected, at length
granulose-coralline ; hypoth. bluish-black ; apoth. somewhat immersed,
disk rather plane, rufous-fuscous, margin erect, persistent. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 91. — a. coronata, Fr. ; apoth. produced from the thallus,
with a thalline margin, and either simple or symphycarpeous. Fr. I. c,
Lecanora brunnea, Ach. part. — (3. Schraderi, Schser. ; apoth. pro-
duced from the hypothallus, plane, destitute of a thalline margin. Fr.
I. c. — /. corallinoides, Fr. ; crust blackish from the predominant hy-
pothallus, squamules wholly coralline. Fr. I. c.

Rocks in woods ; New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylva-
nia, Dill. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 229

41. P. Hypnorum, Fr. Scales of the thallus minute, imbricate, gran-
ulate-crenulate, somewhat yellowish-fuscescent ; pale on the under side ;
apoth. sessile, dilated, disk membranaceous, fulvous-fuscescent, with
an elevated, granulose, thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 98. Icon,
Laur. in Sturm's Fl. t. 18.

On the earth, growing over mosses and twigs, in alpine districts.
White Mountains, frequent upon Salix Uva-Ursi, on Mount Pleasant, *
&c., fertile. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

Sect. III. Thallus crustaceous, lobate at the circumference, or wholly

squamulose and effigurate.

Subsect. VI. Placodiubi, Fr.

42. P. straminea, Wahl. Thallus crustaceous, plicate-radiose, straw-
colored ; laciniae convex, teretish, contiguous ; apothecia plane, red-
dish-fuscous, with a tumid thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 109.

Rocks. Greenland, Fries. And elsewhere in Arctic America,
Rich.

43. P. saxicola, Ach. Th. cartilagineous, appressed, areolate-squam-
ulose, pale-greenish ; the circumference of somewhat plane, radiose-
lobate, concrete lacinise ; apoth. appressed, disk yellowish-fulvous, mar-
gin thin, at length crenate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 110. Lecanora galacti-
na, Ach.

Rocks and stones, fertile ; New England. New York, Halsey.

44. P. chrysoleuca, Ach. Th. cartilagineous, subfoliaceous, crenate-
lobate, greenish-straw-colored ; fuscescent on the under side ; apoth. ap-
pressed, disk golden-fulvous, and dark orange-red, with a thin, flexuous,
evanescent margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 113. Lecanora ruhina, Ach.
Squamaria, Hoffm. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Rocks, New England. Northward to Arctic America, Rich. (Herb.
Hook.!).

45. P. oreina, Ach. Th. crustaceous-adnate, areolate-verrucose,
pale-greenish-stra\v-colored ; at the circumference radiose-lobate, plane,
incised, black-marginate ; apoth. depressed, disk somewhat tumid, black,
margin obtuse, very entire. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 113. P. straminea, var.
Ach. Mey. Tuckerm. Further Enum. I. c.

Rocks, throughout New England ; fertile.

46. P. elegaiis, Ach. Th. stellate-radiose, appressed, dark orange-

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

red, naked on both sides ; laciniae somewhat discrete, linear, convex,
contiguous, flexuous ; apoth. of the same color, very entire. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 114.

Rocks and stones near the sea, fertile ; New England. Northward
to Newfoundland, Pplaie, Point Lake, &c., Rich., and Melville Island,
R. Br.

47. P. murorum, Ach. Th. crustaceous, adnate, contiguous, in the
circumference radiose-plicate, pale yellow ; white underneath ; apoth.
sessile, disk naked, dark yellow, with a thin, entire, somewhat flexuous
margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 115. — ^. miniata, Fr. ; th. verrucose, less
and more narrowly radiose, naked, vermilion-colored. Fr. I. c. Leca-
nor a, Ach.

Rocks and stones near the sea. New England, fertile. — /?, Penn-
sylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

Subsect VII. Psora, Fr.

48. P. niolyhdina, Wahl. Thallus crustaceous, areolate-verrucose,
radiate-plicate, dark-fuscous; white beneath; lacinise of the circumfer-
ence linear ; apothecia innate, disk urceolate, blackish-fuscous, margi-
nate, with a tumid thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 126.

Rocks. Greenland, Fries.

49. P. cervina, Sommerf. Th. areolate-squamaceous ; the scales
crustaceous, subpeltate, repand or lobed, from greenish becoming livid-
chestnut ; on the under side white; apoth. at first immersed, margi-
nate, at length protuberant, disk rufous-fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 127.
— /3. squamulosa, Fr. ; th. chestnut-tawny; apoth. naked, thalline mar-
gin thin or wanting. Fr. I. c.

Rocks. White Mountains. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

50. P. chrysomelcBna, Ach. (sub Lecanora). Th. crustaceous, are-
olate, yellow ; areolae flat, submembranaceous, somewhat lobate, here
and there discrete ; apoth. appressed, disk plane, sanguineous-black,
thalline margin elevated, subrugose, at length flexuous. Ach. Syn. p.
148.

North America (Pennsylvania.'), Muhl., Ach.

Sect. IV. Thallus crustaceous, uniform.
Subsect. VIII. Patellaria, Fr.

51. V.pallescens, Fr. Crust subtartareous, rugose-granulate, glauces-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 231

cent; hypothallus pale; apothecia tumid, disk plane, pale, innate-pru-
inose, with an erect, entire, persistent nnargin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 132.
Lecanora Parella, /5. Ach. Lichen pallescens, L. Spec. PI. — /?, Parel-
Za, Fr. ; crust amylaceous-tartareous, plicate-verrucose, milk-white, disk
at length chinky or verrucose. Fr. I. c. Lecanora Parella., Ach. Li-
chen Parellus, L. Mant.

Trunks, rails, stones, &c., ascending to alpine districts. — /5, rocks
near the sea and large lakes. New England. New York, Torrey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

52. P. tartarea, Ach. Cr. tartareous, granulate-conglomerate, glau-
cescent; hypoth. pale ; apoth. adnate, disk plane, rugulose, pale-yellow-
ish-flesh-colored, with an inflexed, entire margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 133.
— /5. frigida, Ach. ; hypothallus confused with the thallus ; crust at
length granulate, whitish ; apoth. smaller, reddish-flesh-colored. Fr. I. c.

Rocks ; /? incrusting twigs, mosses, lichens, &c., and ascending to
alpine districts ; New England. New York, Halsey. Arctic America,
Grev. (PI. W. Greenl.).

53. P. rubra., Ach. Cr. subcartilagineous, smoothish, at length gran-
ulate-pulverulent, glaucescent ; hypoth. pale ; apoth. adnate, disk con-
cave, red, with a tumid, inflexed, crenulate margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
134. Lecanora., Ach.

Trunks in mountainous districts ; New England. Pennsylvania,
Muhl.

54. P. oculata, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous-tartareous, rugose, uneven,
papillose, glaucescent ; hypoth. pale ; apoth. sessile, concave, disk sub-
fuscous, with an elevated, very entire margin, which is whiter than the
thallus. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 135. — ^5; thallus isidioid, branched ; apoth.
becoming black. Fr. I. c. Isidium oculatum, Ach. Turn. Sf Borr.
Lich. Brit. p. 103.

Trunks in mountainous districts ; White Mountains. Northward to
Arctic America, Rich., Hook.

55. P. siihfusca, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, at first contiguous, smooth,
becoming chinky and granulate, glaucescent; hypoth. macular; apoth.
adnate, disk plano-convex, subfuscous, whitish within, with an erect
margin colored like the thallus. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 136 {excl. P. al-
bella). — a. discolor, Fr. ; cr. as above ; apoth. regular, disk thickish,
always naked (red, rufous, fuscous, or black), margin entire, or at

232

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

length rugose. Fr. I. c. Lecanora suhfusca, ^ L. epibryon, Ach. —
/?. distans, Fr. ; cr. thin ; apoth. orbiculate, margin elevated, crenulate,
disk thin, pale, at first pruinose, finally naked. Fr. I. c. Lecanora
dislans, Ach.

Trunks, dead wood, rocks, and stones. — /?, trunks. New England.
New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Northward to Arctic Amer-
ica, Rich.

56. P. albella, Ach. Cr. cartilagineous, thin, milk-white; apoth. or-
biculate, tumid, pale-flesh-colored, whitish-pruinose, margin very en-
tire, subevanescent. Ach. Syn. p. 168. Fr. Sunim. FL Scand. P.
subfusca, y. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 139. — /?. angidosa, Fr. ; apoth. aggre-
gated, angulose-irregular, disk livid-fuscous, glaucous-pruinose, with a
flexuous, subpersistent margin. Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand. P. subfusca, d.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 139. P. angulosa, Ach.

Trunks ; New England. New York (« and /5), Halsey.

57. P. C(^sio-rubeUa, Ach. Cr. thin, softish, white ; apoth. scat-
tered (rather large), disk plane, becoming at length somewhat tumid,
pale-reddish and fuscescent, at first csesious-pruinose, equalling the tu-
mid very entire margin. Ach. Syii. p. 267.

Trunks ; New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

58. P. aira, Ach. Cr. cartilagineous, at length granulose-verrucose,
glaucescent ; hypoth. black ; apoth. sessile, disk at length somewhat tu-
mid, polished, very black, within black, with an elevated, persistent,
subentire margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 141.

Rocks and stones ; New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylva-
nia, Jkfw/jZ. Arctic America, Rich.

59. P. cinerea, Fr. Cr. subtartareous, areolate-rimose, glaucous-ci-
nereous ; hypoth. black ; apoth. innate, disk naked, nigrescent, pale
within, with a black, obtuse, subelevated thalline margin. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 142. Urceolaria, Ach.

Rocks and stones, very common, and passing into many varieties.
An ochraceous state (Urceolaria Acharii, Ach.) occurs not uncom-
monly about mountain streams. New England. New York, Halsey.
Arctic America, Rich.

60. P. badia, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, rimose-areolate, subsquamulose,
dark-olive; hypoth. black; disk naked, polished, fuscous-black, with
an entire, persistent thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 147.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 233

Rocks and stones (granite), ascending to alpine districts; New Eng-
land. Arctic America, Rich. Areola sometimes dispersed and squa-
maceous, with subimmersed, punctiform (imperfect) apothecia. Such
a state, according to Fries, is the Endocarpon smaragdulum of some
authors ; and a similar one, tinged dark red by the oxide of iron, the
Endocarpon Sinopicum, Wahl. The former is common in New Eng-
land, and occurs in New York, Halsey. The latter is frequent on al-
pine and subalpine rocks on our higher mountains.

61. P. Sophocles, Ach. Cr. tartareous, verrucose-granulate, from
green becoming fuscescent ; hypoth. black ; disk opake, unpolished,
fuscous-nigrescent, thalline margin thick, at length rugulose. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 149. Lecanora, Ach. — /?. exigua, Fr. ; small ; crust fus-
cous-cinerascent ; hypoth. obsolete; margins of the apothecia whitish,
and disappearing. Fr. I. c. Lecanora, Ach.

Trunks and dead wood ; New England. New York (« and /5), Hal-
sey. Pennsylvania («), Muhl. Arctic America (/5), Rich.

62. P. ventosa, Ach. Cr. tartareous, rimose-areolate, pale-yellow;
hypoth. white ; apoth. appressed, at length irregular, disk somewhat
convex, dark-brownish-red, with a thin, pale, very entire margin. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 153. Lecanora, Ach.

Alpine and subalpine rocks ; White Mountains, Newfoundland,
Pylaie, and northward to Arctic America, Rich.

63. P. varia, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, areolate-verrucose, yellowish-
green, becoming ochroleucous ; hypoth. smooth, macular ; apoth. ses-
sile, disk polished, yellowish-flesh-colored, or discolored, with a thin,
erect, entire margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 156. — «. Fr. ; apoth. scutel-
liform, plano-concave, with a persistent, sometimes crenulate, or pul-
verulent thalline margin. Fr. ! I. c. P. varia, Ach. — /?. symmicta, Fr. ;
disk of the apothecia somewhat excluding the paler, very entire mar-
gin, from pale-yellowish becoming fuscous. Fr. ! I. c. — /. sepincola,
Fr. ; apoth. somewhat immersed, convex, immarginate, from fulvous
becoming black. Fr. I. c. Lecidea, Ach. — d. poJytropa, Fr. ; crust
areolate and granulate ; margins of the apothecia pale, entire, some-
what flexuous. Fr. I. c. Lecidea, Ach.

Dead wood, stones, and trunks; New England. New York, Halsey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. — /?, granite rocks in mountainous districts ; New
England. Arctic America, Rich.

30

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

64. P. vitellina, Ach. Cr. tartareous, granulose-coacervate, dark-
reddish-yellow; hypoth. macular, white; apoth. sessile, disk yellow
becoming fuscous, margin simple, thin, erect, entire, at length of the
same color. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 162. Lecanora, Ach.

Dead wood and rocks ; New England, Pennsylvania, Muhl.

65. P. fulva, Schwein. (sub Lecanora). Cr. cartilagineous, chinky
and granulate-verrucose, sulphureous or pallescent, upon a blackish
hypothallus ; apoth. sessile, disk reddish-orange, immarginate, with a
thick, inflected, at length flexuous margin. Lecanora fulva, Schwein.
in Hals. Lich. N. Y. I. c. p. 13. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Trunks ; New England. New York, Halsey.

66. P. cerina, Ach. Cr. at first contiguous, at length granulate, ci-
nereous, upon a bluish-black hypothallus ; apoth. sessile, disk immar-
ginate, somewhat wax-colored, with a thin, equal, opake, entire thai-
line margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 160. Lecanora, Ach.

Trunks, rocks, and stones ; New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

Subsect IX. Urceolakia, Fr.

67. P. glaucoma, Ach., Fr. Crust tartareous, contiguous, rimose-
areolate, glaucous-white ; hypothallus white ; apothecia innate, disk
pale-flesh-colored, pruinose, at length convex, and becoming blackish,
with a very entire, evanescent thalline margin. Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand.
P. sordida, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 178. Lecanora glaucoma, Ach.

Rocks (especially granite). New York, Halsey. Arctic America,
Rich.

68. P. verrucosa, Ach., Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, verrucose, naked,
glaucous-white ; hypoth. white ; disk immersed in the verrucse, con-
cave, blackish, subpruinose, the proper margin connate with the convex
thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 186. Icon, Laur. in Sturm''s Fl.
t. 21. — a. Urceolaria, Fr. ; normal. Urceolaria verrucosa, Ach. —
/?. Pertusaria, Fr. ; verrucse closed, disk prominent like a black osti-
ole. Porina glomerata, Ach.

Incrusting dead mosses and sticks, in alpine districts ; White Moun-
tains.

69. P. calcarea, Ach., Fr. Cr. subcariilagineous, areolate-verru-
cose, glaucescent (often mealy and white) ; disk immersed in the are-
olse, from concave becoming plane, blackish, cfesious-pruinose, with a

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 235

thin, at length discrete, entire proper margin ; thalline margin some-
what prominent, subentire, or rugose-crenate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 187.
Urceolaria, Ach.

Limestone, and from this passing to other rocks ; New England.
New York, Halsey.

70. P. scriiposa, Sommerf. Cr. lartareous, rugose-granulate, glau-
cous-cinerascent ; hypolh. white ; apoth. immersed, disk urceolate, cse-
sious-black, with a connivent, cinerous-blackish proper margin, which
is at first covered by the crenate thalline margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
190. Urceolaria, Ach. — ^. hryophila., Ach. ; cr. rugose ; apoth.
smaller, disk emergent, urceolate, with a contracted mouth, thalline
margin subevanescent. Fr. I. c. Gyalecta, Ach.

Rocks, stones, dead wood, trunks, and on the earth ; New England.
— /? incrusting mosses; Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

X. THELOTREMA, Ach.

Apothecia subconical-truncate, at length open, urceolate-scutelliform ;
a discrete, lax, membranaceous, lacerate-dehiscent, interior exciple veil-
ing a rigescent disk. Thallus crustaceous.

T. Iepadi7ium, Ach. Disk blackish, at first csesious-pruinose. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 428. Schcer. ! Sjncil. p. 67.

Trunks, somewhat rare ; New England. Arctic America, Rich.
(Herb. Hook. !). Our Lichen, as well as that of Arctic America, agrees
with the European ; and the species is found also in Brazil {Eschwei-
ler).

XL GYALECTA, Ach., Fr.

Apothecia orbiculate, urceolate, at first closed, then variously dehis-
cent, the elevated, discrete, colored border of the exciple surrounding
the disk. Disk at first included, like a nucleus, and gelatinous, becom-
ing at length open, explanate, indurated. Thallus horizontal, crusta-
ceous, somewhat tartareous.

G. cupularis, Schser. Apothecia radiate-dehiscent, urceolate-open ;
border orbicular, elevated, tumid, pale, disk pale-flesh-colored. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 195.

Rocks (especially limestone and sandstone, Fr.) and on the earth.
New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Tribe II. LECIDEACEiE, Fr.

XII. STEREOCAULON, Ach.

Apolhecia placed upon a thalline stratum, which forms a more or
less evident, evanescent (spurious) thalline margin, becoming plane,
with an obscure proper margin, and at length cephaloid and immargi-
nate, solid. Thallus vertical, caulescent, mostly solid {podetia), sup-
porting a horizontal, squamulose-granulose thallus, and arising some-
times from a horizontal, adnate, granulose thallus.

The apothecia are often quite those of Parmelia, but they also occur
subimmarginate from the tirst, or with only an obscure proper margin,
as observed by Schserer and Eschweiler, and the genus seems properly
nearest to Biatora, and related through this to Lecidea. In this view,
Cladonia must be taken for the highest type of Lecideacese ; and the
fistulous podetium, analogous certainly (Fr. Lich. p. 14) to the tubulose
thallus of some Cetrarije, and in Cladonia turgida, if I am not mistaken,
evidently formed by constriction of the ascending foliaceous thallus of
that species, must be considered as indicating a higher rank than the
solid podetium ; this last being rather a branched stipe, as is suggested
by a comparison of Stereocaulon Fibula with Biatora Byssoides. And,
adopting a somewhat wider sense for Eschweiler's remark, that Clado-
nia unites in itself the horizontal and the vertical thallus, we might, in
the point of view that we have chosen, see reason to agree with him
that this genus is even the highest development of Lichenose vegeta-
tion ; or to venture, at least, the suggestion, that no genus, which does
not include the horizontal type, should seem to be the most perfect typ-
ical representative of Lichenes. Fries, from whose profound conclu-
sions we are far from prepared to depart, attributes indeed to Usnea
(1. c. pp. 9, 17, 198) the highest rank, and, where he considers the
genera as falling into parallel series, he, in this view, assigns the posi-
tion to Usnea, Stereocaulon, and Sphserophoron. But if there is evi-
dently a distinction between the highest typical development and the
highest actually attainable development, and the former represent the
most perfect condition of the plant, or genus, per se, as a distinct real
or assumed existence in nature, — as the latter is representative of ex-
treme tendencies of the vegetation in question to ascend to a higher
than its typical structure, — Usnea, &c., may be taken as representing

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 237

the extreme development of Lichenes, and Cladonia, or some other ge-
nus expressing the horizontal type, as representing their typical perfec-
tion. — S. ramulosmn, Ach., a mostly tropical species, with densely
fibrillose podetia, and terminal, subglobose apothecia, inhabits North
America, according to Acharius and Muhlenberg ; but it is probable,
only the southern part.

Sect. I. Podetia solid, filamentous within ; apothecia normally fus-
cous.

* Squamules foliaceous, or fibrillose.

1. S. tomentosum, Fr, Podetia lax, terete, very much branched and
the branches somewhat recurved, clothed with a dense, whitish, spongy
tomentum ; squamules somewhat rounded, incised-crenate (becoming
phylloid-granulose), cinereous-caesious ; apothecia minute, lateral, at
length globose. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 201.

On the earth and stones in the lower regions of the White Moun-
tains, and ascending; fertile. Northward to Arctic America, Herb.
Hook. !

2. S. corallinum, Fr. Podetia lax, a little compressed, very much
branched, glabrous (many conjoined at the base into a dense, at first
digitate-divergent sod) ; squamules fibrillose, somewhat digitate-ramose,
cinereous-csesious ; apoth. scattered or conglomerate (rather large),
finally globose. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 201. S. dactylophyUmn, Floerk. !

Stones, in the lower regions of the White Mountains ; fertile.

3. S. paschale, Laur. Podetia lax, rather slender, somewhat com-
pressed, very much branched, subglabrous (many commonly crowded
thickly together, but not caespitose-conjoined) ; squamules phylloid-
granulose, crenate, conglomerate, glaucous ; apoth. subterminal, di-
lated, plane. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 202. S. paschale, Ach. part. Lichen
paschalis, L. Jide Fr.

Stones, and on the earth in large patches, in the lower regions of the
White Mountains ; and ascending to alpine districts. Common also on
the coast ; but the genus is peculiarly montane. The present species
was formerly considered as including most of those here described,
and the following stations are therefore so far uncertain. New York,
Torrey. Pennsylvania, ilf«/tZ. Northward to Canada, ilfic/icri^x; New-
foundland, Pi/ Zaie ; the Saskatchawan, &c.. Rich.; Greenland, Gie-
seke, ; and Melville Island, R. Br.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

4. S. condensatum, Laur. Podetia erect, terete, scarcely branched,
clothed with a thin, white-incarnate tomentum ; squamules roundish,
teretish, or confluent, glaucous ; apoth. terminal, dilated, plane, subpel-
tate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 203. S. Meissnerianum, Floerk. !

Stones and rocks, in the lower regions of the White Mountains ;
somewhat rarely fertile. Occurring also in the deliquescent, degener-
ate state called by Acharius S, Cereolus (Meth. t. 7, p. 1). The hori-
zontal thallus at the base is persistent, and often conspicuous.

** Squamules verrucseform, rounded, or angulate.

5. S. deimdaium, Floerk. Podetia erectish, terete, somewhat spar-
ingly branched above, below denudate, glabrous ; granules roundish,
thick, cinerascent, at length almost plane, crenate-lobate ; apoth. later-
al, minute, somewhat plane. Floerk. ! D. Lich. p. 13. Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 204. S. glaucescens, Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Rocks ; from Greenland, Dill.., to New England, where it is common
in mountainous, and ascends to subalpine districts. Southward to Penn-
sylvania, Dill.

6. S. namun, Ach. Podetia erect, slender, fastigiate-ramose, below
denudate, above very finely pulverulent ; granules verrucseform, mi-
nute, greenish-pallescent, floccose ; apoth. small, lateral, convex. Fr. !
Lichenogr. p. 205.

Fissures of rocks, and on stones, in the lower regions of the White
Mountains ; fertile.

Sect. II. PiLOPHORON, Tuckerm. Podetia cartilagineous-subfilamen-
tous, or araneous-fistulous within ; apothecia subimmarginate, black.

7. S. Fibula, Tuckerm. Crust persistent, appressed, subsquama-
ceous-granulate, bright green ; podetia (solid), erect, terete, simple,
somewhat corticate with the green squamaceous granules, at length
subdenudate, glabrous ; apoth. (lateral, minute, somewhat plane, sub-
immarginate, and) terminal, mostly solitary, at first depressed-globose,
immarginate, at length rather inflated, dark-greenish-nigrescent becom-
ing black.

Moist rocks along streams in mountain forests ; White Mountains.
Rugose, nigrescent cephalodia (certainly abortive apothecia) occur
commonly in the crust, resembling similar ones in S. condensatum.
Barren podetia terminated often with powdery green pulvinules, as in
S. Cereolus, Ach. Apothecia solid, as in the next, the disk placed upon

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 239

a paler stratum. S. Cereolus, as described by Borrer, and figured in
E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2667, is certainly very near the present section, and
agrees in many respects with the species under notice. The apparent
difference of structure in the apothecia of this and of the next spe-
cies from Cladonia, Stereocaulon, and Biatora is one so anomalous,
that I prefer to leave them in this place, to which, indeed, their whole
habit would seem to refer them.

8. S. acicvlare, Tuckerm. Crust persistent, of effuse, roundish,
whitish granules; podetia erect, terete, smooth, elongated (fistulous and
araneous within), divided at length irregularly into erect, subfastigiate,
at length denudate branches ; granules verruculose, pale-cinereous ;
apoth, at first subconical-globose, immarginate, often conglomerate,
from dark-greenish-nigrescent becoming black. Bceomyces, Meth. t. 8,
f. 4, dein Cenomyce, Ach. Cladonia, Auct. Stereocaulon, Mihi, Enum.
Lich. N. Amer. p. 52.

On the earth ; Northwest Coast, Menzies ! Douglas, in herb. Hook. !
Rocky Mountains, Herb. Hook. ! — New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania,
Muhl. Certainly a congener of the last. Fries remarks incidentally
(Lichenogr. p. 242), that the apothecia are almost those of Biatora.
Rugose cephalodia, like those of the last, occur also in the crust of this
species, and at the bases of the podetia. Sommerfelt (Suppl. FL Lapp,
p. 126) remarks that these cephalodia occur also in S. paschale, S, co-
rallinum, and S. denudatum.

XIII. CLADONIA, HofFm.

Apothecia orbiculate, submarginate ; becoming at length inflated,
cephaloid, and immarginate ; empty. Disk open, at length protuberant
and reflexed, concealing the proper exciple. Horizontal thallus squa-
mulose-foliaceous or crustaceous, from which arises a vertical, caules-
cent, cartilagineous, fistulous thallus {podetia).

Series 1. Glaucescentes, Fr. Podetia greenish-glaucous.

Apothecia rufous.

1. C. alcicornis, Fr. Thallus csespitose, subfoliaceous, of palmate-
iaciniate, crenate, glaucous lobules ; podetia elongated-turbinate, some-
what verruculose, glabrous, of the same color ; scyphi regular, conca-
vo-plane, crenulate ; apothecia rufous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 213. C. Cor-
nucopicE, Hoffm. Ttickerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sterile, sandy earth ; pine woods. Nortli Annerica, Floerke ! Com-
mon ij3 New England, and fertile. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic
America, Hook. Lobes black-fibriilose at the margins, beneath, in the
European Lichen, but naked in ' warm, dry places,' according to
Floerke, and in sterile soils, according to Fries. I have never found
fibrillose specimens of our plant.

2. C. turgida, Hoffm. Th. foliaceous, erectish, laciniate, glaucous,
branching into fruticulose, ramose, glabrous podetia, of the same color ;
the scyphiferous ones turgid, obconico-cylindrical ; spurious scyphi im-
marginate, dentate-radiate ; apoth. carneo-rufescent. Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 214. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 115. Cenomyce parecha, Ach.

Sterile, moist earth, in mountainous districts, fertile ; New England.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

3. C. Papillaria, Hoffm. Th. crustaceous, papillose-granulate, per-
sistent ; podetia ventricose-cylindrical, gibbous, glabrous, simple or
much branched, glaucous ; the branches fastigiate, undivided at the
apices, obtuse ; apoth. at length convex, rufous. Fr- Lichenogr. p. 245.
Floerk. ! Clad. p. 5. Icon, Laur. in Sturm's Fl. t. 22. PycnoLhelia.,
Hook. Br. Fl. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Sterile earth in alpine and subalpine districts, White Mountains; fer-
tile. The abnormal state with very short, vesicular podetia, tipped
with rufous-fuscous, abortive apothecia, is most common.

Series 2. Fuscescentes, Fr. Podetia greenish-fuscous (and
cinerascent). Apothecia fuscous.

* Scyphiferce, Fr. Podetia passing into a terminal scyphus, closed

with a diaphragm.

4. C. ccBspiticia, Floerk. Thallus coespitose, of pale-green, laciniate
squamules ; podetia very short, glabrous, dilated above (and wanting) ;
apoth. fuscous. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 8. Cenomyce, Ach. Syn. p. 247.

Trunks of trees and rocks, fertile ; New England. New York, Hal-
sey. (Cf. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 218.)

5. C. pyxidata, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia cartilagineous-corti-
cate, at length verrucose, or furfuraceous, green-cinerascent ; the
scyphiferous ones turbinate ; scyphi cyathiform, dilated ; apoth. fus-
cous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 216. Cenomyce, Ach. ! Syn. p. 252. — ^. Po-
cillum, Ach. ; th. of large, thickened lobules ; podetia dilated sensibly

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 241

upward from a thick base, verrucose with subsquamaceous granules.
Ach. Lichenogr. p. 535.

On the earth, &c., very common and variable; New England, and
westward. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Mi/hl. North to the
Saskatchawan, &c., Rich.; Greenland, Gieseke; and Melville Island,
R. Br. — /5, in moist crevices of rocks in the mountains of New Eng-
land ; perhaps the handsomest state of the species. A frequent rail-
Lichen (Boeomyces scolecinus, Ach., Pycnothelia scol., Tuckerm.
Lich. N. E.) is a degeneration. Infertile states are easily confounded
with similar states of several other species.

6. C. gracilis, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia cartilagineous-corti-
cate, polished ; scyphi somewhat plane ; apoth. fuscescent. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 218. — w. verlicillata, Fr. ; podetia shorter, all scyphiferous ;
scyphi dilated, plane, proliferous for the most part from the centre. Fr.
I. c. C. verlicillata, Hoffm. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 26. — /?. cervicornis,
Auct. ; th. of conspicuous, elongated, erectish, naked, dark-green squa-
mules ; podetia as in the next, of which this is the macrophylline state.
— ;'. hyhrida, Fr. ; podetia longer and larger, mostly scyphiferous;
scyphi dilated, and commonly proliferous from the margin. Fr. I. c. —
8. elongata, Fr. ; podetia elongated, mostly subulate or furcate ; scyphi
diminished, somewhat concave. Fr. ! I. c. Cenomyce gracilis, Ach.
Cladonia, Hoffm. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 30. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.
Lichen, L. — * vermicularis, Auct. ; podetia papyraceous, prostrate,
subulate, subsimple, imperforate, white. C. vermicularis, DC. C. su-
huliformis, Hoffm. Tuckerm. I. c. — ** taurica, Auct. ; podetia papy-
raceous, erectish, ventricose, ramose, white. C. taurica, Hoffm. C.
suhuliformisy /5. taurica, Tuckerm. I. c.

On the earth, most perfect, and in all the varieties, on high moun-
tains ; — y being an alpine state, but descending ; and * and ** alpine
degenerations. t New England and westward. New York (oe), Hal-
sey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. North to Point Lake, &c., Rich.; and
Greenland, Gieseke.

7. C. degenerans, Floerk. Th. squamulose ; podetia cartilagineous-
corticate, irregularly proliferous-ramose (glabrous or granulate-furfura-
ceous), more or less squamulose-exasperate, green-pallescent, becoming

t " Apothecia lateralia, sparsa, atra, thallo innata, eoque submarginata, apoth.
Roccellte aliquo modo accedenlia," were observed by Brown in some Arctic Amer-
ican specimens of* (R. Br. in Parry's First Voy. App. p. 307).

31

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

blackish and white-spotted at the base ; scyphi irregular, cristate-lacer-
ate ; apoth. fuscous. ^ Floerk. ! Clad. p. 41. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 221.
Cenomyce gonorega, Ach. — /5; scyphi digitately divided into fastigiate
branches, and becoming carious with age. Fr. I. c. Cenomyce cario-
sa, Ach.

On the earth ; common in New England. New York, Halsey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. (Southward to Virginia, Dill.)

8. CJimiriata, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia cylindrical, the whole
membranaceous epidermis deliquescing into a fine, glaucous-candicant
dust ; scyphi cupulseform with an erect margin ; apoth. fuscous. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 222. Lichen Jimhriatus, L. — « ; podetia short, all
scyphiferous ; scyphi somewhat dentate ; apoth. simple. Fr. I. c. Dill.
Muse. t. 14, f. 8. Lichen Jimhriatus, «, L. — /5. tulxxformis, Fr. ; po-
detia elongated, mostly scyphiferous ; scyphi somewhat entire ; apoth.
symphycarpeous. Fr. I. c. Lichen fmbriaius, (3, L. — y. radiala, Fr. ;
podetia elongated, subulate, or the scyphi proliferous-subulate, or oblit-
erated and radiate-fimbriate. Fr. I. c. Lichen fmhrialus, /, L.

On the earth, common in mountainous districts, and fertile ; New
England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, 3Iuhl. Northward to
Arctic America, Rich.

9. C. cornuta, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia cylindrical, somewhat
ventricose, the epidermis cartilagineous and persistent below, membra-
naceous and becoming powdery-deliquescent above ; scyphi narrowed,
rather plane, with an incurved, somewhat entire margin ; apoth. fus-
cous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 225. Lichen cornutiis, L.

Trunks among mosses, dead wood, &c., in the mountains of New
England ; fertile.

10. C. decorticata, Floerk. Th. squamulose ; podetia slender, cy-
lindrical, the submembranaceous epidermis separating into furfuraceous
scales, pulverulent ; scyphi narrowed or obsolete ; apoth. fuscous.
Floerk. ! Clad. p. 10. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 226. — ^5. sympliycarpea, Fr. ;
podetia somewhat simple ; apoth. symphycarpeous. Fr. I. c. — y. {ra-
7nosa), Fr. ; podetia branched, subulate, sterile. Fr. I. c.

On the earth, in mountainous districts. White Mountains; fertile.
Distinguishable from similar decorticate, symphycarpeous states of C
pyxidata by its pulverulence.

**

Pervi(s, Fr. Podetia not passing into closed scyphi, but the axils

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 243

and apices dilated-infundibuliform, or simply perforate in the more
slender, much-branched forms.

11. C cenotea, Schajr. Th. squamulose, dissected; podetia di-
chotomous-brachiate, membranaceous-corticate, at length finely glau-
cous-pruinose ; axils and fertile apices dilated, infundibuliform, with
incurved margins ; ' apoth. sessile, from pale becoming fuscous.' Fr. !
Lichenogr. {sub C. hrachiata), p. 228. C. cenotea, Schcer. Spicil. p.
35. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 135. Baomyces dein Cenomyce, Ach. — a ; tur-
gid ; axils and apices as above. Fr. I. c. — /5. furcellata, Fr. ; slender,
fruticulose ; branches subulate, axils perforate. Fr. I. c.

On the earth, in mountainous districts. White Mountains ; as yet
infertile.

12. C. parasitica, Schser. Th. squamulose, narrowly erose-lacini-
ate and granulate-pulverulent ; podetia delicate, at length besprinkled
with scales and granules, divided above into short, somewhat incrassat-
ed branches ; apoth. minute (often symphycarpeous), fuscous. Schcer. !
Spicil. p. 37. Lichen parasiticus, Hoffm. C delicata, Floerk. ! Clad,
p. 7. C. squamosa, var. delicata, Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 231.

Decaying logs, common in mountainous districts ; New England.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. (Cf. Fries, I. c)

13. C. squamosa, HofTm. Th. squamulose, dissected, often some-
what pulverulent ; podetia branched, lacunose, at length decorticate,
and exasperate with squamaceous granules ; axils pervious, denticulate ;
apoth. cymose, fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 231. — w. ventricosa, Fr. ;
podetia ventricose ; axils and apices dilated-infundibuliform. Fr. ! I. c.
Cenomyce sparassa, Ach. Cladonia, Floerk. ! Clad. p. 129. — /?. atlen-
uata, Fr. ; podetia more slender, attenuate, axils pervious, apices subu-
late. Fr. ! I. c.

On the earth, decaying logs, and stones, most perfect and frequent
in mountainous districts ; New England.

14. C.furcata, Floerk. Th. squamulose, somewhat dissected; po-
detia dichotomous-fruliculose, cartilagineous-corticate, polished, green-
ish-fuscous ; axils and fertile apices pervious ; apoth. pedicellate, from
pale becoming fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 229. Floerk. Clad. p. 141.
— a. crispata, Fl. ; turgid ; axils and apices infundibuliform. Floerk. !
I. c. p. 148, Fr. ! I. c. — ^5. cristata, Fr. ; somewhat turgid ; obliquely
dilated and fimbriate-cristate at the axils ; the apices cristate-ramulose.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Fr. I c. Bill. Muse. p. 544, & Icon, t. 82, /. 1. — /. racemosa^
Floerk. ; podetia elongated, turgescent, ramose, and, as well as the ax-
ils, gaping ; branches recurved or erect, fertile onesexplanate. Floerk. !
I. c. p. 152. Fr. ! I. c. — 8. subulata, Floerk. ; podetia elongated, more
slender, with subpertuse axils ; apices of the fertile ones cloven ; branch-
es erectish, or also recurved, or divergent. Floerk.! I. c. p. 143. Fr.
I- c. — £. pungens, Ach. ; small, csespitose, very much and intricately-
branched, fragile, pallescent or whitish-cinereous. Fr. I. c. C. pungens,
Floerk. I. c. p. 156. C. rangiformis, Hoffm.

On the earth, common ; most perfect in mountainous regions ; New
England to Ohio. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. — ^5.
Pennsylvania, Dill. — e. Greenland, Floerke.

15. C. rangiferina, Hoffm. Th. crustaceous, evanescent ; podetia
fruticulose, trichotomously and very much branched, somewhat tomen-
tose, cinerascent ; axils subperforate ; sterile apices nodding, fertile
ones erect, cymose ; apoth. fuscous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 243. Floerk. !
Clad. p. 160. — /5. sylvalica, Floerk.; slender, smoother, pale-straw-
colored. Floerk. Clad. p. 107. Fr. I. c. — y. alpeslris, Floerk. ; soft-
ish, the branches and branchlets very densely thyrsoid-entangled.
Floerk. Clad. p. 165. Fr. I c.

On the earth, common everywhere, and fertile ; New England.
New York (a, /5, and y), Halsey. Pennsylvania, Dill. Northward to
Canada, Michaux ; Greenland, Gieseke; and elsewhere in Arctic Amer-
ica, Rich., R. Br.

Series 3. Ochroleuccz, Fr. Podetia ochroleucous ; at length
fuscous-cerulescent at the base. Apothecia somewhat livid-flesh-
colored, lutescent within.

16, C. carneola, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia membranaceous-
corticate, at length finely pulverulent, ochroleucous, becoming fuscous-
cerulescent at the base, the scyphiferous ones turbinate ; apoth. pale-
flesh-colored fuscescent. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 233. — « ; podetia turbi-
nate, all scyphiferous, simple or proliferous. Fr. I. c. — /3 ; podetia
elongated-turbinate, with radiate, subulate prolifications. Fr. I. c. —
/. cyanipes, Fr. ; podetia very long, cylindrical, simple, or the scyphi
obliterated and passing into somewhat divaricate, sterilescent branches.
Fr. I. c. Icon, Laur. in Sturni^s Fl. t. 13.

On the earth ; Arctic America. Greenland, Fries.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 245

17. C. Despreaiixii, Bory ms, Th. evanescent ; podetia elongated,
slender, cartilagineous-corticate, the epidermis separating below into
bluish-white squamules, and becoming above finely granulate (not pul-
verulent), pale sulphureous, becoming bluish-fuscescent at the base ;
scyphi narrow, proliferous-radiate, or passing into and obliterated in
sterilescent branchlets ; apoth. minute, pale-flesh-colored fuscescent.
Cenomyce Despreauxii, Bory, fide schedul. in herb. Berol.

On the earth in alpine districts. White Mountains. Newfoundland,
Bory !

IS. C. amaurocraa, Floerk. Th. crustaceous, evanescent ; pode-
tia elongated, slender, polished, somewhat curved-decumbent, pale-
straw-colored ; apices fuscous-black, those of the sterile podetia subu-
late, variously branched, of the scyphiferous ones irregularly prolifer-
ous-branched ; scyphi narrow, oblique, margin dentate-radiate ; apoth.
pale-flesh-colored fuscescent. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 1 19. Cenomyce oxy-
ceras., Ach. Syn.

On the earth in alpine districts. White Mountains, very luxuriant
and fertile. Greenland, Floerke, and elsewhere in Arctic America,
R.ch.

19. C. Botrytis, HofFm. Th. squamulose ; podetia cylindrical, car-
tilagineous-corticate, verruculose, ochroleucous ; somewhat divided into
subfastigiate branches ; apoth. pale-flesh-colored and pallescent. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 234.

On the earth, and decaying logs. New York, Halsey.

20. C. uncialis, Fr. Th. crustaceous, evanescent ; podetia fruticu-
lose, dichotomous, smooth, greenish-straw-colored ; axils subperforate ;
sterile apices erect, blackish, fertile ones digitate-radiate ; apoth. at first
pale-flesh-colored, fuscescent. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 244. Ach. Sy7i. p.
276. C. slellata, Schcer. ! Spicil. \, p. 42 {excl. <5). Floerk. ! Clad,
p. 171. — a. humilior ; shorter, more slender, and smooth, somewhat
attenuate, the axils often imperforate. Fr. I. c. Cenomyce uncialis,
Ach. Lichenogr. Lichen uncialis, Auct. — /5. adunca, Ach.; taller,
somewhat turgid, incrassated above ; branches short, stellate-patent, the
fertile ones cymose ; axils gaping. Ach. I. c. p. 277. Fr. I. c. (a.)
C. hiuncialis, Hoffm. C. adunca, Ach. Lichenogr. — /. turgescens,
Schser. ; soflish, turgid-incrassated, the branches subtruncate, fasligi-
ate. Schcer. Spicil. 1, p. 308. Fr. I. c.

On the earth: a, sands, and sterile pine woods (fertile?) ; — ,.?, in

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

similar places, fertile; and abundant also in mountainous districts; —
p/, alpine and subalpine regions ; New England. New York, HaJsey.
Pennsylvania {a and /?), Muhl. Canada (/5), Michaux.

21. C. Boryi, Tuckerm. Th. (crustaceous) evanescent; podetia
turgid, fruticulose, dichotomous, fastigiate-ramose, rugulose becoming
reticulate-perforate, pale sulphureous and glaucescent ; axils scyphi-
form, entire, at length cribrose-perforate ; sterile apices scyphiform,
cristate-dentate, entire becoming cribrose, with fuscous tips ; fertile
ones somewhat cymose-radiate ; apoth. flesh-colored, at length dark-
fuscous. C uncialis, var. reticulata, Russell, in Essex Jour. Nat. Hist.
Tuckerm. Enum. Lich. N. Amer. p. 53, excl. syn. — §. lacunosa ; po-
detia incrassated, obtusish, lacunose-subperforate, glaucous ; axils and
apices scarcely scyphiform, sparingly subdentate. Cenomyce lacunosa,
Bory, fide sched. in herb. Berol.

On the earth, near the sea, fertile ; Hingham, Duxbury, Mr. Russell!
and elsewhere on the coast of Massachusetts, Dr. Porter ! Mr. Oakes !
— /5, alpine and montane districts, infertile ; White Mountains. Mo-
nad noc, iJwsseZZ.' Newfoundland, i?or?/ .' I have endeavoured to point
out the features that seem to distinguish this remarkable Lichen from
C. uncialis, but it is possible that the conclusion of its original indica-
tor may be correct. The podetia become very turgid, and at length
often explanate, measuring in one of my specimens eight lines in di-
ameter at the base, and five where the branches begin. The New-
foundland specimen, and our alpine ones, belong to an apparently
sterile, subalpine state of the Lichen.

Series 4. Cocciferce, Fr. Podetia greenish, becoming fulves-
cent at the base. Apothecia scarlet.

* Podetia cartilagineous-corticate, never finely pulverulent.

22. C. cornucopioides, Fr. Th. squamulose ; podetia cartilagineous-
corticate, from glabrous becoming verrucose or granulate-subpulveru-
lent, yellowish, at length cinereous-green ; the scyphiferous ones elon-
gated-turbinate, attenuate below ; scyphi cyathiform, dilated ; apoth.
scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 236. Lichen cornucopioides, L. Fl. Suec.
Cenomyce coccifera, Ach. Cladonia, Hoffm. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 89.
Lichen cocciferus, L. part. Icon, Laur. in Sturm'^s Fl. it. 23, 24, 25.

On the earth. Very frequent in mountainous districts, but often in-
fertile ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.
North to the Saskatchawan, &c., Rich., and Greenland, Gieseke.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 247

23. C. helUdifora, Schasr. Th. of minute, dissected squamules; po-
detia cartilaglneous-corticate, elongated, ventricose-cylindrical, glabrous,
becoming at length densely clothed with dissected squamules, yellowish,
at length cinereous-green ; scy.phi extremely narrow ; apoth. (often
conglomerate, or symphycarpeous), scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 237.
ScJmr. ! Spicil. p. 21. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 95.

On the earth, in alpine districts ; White Mountains. Greenland,
Floerke.

24. C. Hookeri, Tuckerm. Th. of rather thick, large, ascendant
squamules; podetia cartilagineous-corticate, elongated, cylindrical, gla-
brous, becoming at length squamulose, sulphur-yellow ; scyphi cupulse-
form ; apoth. scarlet.

On the earth ; Newfoundland, Herb. Hook. ! This beautiful species
resembles C. deformis in some respects, but belongs to the present sub-
division, and seems very distinct from every other scarlet-fruited Cla-
donia with which I am acquainted. I venture to inscribe it to the illus-
trious botanist who first proposed a complete survey of the cryptogamy
of British America, and who has done more than any other to illus-
trate it.

25. C FJoerkiana, Fr. Th. squamulose; podetia cartilagineous-
corticate, cylindrical, slender, glabrous, becoming at length granulate-
verrucose or squamose-decorticate, greenish and pallescent, nigrescent
at the base ; scyphi passing into somewhat digitate, fastigiate branch-
es ; apoth. scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 238. Floerk. Clad. p. 99. Li-
chen digitatiis, E. Bat. t. 2439. Icones, Dill. Muse. t. 15, /. 19, c.
Laur. in Sturm's Fl. t. 14, d.

On the earth, decaying logs, dead wood, and rocks, common and fer-
tile ; New England. <

** Epidermis of the podetia membranaceous, dissolving into a fine

dust.

26. C. macilenta, Hoffm. Th. squamulose; podetia cylindrical,
slender, membranaceous-corticate above, becoming hoary-pulverulent ;
scyphi narrow, tubseform with an erect margin, or obsolete ; apoth.
scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 241. — a. fJifonnis, Fr. ; podetia very slen-
der ; scyphus narrow, entire, or obliterated by a symphycarpeous apo-
thecium. Fr.! I. c. C. Jiliformis, Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 19. Tuckenn.
Lich. N. E. I. c. Cenomyce hacillaris^ Ach. C. polydactyla, Floerk. !

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Clad. p. 108. — /?. clavata, Fr. ; podetia ventricose, subulate at the
apices or branched, substerile. Fr. I. c.

On the earth, decaying logs, dead wood, and rocks ; connmon in
mountainous districts, and fertile ; New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl.
Ochrocarpous states of this species, in which the bright scarlet of the
apothecia is changed to a pale yellow, occur in our mountains, but less
frequently than similar forms of C. Floerkiana.

27. C. digilala, Hoffm. Th. squamulose ; podetia cylindrical, be-
coming ochroleucous-pulverulent above; scyphi narrowed, with an in-
curved, entire margin, becoming at length ampliate, and the margin
somewhat proliferous-palmate ; apoth. scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 240.
Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 22. Floerk. ! Clad. p. 102. Lichen digitaius, L.
Icon, Laur. in Slurm''s Fl. t. 15, 16. — «. platyphyllina ; lobules of
the thallus dilated, somewhat entire ; scyphi mostly entire. Fr. I. c. —
(}. microphyUina ; squamules of the thallus rather small ; scyphi mostly
palmate-i'amose. Fr. I. c.

Decaying trunks, and moist earth among mosses, in mountainous dis-
tricts, fertile ; New England.

28. C. deformis, Hoffm. Th. squamulose ; podetia elongated, cy-
lindrical or ventricose, becoming sulphureous-pulverulent above ; scyphi
somewhat narrow, becoming at length cupulagform and dilated, with
an erect, crenate-dentate margin ; apoth. scarlet. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
239. Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 23.- C. crenulata, Floerk. ! Clad. p. 105.

On the earth, common upon mountains, a conspicuous Lichen, fer-
tile ; New England. Northward to Arctic America, Rick. Green-
land, Floerke.

29. C. sulphur ina, Michx. (sub Scyphoph.). Podetia simple, at first
very simply and slightly scyphiform, thick, submembranaceous, at
length subclavate-elongated, smooth, the apices finally irregularly sub-
divided, and rimose-perforate, hoary-sulphureous; fertile scyphi small ;
apoth. confluent, black-fuscous. Scyplwphorus sulphurinus, Michx. Fl.
2, p. 328. Cenomyce, Ach. Lichenogr. p. 557. Ach. Syn. p. 265.

On the earth, Canada, Michaux ! Fries. This is the " Lichen coc-
ciferus ; major, Dill. t. 14, f. 6, M," of Michaux's herbarium, the speci-
mens appearing to me, at the time I examined them, to resemble some
states of C. deformis. Fries observes incidentally (Lichenogr. p. 237)
upon Canada specimens (' specimina authentica Canadensia ') of Mi-
chaux's Lichen, that the podetia do not become squamulose, that it has

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 249

infundibuliform and not true scyphi, and niuch of the habit of C. unci-
alis ; thus distinguishing it from C. bellidifiora, to which Floerke referred
it. It is probable that the " B^omyces tubulosus, Richard. Canada,"
of Herb. Willd. ! which also appeared to me to resemble C. deformis,
belongs to Mlchaux's species, and in this case the thallus is squamulose,
and the podetia are finely pulverulent above. It appears certain that
the C. sulphurina of Fries is not the C. Hookeri of this Enumeration.
The species is also common in North Carolina, according to Fries, who
received his specimens from Schweinitz.

XIV. BiEOMYCES, Fr.

Apothecia from the first globose, immarginate, velate, at length emp-
ty and araneous within, the base closely surrounding a stipe. Thallus
crustaceous, uniform, protruding fertile stipes, which are destitute of a
cortical stratum.

The structure of Bseomyces roseus has been illustrated very minute-
ly by Dr. Kiittlinger (Allg. Bot. Zeit. 1845, pp. 577-584, & t. vi.).

B. roseus^ Pers. Crust verrucose, glaucous ; stipes short, cylindrical ;
apothecia subglobose, flesh-colored. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 246.

Sterile clay-soils, and sands ; New England ; and abundant also on
the sterile surfaces of slides in the White Mountains. New York, Tor-
rey. Pennsylvania, Mulil.

XV. BIATORA, Fr.

Apothecia margined at first by a waxy thalline exciple converted
into a proper exciple, becoming at length hemispherical or globose,
subimmarginate, solid, and cephaloid. Disk at length dilated, turgid,
concealing the paler margin, placed upon a stratum oftener paler, never
coal-black. Thallus horizontal, arising from a hypothallus, somewhat
crustaceous, effigurate, or uniform. Podetia wanting, but the apothe-
cia stipitate in a few species. The margin of the apothecia never
originally black. Fr.

Sect. I. Thallus squamose, or lobed at the circumference.

* Apothecia sessile.

1. B. decipiens, Fr. Scales of the thallus discrete, somewhat pel-
tate, angulate, dark-flesh-colored ; beneath and at the circumference

32

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMEKICAN ACADEMY

white ; apothecia marginal, adnate, somewhat immarginate, blackish,
white within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 252. Lecidea, Ach. Syn. p. 52.

On the earth, especially in alpine digtricts. Arctic America, Rich.
Pennsylvania, Muhl.

2. B. gloMfera, Fr. Th. squamose, imbricate, greenish-chestnut,
somewhat shining ; scales reniform, rugose, lobate ; apoth. elevated,
globose, somewhat immarginate, from rufous becoming black, whitish
within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 255. Lecidea, Ach. Syn. p. 51. Icon,
Laur. in Sturm's Fl. t. 26.

Clefts and depressions of rocks. North America, Ach. Pennsylva-
nia, Muhl. New York, Halsey.

3. B. rufo-nigra, Tuckerm. Th. squamose, imbricate, from pale ru-
fous becoming blackish ; scales irregularly suborbiculate, ascending,
crenate-lobate ; apoth. adnate, plane, obtusely margined, atrorufous, at
length convex, black. Placodiuni sp. nov. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.
1838.

Rocks ; near Boston. Scales of the thallus small, obscure to the
naked eye. '

4. B. airo-rufa, Fr. Th. crustaceous, smoothish, adnate, at first con-
tiguous, becoming at length areolate, cinereous-fuscescent ; black be-
neath ; at the circumference foliaceous-lobate ; apoth. applanate-adnate,
rufous-fuscous, whitish within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 255. Lecidea, Ach.
Lichenogr. p. 200.

On the earth in alpine districts. White Mountains.

**-

'^' Apothecia stipitate, margin at length revolute.

5. B. placophylla, Fr. Th. subcrustaceous, orbicular, corrugated,
glaucous-virescent, at the circumference foliaceous, lobes rounded, and
crenate ; white beneath ; apoth. stipitate, pileiform, rufous-fuscous ;
stipes thick, compressed, longitudinally rugulose. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
257. BcBomyces, Ach. Meth. p. 323, ^ Icon, t. 7, /. 4. Lich. Univ.
p. 574.

On sandy, sterile earth ; slides, and banks of streams, in the White
Mountains.

6. B. Byssoides, Fr. Th. crustaceous, effuse, granulosa, greenish-
glaucous, squamulose at the circumference ; hypoth. fibrillose, white ;
apoth. substipitate, pileiform, from flesh-colored becoming fuscous ;

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 251

Stipes rather short, somewhat compressed, corticate with the ascending
granules of the crust or naked, often subdivided at the apex. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 257. Bceomyces rupesfris, Ach. Lich. p. 573. B. nifus,
Wahl. B. Byssoides, ScJicbt. — a. Fr. ; granules, of the crust subsqua-
maceous, crenulate (and deliquescent), greenish-glaucous. Fr. I. c. —
^. ritpesfris, Fr. ; cr. thin, smoothish, subcontiguous (or powdery);
apoth. smaller. Fr. I. c. Bceom. rupestris, Pers. — y. lignatilis, Fr. ;
cr. rugose, cinereous-glaucescent ; apoth. subsessile, fuscous-black. Fr.
I. c. BcEom. lignorum, Pers.

Common in mountainous districts : a, sterile sandy and clayey soils ;
slides, banks of streams, and road-sides, in the mountains of New Eng-
land. — /5, rocks in mountain forests, New England. New York, HaU
sey. — y, decaying wood, in similar situations with the last, apothecia
almost sessile. The three varieties occur often in close neighbourhood
at the White Mountains. This species, Stereocaulon Fibula, and S.
aciculare illustrate the connection of Stereocaulon with the sessile Bi-
atorse. The difference of structure, indicated by Fries as generically
distinguishing Baeomyces roseus from this and the last species, referred
to Beeomyces by Acharius, has been further, illustrated by Dr. Kiittling-
er in Allg. Bot. Zeit. 1845, 1. c.

Sect. II. Thallus effuse, uniform.

7. B. icmadophila, Fr. Crust tartareous, granulate, greenish-glau-
cous; hypothallus white; apothecia (large) softish, incarnate, exciple
cupular, with a thin, evanescent margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 258. Le-
cidea, Ach. Bceomyces, DC.

Decaying wood in mountain forests, and on the earth ; ascending to
alpine districts ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania,
MuJil. Arctic America, Rich. Apothecia sometimes a little stipitate
in ours, as in the European Lichen.

8. B. vernalis, Fr. Cr. of minute, glaucescent granules, arising
from a membranaceous, whitish hypothallus ; apoth. at length subglo-
bose, clustered, flesh-colored, and fulvous-ferrugineous. Lecidea ver-
nalis, Borr. in Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 183. L. luteola, Ach.

Trunks in mountain forests, growing over mosses ; New England.
New York, Halsey. Arctic America, Rich.

9. B. pineti, Fr. Cr. very thin, granulose, greenish-glaucescent ;
apoth. (minute) sessile, whitish ; disk becoming at length yellowish-

^52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

flesh-colored, finally falling out and the apothecia urceolate. Lecidea,
Ach. Syn. p. 42, Hook. Br. Fl. I. c. Biatora, Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand.
Scales of fir-bark, and on the earth. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

10. B. sanguineo-atra, Fr. Cr. thin, membranaceous, effuse, whlt-
ish-cinerous, becoming granulose ; apoth. sanguineous, with an obscure
paler margin, at length black. Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand. B. vernalis,
/5. sanguineo-atra, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 263.

Trunks and rocks, growing over mosses, in mountainous districts ;
New England.

11. B. carneola, Fr. Cr. confused with the hypothallus, cartilagin-
eous-membranaceous, glaucescent, at length granulate-pulverulent ;
apoth. sessile, concave, naked, from reddish-flesh-colored becoming
fuscous, exciple cupular, with an elevated, at length evanescent, paler
margin. Fr. Licheiiogr. p. 264. Lecidea, Ach.

Trunks ; New England. New York, Halsey. Apothecia somewhat
larger in my specimens than in the European Lichen.

12. B. spadicea, Ach. (sub Lecid.). Cr. cartilagineous-membrana-
ceous, granulate, glaucescent ; apoth. thick, margin very finely rugu-
lose, at length somewhat' convex and excluding the margin, light-chest-
nut becoming blackish, within of the same color. Lecidea spadicea,
Ach. Si/n. p. 34.

Trunks ; Pennsylvania, Muhl., Ach. Southward. Fries considers
this scarcely distinct from the last. (Lichenogr. p. 264.)

13. B. cinnaharina, Sommerf. Cr. confused with the hypothallus,
cartilagineous, uneven, glaucous becoming whitish ; apoth. appressed,
cinnabar-red, naked, becoming at length convex, and immarginate. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 266. Lecidea, Sommerf. Vet. Ac. Handl. 1823 (e Fr.).

Trunks. Greenland, Fries. Lecidea coccinea, Schtvein. in Hals.
Lich. N. Y. I. c. 1824, which cannot, by the description, be distin-
guished from this, occurs in New York, Halsey, and appears to extend
to N. Carolina ! {Mr. Curtis).

14. B. chlorantha, Tuckerm. Cr. of discrete, subsquamaceous-ver-
rucose granules, bright green, and white within (or deliquescent soredi-
iferous) ; apoth. somewhat elevated, becoming plane, and at length
convex, with a thick, flexuous, paler margin ; within white ; disk ni-
grescent.

Bark of Pinus Strobus, and other trees ; New England. Resem-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 253

bling Lecidea enteroleuca, but with a different crust, and, I think, the
apothecia of the present genus.

15. B. decolorans, Fr. Cr. tartareous, confused with the hypothal-
lus, areolate-granulose, glaucescent ; apoth. appressed, naked, from
flesh-colored becoming fuscous and black, with a thin, elevated, paler
margin ; finally convex and irregular, and the margin disappearing.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 266. Lecidea, dein Lecanora granulosa, Ach. Le-
cidea decolorans, Floerk. Ach. Syn.

On the earth, and decaying wood, in mountainous regions ; New
England. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

16. B. anomala, Fr. Cr. confused with the white hypothallus, at
length granulose, white-cinerascent ; apoth. becoming hemispherical-
globose, somewhat hyaline-livid, at length fuscescent and black, margin
very thin, evanescent. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 269. Lecanora commutata,
Ach. Syn. p. 149.

Trunks, dead wood, &c. New York, Halsey. An obscure species.
Nomen omen. Fr.

17. B. mixta, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, confused with the hypothallus,
rugose-verrucose, milky-glaucescent ; apoth. adnata, exciple annular,
disk at first plane, pruinose, flesh-colored or livid, becoming at length
turgid, fuscous, and black, and excluding the obtuse margin. Fr.! Li-
chenogr. p. 268. Lecidea anomala, Ach. part. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E.
I.e.

Trunks, and dead wood. New England.

18. B. porphyritis, Tuclierm. Cr.subcartilagineous, smooth, chinky,
at length rugose, glaucescent (and greenish-sorediiferous) ; white with-
in ; apoth. elevated on a white thalline stratum which constitutes an
evanescent spurious margin, or sessile ; disk at first somewhat plane,
pruinose, with a thick, elevated margin, at length convex, and exclud-
ing the margin, fuscous-nigrescent.

Trunks, in the mountains of Massachusetts and New Hampshire.
Near to B. mixta, but as that is one of the smallest, this is the largest
Biatora that I am acquainted with. Several apothecia sometimes oc-
cupy the same thalline stratum, as in B. ochrophsea and B. aurantiaca.
With age the apothecia become flexuous, and very large, a single ex-
ciple having sometimes a diameter of two lines.

19. B. ochrophcBa, Tuckerm. Cr. subcartilagineous, thickish, gran-

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ulate-verrucose and somewhat plicate, glaucescent ; hypoth. pale;
apoth. elevated-subpedicellate on a thalline stratum, which constitutes
a thick, subcrenulate, at length evanescent spurious margin ; disk
plane, delicately pruinate, at length convex, and excluding its thin,
elevated, proper margin, from pale flesh-colored becoming blackish-
fuscous.

Trunks in the mountainous districts of Northern New England,
common. Apothecia at first closed, and either sessile (when some
states resemble Parmelia carneo-lutea. Turn.) or elevated on a protu-
berant thalline stratum, at length lacerate-dehiscent and becoming plane,
with a thick, crenulate thalline margin, which disappears, leaving the
marginate disk. It has often all the aspect of a Parmelia, not a little
resembling P. rubj-a. Is the structure of the apothecia in the last-men-
tioned species, and in P. carneo-lutea, wholly diverse from the structure
above described of the present }

20. B. russula, Tuckerm. Cr. subcartilagineous, rimose-areolate,
and granulate, glaucescent (often greenish-sorediiferous) ; apoth. ele-
vated on a thalline stratum which constitutes a thick, mostly entire spu-
rious margin, becoming convex, and excluding the obscure proper mar-
gin, fuscous-reddish. Lecidea, Ach. Syn. p. 40. Lecanora, Fee, Crypt.
Exot. p. 116.

Trunks of cedars on the coast of New England. Pennsylvania,
Muhl. Extending to the tropics.

21. B. rivulosa, Fr. Cr. tartareous, mouse-colored and paler, cov-
ering a fuscous-black hypothallus, which often decussates the crust ;
apoth. produced from the crust, from pale-fuscous becoming blackish,
whitish within, with a thin margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 271. Lecidea,
Ach. Lecanora falsaria, Ach.

Rocks, especially in mountainous districts; New England. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

22. B. exigua, Chaub. Cr. of minute, confluent granules, smooth,
cartilagineous, cinereous-greenish ; decussated by lines of the black
hypothallus; apoth. submarginate, from pale-yellowish becoming fus-
cous. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 278. Lecidea varians, Ach. Syn. p. 38.
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c. L. versicolor, Schwein. in Hals. Lick. N.
Y. I. c. 1

Smooth bark ; New England. New York, Halsey 7 Pennsylvania,
Muhl.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 255

23. B. quernea, Fr. Cr. deliquescent, granulose-farinose, fuscescent-
ochroleucous ; hypoth. black ; apoth. immersed, convex, brown, at
length immarginate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 279. Lecidea^ Ach.

Trunks ; New England.

24. B. lucida, Fr. Cr. granulate, greenish-yellow, at length deli-
quescent and ochroleucous ; hypoth. white ; apoth. (minute), convex,
pale yellow, often excluding the paler margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 279.
Lecidea, Ach.

Stones and decaying wood. Arctic America, Rich.

25. B. aurantiaca, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, uneven, somewhat gran-
ulate, lutescent ; innate in a black hypothallus ; apoth. somewhat ele-
vated on a thalline stratum which constitutes a crenulate, evanescent,
spurious margin, disk dark-orange (and fuscescent), with a thin proper
margin. Parmelia, Fr.! Lichenogr. p. 165. Lecidea, Ach. Borr.in
Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 186. Lecanora salicina, Ach.

Trunks, dead wood, and rocks ; New England. New York, Hahey.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

26. B. fusco-lutea, Hook, (sub Lecid.). Cr. thin, effuse, smooth,
somewhat granulose, whitish; apoth. somewhat elevated, plane, yel-
lowish, at length rufous-fuscous, pruinose, with a thin margin. Lecidea,
Hook, in Rich. I. c. Lichen fusco-luteus, Dicks. E. Bot. t. 1007.

Upon mosses ; Arctic America, Rich. Fries suspects this to be a
state of B. ferruginea. It does not seem to be the Lecidea fusco-lutea,
K, of Ach. Syn.

XVI. LECIDEA, Ach., Fr.

Apolhecia margined at first by a very black, carbonaceous, proper
exciple, becoming scutelliform or hemispherical, solid. Disk at first
punctiform-impressed, always open, oftener horny, and placed upon a
carbonaceous stratum. Thallus horizontal, arising from a hypothallus,
somewhat crustaceous, effigurate, or uniform. Apothecia very black
from the first, the margin never, and the disk rarely, otherwise col-
ored. Fr.

Sect. I. Thallus efiigurate at the circumference, or wholly rugose-
plicate.

1. L. Candida, Ach. Crust rugose-plicate, candicant, becoming at
length white-farinose, lobed at the circumference ; hypothallus black ;

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

apothecia appressed, obtusely marginate, glaucous-pruinose, white with-
in. JFV. Lichenogr. p. 285.

On the earth upon mosses ; Arctic America, Rich.

2. L. vesicularis, Ach. Cr. bullate-plicate, somewhat caulescent,
from greenish becoming glaucous, radiculose at the base ; apoth. free,
peltate, obtusely marginate, at first pruinose, finally convex, naked ;
white within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 286.

On the earth in alpine districts ; Arctic America, Rich.

3. L. Wahlenhergii, Ach. Cr. suborbicular, gyrose-plicate, round-
lobed at the circumference, from green becoming bright-yellow ; hy-
poth. black ; ' apoth. arising between the areolae, obsoletely marginate,
naked, black within.' Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 291. Icon, Laur. in Sturm's
Fl. t. 28.

Moist sides and crevices of rocks in alpine districts. On the Great
Haystack, New Hampshire, infertile. Arctic America, Rich.

4. h. Jtavo-virescens, Fr. Cr. determinate, areolate-appressed, pli-
cate, lobulate at the circumference, from greenish becoming yellow ;
apoth. adnate, with a thin margin, becoming at length convex, and ex-
cluding the margin, black within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 291. L. scalrosa,
Ach. Meih.

On the earth in mountainous districts, often in company with Biatora
Byssoides ; White Mountains. According to Borrer (in Hook. Br. Fl.
2, p. 178), L. citrinella, Ach., is the true Lichen flavo-virescens of
Dickson, and the present species should bear the name given it by
Acharius. Compare Fries, 1. c.

Sect. II. Thallus effuse, uniform.

Subsect. I. Areolat^, Fr. Crust innate, originally areolate or be-
coming so. Hypothallus black.

* S axic ol (B.

5. L. alho-ccerulescens, Fr. Cr. at first contiguous, from bluish be-
coming whitish ; apoth. produced from the crust, margin of the annu-
lar exciple thin, disk waxy, black, cerulescent-pruinose, white within.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 295, L. pruinosa, Ach. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.
— /5. immersa, Fr. ; cr. very thin, whitish, disappearing ; apoth. small,
oftener immersed in the rock. Fr. I. c. L. immersa., Ach.

Rocks and stones, especially granite and mica-slate ; New England.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 257

New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. — /?, limestone ; New York,
Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

6. L. contigua., Fr. Cr. at first contiguous, glaucous-white ; apoth.
produced from the crust ; disk thick, horny, very black, at first glaucous-
pruinose, with a thick, discrete, plano-cupular, obtusely marginate, car-
bonaceous exciple. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 298.

Rocks and stones (granite), and often tinged ochraceous by the oxide
of iron, in the mountains of New England.

7. L. variegata, Fr. Cr. at length areolate, glaucescent ; the black,
somewhat fimbriate hypothallus here and there prominent ; apoth. pro-
duced from the crust, depressed, at first and often persistently glaucous-
pruinose, black within ; disk from urceolate becoming explanate, and
dilated, with a persistent, at first thin, coarctate, at length obtusish mar-
gin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 303.

Maritime granite rocks ; Arctic America, Fries.

8. L. lapicida, Ach. Cr. at length areolate-verrucose, from glau-
cous becoming cinereous-white ; apoth. superficial, produced from the
cortical layer, sessile, not pruinose, horny and cinerascent-black within,
with an even, naked disk, and a thin, at length flexuous margin (or, the
margin disappearing, finally confluent and irregular). Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 306.

Rocks and stones (granite), in mountainous districts ; New England.
New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

9. L. atro-alha, Ach. Cr. somewhat areolate (the areolae commonly
discrete, verrucaeform), opake, fuscous, and grayish-white; apoth. pro-
duced from the hypothallus, (small,) the obtuse margin scarcely discrete
from the naked, at length somewhat umbonate disk. Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 310.

Rocks and stones (granite) ; New England. New York, Halsey.
The crust variable, and often nearly obsolete.

10. L. panceola, Ach., Fr. Areolte of the crust verrucose, gray,
variegated with rufescent tubercles ; apoth. produced from the hypo-
thallus ; exciple cupular, with a persistent, obtuse margin ; disk always
plane, very black, csesious-pruinose, white within. Fr. Lichenogr. x>-
314. — /?. ohscurata, Fr. ; areolae thinner, applanate, somewhat con-
tiguous, fuscescent. Fr. I. c. L. ohscurata, Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 130.
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.

33

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Rocks and stones in mountainous districts ; White Mountains.

11. L. fusco-atra, Fr. Areolae of the crust cartllagineous, applanate,
olivaceous-fuscescent and fuscous, angulate, smooth and somewhat pol-
ished (or becoming dull and pallescent) ; apoth. produced from the
hypothallus, appressed ; disk plane, at first cinereous-pruinose, at length
naked, with a thin, somewhat acute, at length flexuous margin ; but the
margin disappearing with age, and the apothecia often finally heaped
and conglomerate. Fr.Lichenogr.p.3l6. L. fumosa, Ach. L. athro-
carpa, Ach.

Rocks and stones in mountainous districts. New England. New
York, Halsey. Arctic America, Rich.

12. L. conjtuens, Schser. Cr. rimose-areolate, opake, cinerascent-
smoke-colored ; apoth. produced from the crust, appressed, somewhat
contiguous (often confluent) ; margin not elevated, obtusish ; disk al-
ways naked, very black, within cinerascent. SchcBr.! Spicil. p. 144.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 318.

Rocks and stones in mountainous and alpine districts ; New Eng-
land. New York, Halsey. Arctic America, Rich., Hook.

13. L. Mario, Schser. Areolse of the crust verrucose, shining, of a
yellovvish-copper-color, radiant at the circumference ; apoth. produced
from the thick, determinate, black hypothallus, minute, depressed,
plane, becoming gyrose-plicate with age ; margin thin ; disk always
naked, black within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 319. Schcer. Spicil. p. 133. —
/5. coracina, Schser. ; crust (from the pred'ominance of the, hypothal-
lus) cinerascent-black. Schcer. ! I. c. Fr. I. c.

Rocks in alpine and subalpine districts ; White Mountains.

14. L. geographica, Schaer. Cr. of somewhat confluent, bright-yel-
low areolse ; apoth. produced from the hypothallus, blackish within ;
margin of the cupular exciple thin ; disk naked. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 326.
SchcBr.! Spicil. p. 124. — «. atr o-vir ens, Schser.; areolae verrucaeform,
scattered in the hypothallus ; apoth. immixed. Fr. I. c. Sch^r. I. c. —
^. contigua, Schasr. ; areolae applanate, confluent in a somewhat contigu-
ous, chinky crust ; apoth. immersed. Fr. I. c. Schcer. I. c — y. alpicola,
Schaer. ; areolae applanate, coalescent and large, somewhat rugose, inter-
ruptedly covering the hypothallus; apoth. innate. Fr. I. c. Schcer. I. c.

Rocks and stones (granite and mica-slate), in alpine and subalpine
districts, and at lower elevations, in the mountains of New England.
Newfoundland, Pylaie. Northward to Arctic America, Rich.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 259

** CorticolcB.

15. L. premnea, Ach. Cr. glaucescent, softish, deliquescing and
leprous, obliterating the hypothallus ; apoth. elevated ; exciple cupular,
with an obtuse margin ; disk horny, very opake, and pbsoletely black-
pruinose, white within. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 329. Patellaria leucopla-
ca, DC. Fl Fr. 2, p. 347 {e Fr.).

Trunks and rails ; New England. New York, Halsey.

16. L. parasema, Fr. Cr. somewhat leprous, glaucescent, becoming
at length verrucose-areolate, somewhat limited by the black hypothal-
lus ; apoth. sessile, opake ; exciple cupular, with a thin margin ; disk
horny, naked, very black. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 330. L. punctata, Floerk. !
D. Lich. n. 81. Schcer. ! Helv. n. 197-199.

Trunks, and degenerant on dead wood ; New England. New York,
Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich. A most com-
mon and widely diffused species, but all black apothecia with a thin or
without any crust are not to be referred to it. Fr. Compare Borr. in
Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 176.

17. L. enteroleuca, Fr. Cr. at first contiguous, glaucescent, deli-
quescing and leprous, somewhat limited by the black hypothallus ;
apoth. adnate ; exciple annular, with a thin margin ; disk somewhat
waxy (often hyaline or cerulescent), whitish within. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p.
331. — /?. olivacea, Fr. ; cr. yellowish-virescent ; apoth. often irregular
and rugose, serugineous-black. Fr. I. c. L. elaiochroma, Ach. Syn.

Trunks ; New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

Subsect. II. Granulosa, Fr. Crust at length becoming somewhat
granulose. Hypothallus white.

18. L. sangtcinaria, Ach. Granules confluent in a tartareous crust,
glaucescent ; hypoth. white ; apoth. superficial, naked, at length con-
vex ; exciple annular ; disk placed upon a blood-red stratum. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 335.

Trunks, decaying wood, and stones, in mountainous and subalpine
districts ; New England. New York, Halsey.

19. L. albo-atra, Schaer. Cr. areolate-verrucose, glaucous-white,
often somewhat tartareous and mealy; hypoth. white ; apoth. (small)
innate-protuberant, at first coronate with the crust, csesious-pruinose,
coal-black within, with a thin, evanescent margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

336. Schcer. Spicil p. 140; Borr. in Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 180. L.
corticola, Ach. Syn.

Trunks on the coast of New England. New York, Halsey. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl.

20. L. dolosa, Wahl. Cr. somewhat verrucose, greenish-glaucous,
oftener leprous and white ; apoth. (minute) depressed; exciple cupular,
with a very thin margin ; disk very black, nearly naked, often punc-
tate-scabrous, cinereous-blackish within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 337. L.
pinicola, Sommerf. Siippl. Fl. Lapp. p. 153, L. pinicola, Borr. in
Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 176 ? Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. L c.

Scaly bark of old pines ; New England.

21. L. melancheiina, Tuckerm. Cr. cartilagineous, areolate-verru-
cose, becoming somewhat lobulate, glaucous-white, confused with the
hypothallus ; apoth. appressed, somewhat plane, disk equalling the very
thin margin, at length convex, scarcely excluding the margin, very
black, polished, ajid shining.

Trunks ; and very common on rails on the coast of Massachusetts
(Ipswich, Mr. Oakes, Lynn, Hingham, &c.), and occurring on dead
wood at the White Mountains. Disk sometimes a little pallescent, but
the margin always very black.

22. L. sabuletorum, Fr. Cr. cartilagineous, at first contiguous, be-
coming rlmose-areolate, granulate and somewhat lobulate, cinerascent
or fuscous, confused with the hypothallus ; apoth. produced from the
crust, horny ; exciple annular, with an evanescent margin ; disk naked,
often fuscescent. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 339. Lichen s. Lecidea muscorum,
Auct. quorund.

On the earth, decaying wood and mosses, stones, and trees, ascend-
ing to alpine districts ; New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsyl-
vania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

23. L. arctica, Sommerf. Granules of the crust cartilagineous, at
first discrete, papillseform, persistent, fuscescent-cinereous ; apoth. im-
mixed, somewhat immarginate, cajsious-pruinose, horny and cinerascent
within. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 342. Sommerf. Suppl. Fl. Lapp. p. 156.

Upon mosses in alpine districts ; White Mountains.

24. L. milliaria, Fr. Granules of the crust at first discrete, fuscous,
and cinereous-white, often deliquescent and leprous ; apoth. produced
among the granules, globose, somewhat immarginate, naked ; exciple

or ARTS AND SCIENCES. 261

cupular ; disk at length rugulose and tuberculate, blackish within. JFr.
Lichenogr. p. 342. — a. terrestris, Fr. — /?. saxatilis, Fr. — /, ligni-
aria, Fr. ! Lichen dubius, E. Bot. t. 2347 (e Fr.). L. dubia, Turn.
^ Borr. in Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 176. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c.
On old rails (/), common ; New England.

Tribe III. GRAPHIDACEtE, Fr,

XVII. UMBILICARIA, HofFm.

, Apothecia superficial ; an originally closed thalline exciple convert-
ed into a carbonaceous proper exciple, becoming more or less open, of
various form. Disk horny, ascigerous, at length chinky, or gyrose-pli-
cate, with an incurved margin. Thallus horizontal, cartilagineous, fo-
liaceous, somewhat monophyllous, affixed by a central point.

This most natural genus can, perhaps, still be retained in the place
given it in the Lichenogr aphia EuropcBa, though I have, in pursuance
of Fries's suggestion (1. c. p. 347), confirmed by all the observations
that I have been able to make, preferred to alter the generic character,
and make it indicate more fully the relations of the group. It appears
to me as analogous to Biatora as to Sticta ; and as the former genus is
considered to indicate a Lecideaceous type, irrespective of its approxi-
mations to Parmelia, so Umbilicaria may perhaps be taken as typically
representative of a peculiar (perhaps properly lirellseform, or Graphi-
daceous) type, irrespective of the approach which some of the species
make to the characters of Parmeliacese.

Sect. I. PATELLATiE. Apothccia orbiculate-patellseform ; disk at length
chinky, plicate, or proliferous-papillate.

1. U. mammulata, Ach. (sub Gyroph.). Thallus membranaceous,
smooth, irregularly round-lobed and somewhat crenate, fuscous-nigres-
cent ; on the under side very black, papillose-granulate, and fibrillose ;
apothecia elevated, orbiculate ; margin rather thick; disk plane, chinky,
becoming at length convex, and proliferous-papillate. Gyrophora mam-
mulata, Ach. Syn. p. 67. G. mamillata, Muhl. Catal. p. 105.

Rocks. Pennsylvania, Muhl. (North Carolina, Mr. Curtis !) Very
distinct from the next.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2. U. Pennsyhanica, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous-membranaceous, pap-
ulose, dark-fuscous ; on the under side papillose-granulate and nigres-
cent ; apoth. elevated, orbiculate ; margin rather thin ; disk plane, but
becoming at length convex, chinky, and plicate. Hoffm. PI. Lich. 3,
p. 5, 4* t. 69, /. 1, 2. Lecidea, Ach. Meth. p. 86. Gyrophora, Ach.
Lichenogr. p. 227. Ach. Syn. p. 67. Hook, in Rich. App. Frankl.
Narr. p. 759. U. pustulata, Michx. ! Fl. 2, p. 322, non Hoffm.

Rocks. Mountains of Pennsylvania, Muhl. New York, Halsey.
New England, common, and fertile. Canada, Michaiix !

3. U. pustulata, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous, papulose, cinerascent ; on
the under side smooth, and reticulate-lacunose ; apoth. appressed, or-
biculate-patellcBform, somewhat simple ; margin obtuse. Fr. Lichenogri
p. 351. Hook.! Br. Fl. 2, p. 219. Gyrophora, Ach. — ^. papulosa,
Tuckerm. ; apoth. at length subpedicellate, irregularly proliferous-pap-
illate, excluding the margin. Gyrophora papulosa, Ach. Lich. Univ.
p. 226. Ach. Syn. p. 67. U. Icevis, Pers. {ex Ach.). Gyroph. bulla-
ta, Willd. herb. !

Rocks, a, New York, Halsey. — /?, Nova Scotia, ' used for dyeing
reds and browns'; Gov. Wentworth, 1795, Herb. Smith! New-
foundland, Bory in herb. Kunth ! New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania,
Muhl. ! New England, common and fertile, and ascending to alpine
districts, where it is often smaller, thicker, and glaucous-pruinose. /5
does not seem to afford any constant characters to distinguish it from
the European Lichen but the luxuriant development of the apothecia.
In the var. papillata, Hampe ! a Cape of Good Hope Lichen, the apo-
thecia are papillate, and perhaps also by a proliferous growth of the
patellseform apothecium ; but this variety, though in other respects re-
sembling ours, is distinct from it. The small, fruticulose tufts almost
characterizing this species in Europe, which I have also observed in
the Swedish U. vellea, are generally wanting in the American plant,
which is almost always normal and fertile.

4. U. anthracina (Schser.), Fr. Th. coriaceous, not papulose, black ;
on the under side smooth and black-pruinose ; apoth. elevated, orbicu-
late-patellseform, simple ; margin tumid, disk somewhat plane and even.
Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand. U. atro-priiinosa, Schcer, in Ser. Mus. [cit.Fr.).
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 351. Lecidea, Schcer.! Spicil. 1, p. 104. Lichen
anthracinus, Wulf. — « ; th. smooth and even above. Schcer. I. c. Fr.
I. c. — p. tessellata, Schaer. ; th. above finely rimose-areolate or punc-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. . 263

tate-verrucose, rugose at the central point. Schar. I. c. Fr. I. c. —
;'. reticuluta, Schser. ; th. reticulate-rugose above. Schcer. I. c. Fr.

1. c.

Rocks in alpine districts, a, Newfoundland, Bory in herb. Willd. !
— y, Bear Lake, and elsewhere in Arctic America, Hook.! (Parry's
Sec. and Third Voy.).

5. U. polyphylla, Hoffm. Th. coriaceous-cartilagineous, smooth,
corrugated, fuscous-black ; on the under side very black and glabrous ;
' apoth. sessile, at first patellfeform, marginate, becoming at length con-
vex, and concentrically plicate.' Fr. Lichenogr. p. 352. Gyrophora,
Hook.! Br. Fl. 2, p. 211. Lichen, L. Gyrophora glabra, Ach. —
/?. deusta, Fr. ; th. thinner, furfuraceous-flocculose ; somewhat lacunose
and paler on the under side. Fr. I. c. TJmhilicaria deusta, Hoffm.
Gyrophora, Ach. Lichen, L.

Rocks on mountains ; «, alpine ; — /?, descending. White Moun-
tains, infertile. Northward to Newfoundland, Pylaie, and Greenland,
Herb. Banks !

6. U. proboscidea, DC, Stenh. Th. submembranaceous, reticulate-
rugose, olivaceous-fuligineous ; on the under side pale and fibrillose ;
apoth. somewhat elevated, orbiculate-patellaeform, becoming at length
convex, very gyrose, or proliferous-papillate, somewhat excluding the
margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 354. Gyrophora, Ach. Hook. ! Br. Fl.

2, p. 219. — /?. iornata, Ach. ; th. indurated, complicated, plicate-ru-
gose ; obsoletely fibrillose beneath, Ach. Syn. p. 65. Hook, in Rich.
I. c. p. 758, & Icon, t. 30, /. 4. — y. arctica, Ach. ; th. incrassated,
rugose ; glabrous beneath. Ach. I. c. Fr. I. c.

Alpine and subalpine rocks. White Mountains ; and Chin of Mans-
field in the Green Mountains, fertile. Northward to Arctic America,
Rich.

7. U. cylindrica, Ach. (sub Gyroph.). Th. subcoriaceous, rigid,
smoothish, livid, cinereous-pruinose, ciliated with elongated, rigid, ra-
mose, black fibres (or naked) ; on the underside somewhat pale-ochro-
leucous ; apoth. pedicellate, orbiculate-patellaeform, plane, becoming at
length hemispherical, gyrose-plicate, scarcely excluding the margin.

Gyrophora cylindrica, Ach. Hook. ! Br. Fl. 2, p. 213. Lichen, L.

U. proboscidea, /?, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 356.

Alpine rocks. A single specimen from Bear Lake, Herb. Hook. !

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

is perhaps referable to this species, which has escaped notice, but prob-
ably occurs within our limits.

8. U. liirsula, Ach. (sub Gyroph.). Th. coriaceous, softish, pulver-
ulent, cinerascent and white ; on the under side from pale-fuscous be-
coming blackish, very hirsute with large, softish, at first pale, branched
fibres (at length subfibrillose-scabrous and black) ; apoth. marginal, ap-
pressed, becoming patellfeform, and at length convex, and subglobose,
gyrose-plicate, with a thin margin. Gyrophora hirsuta, Ach. ! Syn. p.
69. U. vellea, y. hirsuta, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 358. — (3. depressa ; th. at
length rigid ; apoth. somewhat impressed, plane, with a thick margin.
U. veMea, §. depressa, Fr. I. c. U. depressa, j3. spadochroa, Schczr. !
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c. {sul Gyroph. spadochroa).

Rocks. Common in mountainous, and ascending to alpine districts.
New England, fertile. Northward to Arctic America, R. Br. The
New England Lichen does not appear to differ from those of Sweden
and Switzerland, unless, perhaps, in attaining to a larger size, and, like
the foreign ones, is near the U. vellea of Sweden, which differs in its
tumid-marginate, papillate apothecia. Of the last species I have not
seen American specimens, unless, with Schferer, and in accordance
also with the earlier view of Fries, we consider the present species as
a variety of it.

9. U. DiUenii, Tuckerm. Th. coriaceous, rather rigid, smooth, from
glaucous-fuscescent becoming dark-fuscous ; on the under side black,
and closely hirsute with short, black, crowded fibres (or lacerate, and
papillose-scabrous) ; apoth. convex, at first orbiculate and concentri-
cally plicate, becoming at length lirellate, with a thin (canaliculate)
margin. Lichenoides coriaceum latissimo folio, Sfc, Bill. Muse. p.
545, 8f t. 82, /. 5. U. vellea, Michx. ! Fl. 2, p. 323, ^ Auct. Amer.

Rocks. Paiqualian Mountain, New Jersey, J. Bartram (Dill.).
Canada, Michaux ! Newfoundland, Herh. Montagne ! Pennsylvania !
Muhl. New York, Torrey. Very common in New England, and fer-
tile. The apothecia are often abortive (very small, and forming some-
times a continuous black crust) ; but in a single specimen from the
White Mountains they are perfect, and agree with the minute descrip-
tion in Michaux, whose Lichen was certainly the same with that of
Dillenius. The species is widely diffused in North America, and pre-
serves its peculiar features from Newfoundland to the Alleghanies of
Pennsylvania; contrasting in this respect with the more limited and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 265

northern U. hirsuta. It was considered certainly distinct, in 1841, by
Montagne. Linnaeus cites the figure of Dillenius under his Lichen vel-
leu§, and his description includes also U. hirsuta, the differences in the
apothecia being disregarded ; but the specimen that I saw in the Lin-
nsean herbarium was the L. vellea of Sweden, which I have collected
abundantly in that country, and which seems to me very distinct from
the present.

Sect. II. LiRELLAT^. Apothecia somewhat lirellseform, becoming at
length angulate-patellate, or finally crowded together in a hemispher-
ical, subimmarginate, lirellate tubercle.

10. U. hyperiorea, HofTm. Th. coriaceous-membranaceous, papu-
lose-rugose, dark-olivaceous-fuscous, and blackish ; on the under side
lacunose, smooth, and fuscous-nigrescent ; apoth. appressed, originally
somewhat lirellseform, at length angular, substellate-multiform, plicate
and papillate, with an apparent margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 353. Gy-
rophora, Ach. Floerk. ! Berl. Mag. cit. Fr.

Alpine and subalpine rocks (and perhaps a flocculose state, /5. deus-
ta., Enum. Lich. N. Amer., descending). White Mountains ; Chin of
Mansfield and other of the Green Mountains, fertile. Arctic America,
Rich. Rocky Mountains, Herh. Hook. ! In separating this section of
the genus from the other, I have endeavoured to indicate the features
of difference that seem, at the first view, to distinguish the lirellate
from the patellate apothecia ; but I am uncertain how far the proposed
characters are constant. The ternary division, incidentally proposed
by Fries (Lichenogr. p. 349), suggested the present; but my present
acquaintance with the species has not enabled me to adopt the former
entire.

11. U. erosa, Hoffm. Th. cartilagineous, rigid, cribrose-reticulate,
at length rugulose, dark-fuscous-nigrescent ; on the under side papil-
lose-granulate, subfibrillose-lacerate in somewhat anastomosing ridges,
dark-fuscous and cinerascent ; apoth. originally somewhat lirellceform,
at length patellate, becoming convex and gyrose-plicate, and finally
substellate-multiform, and immarginate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 354. Schcer. !
Spicil. p. 93.

Alpine rocks. White Mountains, fertile. Newfoundland, PyJaie.
Northward to Arctic America, R. Br., Hook. Northwest Coast, Men-
zies !

34

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

12. U. Muhlenhergii, Ach. (sub Gyroph.). Th. coriaceous-cartila-
gineous, somewhat lacunose-reticulate, olivaceous-fuscous ; on the un-
der side papillose-granulate, lacerate in anastomosing ridges, fuscous-
cinerascent ; apoth. somewhat sunk, originally lirellceform, at length
composite, stellate-multiform, crowded finally into a convex, immargi-
nate tubercle. Gyrophora, Ach. Lichenogr. p. 227. Sijn. p,. 67. Hook,
in Rich. I. c. p. 758. — /5. alpina, Tuckerm. ; smaller, thickened, and
complicated. Lich. N. E. I. c.

Rocks. Lancaster, Pennsylvania, Muhl. ! New York, Halsey.
New England, common and luxuriant on the coast. Northward to
Newfoundland, Bory in herb. Kunth ! and Arctic America, Rich. —
/?, alpine rocks. White Mountains. The descriptions by Sprengel (Syst.
IV. pp. 262, 263) of this species and of U. Pennsylvanica seem to
have been transposed.

13. U. angulata, Tuckerm. Th. coriaceous-cartilagineous, very
riffid, smooth, and somewhat polished, becoming dark-fuscous and ni-
grescent ; on the under side very black, papillose-granulate, lacerate
at the centre, with paler fibres ; apoth. somewhat impressed, originally
sublirellEeform, becoming angulate-patellate, lirellate, and at length
convex, whh an obtuse margin.

Rocks. (California, Menzies .') Northwest Coast, Herb. Hook. !
Perhaps nearest to U. Dillenii, the apothecia at length resembling those
of that species.

XVIII. OPEGRAPHA, Humboldt.

Apothecia somewhat lirellseform, elongated, margined by a free,
carbonaceous, proper exciple. Disk canaliculate, at first closed by
the inflexed-connivent margin, becoming open, indurated, and horny.
Thallus crustaceous.

The Graphidese proper, excluding Umbilicaria, constitute a peculiar
subtribe, whioh attains to its full development only in the tropics ; passing
there into several genera not found elsewhere. Eschweiler (Systema,
& Lich. Brasil. in Mart. Fl. Bras.), Chevallier (Histoire des Graphi-
dees), and Fee (Essai sur les Cryptogames des ficorces Exotiques Of-
ficinales) have illustrated these genera, which are probably represented
in our Southern States, where also several remarkable species of the
present genus, inhabiting the South of Europe and extending north as far
as the warmer parts of England (Borrer), maybe expected to occur.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 267

Sect. I. Apothecia superficial, destitute of a thallinc margin.

1. O. varia, Pers., Fr. Crust somewhat leprous, indeterminate
(rarely innate in the matrix) ; apothecia superficial, tumid ; margins of
the entire exciple at length distant, becoming thin, or disappearing;
disk somewhat plane, at first subpruinose, blackish within. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 364. O. cymhiformis^ Schczr. ! Spicil. 1, p. 50. — «. pulicaris,
Fr. ; apoth. rather elliptical ; disk a little concave, margin inflexed. Fr.
I. c. O. vulvella, Ach. — /5. notha, Fr. ; apoth. rounded ; disk turges-
cent, and often obliterating the margin. Fr. L c. Opegrapha, Ach.
Graphis curvula, Ehrh. Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c. — /. signata, Fr. ;
apoth. elongated ; disk broad, plane, margin evanescent. Fr. ! I. c.
Opegrapha, Ach. Lichen hehraicus, Hoffm. O. cymhiformis, var. he-
braica, Schczr. ! Spicil. p. 330, part. — 8. diaphora, Fr. ; apoth. elon-
gated, both ways rather attenuated ; margin somewhat persistent. Fr.
I. c. Opegrapha, Ach.

Thick bark of oaks and other trees, and degenerant on dead bark
and wood, and stones ; New England. New York (« and /5), Halsey.
Pennsylvania (a and /3), Muhl.

2. O. atra, Pers., Duf. Cr. innate in the matrix ; apoth. emergent
superficial, slender, shining, acute ; margin of the somewhat entire ex
ciple thin ; disk linear, canaliculate, naked, horny within. Fr. Lichen
ogr. p. 366. — a. stenocarpa, Fr.- ; apoth. very long, semicylindrical
flexuous ; discrete, or reticulate-anastomosing, or maculaeform and ir
regular. Fr. I. c. Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 48. 0. stenocarpa, denigrata
vulgata, 8f epipasta, a, Ach. — /5. ahhreviata, Fr, ; apoth. abbreviated
irregular, often radiately disposed. Fr. I. c. O. depressa, (|- 0. epi
pasta, y, 8, Ach. — y. macularis, Fr. ; apoth. dilated into somewhat
radiate, immarginate maculae, and confluent. Fr. ! I. c. Arthonia as-
troidea, 8f A. Swartziana, Ach. — 8. siderella, Fr. ; cr. fuscescent ;
apoth. acute, opake, somewhat innate and here and there erumpent.
Fr. I. c. Opegrapha, Ach. O. rufescens, a. rubella, Schcer. ! Spicil.
p. 50 (e Fr.).

Smooth bark of trees ; New England. New York (a and y), Halsey.
Arctic America (O. epipasta, /5), Rich.

3. O. herpetica, Ach., Fr. Cr. innate in the matrix, at length erum-
pent, and verruculose ; apoth. emergent, elliptical or obtusely lanceo-
late, opake (somewhat ocellate or marginate by the white thalline ver-
rucse) ; margins of the entire exciple thin ; disk canaliculate, naked,

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

horny within, becoming tumid, and covering the margin. Fr. ! Lichen-
ogr. p. 368.

Bark of oaks, and other trees, New England.

4. O. ahnormis, Ach. Cr. thin, softish, white ; apoth. immersed,
very slender, short or very long, flexuous, confluent, rugose-crisped,
opake, black ; disk and margin somewhat confluent and indistinct. Ach.
Syn. p. 74.

Hard bark of trees ; Pennsylvania, Muhl., Ach. A mostly tropical
species growing on Cascarilla, and other bark.

Sect. II. Graphis. Apothecia erumpent, coronate for the most part

with a thalline margin.

5. O. scripta, Ach., Scha3r. Cr. innate in the matrix, becoming at
length exposed, uneven, and pulverulent ; apoth. immersed, erumpent,
with a raised accessory thalline margin ; the proper margin tenuescent,
smooth ; the disk linear, at first csesious-pruinose, Fr. Lichenogr. p.
370. Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 46. — a. limitata, Schser. ; apoth. emergent,
scattered irregularly, various. Fr. I. c. Schcer. I. c. — /5. recta, Schser. ;
apoth. immersed, straight, parallel, disk somewhat dilated. Fr. I. c.
Schoir. I. c. 0. recta, Humb. 0. Cerasi ^ hetuligna, Ach. — /. ser-
pentina, Schcer. ; apoth. immersed, flexuous, very long, the thalline
margin tumid, evanescent. Fr. I. c. Schcer. I. c. O. serpentina, Ach.

Bark of trees ; New England. New York (a, /?, and y), Halsey.
Pennsylvania (a and /?), Muhl.

6. O. polymorpha. Cr. sorhewhat pulverulent, whitish-cinerascent
or very white ; apoth. somewhat rounded or oblong, irregular, without
apparent proper margin, from plane becoming tumid and elevated-
punctate, angulose, repand, or somewhat stellate-ramulose, csesious-
pruinose, with a more or less conspicuous thalline margin. Arthonia
polymorpha, Ach. Syn. p. 7. Fee Crypt. Exot. ji. 53. Eschw. Lich.
Bras. I. c. p. 111. O. Cascarillce, Floerlc! herb, {fide ips.).

North America (Pennsylvania ?), Muhl. A common Lichen of Cas-
carilla bark, which Eschweiler (1. c.) has illustrated at length. The
arrangement of Muhlenberg's catalogue leaves it probable that he con-
sidered it to occur within our limits.

7. O.inusta, Ach. (sub Graph.). Cr. membranaceous, somewhat
rugulose, pale-virescent, decussated by black lines ; apoth. minute, im-
mersed, rather short, straight, simple or somewhat stellate-ramose, ob-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 69

*

tuse, plano-concave, naked ; the proper margin very thin, entire, con-
crete, with a thicker, elevated, thalline margin. Graphis inusta, Ach.
Syn. p. 85.

Bark of Prinos verticillata, Canada, Kalm. (Ach.). In this varia-
ble genus, long observation is essential to any correct settlement of the
species. The present appears to be wholly unknown here.

XIX. LECANACTIS, Eschw.

Apothecia immersed, rounded-irregular and lirelteform, always open,
the cupular, carbonaceous, proper exciple connate with the thallus,
which constitutes sometimes an accessory margin. Disk horny, some-
what plane, never connivent, veiled at first by the pruinose thallus, and
bordered by the erect margin of the exciple. Thallus crustaceous.

L. impolita, Fr. Cr. tartareous, contiguous, chinky, glaucescent ;
apolh. immersed, dilated, maculseform, obscurely fuscous, glaucous-
pruinose. Fr. Samm. Fl. Scand. Arlhonia, Borr. in E. Bot. Suppl.
t. 269^. Parmelia, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 183. Lichen, Ehrh. Arthonia
pruinosa, Ach.

Trunks. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

Tribe IV. CALICIACE^, Fr.

XX. TRACHYLIA, Fr.

Apothecia sessile, discrete from the thallus, orbiculate. Disk some-
what compact, ascigerous, margined by the innate, carbonaceous, proper
exciple, or the exciple obsolete. Asci oblong. Thallus crustaceous.

This genus, for which I am not able to furnish a complete character,
is distinguished from the other genera of the tribe by the sporidia being
contained in asci. Several of the species have also a peculiar habit,
quite different from that of the true Calicia.

1. T. tigillaris, Fr. Crust areolate-verrucose, bright greenish-yel-
low ; apothecia innate ; the disk originally naked, black, equalling the
tumid margin. Caliciiun, Turn. ^' Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 132. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 400. Trachylia, Fr. Summ. Fl. Scand.

Old rails and pales, and also on trunks. New England. New
York, Halsey. Arctic America, Rich.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2. T. sligonella, Fr. Parasitical ; exciple cupular, innate, black ;
the disk plane, black-pulverulent, equalling the thin, erect, black mar-
gin. Calicium, Ach. Syn. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 401. Trachylia^ Fr.
Summ. Fl. Scand.

(Crust of Pertusaria pertusa, var. coccodes ; Fr.) Pennsylvania,
Muhl New York, Torrey.

XXI. CALICIUM, Pars., Fr.

Apothecia crateriform ; a carbonaceous proper exciple margining a
compact or powdery disk, composed of coacervate, naked sporidia.
Thallus crustaceous.

Eschweiler's (Lich. Bras. 1. c. p. 61) reference of the Calicia to
Fungi seems, so far as I can venture an opinion on his observations,
hardly satisfactory. The crustaceous thallus, though often, from va-
rious causes, deficient, exists normally in every species, except the
parasitical and doubtful C. turbinatum ; and the structure of the exci-
ple connects the genus, together with the related Trachylia and Coni-
ocybe, closely with Lecideacese, quasi, to use Fries's expression, Le-
cidinarum degeneratio prczcipitata.

Sect. I. Apothecia stipitate.

* Glaucesce7itia, Fr. Exciple more or less whitish-cinere-

ous-pruinose.

1. C. viride, Pers. Crust granulose, yellowish-green ; stipes some-
what elongated, black ; apothecia turbinate-lentifofm, whitish-cinereous
beneath ; the disk plane. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 386.

Decaying wood in mountain forests ; New England.

2. C. lenticulare., Ach. Cr. somewhat tartareous, rugose-granulate,
grayish-white ; stipes straight, thick, rigid, black ; apoth. lentiform,
whitish-cinereous beneath ; the disk plano-convex. Fr. Lichenogr. p.
386. C. clavellu7n, Turn. 4' Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 138. C. clavicular e,
Ach. part. Icon, E. Bot. 1. 1465.

• Decaying wood, common in mountain forests ; New England. New
York (C. claviculare), Halsey. Arctic America (C. clavic). Rich.

3. C. curtum, Turn. & Borr. Cr. filmy, whitish ; stipes short, thick,
firm, very black; apoth. turbinate-cylindrical, with a coarctate, whitish
margin ; the disk becoming at length protruded-prominent. Tur7i. ^

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 271

t

Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 148. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 387. Icon, E. Bot. t.
2503.

Decaying wood in the New Hampshire mountains. The protruded
" disk often as long as the capitulum itself, and in the latter case giving
the pilidium a miniature resemblance to a painter's brush." Lich. Brit.

4, C. subtile^ Pers., Fr. Cr. filmy, leprous, white-glaucescent ; stipes
filiform, flaccid, black ; apoth. lentiform-globose, naked, black ; the mar-
gin at length reflected. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 388. C. debile, Turn. ^
Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 151. Icon, E. Bot. t. 2462.

Decaying wood. Dead trees from which the bark has fallen in
mountain forests ; New England. Arctic America, Rich. Apothecia
at first white-pruinose. Fr.

5. C. trichiale, Ach. Cr. of pale, squamulose, crenate granules ;
stipes commonly slender, elongated ; apoth. turbinate, and, at length,
from the swelling of the yellowish-brown disk, subglobose, white-cine-
reous beneath. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 389. Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 5,

Rough bark of trees, as of hemlock ; and on decaying wood ; New
England.

**

Fiiscescentia^ Fr. Apothecia more or less ferrugineous.

6. C. phcEomelanum, Tuckerm. Cr. of scattered, dissected squa-
mules, green (and fuscescent) ; apoth. subsessile, ferrugineous-fuscous,
at length black ; the powdery, black disk at length surpassing the tu-
mid, smooth margin.

Fir-bark in the New Hampshire mountains, common. I should most
readily compare this with Trachylia tympanella, Fr., from which it
differs in its slightly stipitate apothecia, &c. It is very unlike any Eu-
ropean Calicium that I am acquainted with, but I think must be refera-
ble to the genus.

7. C. hyperellu7n, Wahl. Cr. somewhat tartareous, granulose, green-
ish-yellow ; stipes elongated, thick, firm, dull brownish-black ; apoth.
lentiform, ferrugineous beneath ; disk brownish-black. Fr. ! Lichen-
ogr. p. 389. Turn. Sf Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 140. Icon, E. Bot. t.
1832.

Decaying wood in the mountains of New England.

8. C. trachelinum, Ach. Cr. filmy, somewhat smooth, grayish ;
stipes elongated, slender, firm, ferrugineous-fuscous, becoming at

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

length black ; apoth. turbinate-lentiform, rufous-ferrugineous beneath,
at length, together with the disk, blackish. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 390. C.
splicer ocephalum, Turn. Sf Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 153.

Decaying wood, and on trunks ; New England. New York, Halsey.
The stipes sometinaes branched in this, as in C. subtile, and other spe-
cies.

9. C. melanophceum, Ach., Fr. Cr. granulate-conglomerate, milk-
white ; stipes rather short, black ; apoth. turbinate-globose, black and
shining beneath, as is also the inflexed margin; disk pulverulent, fer-
rugineous-brown and nigrescent. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 391. Sommerf.
Lapp. p. 179.

Decaying wood in the New Hampshire mountains. The crust de-
ficient in my specimens, but the apothecia appear to me like those of
the Swedish Lichen, Sommerfelt remarks that he has gathered it but
rarely, and is uncertain whether it is any thing else than a variety of
the last, to which Fries also originally referred it.

10. C. hrunneoluin, Fr. Cr. very thin, smooth, whitish ; stipes elon-
gated, very slender, often branched, black; apoth. (small) turbinate-
globose, dark-yellowish-ferrugineous ; the disk of the same color, oblit-
erating the margin of the exciple. Fr. ! Lichenogr. p. 393. C. pari-
etinum, Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 4.

Decaying wood in the mountainous districts of New England.

*** Flavo-virescentia, Fr. Apothecia yellowish-pruinose.

11. C. chrysocephalmn (Turn.), Ach. Cr. granulate-conglomerate,
bright greenish-yellow ; stipes slender, often elongated, black, with often
a greenish tinge ; ap.oth. turbinate-lentiform, yellow-pruinose ; the disk
light-brown. Turn. ^- Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 143. E. Bot. t. 2301. Fr. !
Lichenogr. p. 393.

Rough bark of hemlock and other trees, and on decaying wood ;
New England.

12. C. ph(2ocephaIum, Turn. & Borr. Cr. of discrete, crowded, at
length squamulose and crenate, fuscescent granules ; stipes slender,
blackish-fuscous; apoth. turbinate-lentiform, greenish-yellow-pruinose ;
disk dark-fuscous. Turn. ^ Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 145. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 394. — /5 ; cr. less perfect. Fr. ! I. c. C. roscidum., /?. Schcer. !
Tuckerm. Enum. Lich. N. Amer. p. 55. Icon, E. Bot. t. 1540.

Decaying wood (/?), Arctic America, Rich. (Herb. Hook. !).

I

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 273

Sect. II. Apothecia sessile ; without crust ; parasitical.

13. C. turhinatu7n, Pars. Parasitical ; exciple from globose becom-
ing turbinate, sessile, free, shining-black, the disk impressed, with a
thickish, in flexed margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 402. C. sessile, DC.
Turn. ^ Borr. Lick Brit. p. 128. Icon, E. Bot. t. 2520.

On the crust, and in the verrucse of Pertusaria pertusa, Ach. New
England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

XXII. CONIOCYBE, Fr.

Apothecia stipitate, spherical, suberose, without margin, bursting at
the apex and becoming at length entirely pulverulent, and concealing
the proper exciple. Thallus crustaceous.

C. nigricans, Fr. Crust very thin, leprous, white ; stipes naked,
from whitish becoming black ; apothecia globose, naked, black. Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 384.

Rough bark of hemlock and rock-maple ; New England. It is with
hesitation that I refer our plant to the European species, though it ap-
pears to agree with a specimen from Flotow. The genus is at once
distinguishable from the other genera of the tribe, and several other
species, as C. furfuracea, with yellow-pulverulent apothecia, and C.
pallida, with pale, white-pruinose apothecia, not improbably occur
with us.

Div. II. ANGIOCARPI, Schrad., Fr.

Tribe I. SPH^ROPHORACE^, Fr.

XXIII. SPHiEROPHORON, Pers.

Apothecia terminal, spherical, the thalline exciple at first closed, be-
coming at length lacerate-dehiscent. Nucleus globose, within cottony-
cartilagineous, without powdery with naked, black sporidia. Thallus
vertical, fruticulose, crustaceous-cartilagineous without, solid within.

1. S. compressum, Ach. Thallus fruticulose, whitish, irregularly
branched, compressed, fibrillose-ramulose ; apothecia globose-depressed,

35

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

at length disciform, with a reflexed margin. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 404.
Turn. 4* Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 115. Icon, E. Bot. i. 114.

Rocks and on the earth in alpine districts. Canada, fertile, Herh.
Hook. ! Arctic America ! Rich.

2. S. globiferum (L.), DC. Th. fruticulose, somewhat terete, with
erectish, fibrillose-ramulose branches, chestnut ; apoth. globose, with
an inflexed margin. DC. Fl. Fr. Lichen globiferus, L. S. Cor allot-
des, Fers. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 405. Turn. ^ Borr. Lich. Brit. p. 1 10
{excl. /?). Icon, E. Bot. t. 115.

On the earth in alpine and subalpine districts ; and descending,
northward. White Mountains, fertile. Eastport, Maine, Russell !
Newfoundland, Pylaie. Arctic America, Hook. !

3. S. fragile, Pers. Th. densely caespitose, fruticulose, dichoto-
mously branched, somewhat cinereous ; branches terete, fastigiate, na-
ked; apoth. turbinate-globose, with an inflexed margin. Fr. Lichenogr.
p. 405. SchcBr. ! Spicil. p. 7. Icon, E. Bot. t. 2474.

Alpine rocks. White Mountains, fertile. Northward to Arctic
America, Hook. Rarely somewhat compressed.

Tribe II. ENDOCARPACE^, Fr.

XXIV. ENDOCARPON, Hed

w.

Apothecia included in the thallus, globose ; a membranaceous, thin,
pale thalline exciple inclosing a gelatinous, colored, deliquescent nu-
cleus ; ostioles somewhat prominent. Thallus horizontal, cartilagine-
ous-foliaceous, subpeltate.

1. E. miniatum, Ach. Thallus cartilagineous-coriaceous, rigid, pale-
yellowish-fulvescent, becoming cinerascent and glaucous-pruinose ; on
the under side naked, at length somewhat rugose, fulvescent, at length
black ; ostioles somewhat prominent, fuscous-nigrescent. Fr. Lichen-
ogr. p. 408. — /5. complicatum, Schser. ; Cccspitose-polyphyllous ; lobes
ascendant, imbricate and complicate, cinereous ; on the under side
dark-fuscous. Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 59. Fr. I. c.

Rocks. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic Ameri-
ca, Rich. — 15, near water. New England. New York, Halsey. Fries,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 275

as well as Sprengel, refers E. glaucum, Ach, (North America, Ach.),
to the variety a of the present species. I have not found this variety,
but the next species is near to it.

2. E. Muhlenbergii, Ach. Th. cartilagineous-coriaceous, thick,
from greenish-glaucous becoming fuscescent, very finely rugose and
somewhat chinky ; on the under side fuscous-black ; ostioles convex.
Ach. Syn. p. 101.

Rocks. North America, Ach. West Point, New York, Russell !
(Cf. Ach. Syn. pp. 101, 103.)

3. E. Jluviatile, DC. Th. cartilagineous-membranaceous, flaccid,
lobed, green, becoming fuscescent when dry; lobes rounded, somewhat
auriculate-lobulate, on the under side naked, reticulate-rugulose, pale-
fuscous, becoming black; ostioles somewhat prominent, black. Fr.!
Lichenogr. p, 409. E. miniatum, y. aquaticum, Schcer. ! Spicil. p. 60.
E. Weberi, Ach. — /S. fulvo-fuscum, Tuckerm. ; th. thick, subcoria-
ceous, submonophyllous, with auriculate-lobulate, somewhat inflexed
margins, fuscous-fulvescent ; on the under side reticulate-rugose, dark-
fulvous-fuscous becoming black ; ostioles scarcely prominent, dark-red-
dish nigrescent.

Rocks (granite), suffused with water; New England. New York,
Halsey. Newfoundland, Pylaie. — /5, alpine. Lake of the Clouds,
White Mountains, at an elevation of five thousand feet. Fries re-
marks, in comparing the present species with E. miniatum, a, that
monophyllous specimens of the former are always minute ; but in /3
these occur nearly as large as average specimens of the latter. The
very brief indication given by Persoon (Act. Wetterav.) of his E.
Americanum answers to our variety.

4. E. pusillum, Hedw. Th. cartilagineous, squamulose-foliaceous,
smooth, brownish-olivaceous, pale on the under side, arising from a
black, fibrillose hypothallus ; ostioles black, somewhat prominent, per-
tuse. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 411. E. Hedicigii, Ach., ^ E. lachneum (f-
squamulosum, Ach. {e Fr.).

On the earth, and rocks, especially of the more recent formations.
Pennsylvania, Muhl. New York, Halsey. Apparently wanting in the
granite region of New England.

5. E. IcBtevirens, Turn. Th. thin, membranaceous, irregularly orbic-
ular, somewhat concave, round-lobed, grass-green, margins very entire.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

inflexed, the under side white at the edges. E. viride, Ach. Verruca-
ria Icztevirens, Borr. in E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2658.

Oq the earth in alpine districts. White Mountains. Arctic Ameri-
ca, Rich. The apothecia are unknown, and the plant is a very doubt-
ful member of the present genus. Fries regards it a metamorphosis
of the squamules of Cladonia.

XXV. SAGEDIA, Ach., Fr.

Apothecia included in the thallus, globose ; nucleus gelatinous, de-
liquescent, and, as well as the membranaceous, thin exciple, becoming
at length blackish ; ostioles discrete, attenuated into a thin neck, and
dilated at the apices, pertuse. Thallus horizontal, subcrustaceous.

S. cinerea, Fr. Crust cinereous, at length pruinose, somewhat foli-
aceous at the circumference ; on the under side spongy, black ; osti-
oles superficial, spheroidal. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 413. Endocarpon, Pers.
E. tephroides, « Sf ^3, Ach. Syn.

(On the earth. Fr.) New York (rocks), i/a/sey. We have perhaps
a Sagedia, on rocks, in New England.

XXVI. PERTUSARIA, DC.

Apothecia verrucseform, formed from the thallus, including (1 — 00)
naked, waxy-gelatinous, colored nuclei. Thallus crustaceous, often
passing into soredia and isidia.

1. P. pertusa, Ach. (sub Porina). Crust cartilagineous, glaucous-
white; apothecia depressed-hemispherical, irregular; ostioles depressed,
discrete, the perfect ones black-papillate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 420. Po'
rina pertusa, Ach. Lichen pertusus, L. Pertusaria communis, DC.
— * sorediifera ; crust sterile, sorediiferous. Fr. I. c. Variolaria sp.
Ach. — ** coccodes ; crust isidioid, papillose-ramulose. Fr. I. c. Isi-
diiim coccodes, Ach. — /5. areolata, Fr. ; crust thicker, rimose-areolate,
verrucose, often sterile and sorediiferous. Fr. I. c. Variolaria Flo-
fowiana, Floerk. ! — /. leucostoma, Fr. ; apothecia with white ostioles,
the black papillae deficient. Fr. I. c. Porina leucostoma, Ach. —
8. leioplaca, Fr. ; crust very smooth ; apothecia imperfect, chinky-de-
hiscent. Fr. I. c. Porina leioplaca, Ach.

Trunks and dead wood; — ,?, stones ; New England. New York
(<», /, and 8), Halsey. Pennsylvania (« and 8), Muhl.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 277

2. P. faginea. Cr, tartareous-cartilagineous, cinereous-white, the
circumference zonate, often thin, polished, and somewhat bluish ; apoth.
hemispherical, bursting into mealy soredia. Lichen fagineus, L. 8f
Auct. (e Fr.). Variolaria muUipuncta, Turn, in Linn. Trans. 9, p.
137, t. 10, /. 1. V. faginea, Floerk. ! P. sorediata, Fr. — /5. orbi-
culata ; apoth. lax, explanate ; the nuclei expanded into a submembra-
naceous, denudate, flesh-colored disk, which at length falls out, leaving
the sorediiform verrucse. P. communis, /?. sorediata, c. orbiculata, Fr.
Lichenogr. p. 422. Variolaria faginea, communis, ^ corallina, Auct.
var.

Trunks, dead wood, rocks, and stones ; New England and westward.
New York, Torrey. Pennsylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.
The Variolarise have been illustrated most largely by Turner and Bor-
rer, in the Lichenographia Britannica, and by the first-mentioned au-
thor in the Linnsean Transactions. That they are sorediiferous states
of various crustaceous Lichens has been shown at great length by
Meyer, Wallroth, and Fries, and this view is confirmed by the observa-
tions of Eschweiler and of Schaerer. To the present species, and the
last, most of our common Variolarioe are to be referred.

3. P. papillata, Ach. (sub Porina). Cr. smooth, chinky, whitish ;
apoth. convex, hemispherical ; ostiole solitary, elevated, papillseform,
with a rufescent pore. Ach. Syn. p. 111.

Trunks. New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

4. P. glohularis, Ach. (sub Porina). Cr. of very numerous, subglo-
bose, and ramulose, glaucescent granules ; apoth. (infrequent) globose,
smooth, with a solitary, impressed, punctiform, black ostiole. Ach.
Syn. p. 112.

Upon mosses, Pennsylvania, Muhl., Ach.

5. p. hymenia. Cr. cartilagineous, pale-sulphureous or grayish, bor-
dered by a black line ; apoth. hemispherical-depressed, with a solitary,
depressed ostiole, or more often dehiscent, marginate, and somewhat
scutelliform, the discoid centre black-dotted. Turn. ^ Borr. Lich. Brit,
p. 185, sub Thelotr. Lichen hymenius, Ach. Prodr. P. Wulfenii, DC.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 424. Porina fallax, Ach. Syn.

Trunks. New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Tribe III. VERRUCARIACEiE, Fr.

XXVII. CONOTREMA, Tuckerm.

Perithecia mostly solitary, horny, black, at first pertuse, becoming
at length open, with a coarctate, inflexed margin, including a depressed
nucleus, which is elevated at the centre into a somewhat marginate
disk. Thallus crustaceous.

C. urceolatum, Tuckerm. Crust thin, smooth, rugose-rimose, glau-
cous-white, bordered by a black line ; perithecia scattered, at first cov-
ered by the crust, finally superficial, conoidal, white-pruinose. Lecidea
urceolata, Ach. Lichenogr. p. 671. Ach. Syn. p. 27. Pyrenula ente-
roleuca, Spreng. in Hals. Lick. N. Y. I. c. Thelotrema enieroleuca,
Schwein. in Hals. I. c. Verrucaria enteroleuca, Spreng. Syst. 4, p. 243.
Tuckerm. Lich. N. E. I. c. Icon, Hals. I. c. t. 1, /. 1.

Trunks. North America, Swartz. (ex Ach.). Pennsylvania, MuJil.
in herb. Willd. ! New York, Halsey. New England, very common.
Probably the Lecanora urceolata of Muhl. Catal., but the above-cited
specimen in the herbarium of Willdenow is without name. The Li-
chen appears to me an aberrant form of the present tribe. Thelotre-
ma ? atratum, Fee Crypt. Exot. t. 13, f. 4, seems to be distinguished
from Thelotrema precisely as the present genus (passing over the other
essential differences) is, by its black proper exciple, but the structure
of the nucleus in the former plant removes it from ours.

XXVIII. VERRUCARIA, Pars.

Perithecia hemispherical-globose, solitary, horny, black, closed, with
a simple or papilljEform ostiole ; becoming sometimes at length subscu-
telliform, or rarely inclosed in a thalline verruca. Nucleus gelatinous,
hyahne, deliquescent. Thallus crustaceous.

* Saxi c ol ce . Crust somewhat tartareous.

1. V. rwpes/m, Schrad. Crust tartareous-compact, contiguous, whit-
ish ; perithecia (small) entire, globose, somewhat sunk, umbonate with
the naked ostiole, at length collapsing and scutelliform ; nucleus hya-
line. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 436. Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 152. V. Schraderi,
Ach. Icon, E. Bot. t. 1711, /. 2.

Rocks and stones (limestone). Pennsylvania, Muhl

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 279

2. V. elceochroa, Tuckerm. Cr. applanate, rimose-areolate, oliva-
ceous ; perith. with a wide base, globose, emerging and conical at the
apex, becoming at length depressed and umbilicate.

Rocks (limestone), Ohio, Mr. Lea ! Apparently related to V. elaei-
na, Borr. (E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2623, f. 2), and V. olivacea, Fr. (Lichen-
ogr. p. 438), but very difTerent from V. olivacea, Pers. (Borr. 1. c. t.
2596, f. 1), which is a bark-Lichen.

3. V. nigrescens, Pers. Cr. somewhat gelatinous-tartareous, chinky,
fuscous-nigrescent, within white ; perith. entire, globose, covered by the
crust and verrucose-prominent, subpapillate ; nucleus whitish. Fr. Li-
chenogr. p. 438.

Rocks and stones (limestone). New England. New York, Halsey.

4. V. umhrina, Wahl. Cr. verrucose-granulate, or smoothish, from
fuscescent at length dark-brown ; perith. entire, globose, somewhat
prominent above the crust, papillate. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 441.

Rocks and stones (granite), near water ; New England. We have
doubtless other saxicoline species, but they occur often in imperfect
states, and are easily overlooked. I have an alpine Verrucaria, with
large perithecia, from the White Mountains, but the crust is deficient.

** C or tic ol ce. Crust innate in the matrix, often deficient.

5. V. nitida, Schrad. Cr. innate in the matrix, smooth, greenish,
olivaceous, or fuscous ; perith. entire, covered, becoming at length
somewhat prominent, persistent, ostioles subpapillate ; nucleus fluxile.
Fr. Lichenogr. p. 443. Borr. in E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2607, /. 1.

Trunks ; the hue varying with the different epidermis of the matrix ;
New^ England. Pennsylvania, Muhl. V. composita, Schwein. in Hals.
Lich. N. Y. 1. c. p. 9, has apothecia clustered, forming dark spots, but
I have not been able to find in my specimens, which agree apparently
with the description, any constant characters to separate it from the
present.

6. V. alha., Schrad. Cr. innate in the matrix, becoming at length
denudate, white ; perith. subglobose, entire, denudate, persistent, im-
mersed at the base, ostiole papillate, or pertuse. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 444.
— /5 ; cartilagineous, smoothish ; perith. smaller. Fr. I. c. V. glabra-
ta, Ach.

Trunks. New England. Perithecia prominent.

7. V. gemmata, Ach. Cr. innate in the matrix, effuse, smoothish,

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

white-hoary ; perith. hemispherical, dimidiate (not immersed at the
base), persistent ; nucleus whitish. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 444.
Trunks. New England. New York, Halsey.

8. V. epidermidis, Fr. Cr. innate in the matrix or obsolete ; perith.
dimidiate, the base patent, innate-superficial, at length collapsing, and,
together with the nucleus, applanate-depressed. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 447.
— a ; perith. larger, orbiculate. Fr. I. c. V. analepta, Ach. — /S ; pe-
rith. larger, elliptical. Fr. I. c. V. Cerasi ^ epidermidis, Ach. —
y; perith. small, punctiform (with the habit of the next species). Fr.
I. c. V. stigmatella, Ach. part.

Trunks, mostly on smooth bark ; New England, and westward.
New York (« and /?), Halsey. Arctic America, Rich.

9. V. punctifor7nis, Pers. Cr. innate in the matrix or obsolete ; pe-
rith. innate-superficial, semiglobose, subdimidiate, the base inflexed ;
nucleus globose. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 447. V. stigmatella, Ach. part.

Trunks on smooth bark ; New England. New York, Torrey. Penn-
sylvania, Muhl. Arctic America, Rich.

10. V. pulla, Ach. Cr. smoothish, blackish-fuscous ; perith. minute,
hemispherical, glabrous, subpapillate, black within. Ach. Syn. p. 88.

Bark of Dirca palustris, Ach.., who compares it with V. carpinea,
which is referred to the last species by Fries.

Tribe IV. LIMBORIACE^, Fr.

XXIX. PYRENOTHEA, Fr.

Perithecia round, carbonaceous, closed, pertuse at length with a sim-
ple ostiole, and protruding the somewhat gelatinous, bursting nucleus,
finally dehiscent, explanate, and empty. (A disciferous state occurs in
a single species.) Thallus crustaceous.

P. leucocephala, Fr. Crust smooth, glaucescent ; perithecia subglo-
bose, naked, black, coronate with the white, persistent, globuliform nu-
cleus. Fr. Lichenogr. p. 450. — /5. Lecidina, Fr. ; crust somewhat
leprous ; disk dilated-scutelliform, rigescent, covered for the most part
with a dense pale-yellowish-cinereous bloom. Fr. I. c. Lecidea ahie-
tina, Ach.

Trunks (/5), Arctic America, Rich.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. • 281

*^* Appendix to the Lichenes, Sec.

COLLEMACE^.

Filamentous, or foHaceous gelatinous-conglutinate plants without dis-
crete layers. Sporidia included in asci, and immersed in a thalamium,
which is contained either in a thalline exciple or a proper exciple.

Several genera are included here formerly referred to Lichenes, but
separated by Fries, and with other genera constituted a distinct family,
intermediate between Lichenes and aquatic Algse. CoUema and Lep-
togium may be said to have the thallus of Phyceae with the apothecia
of Lichenes, and Ephebe is considered by Fries nearly related to the
By ssi .

Synopsis.

Tribe L COLLEME^, Fr. — Thallus gelatinous-conglutinate,
caulescent or foliaceous.

1. CoLLEMA. Apothecia scutelliform, with a thalline exciple.

2. Leptogium. Apothecia scutelliform, with a proper exciple.

Tribe IL EPHEBIDEiE. — Thallus filamentous, not gelatinous.

3. Ephebe. Apothecia scutelliform, with a thalline exciple.

Tribe I. COLLEMEiE, Fr.

I. COLLEMA, HofFm.

Apothecia at first subglobose, becoming at length discoid-open and
scutelliform, with a thalline exciple. Thallus corneous-gelatinous,
somewhat pulpy, of a moniliform-filamentous texture, variously lobed.

* Thallus imbricate-plicate, becoming thick and turgid when wet.

1. C. pulposum, Ach. Thallus thick, suborbicular, very compact,
blackish-green,of numerous, somewhat imbricate, plicate, rather entire
or repand-crenate, erectish lobes, those of the circumference larger,
somewhat appressed ; apothecia somewhat crowded, slightly concave,
rufous, with an elevated, irregular margin. Ach. Syn. p. 311. Schcer. !
Spicil. 2, p. 538 {sub Parmelia). C. cristatum.; Borr. in Hook. Br. Fl.
2, p. 208. Icon, Wulf. in Jacq. Coll. 3, p. 139, t. 12, /. 1.

Upon rocks, among mosses. Pennsylvania, Muhl. I have not ob-
served this species in the granite region of New England.

2. C. plicatile, Ach. Th. thick, orbicular, black-green ; lobes ru-
gose-plicate, ascending, laciniate ; apoth. concave, of nearly the same

36

282 PJIOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

color with the thallus, with a thick, elevated margin. Ach. Syn. p. 314.
Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 209. Schcer. Spicilf2, p. 543 {sub Parmelia).
Exs. Schleich. ! Lich. Helv.

Eocks (limestone, Schser.), New York, Russell ! I have seen only a
small fragment, but it appears to belong to this rather than to the pre-
ceding species.

3. C. tenax, Ach. Th. rather thick, suborbicular, glaucous-green,
of somewhat plane, rounded, cut, or crenate lobes; apoth. scattered, at
first urceolate, becoming rather elevated, concave, rufescent, with a
somewhat entire margin. Ach. Syn. p. 314. — /?. pallescens, Ach.;
th. yellow-virescent, pale beneath, the lobes irregular, densely compli-
cated, irregularly crenate, ascending ; apoth. submarginal. Ach. I. c.

Rocks among mosses, Pennsylvania, Muhl. ! New York, Spreng. !
The cited specimens belong probably to the variety /3 of Acharius, but
were not considered to differ from « by Floerke.

4. C. fasciculare, Ach. Th. suborbicular, imbricate-plicate, olive-
green, the lobes dilated upward, waved, those of the circumference
rounded, cut-crenate ; apoth. marginal, at length elevated-subpedicel-
late, fasciculate, the disk somewhat convex, rufous. Ach. Syn. p. 317.
Fr.! Lich. Suec. 50. Icon, E. Bat. t. 1162.

Trunks and rocks. New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

5. C. pustulatum, Ach. Th. substellate, lacerate-laciniate, the la-
cinise expanded, plane, irregularly crenate, besprinkled above with paler
pustules which pass at length into apothecia ; disk punctiform, black.
Ach. Syn. p. 351. Parmelia leucoderma^ Willd. herb. ?

Upon mosses. North America, Ach., who says it is a minute species,
very distinct from the last. Penn. (P. leucoderma, Willd.), Muhl. !

6. C. granulatum. Hook. Th. foliaceous, membranaceous, corru-
gated, granulated on both sides, imbricate-complicate, blackish-olive,
the lobes somewhat rounded, waved and crisped, rather entire ; apoth.
scattered, sessile, blackish-fuscous, margin entire. Hook. Br. Fl. p. 2,
211. Lichen granulatus, Huds. (e Hook.). Collema furvum, Ach.
Exs. Schcsr. ! Lich. Helv. 413, 414. Icon, E. Bot. t. 1757.

Stones and trunks. New England. New York, Halsey. Pennsyl-
vania .•' Muhl.

** Thallus thin, foliaceous, gelatinous-membranaceous, lobed princi-
pally at the circumference.

7. C. melcenum, Ach. Th. foliaceous, somewhat stellate, blackish-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 283

green, the lobes elongated, radiant, multifid, with elevated, waved and
crisped, crenate margins ; apoth. submarginal, somewhat plane, at length
rufescent, with a subgranulate margin. Ach. ! Syn. p. 315. — /5. jaco-
hcBifoliu7n, Ach. ; lacinise narrow, strict, lacerate-pinnatifid ; apoth. mar-
ginal, with an entire margin. Ach. I. c. Exs. Schcer. ! Lich. Helv. 422.
Rocks among mosses and trunks. New England.

8. C. pahnatum, Ach. Th. csespitose-pulvinate, brownish-green, of
crowded, erectish, palmate-divided, somewhat linear and terete lacinise ;
apoth. rufous-fuscous. Ach. Syn. p. 319.

On the earth, and trunks. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

9. C. nigrescens, Ach. Th. somewhat monophyllous, membrana-
ceous, expanded, round-lobed, rugose-plicate, olivaceous-nigrescent ;
costate-lacunose beneath ; apoth. (minute) central, crowded, at length
convex, rufous-fuscous, with a very entire margin. Ach. Sy7i. p. 321.
Hook. Br. FL 2, p. 211. Exs. Schcer. ! Lich. Helv. 410.

Eocks and trunks. N. England. N. York, Halsey. Penn., Muhl.

10. C. Jlaccidum, Ach. Th. foliaceous, membranaceous, smooth,
flaccid, blackish-green ; lobes somewhat ascending, rounded, rather en-
tire, undulate-plicate; apoth. scattered (small), somewhat plane, rufous.
Ach. Syn. p. 322. Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 211. Exs. Schcer. ! Lich. Helv.
412.

Rocks and trunks. New England.

11. C. tunceforme, Ach. Th. foliaceous, membranaceous, somewhat
rugose, blackish-green, besprinkled with fuliginous powder ; lobes ob-
long, deeply cut, sinuate-laciniate, obtuse, flexuous, crisped, subcrenate ;
apoth. scattered, somewhat plane, fuscous, with a very entire margin.
Ach. Syn. p. 322.

Rocks (especially limestone, Ach.). Pennsylvania, Muhl. in herb.
Willd. ! The specimen appeared to me to agree with an original one
from Acharius. Schserer refers the species to C. flaccidum. It is
said to occur in Massachusetts.

12. C. pulchellmn, Ach. Th. membranaceous, orbicular, plane,
somewhat laciniate, round-lobed at the circumference, plicate-papulose
and dark-green above, beneath paler and deeply lacunose ; apoth.
crowded, elevated, the disk urceolate, pale, the margin thin, coarctate,
very entire, at length somewhat rugulose. Ach. Syn. p. 321.

Trunks and rocks, New England. Pennsylvania, Muhl. ! Ohio,
Mr. Lea !

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

13. C. saturninum, Ach. Th. rosulate, blackish-green, glaucous
and subtomentose beneath, the lobes broad, oblong, rounded, waved,
very entire ; apoth. scattered, somewhat plane, rufous, with a thin, en-
tire nnargin. Ach. Syn. p. 320. Hook. Br.Fl. 2, p. 211. Exs. Schcer. !
Helv. 423.

Trunks and stones. New England. Arctic America, l?ic/i. I have
omitted several species of this genus, which require more observation.

II. LEPTOGIUM, Fr..

Apothecia rounded, becoming discoid-open and scutelliform, some-
what pedicellate, with a proper exciple. Thallus gelatinous-membra-
naceous, subdiaphanous, texture cellulose.

1. L. Tremelloides, Fr. Thallus foliaceous, membranaceous, very-
thin and somewhat diaphanous, smooth on both sides, or powdery above,
lead-colored ; lobes oblong, rounded, very entire ; apothecia scattered,
elevated, plane, rufous-fuscous, with a paler margin. Fr. Fl. Scan. p.
293. Collema, Ach. Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 213.

Rocks and trunks. New England. New York, Torrey. Pennsylva-
nia, Muhl.

2. L. lacerum, Fr. Th. foliaceous, membranaceous, very thin and
somewhat diaphanous, glaucous-fuscescent, the lobes small, subimbri-
cate, lacerate-laciniate, denticulate-ciliate ; apoth. (small) scattered,
subsessile, somewhat concave, rufous, with a paler margin.. Fr. ! Fl.
Scan. p. 293. Collema, Ach. Hook. Br. Fl 2, p. 213.

On the earth, and rocks, among mosses. New England. New
York, Halsey. Pennsylvania, Muhl.

3. L. Burgessii., Fr. Th. membranaceous, subimbricate, glaucous-
fuscescent, somewhat spongy and downy beneath, the lobes rounded,
sinuate-laciniate, crisped and minutely lacerate-dentate at the margins ;
apoth. depressed ; disk somewhat concave, fuscous, with an elevated,
lacerate-dentate or foliose margin. Collema, Ach. Syn. p. 320. Hook. !
Br. Fl. 2, p. 211. Icon, E. BoL t. 300.

Trunks. Mountains of New England.

Tribe II. EPHEBIDE^.

III. EPHEBE, Fr.

Apothecia formed from the thallus, from concave becoming plane.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 285

and at length convex, black, the margin evanescent. Thallus filamen-
tous, not gelatinous.

E. puhescens, Fr. Thallus decumbent, softish, terete, black, the
branches entangled, capillaceous ; apothecia of the same color. Fr.
Fl. Scan. p. 294. Cornicularia, Ach. — /5. JibriUosa, Ach. ; thallus
obscurely fuscous, smoothish, very delicate, branched, somewhat hir-
sute with numerous, flexuous, branched, subclavate fibres. Cornicula-
ria puhescens, var. fbrillosa, Ach. Syn. p. 302.

Rocks and stones; — «, in alpine districts. Greenland, Dill. White
Mountains. — /5, North America, Ach.

Professor Peirce communicated to the Academy Mr. Sears
C. Walker's elliptic elements of Neptmie.

"71 = 48 21 2.93 ) ^^^^ equinox, Jan. 1, 1847.

$2 = 130 4 35.03 i

i = 1 46 59.54.

e = 0.00S57741.

fl = 21".55448.

M — 328° 31' 56".36, mean noon, Greenwich, Jan. 1, 1847.

T = 164.6181 tropical years.

" The normal elliptic places of Neptune, derived from the discus-
sion of 689 observations, European and American (including the two
ancient observations of Lalande), were as follows: —

I. — 18864 = Rlay 9th, 1795, 215 48 /gS — 44".l (r — 30.28778).
II. — 134 = Aug. 20th, 1846, 326 45 30.83 — 1.2 (r' — 29.99256).

III. — 55 = Nov. 7th, 1846, 327 13 58.57 — 227.6 (r" — 29.99256). ,

IV. 4- 95 = April6th, 1847, 328 8 0.67 + 163.8 (r'" — 29.99256).
V. + 233 = Aug. 20th, 1847, 328 57 44.39 + 1.0 (r"" - 29.99256).

" These elliptic places were derived from Neptune's places in the
instantaneous orbit, by the subtraction of the effect of the perturbations
of all the other planets, as communicated to Mr. Walker by Professor
Peirce in November last.

" The expressions for the heliocentric coordinates are, —

a; = [9.9998769] r sin. {v + 138 21 52.13) m. eq. Jan. 1, 1847.
y = [9.9662265] r sin. (u + 48 55 27.32).
z = [9.5800962] r sin. (u + 45 2 37.90).

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" Mr. Walker has applied to the elh'ptic values of v and r the per-
turbations d V and d r, which Professor Peirce communicated to him,
and has compared the instantaneous values with the normal right
ascensions and declinations, as follows : —

Sv

If

dr

Obs. — Eph. Obs. — Eph.
A A. AD.

U II

I. +

37.60

+

0.01207

4- 1.9 1.3.

III. +

32.10

+

0.01608

2.9 1.2.

IV. +

31.29

+

0.01497

+ 0.8 + 2.6.

V. +

29.49

0.01493

0.2 + 0.0.

" Mr. Walker has omitted the comparison of place II. because it is
not the result of direct observation, like the rest. A closer represen-
tation might be obtained by least squares ; but Mr. Walker prefers to
wait for Mr. Peirce's new values of the perturbations."

Professor Peirce communicated his formulas for the pertur-
bations of Neptune's longitude and radius vector, resulting
from his second approximation to the theory of Neptune. In
his first approximation, Neptime's mean time of revolution
was assumed to be just twice that of Uranus, and the eccen-
tricity of Neptune's orbit was neglected. But the present
approximation is based upon Mr. Walker's orbit, which has
been presented to the Academy this evening, and includes all
sensible terms as high as the cubes of the eccentricities.

" The masses of the disturbing planets, and the elements of their
orbits, which are adopted in this theory, are the same with those
adopted by Leverrier, in his theories of Mercury and Uranus, with
the exception of the mass of Uranus, which is taken from Lament's
determination by observations of the satellites.

" The following notation is adopted in these formulse : —

'■^ t = the time in Julian years from Jan. 1, 1850.

" The mean longitude of each planet is denoted by the appropriate
symbol of that planet.

" The Longitude of the perihelion of each planet is denoted by n
with the symbol of the planet subjacent.

" The coefficient for correction of the mass of each planet is given
in the usual form with the symbol of the planet subjacent.

" The formulsB are as follows : —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

287

'■'■ S V = the perturbation of Neptune's true longitude =

-f 174.37 sin. (^ — J^)

— 8.63 sin. 2 (i[ — f )

— 1.70 sin. 3(i[ — f )

— 0.54 sin. 4 (^ — :^)

— 0.21 sin. 5{w — '^)

— 0.09 sin. 6(it — f )

— 0.04 sin. 7(ii — f )

— 0.02 sin. 8(1^—1^)

— 0.01 sin. 9(i[ — :^)

— 0.01 sin. 10(it — f)

= (l+i"^)<

+ (1 + F^)<i

+ (l + i"ig)<i

+ 1.93 sin. (^ — ^■^)

— 105.20 sin. (2 ^ — i[ — n^)

— 0.09 sin. (2 ^ — ]^ — 71]^)
+ 14.71 sin. (2^ -3f + 77^)

— 0.01 sin. (3 ]j[ —2^ — 71^)

— 0.39 sin. (3 ¥ — 4f + 7ijg;)

— 0.09 sin. (4 i[ — 5 ^ 4- 71^)

— 0.03 sifl. (5^—6^ + 71^)

— 0.01 sin. (6^— 7f + 71;^)

— 0.004340 t COS. (^ — Txj^)

-f- 0.23 sin. (i^ — TTj^N

+ 166S.30 sin. (2f — ii — 71^^^)

+ O'.lGsin. (2^ — f — 7rj^)

— 58.87 sin. (2 n — 3 f + ttj^j)

— 0.03sin. (3i[— 2f — Tij^)
+ l.SOsin. (3^— 4|: + 7ij^)

— 0.02sin. (4 II— 3f — 7Tjj[)
+ 0.28sin. (4^—5^4-713^)

— 0.01 sin. (5^ — 4|: — TTj^)
+ 0.10 sin. (5 n —6:^4- 7rj^)

— 0.01 sin. (6 IT -5:^ — 71 jjj)
4- 0.05sin. (6 II — 7f 4-7rjj[)
-H 0.03sin. (7 n— 8f 4-7Tj^)
4- O.Olsin. (8ii— 9f 4-71^^)

1^ 4- 0.018461 t COS. (^ — TT^)

288

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

+ i^+f^^)'

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+ (l+i"^)

+
+

+
+

+

+
+

+
1 +

0.86 s

0.86 s

0.01 s

0.0 1 s

13.55 s

13.73 s

0.14 s

0.14 s

3.62 s

28.42 s

55.16 s

0.03 s

0.03 s

0.23s

0.23 s

0.09 s

0.45 s

0.45 s

0.06 s
0.28 s
0.66 s
2.16 s
2.59 s
4.30 s
2.72 s
0.85 s
0.56 s
0.66 s
0.03 s
4.38 s
0.13 s
0.43 s
0.43 s
0.24 s
0.01 s

n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.
n.

3f -

¥ —
4f -

¥ —
3f -

¥ —

¥ +
4f -

4f -

4f -

5f -

2^1-

5f -

2ijl-
2w-
5f

- ¥ —^^—^}^)
- -^ — 2 Tij^ — n-^)

JTj^ — 2 TIj^)

-2 11 — 2 7rj^)

- 2 ^ — TTj^ — TTj^)
-2 9 — 2 7rj^)

-2i[ — 3 71^)

-2 T^ —2 TTy

-2f + ^3j[-

TT

^

)

^15)

— 2 ¥ — ^E — 2 TTjy)

¥

'¥'

3¥ + 2.^-.^)

6f

3^
6f

3^
6f

3ir
6f

2f
¥ —

3f

¥ -
2f
3f

¥ -
2f
3f

S'r^)

-5f +2^^)

— 3¥— 2;ijg — TTj^)

— ^^ + ''T^ + ^lg.)
-3¥— 71^— 2;r^)
-5^+2.^)

— 3 :^ — 3 TTjjj)

— y +'rjj[ — 2 7rj^)

— ¥ - ^jg)

— ¥ — ^j^)

— ¥ — JTj^— 71]^)

— ¥ — ^TTj^-j-^jg:)

— ¥— 27rjjt)

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

289

l-

r-

f +
I +

1 +
1 +

18.60sin. (12 — ]g) ^

0.15 sin. 2(>2 — :^) [>

0.02 sin. 3 ( >2 — :^ ) J

0.08 sin. (>2 — TTj.)
0.22 sin. ( 12 — 2% 4- TTj^)
0.01 sin. (2 >2 — 3f + 7?j.)
0.003404 « COS. {1^ — 7ij.) .

0.01 sin. (y^—n^)
0.28 sin. ( l2 — 2 f 4- 71^ )
0.54 sin. (2 12 — :|: — 7r. )
0.02 sin. (2 12 — 3 ]|: -}- 71, )
0.009134 f COS. (]|:_;r )

+ (1 +

U-¥)

+ (1 +

+ (' +

,„ )f + 34".09sin. (J^-^)
] — 0.02 sin. 2 (21— Ji

r_

f

I

}
J

L

+
+

+

0.14 sin. (^—71^)

0.42 sin. (:^_2f + 7r^)

0.02931 t COS. (f — nj.)

0.01 sin. (^_2f + 7r2^)
0.82 sin. (2:^—^ — 7X2^)
0.003727 t COS. (^ — ^r^, )

I

S r =

i^ + f'm)

+ (14-/^©)0.02sin. (0—:^)
the perturbation of Neptune's radius vector

+ O.OOOCl

— 0.01328 COS. ( 5 _ :^)
+ 0.00097 COS. 2(^ — f )
+ 0.00023 COS. 3 ( ^ — f )
-I- 0.00008 COS. 4 (if — f)
+ 0.00003 COS. 5 (II — |:)
-j- 0.00001 COS. 6(^ — ]|;)
-|- 0.00001 COS. 7 ( ¥ — f )

37

J

290

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

+ (1+/"^)

— 0.00012 COS. ( ^ — TTj^)

+ 0.00055 COS. {2'^ — 1^ —n-^)
4- 0.00001 COS. (2 II 1-'^ — n-^)

— 0.00101 COS. (2 ^ — 3 f + TT^)
+ 0.00004 COS. (3 ¥ — 4 f + TTj^)
-f- 0.00001 COS. (4 ]y — 5 ^ -f 71^)

— 0.000000819 t sin. (:i^ — 71 )

+ (1 + /'^)'

— 0.00003 COS. (TSi —n^)

— 0.006G6 COS. ^2 :^ — :gr — Tij^)
+ 0.00001 COS. (2 ^ — ]^ — ;rj^)
-f 0.00403 COS. (2 II — 3 |; + TTj^

— 0.00016 COS. (3 II — 4 ]|: -f Tijjf

— 0,00004 COS. (4 ^ — 5 f + TTj^

— 0.00002 COS. (5 ^ ~ 6 f -f 71^

— 0.00001 COS. (6 ^ — 7 |: 4- 7T
+ 0.0000013C2 t sin. {-^ — n^)

+ {i+Hi^)<

+ 0.00005 COS. (3 f — ]y — TT^ — TTj^)
+ 0.00003 COS. ( ^ — f 4- ;i^ _ ^^)
-f- 0.00005 COS. (4 :^ — 2 II — 2 TTj^)
— 0.00048 COS. (4 f — 2 II — TTjg — TTjg)
4- 0.00095 COS. (4 f — 2 ^ — 2 Tij^)

r

4- 0.00310

4.(14.^ )^ 4-0.00275COS. (}2-f)
I 4- 0.00003 COS. 2 ( }2 — I^)

1

J

— 0.00002 COS. (l2 — TTj^)

4_(i4_^ )<; 4-0.00002COS. (}2 — 2]^4-,rj^)

I — 0.0000002513 t sin. (f — nj.)

j _ 0.00004 COS. ( )2 — 2 f 4- 71^ )
+ (I + /"T^) <! + 0.00008 COS. (2 I2 — f - TTT^)
j 4- 0.0000006742 t sin. (^ _ ;i^ )

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

291

+ (1 + ^1^)

j +0.00f
1 I n nciA

00978

L

4- 0.00497 COS. (^ _ f )

f-o.

00004 COS. (21 — 71^)

+ (1 + /":f ) i + 0-00004 COS. (^ _ 2 f - ^jg)
! — 0.0000002163 < sin. (f — TT^)

L

1

I

J

+ a 4- «„ 1 1 + """"'^ ""'■ (2 -y - ¥ - ",;)
I cjt^ •; _j_ 0.0000002751 i sin. (^ — ^ij, )

L

+ (.1 + 1'^,^,^, a) 0-00006.

" These formulae may be exhibited in the following form, which is
similar to that adopted by the illustrious Leverrier, in his theory of
Mercury, and very convenient for the construction of tables. The co-
efficients for the corrections of the masses are hereafter omitted.

dv =: —

8.63 sin.

— 1.70 sin.

— 0.54 sin.

— 0.21 sin.

— 0.09 sin.

— 0.04 sin.

— 0.02 sin.

— O.Ol sin.

— 0.01 sin.
+ 18.60 sin.

— 0.15 sin.

— 0.02 sin.
+ 34.09 sin.

— 0.02 sin.
+ 0.02 sin.
4- k sin. (^

4(y-¥)

6(y-f)
7(i3-¥)
S(]3-¥)
9(y-¥)

lo(y-f)
(^-¥)

(^-¥)
(e-¥)

+ 9>) + A.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

5r= 0.01365

+ 0.00097 COS. 2{w — ^)

+ 0.00023 COS. 3 (it— I?)

-f 0.00008 COS. 4 (]j[ — ]g)

-j- 0.00003 COS. 5 (]i[ — f) f

+ 0.00001 COS. 6 (]j[ — f )

+ O.OOOOl COS. 7 (lit — ]^)

-f 0.00275 COS. (l2 — ]g)

-f 0.00003 COS. 2 {\i—j§)

4- 0.00497 COS. (^ — ]^)
+ A COS. C^, —6) -\- B.

" In these equations, k^ h, qp, 6, A, and £ are determined by the
following formulse : —

k COS. q, = 1.87 COS. (¥ — ]^ +306 5 13)
+ 0.22 COS. [2 ( It — f ) 4- 171 28]
4- ^•'^6 COS. [3(^ — :^)-f 0 5]
+ 0.35 COS. [4 (\r — ii) + 221 30]
+ 0.13 COS. 5{w — '^)
-1-0.07 COS. 6(^ — ]^)
+ 0.03 COS. [7 (it — f ) + 348]
-j- 0.01 COS. [8 (it — :^) -j- 348]
+ 0.44 COS. (>2 — f 4-242 47)
+ 0.55 COS. [2 (l2 — f ) + 271 3]
4- ^-44 COS. (^ — f + 208 18)
4- 0.82 COS. [2 {Jl —-^)\. 348 9]

k sin. (p = 1.87 sin. ( If — :^ +306 5 13)

+ 0.22 sin. [2 (it — f ) + 171 28]

4- l-''0 sin. [3 (\i — :^) + 178 45]

+ 0.32 sin. [4 ( ¥ — |;) + 180]

+ 0.11 sin. [5 (it — :^) + 180]

4- 0.05 sin. [6 ( II — f ) 4- 180]

4- 0.03 sin. [7(^ — f ) 4- 168]

+ 0.01 sin. [8 (n — :^) 4- 168]
4-0.5isin. (>2 — f 4- 77 0)

4- 0.55 sin. [2 ( l2 _ f ) 4- 268 55]

+ 0.46 sin. [:^ — f + 64 0]

+ 0.82 sin. [2 (:^ — f) 4- 348 9]

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

293

k COS.

6= 0.00011 COS. (^ —

¥ 4- I'^^i)

+ 0.00001 COS. [2 ( ¥

— f)4- 252]

+ 0.00015 COS. [3 ( It

— f ) 4- 333-

4- 0.00004 COS. [4 ( 11.

- ¥) + 333]

+ 0.00002 COS. [5 ( w

- ¥) + 348]

4- 0.00001 COS. [6(ii

-¥)+ 348]

-- 0.00001 COS. (l2 —

¥ + 270)

-f 0.00008 COS. [2 ( \i

- ¥) + 270]

4- 0.00005 COS. {21

¥ + 90)

-- 0.00002 COS. [2(:^

- ¥) + 348]

h sin.

e = 0.00011 sin. {w

¥ + 301)

-- 0.00001 sin. [2(9

-¥)+ 72]

— 0.00015 sin. [3(9

¥) + 333]

— 0.00003 sin. [4(9

— i)+ 333"

-- 0.00002 sin.. [5(9

- J^) 4- 348]

-f 0.00001 sin. [6(9

- f ) 4- 348]

+ 0.00005 sin. ( l^

¥ 4- 325)

-- 0.00008 sin. [2 {^i

-¥)+ 90]

-f 0.00005 sin. (^

¥)

-- 0.00012 sin. [2(^

- ¥) + 168]

A =

0.022332 t sin.

(f 4- 284 56 38)

+ 187.33 sin. (9

f 4- 38 24 43)

4- 1724.04 sin. (2 f -

-9 4-188 42 10)

-- 67.93 sin. (2 9 -

- 3 f 4- 358 40 0)

-- 14.45 sin. (3f -

-9 4-140 55 30)

0.15 sin. (4f -

9 -f 90 0)

0.14 sin. (9

4- 257 55)

-- 73.23 sin. (4 f -

- 2 9 4- 181 20 17)

0.59 sin. (5 f -

-294- 134 19)

2.85 sin. (6 f -

-394- 87 47 23)

5.66 sin. (3 9 -

- 5 f 4- 358 16 47)

0.09 sin. (2 9 -

2 f 4- 300)

B =

0.0000030384 t sin

. (f 4- 257 27 18)

-- 0.01326 COS. (y —

• ^ 4-179 56 48)

-- 0.00696 COS. (2]|: -

- 9 4- 7 51 1)

-- 0.00462 COS. (2y

— 2 f 4- 179 7 45)

-- 0.00005 COS. (3|: -

_ 9 4_ 149)

4-0.00116 COS. (4f -

-294- 3 29 5)

294

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" The terms A and B include the secular terms, and also those
of long period as well as those which acquire large coefficients by
the small divisors, which depend upon the near approach to commen-
surability in the mean motions of Neptune and Uranus. These coeffi-
cients will vary very sensibly by a change in the value of the mean
motion of Neptune arising from a more accurate determination of its
orbit. But the principal effect of these terms can for a limited period,
such as a century, for instance, be included in the ordinary forms of
elliptic motion, and the residual portion will assume a secular form,
which is no more liable to change, from a new correction of the mean
motion of Neptune, than the other small coefficients of the equations
of perturbation. The elliptic portions of A and B may therefore be
neglected until longer observation has given a more precise value of
Neptune's mean motion, and the residual portion is contained in the
following equation.

A= 1.98 sin. (2 f + 221 46) "

+ 0.36517 t sin. (f -f 20 58 12)

4- 0.0002 t sin. (2 f 4- 322)
— 0.0020714 <2

+ 0.0004027 t^ sin. (f -f 230° 3')

B = — 0.00066
+ .0.00134
-i- 0.0000115 t
-f 0.00002827 t

COS. (f -f 38° 40')
sin. (f + 286 32 23)

4- 0.0000000300 fi cos. (f + 125 1)

" The following particular values of 5 u and 8 r, derived from the
preceding formulae, will be useful in computing the orbit of Neptune
from observation.

May 9, 1795,
October 1, 1846,
January 1, 1847,
April 1,
July 1, "

October 1, "

8v

II

+ 47.80
-f 27.03
-f 27.13
-f 26.68
-}- 25.75
-j- 24.37

dr

+ 0.01283
4- 0.01793
+ 0.01728
4- 0.01664
+ 0.01602
-f 0.01544

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

295

January 1, 1848,
April 1,
July 1,

October 1, "
January 1, 1849,
April 1,
July 1,

October 1, "
January 1, 1850,
April 1,
July 1,

October 1, "
January 1,^1851,

+ 22.58
4- 20.40
-f 17.89
+ 15.12
-|- 12.18

+
+
+

9.06
5.84
2.59
0.64
3.83
6.96
9.96
12.64

+ 0.01491
+ 0.01443
■f 0.01400
+ 0.01363
4- 0.01332
4- 0.01308
-f 0.01290
-|- 0.01277
4- 0.01270
4- 0.01270
+ 0.01276
+ 0.01288
4- 0.01308."

Professor Peirce also communicated the following elements
of the orbit of the satellite of Neptune, computed from the
combination of all of Lassell's and Mr. Bond's observations;
and he also communicated the corresponding mass of the
primary. ,

" Time of sidereal revolution, 5 days 21 hours 12,4 minutes.

" Inclination to ecliptic, 29°. 9.

" Longitude of ascending node (the motion being supposed di-
rect), 119='.8.

" Time of greatest northern elongation, November 26''-.53, Green-
wich mean solar time.

" Greatest elongation, 16". 5.

" Distance of satellite from Neptune, 230,000 miles.

" Corresponding mass of Neptune, tbtsttj t^® mass of sun being
unity.

" The time of sidereal revolution is not liable to an error of more
than a few minutes, and the greatest elongation cannot be less than
16".3, or more than 17".0. The mass of Neptune, therefore, cannot
be less than y^i^^, or greater t];ian xr^ffty"

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Three Hundred and second Meeting.

January 4, 1848. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Mr. Everett read a letter from M. Leverrier, acknowledging
his election as a Corresponding Member of the Academy.

Mr. Everett also submitted to the Academy a paper received
from M. Leverrier, containing a succinct abstract of the first of
two memoirs lately read by him to the Academy of Sciences
at Paris, on the subject of periodical comets. It was the inten-
tion of M. Leverrier that this communication should reach
the Academy in advance of the publication of the Compte
Reiidii for the 25th of October, in which the abstract of the
first memoir appears in extenso. Owing to the great length
of the passage of the vessel by which M. Leverrier's com-
munication was transmitted, this expectation was disappointed.
As the Compte Rendu, however, of' course possesses but a
limited circulation in this country, a translation of this inter-
esting paper was read by Mr. Everett to the Academy.

After alluding to the stability of the orbits of the planets,
caused by their moderate eccentricity, small inclination, and
the great preponderance of the central force, M. Leverrier ob-
serves, that

" It is not so with respect to the comets. Those of them, which
move in planes but Uttle inclined to the ecliptic, cut very near the
orbits of one or more of the planets. It may accordingly happen,
that they will pass in the neighbourhood of the planets themselves,
and that the disturbing force, thus rendered preponderant, may turn
them from their course. Thus the comet, which, left to itself, would
have continued to move in a parabola, may by the action of Jupiter
be brought for ever, or only for a limited period, into an ellipse of
moderate extent. The same cause which shall have compelled the
comet to describe this ellipse may b^able hereafter again to control
its movement, and to force it for ever from our planetary system, by
throwing it into a hyperbolic curve."

M. Leverrier then adverts to the discovery of a comet by
Messier in 1770, which was afterwards known as Lexell's, in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, 297

consequence of its being discovered by that astronomer to
move in an elliptical orbit of five years and a half period.
To the objection made against this theory, that it had not
before been seen, Lexell replied, that it might be a new comet,
drawn into an elliptical orbit by the action of Jupiter, and that
it would approach that planet again in 1779, which might
then, perhaps, throw it off from our system, to return no
more. In point of fact, astronomers have looked in vain for
the return of Lexell's comet !

In the month of November, 1843, M, Faye saw a comet,
whose observed movement could not be reduced to a parabolic
curve. Dr. Goldschmidt discovered that it described an el-
lipse of a period of seven years and a half. The objection
to this theory, that it ought to have been seen before, was
answered, as in the case of Lexell's comet, by reference to the
action of Jupiter.

As the region of the heavens where this approach to Jupiter
took place was nearly the same for both comets, M. Leverrier
was led to admit the possibility, that the comets of 1770 and
1843 might be the same, although their orbits were altogether
different.

In 1844, M. de Vico, at Rome, discovered a comet, which
was shown by M. Faye to move in an orbit of five years and
a half. The possibility that this was Lexell's comet of course
conflicted with M. Leverrier's first impressions, just men-
tioned, but increased the probability that Lexell's comet might
be recovered in one or the other of the recent discoveries.

" The only difficulty," says M. Leverrier, " was, that the calcula-
tions became immensely laborious, and I was obliged to devote to them
several years, including the last (1846). Although my researches are
brought to a close, however great my desire to submit them to the
Academy, the necessity of passing some days in collecting the docu-
ments relative to the comet of De Vico will oblige me to confine my-
self at present to that of M. Faye."-

The elements of the comet of 1770, being different from

38

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEIVIY

those of the comets of 1843 and 1844, M. Leverrier first un-
dertook to follow the former into the neighbom-hood of Ju-
piter and the other regions which it would have traversed up
to the years 1843 and 1844, and to ascertain, in this way, if
the comet of 1770 might not place itself upon the orbits of
one or the other of those discovered by M. Faye or M. Vico.

On approaching the subject more nearly, M. Leverrier found
that the calculations of Laplace, in the Mecanique Celeste,
as to the direction given by Jupiter to the comet of 1770,
could not be depended on. Slight changes in the elements
of the orbit give routes so different to the aphelion, that it
remains uncertain whether it passed within or beyond the or-
bit of Jupiter, through the system of the satellites or outside
of them. M. Leverrier was accordingly obliged to com-
mence by studying the movement of the comet of 1770, leav-
ing to it all the latitude which resulted from the observations
made at the time. In pursuing this course,

" I established," says M. Leverrier, " the following points : —

" 1. That it was impossible that the comet should have been arrested
within the system of Jupiter, without falling into the planet itself; an
event very improbable, it is true, without being absolutely inadmissible.

" 2. I showed that Jupiter might have forced the comet to pass off
in an hyperbola round the sun. In this case, we could not expect to
see it again, as it would continually move on to a greater distance from
our system, to enter into other spheres of attraction.

" 3. It is possible that the comet, after having escaped the action of
Jupiter, might have pursued its course in ellipses of very long pe-
riod. But it is much more probable that it continued to move in
ellipses whose moderate period must permit us often to witness its
return. I have formed a complete table of all the possible ellipses,
which will serve henceforth as the basis of our further inquiries."

The first inquiry will, then, be, whether the elements of
the new comet (that of Faye), as calculated from the obser-
vations, present themselves among the systems of this table.
If so, the problem is solved.

Should this not be the case, it will be necessary to inquire

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 299

if the new comet may not have experienced perturbations
since 1779, which would account for the present want of co-
incidence in the elements with those of Lexell's comet in the
table. If no such considerable deviation from a regular course
can be admitted as probable, the hypothesis of identity with
the comet of 1770 must be given up.

But if the new comet has experienced considerable pertur-
bations since 1779, these must be calculated before we can
pronounce against the suspected identity. As the observations
made at one appearance cannot be depended upon as a suffi-
cient foundation for fixing its position for a period of more
than sixty years, it became necessary to pursue the same
course, in reference to the new comet, which had been fol-
lowed in regard to Lexell's, and " to determine all the posi-
tions which it could have occupied in 1779, and the elements
of all the orbits in which it could have moved conformably
with the recent observations."

The great complexity and difficulty of the problem under-
taken by M. Leverrier are now apparent. He proceeds to
solve it by examining the positions and elements of the comet
of Faye, in the reverse order of time, during several successive
periods, viz. : 1. from 1843 to 1839; 2. from 1839 to 1819;
3. from 1819 to 1814; 4. from 1814 to 1797; 5. from 1797
to 1792.

The paper of M. Leverrier, as transmitted to the American
Academy, being itself an abstract of the memoir read to the
Academy of Sciences at Paris, hardly admits, in this portion
of it, a further condensation, which could not be made with-
out impairing the clearness of the discussion. At the close
of the examination of these successive periods, M. Leverrier
arrives at the definite conclusion, " that the periodical comets
of Faye and Lexell are two different bodies.''^

In concluding the memoir, M. Leverrier briefly considers
the question. At what time did the action of Jupiter give to
the comet its present orbit ? Or rather. What is the least re-
mote time at which this phenomenon may have taken place ?

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

He establishes this least remote period at the year 1747. It
is possible that the comet in question may have received, on
its approach to Jupiter in that year, the impulse which placed
it in its present orbit, and that it was consequently discovered
by M. Faye on its thirteenth return.

Professor Peirce read some con'espondence between Dr.
Gerling of Marburg and Lieutenant Gillis, communicated by
the latter, and offered the following resolutions, which were
adopted.

" Resolved, That, in the opinion of this Academy, the enterprise for
determining the solar parallax, in the method proposed in the corre-
spondence between Lieutenant Gillis and Dr. Gerling, is worthy to
be promoted by the government of the United States, by sending an
expedition to Chiloe, both on account of the great uncertainty which
attends the adopted value of this fundamental basis of astronomical
measurement, and the probability that this attempt will prove success-
ful, and thus redound to the honor of the country by which it is under-
taken.

" Resolved, That a copy of the above resolution be transmitted by
the Corresponding Secretary to Lieutenant Gillis, with a request that
he will communicate it to the public authorities who may have this
subject under consideration."

Professor Peirce also reported some of Mr. George P. Bond's
observations upon the nebula in Andromeda.

Mr. Paine stated the results of his meteorological observa-
tions upon the present extraordinarily mild winter.

Three hundred and fourth Meeting,

January 26, 1848. — Quarterly Meeting,

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters of acceptance from
the Hon. Abbott Lawrence and Professor Edward H. Cour-
tenay, who were chosen Fellows at the last quarterly meeting.

Mr. Everett read a communication from Professor Nichol,
directing attention to certain deficiencies in the meteorological
records as printed in the Academy's Memoirs ; whereupon,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 301

some remarks having been made upon the desirability of print-
ing Dr. Holyoke's meteorological journal in extenso, the origi-
nal manuscript, along with Professor Nichol's letter, was re-
ferred to a committee, consisting of Messrs. Hale, Paine, and
Gould.

Mr. Everett read extracts from a letter of Professor Schu-
macher of Altona, stating the conditions required to be ob-
served by the candidates for the medal awarded by the king
of Denmark to the discoverers of telescopic comets. As the
conditions in respect to the immediate transmission of intelli-
gence to the proper persons are indispensable, and appear not
to be well known in this country, Mr. Everett read a transla-
tion from the original German, in the Astronomische Nach-
richten, No. 400, which, for the sake of wider dissemination,
is herewith given in the subjoined note.*

* A gold medal of 20 ducats' value was offered by the predecessor of the late
king of Denmark to the discoverer of a telescopic comet. This foundation was
confirmed by the late king, by whose authority the following regulations were
established : —

1. The model will be given to the first discoverer of any comet, which at the
time of its discovery is invisible to the naked eye, and whose periodic time is un-
known.

2. The discoverer, if a resident in any part of Europe except Great Britain, is
to make known his discovery directly to Mr.. Schumacher at Altona. If a resi-
dent in Great Britain, or any other quarter of the globe, except the Continent of
Europe, he is to make his discovery known directly to Mr. Francis Daily, Lon-
don. — [Since Mr. Baily's decease, G. B. Airy, Esq., Astronomer Royal, has been
substituted in this and in the 7th and 8th articles of the regulations.]

3. This communication must be made by the first post afler the discovery. If
there is no regular mail at the place of discovery, the first opportunity of any
other kind must be made use of, without waiting for other observations. Exact
compliance with this condition is indispensable. If this condition is not complied
with, and only one person discovers the comet, no medal will be given for the dis-
covery. Otherwise, the medal will be assigned to the discoverer who earliest
complies with the condition.

4. The communication must not only state as exactly as possible the time of
the discovery, in order to settle the question between rival claims, but also as
near as maybe the place of the comet, and the direction in which it is moving, as
far as these points can be determined, from the observations of one night.

5. If the observations of one night are not sufficient to settle these points, the
annunciation of the discovery must still be made, in compliance with the third

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Messrs. Edward Desor and Charles Jackson, Jr., were elected
Fellows of the Academy.

Professor Spencer F. Baird, of Carlisle, Pennsylvania, was
elected a Corresponding Member.

Three hundred and fifth Meeting.

February 1, 1848. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor Horsford read extracts from a letter from Professor
Liebig, commmiicating the results of some experiments made
with a view to determine the permeability of membranes to
air, water, and various solutions. He has arrived at the con-
clusion, that the secretions from the blood-vessels and alimen-
tary canal are directly produced by the evaporation from the
skin and lungs, on the one hand, and the pressure of the at-
mosphere on the other.

Professor Horsford also made the observation, that chloro-
form, and several other compounds which taste sweet, may
be written in the list of the various sweet bodies enumerated
in his paper upon Glycocoll. To illustrate this he presented
the following formulae : —

" Siveet Bodies.

C,2 H,o 0,0 = Milk Sugar.
Ci2 Ha Oil = Cane Sugar.
Ci2 Hi2 Oi2 = Grape Sugar.

article. As soon as a second observation is made, it must be communicated in
like manner with tlie first, and with it the longitude of the place where the dis-
covery is made, unless it take place at some known observatory. The expecta-
tion of obtaining a second observation will never be received as a satisfactory
reason for postponing the communication of the first.

6. The medal will be assigned twelve months after the discovery of the comet,
and no claim will be admitted after that period.

7. Messrs. Baily and Schumacher are to decide if a discovery has been made*
If they differ, Mr. Gauss of Gottingen is to decide.

8. Messrs. Baily and Schumacher have agreed to communicate mutually to
each other every announcement of a discovery.

Altona, April, 1840.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

303

C, H, 0,

= ^ of Grape Sugar.

H
C, U, H O3
0

« It

H
C4 H2 H Oj

N

= Sugar of Glue. Glycocoll

H
C4 H2 Pb O3
0

r= Sugar of Lead.

0
C4 H2 Pb O3
0

= ^ Citrate of Lead.

H
C4 H2 K O3
0

rr Acetate of Potassa.

H
C4 H2 H O3, H,

N

0, = Nitric Ether.

H

C4 H2 H O3 = § Glycerile oxide.

HfO,

CI
C4 H2 CI CI3 H- 2 = Cliloroform.
CI

Br
C4 H2 Br Br3 H- 2 = Bromoform.*
Br

I

C4 Hj I I3 -^ 2 = Iodoform.
1

I

C4 Hj I CI3 -^ 2 = Chloro-iodoform.
CI

Br

C4 H2 Br I3 -T- 2 = Bromo-iodoform.
I

C4 H2 H p, -^ 2 = Hydrofluate of Methylene.!

* For the observation that this and the following four bodies may be included
in the series, the author is indebted to his friend Dr. Peirce, of the Cambridge
Laboratory.

t The hydrofluate of methylene has a pleasant ethereal smell.

304 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

S

C4 H2 S S3 -4- 2 rr Sulphoform. (?)

^ R

C4 Ha 11 ^1 -r- 2 — Chloride of Methyle.

c o

^' H2 Ag O3, H, O = Methyl-sulphite of Silver.
■' O

C ^

^^2 Ho Pb O3, H, O == Methyl-sulphite of Lead.

O

^^ H, Ag, CI O3, H, O =: Chloro-methyl-sulphite of Silver.

C

c o

^' H, Pb, CI O3, H, O = Chloro-methyl-sulphite of Lead.

&2 Q

O

S4 Ag2 O O3 -j- 2 =: Hypo-sulphite of Silver.
O

" It is not to be denied that there are bodies having the number of
atoms occurring in sugar, and yet not tasting sweet. Still, the corre-
spondence in constitution among so many bodies, containing such a
variety of elements, and all having the common property of sweet-
ness, is an interesting fact. Do sweet bodies owe their sweetness to a
common arrangement of their ultimate particles 7 or, in other words.
Have sweet bodies a co^nmon forin ?

" It may further be remarked, that the constitution of acids, as sug-
gested by Davy in relation to inorganic acids, and applied by Liebig
to organic acids, permits them to be written in a common formula
= H -|- .r ; X representing all that part of the isolated acid not re-
placed by metal in neutralization. A few examples follow.

^' Sour Bodies.

H -f- CI =: Hydrochloric Acid.

H + I — Hydroiodic "

H -j- Br := Hydrobromic "

H -|- F = Hydrofluoric "

H + Cy =r Prussic "

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 305

H -f- SO3 rr: Sulphurous Acid.

H -f S O4 = Sulphuric
H -f N Os = Nitric
H + C2 H O4 = Formic
H + C2 O4 == Oxalic
H 4- C4 H3 O4 = Acetic
H -{- Cg H5 O4 =r Metacetonic "
H -f Cs II7 O4 = Butyric "

etc., etc.

" Have sour bodies also a common form?

" The interest which attaches to the above formulse will not be
diminished by the consideration, that many hitter bodies, such as aloes,
assafoetida, myrrh, and the resins in general, have a constitution refer-
able to a single fundamental type. Heldt, in a recent elaborate paper,
in Liebig's Annalen, upon Santonine and the formation of resins from
essential oils, gives several probable modes of production, which may
be expressed in the following formulse. It will be seen that the con-
stitution is such that a certain amount of hydrogen may be oxidated
without the oxidation of the carbon. The general conception of Heldt
has been long entertained by chemists, but has, in his paper, for the
first time, met with a full exposition.

" Bitter Bodies.

[C40 Hs]" - H, + O, = R.

[Co Hs]" _ H, + O, -f- [H 0], = R.

[Co H,]" _ H, + O, + 0, r= R.

[Cjo Usf _ H. + O. + O, + [H O], = R.

[C,oH3]" + [HO].r=R."

Professor Peirce communicated the following elements of the
" Orbit of Flora, computed at Gottingen, from normal places
Oct. 22.5, Nov. 20.5, and Dec. 19.5," by Benjamin Apthorp
Gould, Jr., A. A. S.

" Epoch 1848, Jan. 1.0, Berlin Mean Time.

Mean Equinox,

0

1

II

Mean Anomaly

35

53

31.98

Long. Perihelion

32

52

1.7^

Long. Asc. Node

110

18

50.8 )

Inclination

5

52

55.9

39.

306

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Log. mean daily sid. mot. 3.035S738

Log. eccentricity 9.1956181

Log. semiaxis major 0.3427552

Time of revolution 1193^ sidereal days.

" The following are the results of the comparison of this orbit with
observation : —

Calculated minus Observed.

Date.

Right Ascension.

Declination.

Altona.

Berlin.

Ham-
burg.

Cam-
bridee.

Altona.

Berlin.

Ham-
burg.

Cam-
bridge.

1847, Oct. 21,

;/

n

+ 1.9

It

II

0.0

22,

— 0.7

If

If

— 0.1

fl

{1

25,

— 1.2

0.8

--1.5

+ 0.7

+ 3.7

+ 1.7

26,

— 0.4

-i-0.5

31,

0.3

+ 1.8

+ 0.1

-2.8

Nov. 1,

-f 1.2

+ 1.5

2,

4-2.0

+ 0.3

8,

-f-1.5

-1-3.9,

+ 6.9

+ 1.4

+ 1.7

+ 2.0

9,

+ 4.1

4-0.4

10,

4-0.4

--2.8

+ 2.1

— 1.6

11,

+ 2.8

— 0.1

12,

— 0.4

+ 1.9

+ 2.7

+ 0.3

16,

--3.1

+ 2.2

17,

-[-0.7

+ 0.7

--3.5

+ 0.7

+ 1.6

1.7

18,

-1-0.6

+ 1.4

--3.8

2.5

+ 2.2

0.7

21,

--1.2

-^0.]

22,

--1.9

+ 1.6

24,

0.6

0.5

-1.2

-f-3.4

+ 1.6

-i-0.3

25,

--0.2

+ 1.8

27,

0.1

+ 1.7

+ 1.8

+ 2.1

+ 1.3

+ 1.1

28,

-f 0.1

+ 4.8

2.3

+ 0.8

Dec. 1,

-f 0.8

+ 4.3

4,

+ 0.4

0.8

Gottin-

+ 2.1

+ 2.5

Gottin-

7,

+ 3.6

+ 1.1

gen.

--0.8

--1.0

gen.

8;

+ 3.0

II

+ 2.9

//

10,

+ 1.5

--5.0

11,

-0.7

--3.4

12,

+ 0.9

--3.4

17,

18,

+ 5.1

1 c\

-0.5
0.4

0.1

Tran-
sit I.

19,

— 1.2

-- 1.9

20,

+ 49

+ 1.2

1848, Jan. 3,

+ 9.6

+ 4.7

5,

-f7.0

— 6.1

or ARTS AND SCIENCES. 307

Three hundred and sixth Meeting.

March 7, 1848. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the Chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters of acceptance
from the Hon. Capt. W. H. Smyth, President of the Astro-
nomical Society of London, and from Professor Spencer F.
Baird, of Carlisle College.

Dr. M. Wyman, from the Committee, appointed at the Oc-
tober meeting, to make experiments for testing the value of
the principal kinds of ventilating apparatus now in use, made
a report, of which the following is an abstract.

" The apparatus used in most of the following experiments consists,
1st, of a machine for producing and maintaining a constant and equable
blast of air; 2d, of an arrangement for measuring the velocity of the
current produced by this blast.

" The air is put in motion by means of a revolving fan of four blades
or vanes, each 21 inches long by 10 inches wide, placed upon the ex-
tremities of radii 13 inches in length. These blades revolve within a
cylindrical case, nearly concentric with the axis of the blades, to which
the air gains admission by two circular openings 13 inches in diameter,
one in either end of the case. From one side of this case, the air,
put in motion by the blades, enters a trunk 3 feet in length, and at its
commencement 21 inches wide by 18 inches deep, which is gradually
contracted until, at its farther extremity, its cross section becomes a
square of 100 inches area. To the mouth of this trunk another is
fitted, also 10 inches by the side and 3 feet in length. This last was
added to avoid any interfering or unequal currents which might be
produced by the converging sides of the first. Upon the axis of the
blades is fixed a pinion of sixteen leaves, which engages a wheel of
eighty teeth, driven by a handle ; consequently the blades revolve
with five times the velocity of the handle, or 300 times per minute
when the handle makes one revolution per second. This is the ve-
locity always used in the following experiments, unless otherwise
stated.

" To measure the velocity of the blast, a toy marble, .62 inch in
diameter, is suspended by a silken thread, to which it is fastened by a
little sealing-wax. This thread is 3 feet in length, and the point of

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

suspension, over the mouth of the trunk, is such that the marble hangs
as nearly as possible in its centre. The handle is made to revolve ac-
curately once a second, and the deflection of the marble from the point
of rest, under the influence of the blast thus produced, observed. The
marble is then protected from the blast, and the effect of the blast upon
the thread alone observed and deducted from the first result. To as-
certain the value of this deflection, the following method is adopted.
Into a large cylindrical vessel, filled with water, a pipe, an inch in di-
ameter and bent into the form of an inverted syphon, is so placed, that,
while one of its branches rises in the centre of the vessel, an inch
above the surface of the water, the other branch rises along the side
of the vessel, over which it is bent nearly horizontally. Another and
similar vessel 15.5 inches in diameter at the top, 14 inches at the bot-
tom, and 8.25 inches in depth, is inverted upon the surface of the
water in the first. By pressing down this second vessel the contained
air is made to issue from the open extremity of the pipe ; and as the
areas of the vessel and pipe are both known, we have but to note
the time required to empty the second vessel to learn the velocity of the
escaping air. The marble is now suspended by the same thread ; the
point of suspension being so situated that the marble falls against the
mouth of the pipe, and would, if allowed to move freely, hang as far
within it as the marble, deducting the effect upon the thread, was de-
flected by the blast. The second vessel is now depressed with such
velocity that the marble is just made to swing clear of the mouth of the
pipe, by which its deflection becomes precisely that produced by the
blast which is to be measured.

"In the case under consideration, the deflection of the thread and
marble together was 2.5 inches ; that dependent upon the thread alone,
.95 inch. The time occupied in depressing the vessel until it rested
upon the top of the inverted syphon, in several successive experiments,
was 12.25 seconds. The contained air was compressed .25 inch to
produce this velocity, and, as the pipe rose 1 inch above the surface of
the water, 1.25 inches were deducted from the depth of the vessel, leav-
ing an available depth of 7 inches. The mean diameter, that at the
top being 15.5 inches, and at the bottom 14 inches, is 14.75 inches.
As the areas of circles are to each other as the squares of their diam-
eters, we have these areas in the proportion of 217.56 to 1. This
number multiplied by the depth in inches, 7, gives the whole expendi-
ture in 12.25 seconds, the time required to empty the vessel ; from which

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 309

we obtain a velocity of 124.32 inches, or 10.36 feet, per second, —
7.06 miles per hour. This, therefore, may be assumed as a near ap-
proximation to the velocity of the blast, when not otherwise mentioned.
" The velocity of the induced current being the true measure of the
practical value of different forms of ventilating apparatus, it becomes
necessary to ascertain this value as accurately as possible. The in-
convenience attending measurements in which time is involved as one
of the elements, and also, probably, the difficulty of determining the
instant when a current has passed through a certain space, have led to
the adoption of other means, by which the velocity of the current is
not directly measured, but inferred. The mode which has been re-
peatedly adopted, of measuring the efficiency of a ventilator by its
power of sustaining a weighted flap or valve, or a head of water, or
by some other statical effect, is decidedly objectionable. Such a meas-
ure gives the correct value of the initial force or tendency to establish
a current in a chimney in which there is no actual movement ; but it
does not indicate the velocity of the current which will be the final
result of the action of the ventilator, nor is it any measure of this
final velocity when ventilators of different construction are compared
together. Mechanics and engineers are familiar with the difference
between the statical and dynamical effects of a force. They are aware
that the former may be greatly increased by the mechanical powers,
so that, through the medium of a pulley or a lever, a single pound may
be made to sustain and raise a hundred times its own weight. But the
dynamical effect is not correspondingly increased, for in order to raise
one hundred pounds through the height of a foot, the one pound must
in all cases fall one hundred feet ; so that the loss of height precisely
balances the gain in weight. In the same way, the dynamical effect
of different springs is not to be measured by their strength alone ; it is
not simply dependent upon the amount of weight which they will sus-
tain, but equally upon their length, or rather upon the distance through
which they move in restoring themselves to equilibrium. The archer's
bow is a good instance of this assertion, which any one can try for
himself, and he will find, that, with a given exertion of strength, he is
able to throw the arrow farthest and highest with that long bow of
which he can draw the string to his full arm's length, and not with the
strong bow which he can hardly move. But an example more nearly
allied to the case under consideration is derived from the air-pump, in
which the dynamical value of any amount of exhaustion is equal to

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the power required to produce it, and is, therefore, proportioned to the
magnitude of the receiver when other circumstances are the same ;
whereas its statical power or its power to sustain a head of water is
wholly independent of the magnitude of the receiver, and proportioned
solely to the tension of the air within it. In all these cases, there is a
striking difference between the operations of using the statical and
dynamical effects, which deserves the most careful consideration, be-
cause it is essential and characteristic. The statical effect may be
used for any length of time without being impaired, and the reason is
obvious ; it manifests itself in a state of rest, when there is no change
of condition. The dynamical, on the contrary, can be used once and
but once. The one pound can balance the hundred pounds as long as
the materials of the pulley and lever will endure ; a compressed spring
may sustain its weight, or the expanded air its head of water, as long
as we choose, without any diminution of effect. But when work is to
be done, a change to be effected, a weight to be raised, a velocity to
be produced, the result can only be obtained by a corresponding change
in the opposite direction, an undoing of work, a falling of a weight, a
consumption of power once and for ever. In the present case, in which
the object is to obstruct or divert the motion of the vv'ind in such a way
that part of its velocity may be communicated to the air in the chimney,
and thus produce a current, the amount of this communication and trans-
fer of velocity cannot be measured when it does not take place, — when,
on the contrary, the mouth of the chimney is entirely stopped up, so that
it is impossible to produce any current within it. It would be just as
proper to weigh a water-wheel by the weight which will just reduce it
to a state of rest, instead of that smaller weight which reduces it to its
usual working velocity, and which is universally adopted by experi-
enced engineers as the correct measure of the power of the wheel.
It should also be borne in mind, that there are resistances offered to
air in motion by the tube through which it passes. These resistances
are not constant ; they increase as the perimeter and length of the tube
directly, and also as the square of the velocity ; these, it is obvious,
cannot be measured where they do not exist.

" The plan, therefore, which has been adopted in these experi-
ments, is to measure directly the velocity of the current produced, and
it will not be surprising, after what has preceded, if some striking dif-
ferences should be observed between the results thus obtained and
those derived from any statical measure.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 311

" To measure the current, a leaden pipe (the material most readily
at hand), 1.25 inches in diameter and 53 feet in length, is placed near
and a few inches below the mouth of the blowing-machine. This
pipe is coiled, as it leaves the manufactory, into a circle of about 2.5
feet in diameter, of which it makes eight turns. In the mouth of the
trunk, before described as attached to the blowing-machine, is a tube
of tinned iron, of the same diameter as the pipe, and bent at a right
angle ; the upright branch, about six inches long, reaching to the mid-
dle of the mouth, while the horizontal portion, about five inches in
length, reaches within 2.5 inches of the end of the leaden pipe. Each
ventilator, when examined and tested, is placed upon the upright por-
tion of this tube. For this purpose the ventilator has through it, or
attached to its side, a corresponding tube of the same diameter. The
connection between these two tubes is completed by a glass tube 4
inches long and 2 inches in diameter, and the fitting made close by
means of cotton-wool fastened loosely around the extremities of the
tvi^o metallic pipes. In this compound pipe the current is induced, and
its velocity noted. To effect this last object, advantage is taken of the
well-known action of iodine upon starch.* Iodide of potassium is dis-
solved in a strong solution of starch in hot water, in the proportion of
three grains or more of the iodide to an ounce of the solution. A
piece of paper wetted, or rather smeared, with the prepared starch is
suspended within the glass tube, which can be readily removed for this
purpose, by means of a wire hook attached to the metallic pipe. A
current is now induced by the action of the blast upon the ventilator,
and chlorine gas allowed to enter the opposite end of the pipe, which
is kept carefully removed from the influence of the blast. The chlo-
rine is carried along with the current until it reaches the starched
paper, which it instantly dyes a deep blue ; the chlorine, by its superior
affinity for the potassium, seizing upon it, and leaving the iodine free
to act upon the starch.

" Chlorine is conveniently obtained for this purpose from Labar-
raque's solution of chloride of soda, and its liberation quickened, if need
be, by adding a few drops of sulphuric acid. When the vial contain-
ing the chlorine is closed by the finger, and held a few seconds in the

* The action of hydrosulphuric acid upon moist carbonate of the oxide of lead
was first suggested for this purpose, but the chlorine and iodide were judged
most convenient.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

hand, its warmth expels the gas more freely, and when the finger is
removed it escapes in a jet, which makes the experiment more de-
cisive.

" In making the following experiments three persons were usually-
employed ; one to keep up a uniform blast, counting the revolutions
of the handle by a watch ; a second to throw the chlorine into the
pipe, and also to observe and declare the moment when the blue color
appears upon the starched paper ; the third to note upon a watch the
interval between these two events.

" Results of Experiments.

" 1. Air in motion communicates motion to those portions of air at
rest in its immediate vicinity. To this phenomenon Venturi, who
discovered and explained it, has given the name of the lateral com-
munication of motion in fluids.

"2. A jet of air falling upon any surface is never reflected, but
spreads itself out, and forms a thin layer in immediate contact with
that surface. It may be admitted as a principle, that fluids do not,
under any velocity or any angle of incidence, possess the property of
reflection, like solids, and it is, doubtless, owing to the absence of this
property that they adhere to bodies against which they strike. In vir-
tue of this adhesion, a jet of fluid striking a sphere perpendicularly to
its surface spreads itself uniformly over both the superior and inferior
hemispheres ; a similar jet striking a horizontal cylinder perpendicu-
larly to its surface completely surrounds it, and does not leave it until
the two parts of the jet meet on its inferior border and form one com-
mon sheet. (Savart, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Tom. LIV.)

" When a jet of water strikes a truncated cone perpendicularly to its
axis, and just above its lower base, it spreads out, covering more than
half its surface, and, rising upward, leaves its upper base in a continu-
ous sheet, vertically in a plane nearly coinciding in direction with that
of the sides of the cone, and horizontally nearly in the direction of
tangents to the surface of the cone, while a small portion only of the
fluid forms two small streams, which drop down from those two points
of the lower base of the cone which are at right angles with the orig-
inal direction of the jet.

" When a jet meets a circular plane at its centre and perpendicular-
ly, it forms a thin continuous sheet over the whole surface. Both the
direction and continuity of this sheet are preserved far beyond the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

313

borders of the circular plane, where its edge is thin, but it follows
more or less the direction of the curve of the edge, if it is thick and
rounded.* (Savart, Ann. de Chim. et de Physique, Tom. LIV. p. 119.)

" 3, When a jet of air impinges upon a surface of limited extent, the
atmospheric pressure upon the opposite side of the surface, in conse-
quence of the lateral communication of motion, is diminished, and a
current will be established through a tube, one of the extremities of
which is placed in the point of diminished pressure, and the other be-
yond the borders of the surface. This is the important principle upon
which the efficiency of ventilators and chimney-tops depends ; it is
also important in its bearing on the position of the mouths of air-trunks
for hot-air furnaces ; if the mouth be placed in a point of diminished
pressure, on the leeward side of a building, air may pass outward,
especially from apartments on the windward side of. the house.

"4. When a current strikes the extremity of a tube perpendicularly
to its axis, motion is produced through the tube towards the current ;
and when a current already exists in the tube, if its velocity is less
than that of the impinging current, that velocity will be increased,

" When two currents of air of different velocities are moving in pre-
cisely the same direction, the influence of the more rapid current in
accelerating that which is less rapid is not so great as when the angle
of meeting is between 20° and 40°. When two opposite currents of
equal diameter and velocity meet, they form a circular sheet, perpen-
dicular to the axis of the veins, and the resulting phenomena resem-
ble those arising when a current strikes a circular plane. If the ve-

* A simple demonstration of these propositions may be obtained by means of a
card and candle. If a blast from the mouth be directed obliquely against a card,
the flame of a lighted candle will be drawn towards the card, on whatever side
of it the candle is held. Increasing or diminishing the velocity of the blast does
not change the direction assumed by the flame, but only the velocity with which
it is drawn towards the card.

If the blast be directed perpendicularly upon the centre of the card, the flame,
when passed around the edge of the card, will be driven outward at all points ;
and if the candle be held near the blast, and at a little distance from the plane
surface, the flame will, in virtue of the lateral communication of motion, be drawn
towards the surface, and yet by the current of air close to and parallel with the
card it will be prevented from reaching it. A strong flame may thus be made to
play, apparently with great force, upon the hand, and yet not burn it. An illus-
tration of this principle may often be observed in the narrow pathway, so con-
venient for foot-passengers, found after a snow-storm, on the windward side of a
high and close fence.

40

314 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

locities of the currents are unequal, the greater velocity diminishes the
less, destroys it, or inverts it, according to the excess of velocity. The
knowledge of this fact leads at once to the interposition of a plate, to
prevent loss of velocity in interfering currents.

" 5. A thin plate placed upon the extremity of a tube, at the proper
angle, causes the impinging current to assume a certain direction, and
to produce a certain velocity in the tube ; a similar plate parallel to
and above this plate does not increase that velocity.

" A cone placed upon the extremity of a tube produces similar
changes of direction in the impinging current, and similar movements
in the tube, but another cone above the first does not increase the
velocity of those movements.

" 6. Beyond certain narrow limits, the velocity produced in a tube
by the action of a current on its conical extremity is not increased by
increasing the height or diameter of that cone. The full effect of a
cone may be obtained when its lower base is not larger than one half,
nor less than one third, the diameter of the flue on which it is placed.

" 7. If a flat truncated cone be fitted to the extremity of a tube,
and exposed to the impinging current, a velocity may be produced in
the tube of 1.71 feet per second ; if a similar but much smaller hollow
truncated cone be inverted and closely secured to the mouth of the
first, the velocity in the same tube may by this means be increased to
2.21 feet per second. The same increase of velocity will be produced
if the internal cylindrical bore of the first cone be made conical, with
its larger base upward. By the addition of this secondary cone, or by
the modification of the interior of the first cone, the velocity of the
current is increased over that produced by the simple cone nearly in
the ratio of 10 to 13, and as the effect is as the square of the velocity,
its efficiency is increased nearly in the ratio of 10 to 17. This is
the best form of the simple fixed cone, and the most efficient fixed
ventilator, which has been examined by the Committee. Venturi has
shown, that, when a conical tube is applied to a cylindrical pipe, the
larger base of this conical tube being 1.8 the diameter of the pipe,
and its height 9 times the diameter of this same pipe, the expenditure
will, with water, be greater for the cone than for the cylindrical pipe,
in the proportion of 24 to 12.1.

" 8. A hollow truncated cone, with its larger base closed by a flat
plate, inverted and placed above a cone similar to that last described,
will increase the velocity of the current in the pipe upon which it is

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

315

placed over that produced by a simple cone nearly in the ratio of 10
to 13, This is one of the most efficient fixed ventilators with a cap
which have been examined by the Committee. The form described
in the preceding paragraph, with Cisal pin's plate placed at a certain
height above it, is to be ranked in efficiency with that last described.

"9. The velocity of the current produced in a pipe, the mouth of
which is presented fairly to the blast, is nearly constant, whether the
mouth be cylindrical, conical, with its larger base towards the blast,
or the reverse. The diminished area exposed to the blast, in the latter
case, is counterbalanced by the increased velocity consequent upon
diminished atmospheric pressure within the cone.

" 10. A difference of temperature between the impinging blast and
the produced current does not, within the limits observed, influence
the velocity of the latter. ,

li

Experiments.

" In the experiments, each ventilator, when examined, is placed upon
a perpendicular fixed tube of tinned iron, in the centre of the mouth
of the trunk of the blowing machine. This and all other tubes, when
not otherwise mentioned, are 1.25 inches in diameter. The velocity
of the blast is 10.36 feet per second, or, as indicated by the revolutions
of the handle of the blowing-machine, one revolution per second.
The time required for the chlorine to act upon the starch, from the
moment it is introduced into the pipe, is given in seconds ; the velocity
of the current is given in feet and decimals. The direction of the
blast is indicated by the S> >.

Fig. 1.

Time in Velocity per

Seconds. Second.

" Experiment 1.

Perpendicular Feet.

fixed tube,

. 73.2 0.728

Fig. 2.

" Exp. 2. Straight tube, cut off
obliquely at an angle of 45° ; opening
turned from the blast,

40.0 1.325

Fis. 3.

" Exp. 3. Elbow ; horizontal por-
tion one inch long, opening turned
from the blast, ....

72.0 0.736

316

PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" Exp. 4. Elbow ; horizontal portion 4 inches long,
opening turned from the blast, ....

" Exp. 5. Same ; horizontal portion making, with
the direction of the blast, an angle of 30°,
"Same; angle of direction 45°,
"Same; " " 60"^,

"Same; " " 90°,

Time in

Seconds.

Velocity per
Second.

Feet.

70.0

0.757

46.0

1.152

41.0

1.290

43.0

1.233

64.0

0.828

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

" Exp, 6. Elbow turned from
the blast, and having around its
opening a plane surface 1.5
inches wide, . . . .31.0

" Exp. 7. A perpendicular
plate 2 inches wide and 1.75 inch-

(C

((

31.5

28.2
27.3
29.0
28.7
39.0
65.0

1.71

es in height, fastened to that side
of the fixed tube next the blast, . 33.0 1.61
" Same plate attached to the
fixed tube, but with its edges in the same direction

with the blast, 48.0 1.05

" Same plate on the side of the fixed tube, opposite
the blast, ..... no effect in 180.0

" Exp. 8. A square plate, 2 inches by the side, on

the top of the fixed tube on the side next the blast, .

"Same plate making with horizon an angle of 80°,

75°,

70°,

67°,

45°,

" " " 22°

" Exp. 9. Square plate, 2 inches by the side, with

vertical edges .5 inch wide, turned from the blast, and

making an angle of 45° with its direction ; the whole

plate making an angle of 75° with the horizon,

" Same plate, making same angle with the horizon,
but with its edges turned in the opposite direction ;
that is, towards the blast,

" Exp. 10. A plate 1.25 inches wide at the base, 2

1.68
1.87
1.94
1.83
1.85
1.36
0.791

31.0 1.71

24.6 2.15

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 317

Time in Velocity per
Seconds. Second.

inches wide at top, and 2 inches high, with its edges

turned towards the blast, as in the last experiment. Feet.

gave very nearly the same results, .... 24.7 2.14

" Exp. 11. A plate 2 inches wide at the base, 1.25
wide at the top, and 1.5 inches high ; angles of sides
with base equal to inclination of the plate with the
horizon, 76^ ; placed on the top of the fixed tube, on
the side next the blast, its base being raised .37 inch
above the mouth of the fixed tube, .... 29.5 1.80

" A similar plate added to the opposite side of the
tube, 28.5 1.86

" Similar plates on three sides ; open side from the
blast, 33.5 1.58

" Similar plates on three sides ; open side at right
angle with direction of the blast, .... 32.2 1.65

" Similar plates on four sides, .... 35.4 1.494

" Exp. 12. Pyramid formed by the four plates, as
last arranged, with its base so fitted to the top of the
fixed tube that no air could enter by its side, . . 35.5 1.49

" Exp. 13. Two similar plates, those used in the
last experiments, one arranged as in Exp. 10, and the
other similarly placed, but raised .37 inch above the
first, 29.0 1.83

" The influence of the inclined plate, used in several of the preceding
experiments, would at once suggest the application of a figure of revo-
olution, which would have a similar effect upon the blast, that is,
would direct it upward, and thus assist the escape of the current from
the tube. A cone is evidently one form which would have this effect.
Indeed, the conical chimney-top has been long in use, and its principle
often reproduced under slight modifications of form.

" The cone was proposed as a proper form for the chimney-top, and
an account of its application published, more than seventy years ago,
by Count Cisalpin, in a memoir entitled Description iVune Cheminee
et Etuve de Nouvelle Invention. The plan contrived by Cisalpin con-
sisted of truncated cones of plate or sheet iron, of different sizes.
' When this apparatus is to be used,' says he, ' fit to your chimney
your first size ; it is of no consequence whether the chimney be round

318

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Fisr. 6.

or square, provided it have no holes in its sides, and is open only at
the top ; if this put a stop to the smoking, your object is probably ac-
complished, the equilibrium between the wind and smoke is destroyed
(nevertheless assure yourself of this by many experiments, made at
different times), and then you have nothing further to
do than to attach to three sides of the cone three
rods of iron, four, five, or six inches long, on which
place horizontally a round plate, having a diameter a
little larger than that of the cone, to prevent the
rain from entering the chimney.' The adjoining
figure is an elevation from the perspective view
given in the memoir.
" In 1788, De Lyle de Saint-Martin, a lieutenant in the French
navy, again called attention to this form of chimney-top, in a memoir,
giving a full description, with drawings, of its construction, and the
results of his experiments. The cap surmounting the cone, instead of

being flat as in Cisalpin's, was also a trun-
cated cone, but differing in its proportions
from that forming the chimney-top. This
arrangement, which is here figured from
Saint Martin's memoir, was examined and
approved by the French Academy of Sciences,
and published in its Transactions.
" Mr. Tredgold, in his treatise on Warming and Ventilating Build-
ings, published in 1824, and still a standard work, refers to the conical
top as one which may often be employed with advantage,
when formed in the manner described in fig. 8 ; and re-
marks,— ' The upper cap prevents down blasts of air, but
in a steady horizontal wind the lower cone alone would
be sufficient.' Its mode of action is described and il-
lustrated by figures, from one of which the annexed cut
is copied. For its origin Mr, Tredgold refers to the me-
moir of De Lyle de Saint-Martin. It will be noticed
that the conical cap has, in the last figure, assumed the
spherical form.

" The annexed cut shows the same truncated cone,
which has, during the past year, been introduced as quite
a novelty, the inventor having gone back to first princi-
ples, and again mounted the flat top.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

319

" It is quite probable, that the conical and pyramidal earthen and
brick chimney-tops now and for many years so generally used are
modifications of those introduced or recommended by Cisalpin, Saint-
Martin, and Tredgold.

Time in Velocity per
Seconds. Second.

31.0

31.0
31.5

Fig. 10.

''^ExpAQ. Cone, with its cap, made according to
the proportions laid down by Saint-Martin (see fig. 7), 34.0

" Exp. 20.* Cone and plate ; inclination of sides to
base 45° ; diameter of base 2.9 inches ; height .83
inch (see fig. 9), ...... • 33.5

Feet.

1.71

1.71

1.6S

31.0 1.71

" Exp. 14. A truncated cone, diameter of upper
surface 1.25 inches; diameter of lower surface 4.3
inches; height 1.3 inches; lower surface upon fixed
tube ; upper surface in centre of trunk, .

" Exp. 15. Same cone divided into three cones of
equal height by planes parallel to the two surfaces ;
two smaller cones, ......

" Smallest cone, ......

" Exp. 16. Truncated cone, diameter of lower
surface 2.1 inches ; height .35 inch ; diameter of flue
and upper surface, as usual, 1.25 inches,

" Inclination of sides to base, in these last cones,
the same ; 40°.

" Exp. 17. Cone ; angle of side
with base, at bottom 47°, at top
55°, side concave ; diameter of
base, 3.7 inches ; height, 1.4
inches, .....

" Exp. 18. Cone ; angle of side
with base, at bottom 44°, at top

64°, side concave; base 4 inches

in diameter ; height 1.9 inches, 37.6 1.41

35.4 1.49

1.56

1.58

* Dimensions of cone and plate, from which this model was made, as fol-
low : — diameter of flue 18 inches ; base of cone 3ft. 6in. ; height of cone 12in. ;
diameter of plate 3ft. 6in. ; height of plate above top of cone 9in. ; thickness of
plate l^in.

Feet.

33.0

1.61

31.0

1.71

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Time in Velocity per
Seconds. Second.

"■Exp. 21.* Cone and plate similar to last; base
2.5 inches in diameter ; height .62 inch ; inclination of
side to base 45° (see fig. 9),

" Same cone without plate, .....

" Exp. 22. Saint-Martin's cone without the cap ;
to the upper surface and around the opening a hollow
truncated cone is fitted ; height .62 inch ; angle of
sides 42° ; larger base of the frustum upward, . 24.0 2.21

"-Exp. 23. Cone used in Exp. 21, with a hollow
truncated cone, .37 inch high, and angle of sides 42°,
fitted as in last experiment, ..... 24.5 2.16

" Exp. 24. Cone ; angle of sides with base 48° ;
with hollow truncated cone, as in last experiment, . 25.0 2.12

" Exp. 25. Cone ; diameter of lower base 2.5
inches ; diameter of upper base 1.6 inches ; height
.55 inch ; internal diameter at lower base 1.25 inches,
and diverging to 1.6 inches at upper base, . . 25.5 2.08

" Exp. 26. Cone similar to that used in Exp. 21,
with a flat plate, as recommended by Cisalpin (see
fig. 6), .7 inch above top of cone ; diameter equal to
that of base of cone ; on under surface of the plate a
hollow cone .37 inch in height, lesser base downwards, 25.0 2.12

" Exp. 27. Square block representing a chimney ;
flue Ij- inches in diameter ; sides 2 inches ; height 4
inches ; one side towards the blast, . . . 33.5 1.57
" Same, with corner towards the blast, . . . 35.5 1.49
" Same, with a small cone .5 inch high ; angle of
side 63° ; side to the blast, 37.5 1.425

" Exp. 28. Same block, with its plane upper sur-
face inclined towards the blast, at an angle of 3° with
the horizon, .......

" Same, at an angle of 10° with horizon, ' .

(( (( (( OQ*^ " "

* Dimensions of the original of this model : — diameter of flue 8 inches ; diam-
eter of cone at base 16 inches ; height 4 inches ; diameter of plate 16 inches, and
4 inches above top of cone.

37.0

1.43

39.0

1.36

87.0

0.609

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

321

Time in
Seconds.

Velocity per
Second.

31.0
30.0
27.0

36.5

32.5

Feet.

1.56

1.51

0.981

'•'■ Exp. 29. Same block ; upper surface horizontal ;
a square plate, 2 inches by the side, on that side which
is next the blast, ....... 34.0

" Exp. 30. Conical tube, open at both extremities ;
diameter of larger opening 2 inches ; of lesser ex-
tremity 1.3 inches; length 4 inches; inclination of
sides 5° ; centre of lateral opening 1.6 inches from
lesser extremity ; lesser extremity turned towards the
blast, ......... 35.0

" Same conical tube ; lesser opening reduced to
.37 inch, ........ 54.0

" Exp. 31. Conical tube, open at both extremities;
diameter of larger 3 inches ; of lesser 1.2-5 inches ;
inclination of sides 15° ; length 7 inches ; centre of
lateral opening 1.7 inches from lesser end ; lesser end
towards the blast, .......

" Exp. 32. Same conical tube, its sides continued
until they form a cone, with its apex turned toward
the blast, ........

" Same, with its axis making, horizontally, an an-
gle of 35° with the direction of the blast,

" Same ; axis making an angle of 15° with the blast,

" Exp. 33. Conical tube ; angle of sides 47°, open
at both extremities ; diameter of larger extremity 4
inches, of lesser 1.4 inches ; length 3.3 inches; cen-
tre of lateral opening from lesser end 1.1 inches,

" Same tube ; sides prolonged, forming a cone ;
apex towards the blast, ......

Fig. 12. Fig. 13.

" Exp. 34. Conical tube ;
inclination of sides 90° ; larger
end 4 inches, lesser 1.25 ;
height 1.3 inches (fig. 12), . 28.5 1.86

" Same ; sides prolonged,
forming a cone ; apex to the
blast (fig. 13), . . . 34.0 1.56
41

28.4 1.87

51.0 1.039

1.71
1.77
1.96

1.45
1.63

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Time in Velocity per
Seconds. Second.

" Exp. 35. Revolving conical ventilator, accord- peet.

ing to the proportions of the inventor, . . .41.0 1.29

" In the following experiments on the velocity of currents through
the same length of leaden pipe, the current was produced by the same
blast acting upon mouth-pieces of different forms and dimensions, ap-
plied to the leaden tube and presented fairly to the blast.

pj„ j^ " Exp. 36. Elbow, opening turned

towards the blast ; current traversed
leaden pipe in ... . 19.0 2.706

" Exp. 37. Conical tube, Exp. 30,
closed at lesser end, the other turned
to the blast, 19.7 2.69

'■'■ Exp. 38. Conical tube, Exp. 31, closed at less-
er end, the other turned to the blast, . . . 1S.6 2.85

" Exp. 39. Conical tube, Exp. 33, closed at lesser
end, the other turned towards the blast, . . . 16.0 3.31

" Exp. 40. Conical tube, 2 inches long ; diame-
ter of larger extremity 1.25 inches ; diameter gf less-
er .8 inch, which is presented to the blast, . . 19.7 2.69

" Exp. 41. A glass tube, .25 inch bore, and long
enough to reach from the centre of the trunk beyond
its side, and, consequently, beyond the influence of
the blast, was fastened by one of its extremities in a
small hole bored for this purpose in the side of the
conical tube used in the last experiment, and near its
larger extremity. The conical tube was placed in the
same position as before. On presenting the flame of a
candle or any light substance near the open extremity
of the glass tube, a current of air was perceived flow-
ing into the tube.

" Exp. 42. Saint-Martin's cone and cap (see fig. 6),
with its axis parallel with the blast ; blast directly
upon the top of the cap, ..... 29.0 1.83

" Exp. 43. Cone of 45°, with flat plate (fig. 9),
axis parallel with the blast, as in preceding experiment, 29.5 1.80

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

323

Fi?. 15.

Time in Velocity per
Seconds. Second.

27.6

Feet.

1.92

Fig. 16.

" Exp. 44. Elbow with its
mouth towards the blast, and
covered by a flat plate, 3 inches
in diameter and 1 inch from the
mouth, .....

" Exp. 45. Same elbow and

plate, but turned in the opposite

direction with reference to the

blast ; current passed dovsrn the

pipe, and traversed it in .

"Same elbow, with a curved plate 1.75 inches in

diameter, .75 inch from the mouth of the elbow ;

mouth turned towards the blast, ....

" Exp. 46. Conical tube, 4 inches long ; a plate 3
inches in diameter, and .75 inch distant from lesser
extremity, plate turned towards the blast,

" The experiments which follow are on the influence of ventilators
upon a current already established, and moving with a certain velocity
in the same direction with that produced by the ventilator. The cur-
rent is established by placing the farther end of the leaden pipe — that
which has heretofore been kept carefully beyond the influence of the
blast — in the blast, in such a manner that it shall receive more or
less of its force.

49.0 1.08

36.0 1.45

38.0 1.40

Velocity of established current in seconds,
" " " feet,

Elbow with plate ; plate towards the blast, .

Cone, fig. 9, without its plate,

Same, with its plate,

Saint-Martin's cone, ....*...

Saint-Martin's cone and cap,

Cone ; angle of sides 7P ; height 1 5 inches,
Conical tube, Exp. 31, lesser end to the blast.
Conical tube of 47^, lesser end to the blast.
Conical tube, Exp. 30, lesser end to the blast,
Conical cap ; tube of 47°, lesser end closed and

turned to the blast,

Conical tube ; length 2 inches ; diameter at
smaller end 1.25; at larger, 2 inches, over
which and 1 inch from it is a plate 2.5 inches
in diameter, turned to the blast ; smaller end

in the leaden pipe,

Elbow ; plate 175 inches in diameter : .5 inch

from mouth of elbow ; plate towards the blast.

Same, with plate .75 inch from mouth of elbow,

Same ; plate 2.5 inches in diameter, 1 inch

from elbow

29
1.83

»
197

26 5

26.5

25.0

26.2

ft.

2 69
2.00
2.00
212
2-02

15.5
3.42

II
14 5

17.2

14.5

14.2
15.0
14.5

ft.
3.66
3.08

3.66

3 72
3 53
3.66

26.5
2.00

18':3

ft.
2.89

26.0

217

165
18.2

17.0

20.5

20.0

2.04

2.46
3.21
2.90

3.11

2.58

2.65

20.75 2.55
17,6 13.00

324

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" The established current in the following experiments varied some-
what in the different experiments, but was constant during the same
experiment ; they cannot, therefore, be compared with each other
without reference to the velocity of the established current.

Saint-Martin's cone and cap,

Same cone without cap,

Cone, fig. 9, witli its plate,

Same cone without its plate,

Model of a cliimney ; 2 inches by the side ; end flat and

horizontal ; 4 inches long,

Model of same dimensions; top bevelled; angle of sides

with horizon 40°,

Same ; angle of plane of top inclined towards the blast,

at an angle of 15°,

Same ; same inclination ; .75 inch above top a plate 2.5

inch in diameter,

Same, without the plate ; inclined towards the blast 20°,

Same; inclined towards the blast 30°,

Same, at same inclination ; plate .75 inch above the top,
Chimney model, with flat top inclined towards the blast,

at the same angle, 30°,

Model and inclination same ; plate 3 inches in diameter,

.75 inch above the top,

Conical revolving cap ; angle of sides 47°, apex towards
the blast,

Conical cap, fig. 12,

Similar cone, with opening at apex, 1.25 inches in diam-
eter, fig. 13,

Conical revolving cap ; angle of sides 47°; apex to blast,

Same, with opening at apex, 1.25 inches in diameter;

apex to the blast,

Established
Current.

22"7
22.2
25.5
23.7

26.0

26.0

26.0
26.0

26.0
26.0
26.0

260
26.0

24.4
27 5

27.5
27.2

27.2

ft.
2 33
2.39
2.08
2.27

2.04

2.04

2 04

2.04
2.04
2.04
2.04

2.04
2.04

217
1.92

1.92
1.94

Current in
Pipe.

25.5 I 2.08
26.5 i 2.00
27.0 ; 1.96
27.0 1.96

18.7
21.5
21.7

2.83
2.47
2.44

21 7 '244
22.6 2 34
29.6 1 79
25 6 2 07

1.94

52.5
42.0

17.8

1.00
1.26

2.97

18.5 2.86

18.0 I 2.94

21.2 250

I
20 0 2 65

" The current established in the pipe was raised in temperature
above that of the impinging current or blast, by placing the pipe in a
vessel of hot water. The current in the pipe assumed a temperature
of 104°, while that of the blast was 64°.

" Elbow with a plate .87 inch from its mouth and turned a. ,,

towards the blast ; temperature of current 64° ; velocity 2.08 25.5
" Same ; temperature of current 104°, . . . 2.08 25.5

" Several other experiments were made, but the results coincided so
nearly that they may be considered as identical.

" The proportions of those forms of ventilators which the Commit-
tee have found most efficient will be placed in the hands of manufac-
turers."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 325

Mr. Bond communicated the results of some recent observa-
tions on the planet Jupiter, and on the nebulae Herschel Nos.
1357 and 1376 and the great nebula of Orion, as follows : —

" On the 28th of January and 3d of February, we had excellent op-
portunities for examining both hemispheres of the planet Jupiter, as on
both occasions the atmosphere was in a remarkably tranquil state, and
the definition good.

" On the 28th of January, at 10''' 30"'- Camb. m. s. t., nine belts were
counted, including those covering the polar regions of the planet.
The principal equatorial belt was of an even surface, and its edges were
nearly parallel. The next north was very irregular, particularly on
its northern side. The other belts bore a striking resemblance to cirrus
clouds, when about subsiding into the elongated form of cirrostratus.
At the same time, the shadows of two of the satellites, the first and third,
were seen transiting the disk. The preceding of these shadows when
drawing near the limb became less intensely black, and was elongated
in a direction nearly parallel to the axis of rotation of Jupiter. The
third satellite was seen at the same time on the disk, as a black spot,
and was then taken for the shadow of another satellite. It was not
until we had compared its place with the ephemeris given in the Nau-
tical Almanac, that we became satisfied that it could not have been a
shadow. It agreed, however, with the computed position of the third
satellite. Early in the evening, the first and third satellites were ob-
served approaching the primary on the following side. The first ap-
peared to be the smallest. The ingress of the third was observed, and
when about half on the disk, it looked like a mountain projection on
the limb of Jupiter. Neither of the satellites, when entirely on the
disk, was visible at that time. Further observation was interrupted
until about the time of ingress of the shadow of the third satellite, the
first internal contact of which was noted at G*"- 41™' 5P- sidereal time
at the Observatory, the definition being at the time exceedingly fine.
We now saw three black spots. The preceding was the shadow of
the first satellite, which was now off the disk ; the next occupied the
position of the third satellite ; the last, near the following limb, was the
shadow of the third satellite, very black, and larger than the satellite
itself in the proportion of 5 to 3.

" On the 3d of February, at 9''- 30"- m. s. t., the opposite hemisphere
was presented under equally favorable circumstances. Three belts

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

only were seen. The broad one, lying a little south of the equator, had
no longer its sides parallel, as on the 28th of January, but a deep hol-
low on its southern edge, reaching nearly across on the preceding side.
The principal northern belt was much broken and diversified with dark
spots and inequalities. But the most remarkable feature was a curd-
ling appearance of the whole intervals between the belts, and also of
the entire region about the south pole.

" On the morning of the. 2d of February, we had a good view of
nebulae Herschel Nos. 1357 and 1376. Sir John Herschel's drawings,
given in the Philosophical Transactions of 1833, are faithful represen-
tations of the wonderful phenomenon which they present. The great
nebula in Andromeda shows a similar structure, but on a much larger
scale. A fourth, which we find to possess the same peculiarity, is
h 859, A.R. IP- ir-, Dec. -|-14° 30'; it resembles h 1357, but is
fainter.

" We find the great nebula of Orion to be connected with those about
C and t Orionis. Sir John Herschel's No. 75 in his Cape Catalogue of
the stars in the nebula of Orion, which has heretofore been recorded
as a single star of the eighteenth magnitude, is a double star. The
direction of a line joining the components passes near 6^ ; the distance
is estimated at two seconds. No. 91 of the same catalogue has been
hitherto taken for a single star of the seventeenth magnitude. This
likewise is double, and the direction towards ^' of the Trapezium, and
the distance estimated at two seconds. The following one of this pair
is as precisely as possible on the following edge of the bright part of
the nebula, at the bottom of the Sinus Magnus."

A communication was read from Mr. G. P. Bond, respecting
the great nebula in Andromeda ; the object of which was to
direct the attention of astronomers to a remarkable peculiarity
in its structure, which appears to have hitherto escaped notice.
The paper was accompanied by a drawing, taken from repeat-
ed examination with the twenty-three-foot refractor of the
Cambridge Observatory. Among the results of the employ-
ment of increased optical power upon this nebula has been
the union with it of several neighbouring nebulas, which have
hitherto been regarded as distinct bodies. This paper was
referred for detailed publication in the current volume of the
Memoirs.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 327

Three hundred and seventh Meeting.

April 4, 1848. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Mr. Bond communicated a farther notice respecting the
third satellite of Jupiter, as follows : —

" In my communication of the 5th of February, I gave some ac-
count of a remarkable change which took place in the appearance of
the third satellite of Jupiter, while transiting his disk on the evening of
January 28th. I am now enabled, from subsequent observation, to
confirm in a more detailed manner the account then given.

"During the evening of March 11th, this satellite was again seen as
a Hack spot upon the disk of the primary ; but as several visitors were
present at the Observatory, the observations were discontinued. It
was remarked, however, that the spot was of less magnitude than the
shadow which subsequently passed the disk.

" On the 18th of March, we were more fortunate. The state of the
atmosphere proving favorable, I watched, with my son, the entire tran-
sit. The following are the results of our observations.

" At 8''' 15™' sidereal time of the Observatory, we commenced, by
estimating independently the relative order of brightness of the sat-
ellites ; it was, — first, third, second, fourth.

" The third satellite, when close to the limb of Jupiter, suffered no
diminution of its brightness or apparent magnitude.

"At the first contact with the primary, the latter seemed to recede
from the satellite.

" At S*"- SI""-, the contact of the centre of the satellite with the limb
of Jupiter took place.

" S*"' 55™-. First internal contact; the satellite was then seen dis-
tinctly on the disk, brighter than Jupiter, although it had entered on a
bright channel between the great belt and a smaller one south of it.
The satellite was'thought to be less bright on its southern limb.

"At 9''' 15™-, it had decreased in brightness so as to become hardly
perceptible.

" At 9^' 18™' 15'', my son, who was now observing, exclaimed quick-
ly, — ' The dark spot is coming on ; I now see the satellite ; the dark
spot is on the right hand, perhaps a little above ! ' On examination, I
found the spot was quite distinct.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" 9^- 21™-. The dark spot increases, and is now seen on the satellite.

" 9^- SB™". The spot has become conspicuous.

" At 9''- 40'"-, the diameter of it was measured with the spider-line
micrometer, in the direction of the belts of Jupiter, and was found to
be 0."50 by B.2, immediately after the angle of position of what was
considered to be the longer axis = 170°.

" The following diameters were then measured in the first position : —

h.

At 9

m.

44

H

0.71

byB^.

9

47

0.85

" B,.

9

55

1.10

" B,.

10

00

1.00

" B,.

10

02

0.99

(( ((

" lO**' S""'. It appears perfectly black and nearly round ; tried dif-
ferent powers ; it is best seen with 400 ; there are doubts of the spot
being round, but could not decide on any other form.

" lO''- 32'"- Bi thinks it is not so black as it was.

" lO*"' SS"'. Satellite past the middle, and keeps in the bright chan-
nel.

" IP- 7™'. The satellite now appears black; it has accomplished
three quarters of its journey across the disk.

"iP- 17™-. Spot dark as ever, perhaps darker. Bj thinks it in-
clines to the south-following limb of the satellite.

" 1 1*"- 37™-. The satellite is seen broad, but not so dark ; it is getting
near the edge.

" ll*"- 52™-. Can just discern the spot, but the altitude is getting
low ; however, the seeing is remarkably good, at times, for so low an
altitude. It is now doubtful whether the bright part of the satellite
can be seen or not,

" ll*"- 58™. Neither spot nor satellite is visible, absolutely.

" 12''- 6™'. One half the satellite is seen as it passes off the disk ; it
is bright.

" 12''' 12™'. The last external contact was obsefved by B2, who
noticed that the limb of Jupiter appeared flattened.

" 12''' 21"-. The third satellite is now seen at a considerable dis-
tance from Jupiter, and the order of brightness is, — first, second,
third. The fourth satellite is under eclipse.

" It is evident that the third satellite is not now one half the bright-
ness of the second, which it far surpassed before the transit took place.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 329

It has also diminished in apparent magnitude, and the light has changed
from a strong yellowish-white to a dull bluish-gray color.

" The tabular order of the mean relative magnitudes of the satellites
is, — third, fourth, first, second.

" One of the most remarkable features attending the progress of this
phenomenon was the rapidity with which the change from bright to
dark took place. At 9''' 15'"' there was no indication of change, unless
the apparent gradual fading of the light of the satellite is so considered,
but which I should rather attribute to the increased amount of light re-
flected from Jupiter nearer this centre. At 9''- IS'"' 30'", when I again
saw the satellite, the dark part had so increased as not to be mistaken
for a moment, and my son represents the change as taking place al-
most instantaneously, not leaving a doubt from the first.

" The satellite was watched for some time after the transit, and it
appeared to be gradually resuming its pristine brilliancy."

Mr. Mitchell read the subjoined account of a remarkable
meteor, which was seen from Nantucket, on the 6th of March

last.

" On the 7th of last month (March), 1S48, while in Boston, I re-
ceived a letter from my daughter, at Nantucket, stating that on the pre-
vious morning, at about half past two o'clock, a meteor of surpassing
magnitude and brilliancy was seen by several persons, and its report
was so loud that many individuals were awakened by it. With a view
of eliciting information from other quarters, I requested the editor of
the Evening Transcript to give publicity to the fact, simply as I have
now stated it.

" On returning to Nantucket, so much was said of the magnitude
and extreme brightness of the meteor, and of the loudness of the re-
port, that I was induced to make a systematic investigation of the cir-
cumstances attending it, in view of the possibility that some of the
fragments, or the undivided body itself, might have fallen upon the
island.

" Among the witnesses of the phenomenon were two of the street
watchmen, both intelligent men, who were situated, at the moment,
Bj^.jO feet asunder, and in a direction from each other nearly at right
an2;les with the direction of the meteor as first seen. With each of
these gentlemen I went to the spot which they respectively occupied
when they first saw it, and by the aid of buildings in the vicinity I

42

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

was able to ascertain, to tolerable satisfaction, the apparent direction of
its motion, and its position when earliest seen. Taking afterwards, by
means of a circumferenter, the difference of its apparent position at
these extreme points, and assuming that the eyes of both obsei'vers
were directed to it at the same moment, which is the more likely to be
true, from the fact, that they were both facing the region occupied by
the meteor, I found its parallax with this base to be 6° ; its direction
from one being south 52^-° east, and from the other south 4G^° east,
each at an estimated altitude of 30°.

" The report occurred ninety-two seconds after the entire extinction
of the illumination, and after the meteor, without any appearance of
separation, had reached the horizon.

" To obtain the measurement of this interval, I requested each
watchman separately, and without the knowledge of the other, to move
onward in his usual pace to the position at which he had arrived when
the report was heard, and during this period, I noted the time by a
chronometer ; and it is certainly remarkable, that by this rude method
they differed from each other less than five seconds.

"All parties agree that the illumination was quite equal to that of a
bright moon, giving to every visible object a frightful aspect ; and
also that the brilliancy of the meteor was extremely painful to the eye.
Only two persons with whom I have conversed were so situated as to
follow its course quite to the horizon, or near to the point of its con-
tact with the earth. Those individuals testify, that it emitted no scin-
tillations, but maintained a perfectly circular form through its whole
course. The report is said to have been startling ; the rattling of win-
dows and jarring of the houses are spoken of by many witnesses, every
one noticing that, unlike the discharge of cannon or a peal of thunder,
it was without reverberation. Some persons who were roused by the
extreme light, but did not see the illumination, supposed it to have been
the jar of an earthquake.

" Observers differ widely in estimating its apparent diameter, though
they were requested to observe the moon as the standard of measure,
ment. Some supposed it exceeded the moon ; others, and quite the
greatest number, thought it less than the moon in apparent diameter,
the lowest estimate being two thirds the disk of that luminary. I take
twenty minutes to be the optical apparent diameter of the meteor ;
stripping this of all possible illusion arising from its dazzling brightness,
I am persuaded that it subtended an angle of at least twelve minutes.

•^31

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. O

" From these data, rude and imperfect as they necessarily are, I
conclude that a mass of matter nearly spherical, one hundred and five
feet in diameter, entered the earth's atmosphere in a direction from
west to east, passed the town of Nantucket, with great obliquity, at the
distance of nearly 6 miles, and impinged upon the earth's surface 19|-
miles east of the town, in the Atlantic ocean, 14 miles east of the
island.

" Whether this mass was solid or fluid is uncertain ; and yet we can
hardly suppose that a gaseous body, when rushing through the atmos-
phere, would have maintained so constantly its globular form, as indi-
cated by its circular appearance ; nor are we prepared to admit, that
one liquid mass impinging on another would produce a report, which,
at the distance of twenty miles, would be so sharp and jarring, that
many persons should think it an earthquake. My own opinion is,
formed from evidence of which the foregoing is a mere brief, that a
solid mass of matter, of no inconsiderable size, fell upon the earth on
that occasion."

Professor Peirce communicated the following letter from
Mr. Sears C. Walker to himself.

" Washington, D. C, March 6th, 1848.
" I have computed the small corrections of the elliptic elements of
the planet Neptune, which you were so kind as to communicate to
the American Academy in December last.

dn = — l 8 56.43.

d9. = — 14.22.

di =— 0.57.

de =+0.000014205.

d^ =1 0".0.

dM z= ^ 47".84.

dT = O.O'-.
These corrections, applied to the first approximation, furnish the second
approximation towards the elliptic elements of Neptune.

71 z= 47 12 6.50

mean equinox, Jan. 1, 1847.

^ = 130 4 20.81 .

i z= 1 46 58.97.

e = 0.00871946.

^i rr21."55448.

M = 328° 32' 44".20, mean noon, Greenwich, Jan. I, 1847.

T = 164.6181 tropical years.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMT

" The ephemeris from these elements II., after applying the values
of the perturbations 8 v and S r, from your paper of Dec. 17th, 1847,
before referred to, requires, in order to conform to observation, the
following corrections in R. A. and Dec.

Obs. — Eph,
A A,

1795, May

8,

-- 0.29

(( ((

10,

4- 1.18

1846, Sept.

26,

0.21

" Nov.

7,

— 0.10

1847, April

6,

+ 0.42

" Aug.

22,

0.66

" Nov.

14,

— 0.70

Obs.

— Ei)h.
A D,

0.79

0.31

0.55

+

0.63

0.18

+

0.23

0.90

The agreement is so close, that I shall not attempt any farther appro.xi-
mation towards the true elements till after the next opposition has
been observed. For the Lalande observations, I have used Mauvais's
places from the Comtes Rendus. They furnish internal evidence of
their excellence, by their perfect representation of the two days' mo-
tion of the planet.

" Yours, truly and respectfully,

" Seaks C. Walker."

Professor Peirce communicated a memoir from Mr. G. P.
Bond, on the direct computation of the orbit of a comet, from
three observations of its right ascension and declination, and
remarked upon the clear and simple views which Mr. Bond
had taken of the subject.

Professor Peirce announced that he had completed his in-
vestigation into the action of Neptune upon Uranus, and had
ascertained that this planet will completely account for the
observed irregularities in the motions of Uranus, provided that
mass of Neptune is adopted which is derived from Mr. Bond's
observations of Lassell's satellite.

" The following table exhibits the residual differences between the
observed and computed longitudes of Uranus, from which it appears
that, with the mass of Neptune deduced from Mr. Bond's observations
of Lassell's satellite, the theory of Uranus is now perfect, and the
motions of this planet do not indicate that there is any other unknown
source of perturbation. It appears, moreover, that the mass which is

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

333

derived from Mr. Bond's observations is far more satisftictory tiian that
which ]\I. Stnive has obtained from his own observations.

" The fifth and sixth columns of the table contain the small discrepan-
cies between theory and observation which would have remained after
making allowance for the action of the hypothetical planets of Adams
and Leverrier ; and their comparison with the second column shows
that the observation of 1690 was not sulRciently well represented by
the theories which resulted in the discovery of Neptune.

" The seventh column contains the residual defects of the best theo-
ry of Uranus, which is independent of the action of an external plan-
et, and is the true basis of the researches of Adams and Leverrier.
This theory was constructed by Leverrier from all the modern observa-
tions, and the discrepancy between theory and observation was the final
proof that Uranus was subjected to some unknown cause of perturbation.
The time t is the number of Julian years from Jan. 1, 1850. The
longitude of the perihelion is denoted by zjt, with the symbol of the
planet subjacent.

" Residual Differences between the Theoretical and Observed Longi-
tudes of Uranus, from the Theories of Peirce, Leverrier, and
Adams.

From Peirce's

Theory of iNeptune, adopting

From Lever-

From Ad-

From Lever-

for its mass,-

—

rier's original
theory, with

ams's original rier's best or-
theory, with bit of Uranus

that deduced

thal deduced

that deduced

by Peirce

by Peirce

by Struve

his best orbit his ^d hypo

fort he modern

Date.

from Bond's

from Bond's

from his own

of hypotheti

thetical plan-

observations,

observations

and Lassell's

observations

cal planet, ofet, of which

without any

of Lassell's

observations

of the satel-

which the

the mass

external plan-

satellite

combined

lite

mass

et.

= TFFT (T

— 187 80

= Tzl'SS

^=^ -g-^Vs-

^= -6-ihs

1845

If

0.9

- 1:2

— 2.8

— 0.3

II

II

+ 6.5

1840

1.1

1.3

1.3

+ 2.2

+ 1.3

+ 0.7

1835

+ 2.0

+ 2.4

+ 3.9

0.8

1.2

— 4.5

1829

+ 08

+ 1.3

+ 2.5

2.2

+ 2.0

7.8

1824

— 20

1.9

1.6

5.4

+ 1.7

7.6

1819

+ 1.0

+ 0.7

+ 0.9

+ 0.4

2.2

+ 3.8

1813

0.3

+ 1.1

2.3

0.9

1.0

+ 4.5

1808

0.4

0.6

1.3

+ 0.8

0.0

+ 3.8

1803

+ 0.8

+ 1.2

+ 3.2

+ 0.8

+ 1.6

3.4

1797

+ 0.3

+ 0.8

+ 3.3

1.0

0.5

6.7

1792

+ 0.3

+ 0.5

+ 1.6

+ 0 3

— 1.1

7.8

1787

0.5

— 1.2

4.7

1.2

0.2

+ 2.0

1782

3.0

— 5.6

18.3

+ 2.3

0.0

+ 20.5

rl769

-6.0

—16.0

— 67.0

+ 3.7

+ 1.8

+ 123.3

1 1750

+ 4.0

12.7

—102.4

4.0

4.0

+ 230.9

1] 1715

+ 8.7

+10.0

99.6

+ 5.5

6.6

+ 279.6

^ [1690

+ 0.8

+13.0

124.7

19.9

+50.0

+ 289.0

334

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" This table was computed from the following formulse for the
perturbations of the mean longitude and radius vector of Uranus,
which are arranged in a form similar to that proposed by Leverrier,
and adopted in his theory of Mercury. The mean longitude of each
planet is denoted by the appropriate symbol of the planet. The ele-
ments of Neptune which are adopted are those last given by Mr,
Walker, and the mass of Neptune which is introduced into the formulse
is 2-7j-^7j(j-th of the sun's mass, for which any other mass is readily sub-
stituted by simple multiplication.

" The perturbation of the mean longitude z= dv =

n. (9— ]^) — 0.02 cos. ( I? — f )

2 ( 51 — f ) — 0.99 cos. 2{w — '^)

3 (11— f) — 0.01 cos. 3(¥ — f)

4 (it— :^) 4-0.18 cos. 4(i[ — f)

5 ( ^ _ :^) _ 0.01 cos. 5 ( IT — f )

6 (it— f) 4-0.20 sin. 7(11 — :^)
8 (n— f )-f0.04 sin. 9(^ — ]^)

10 (ij_f)-j-0.01 sin. 11 (IT — f)
12(ii-f)-f^

+ 0'.00434 i sin. ( II — t^^j) — 0.03541 1 t cos. (^r — cj )

3382 sin.

818.98 sin.

14.10 sm.

+

3.93 sin.

1.05 sin.

+

0.43 sin.

--

0.09 sin.

0.02 sin.

0.01 sin.

-j- k sin. ( II -h <5 — STjy)
-f- ki sin. (2 II -}- (9, — 2 f
+ Z-'a sin. {W + d-z
in which

¥■

cr

¥

)

J =2692.74 sin. (21^—11-
4- 106.80 sin. (4:^:— 2ii

-2cr

— 6.09 sin.
4- 0.48 sin.

4-149'.'76 cos.
^)— 43.08 cos.

■2ii-

'"m)

¥

(2¥-
(4f_2ii-2^3^)

(8f— 4ii — 4t^ )-f 0.47COS. (8 :^ — 4ii — 4 oTj^,)

(6^—311 — 3^^)4- 4.20COS

— 0.06sin.(10:^— 5ii — 5t^3^)4- 0.01 cos. (10 ]|: — oil — 5 stj^)

^sin. ^=:— 2.58 sin. (:^ — :|:) — 0.44 cos. ( i^ — :^)

— 11.35 sin. 2(11 — ]^)— 0.02 cos. 2(ii — ^i)
4- 18.27 sin. 3{-^—^)-}- 3.68 cos. 3 (11 — :^)
-1-66.38 sin. 4 ( 11 — :^) -f- 13.50 cos. 4(ii — f)

— 2.74 sin. 5(11 — :^)— 0.56 cos. 5{w—'^)
■— 0.78 sin. 6(11—]^)— 0.17 COS. 6(¥ — 1^)

— 0.26 sin. 7(11 — ]|;)— 0.05 cos. 7(li— J^J)

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 335

— O.'iOsin. S(i[ — :^)— 0.03 COS. S(¥— ]|:)

— 0.04 sin. 9(if — ^)— 0.01 cos. 9(l[ — ]^)

— 0.02 sin. 10 (II — :^)— 0.01 COS. 10 (II — ]^)

— 0.02 sin. 11 (it — f)— 0.01 COS. 11 (%i — ]|:)

— 0.01 sin. 12 (it- K)— 0.01 sin. 13 (¥ — :^)

;L-cos. ^=— o!42sin. (II— ]^) + 1.44 cos. ( ^ — ]|:)

+ 0.02 sin. 2 (II — f) —11.35 COS. 2(n — f)

-f 3.68 sin. 3 (Jii-]^) —17.71 COS. S{t^ — ^)

+ 13.42 sin. 4 (^ — ]|:) —66.18 cos. 4(¥ — f)

— 0.56 sin. 5{t^ — 1^)-\- 2 84 cos. 5(^ — ]^)

— 0.17 sin. 6(¥ — f)+ 0.82 cos. 6{w — '^)

— 0.05 sin. 7(9 — :^)+ 0.28 cos. 7(^1- f)

— 0.03 sin. 8{w — i')-\- 0.13 cos. 8(ii — f)

— 0.01 sin. 9{i^ — ]§)-^ 0.06 cos. 9(1^1 — f)

— 0.01 sin. 10 (^~|;) + 0.04 COS. 10 (9 — 11)

— 0.01 sin. 11 (]ji — f )+ 0.02 COS. 11 (^ — :^)
+ 0.01 COS. 12 (¥ — f) 4- 0.01 COS. 13 (9 — f)

ki sin. ^1 = + 0.41 sin. 2 (^i- f ) — 0.65 cos. 2 ( ^i — ^i)

— 0.49 sin. 3 (^—f) — 0.13 cos. 3(%i — f)

— 1.07 sin. 5 (^—J^) — 0.48 cos. 5(ii — 1^)
-5.81 sin. 6 (^ — ]^) —2.50 cos. 6(^ — f)

— 0.10 sin. 7 (¥ — :^) — 0.06 cos. 7{w — '^)

— 0.06 sin. 8 (^—:^) — 0.03 cos. 8(ii — f)

— 0.03 sin. 9 (ii— f ) — 0.02 cos. 9(n— l^I)

— 0.01 sin. 10 iW — i') — 0.01 cos. 10 (ii — :^)

— 0.01 sin. 11 (^ — f)

k^ cos. ^1 = — 0'.'65 sin. 2 ( ^ — ^i) — o'.'S6 cos. 2 ( ^ — :^ )

3 (^ — ]^) + 0.49 cos. 2{}^—^)

5 (lii — f ) + 1.07 cos. 5(^— f)

6 (^ — ]^) +5.81 COS. 6(11—]^)

7 (9-:^) + 0.10 COS. 7(^— f)

8 (9 — :^) +0.06 COS. 8(9 — ]^)

9 (^—^) +0.03 COS. 9(ii — f)

— 0.01 sin. 10 (li — f ) + 0.01 COS. 10 (w—i)
+ 0.01 COS. 11 iw—^)

0.65

sin.

0.13

sin.

048

sin.

— 2.50

sin.

0.06

sin.

0.03

sin.

— 0.02

sin.

336

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

k.y sin. 6., :

+ 0.71 sin. (4f — Sijr — 2n7j^)— O.Olcos. (^-^ —2^ — 2ur-i^)
+ 0.38 sin. (8f — 4]*[— 4c7jji)+0.54cos. (8f — 4 Jit — 4 orj^^)

— 0.03 sin. (10 f — 5 ]i^— 5 uT^^) — 0.06 COS. (10 f — 5 Jjc — 5 C7j^)

^,cos.^,= + 0.01 sin. (4f —2^ — 2 oT^) + 0.71 COS. (4 f — 2 ^i — 2 nr^^)

— 0.54 sin. (8^: — 4]j[— 4s73ji) + 0.38cos. (8^ — 4 ii — 4c7jjt)
+ 0.06 sin. (10I|:— Sjif— Ssrjjt) — 0.03cos.(10:^— 5 iji— otuj^)

The perturbation of the radius vector z=Sr=:

0.000851 COS. (iji — E)
+ 0.031823 COS. 2 (]i£ — f ) — 0.000036 sin. 2 (jjt — If)

— 0.000825 COS. 3 (]g — :^)

— 0.000338 COS. 4 (jj[ — f ) + 0.000026 sin. 4 (]# — f )

— 0.000069 COS. 5 (}j[ — f) — 0.000029 COS. 6(]j^ — :^)

— 0.000013 COS. 7 (]j[ — ]^) — 0.000007 cos. 8 (]jj[ — :^)

— 0.000003 COS. 9 (]j[ — ]^)— 0.000002 COS. 10 (]*[- 1^)

— 0.000001 COS. 11 (]j[ — :^)— 0.000001 COS. 12(]j[ — :^)

— 0.000001565 t sin. (:*[ — E)

— 0.0000001 14 t COS. (1? — f )
+ 5 — 0.000232

+ k' COS. (9 — 6' — zzTj^ )
+ i'iCos. (2ii — ^', — 2cT3ji)
+ A;'2 COS. (%[- ^'2— sTij^)

in which

5= + 0.000195 sin. (2f — ^i — stj^) +0.001684 cos. (2

— 0.000089 sin. (4^— 2 ^ — 2 zttjjc) — 0.000151 cos. (4
+ 0.000012 sin. (6 f — 3 ip — 3 oTj^f) + 0.000013 cos. (6

— 0.000002 sin. (8]^ — 4 ^ — 4 urj^j)- 0.000003 cos. (8 :^ — 4i[ — 4 nr

F cos. 6'

:+ 0.000009 s
+ 0.000096 s

— 0.000001 s

— 0.000033 s

— 0.000014 s

— 0.000004 s

— 0.000002 s

— 0.000001 s

— 0.000001s

n.(^_:^) —0.000039 cos. (i[ — |:)
n. 3(]it — :|:) — 0 000477 cos. 3(^ — J^)
n. 4(9 — f)— 0.000012 cos. 4(^ — :^)
n. 5(9 — f) + 0.000158 COS. 5(^ — If)
n. 6 (^ — :|;)+ 0-000047 COS. 6(9-]^)
n. 7 (]^ — |;) + 0.000018 COS. 7(^ — J^^)
n. 8 (^ — If) +0.000009 COS. 8(^ — If)
n. 9(9 — f ) + 0.000G03cos. 9(^ — f)
n. 10 (^ — ]|;) +0 000002 COS. 10 (^ — f)

12(li-f)

+ 0.000001 COS. M{w — ^) + 0.000001 cos.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 337

it'sin.^'=— 0.000219 s
— 0.000399 s
+ 0.000012 s
4- 0.000170 s
-f 0.000053 s
4- 0.000022 s
+ 0.000011 s
+ 0.000005 s
4- 0.000002 s
-|- 0.00000 Is

n. (9 — :^) — 0.000011 cos. (it — f)
n. 3(¥ — f)— 0000096 COS. 3(^ — i^)
n. 4(^ — f)— 0.000001 COS. 4(^ — f)
n. 5(^—|:)+ 0.000033 COS. 5(^ — f)
n. 6 (^—|:)-}- 0.000014 COS. 6(^ — :^)
7 (^ — |:) + 0.000004 COS. 7(]^ — f)
• 8 (^ — ]^)-}- 0.000002 COS. 8(^ — f)
n. 9(^ — :^) 4-0.000001 COS. 9(^ — f)
n. 10 (^ — :^) 4-0 000001 COS. 10 (^ — f )
n. 11 (V—i) -j- 0.000001 sin. 12 (^ — f)

Jt\ COS. ^', = — 0.000002 sin. 3 (]j[ — f) —0.000001 cos. 3(]t[ — :^)

— 0.000009 sin. 5 (]j[ — :^) +0.000027 cos. 5(3? — f)

— 0.000005 sin. 7 (ijE — i^) + 0.000012 cos. lii^ — J^)

— 0.000002 sin. 9 (jji — f ) +0.00000G cos. 9(]jf — :^)

— 0.000001 sin. 10 (]j[ — ^i) + 0.000004 cos. 10 (j^^ — :^)

+ 0.000003 cos. 1 1 i^^ — i)
+ 0.000001 sin. (2^— l[ — sTij[) +0.001854 cos. (2 f-^-z^j^)

— 0.000009 cos. (4 :^ — 2 II — 2 aTjj[ )

— 0.000004 sin. (8f— 4]^— 4arjj[)+0.000009cos.(8f— 4:^— 4c7jjt)

k\ sin. 6\ = +0.000001 sin. 3 (ii — ]^) — 0.000002 cos. 3 (ir — l^)
+ 0.000027 sin. 5 ( ii — ]^ ) + 0.000009 cos. 5 (ir — f )
+ 0.000012 sin. 7 (IT — :^) + 0.000005 cos. 7 (t^ — ^)
+ 0.000006 sin . 9(^-1^)+ 0.000002 cos. 9 ( ^ — f )
+ 0.000004sin.l0 ( 9 — f) +0.000001 cos. 10 (¥ — f )
+ 0.000003 sin. 1 1 (i[ — |; )

+ 0.001324 sin. {2'^ — j^ —r^Xj^) -\- 0.000027 cos. (2 f — ¥ — ctjjc )
4- 0.000009 sin. (4 f — 2 jje- 2 zu^ )
4-0.000009 sin. (8 f — 4 ¥ — 4 nrjj[) +0.000004 cos.(Sf — 4]j[— 4nrj^ )

^2 COS. ^'.,= +0.000253 sin.(2f—^—cr^) +0.005710 cos. (2 J^—^ — etj^)

— 0.000660 sin.(4f— 21^-2 z^jjj) — 0.002992cos.(4;^— 2i[ — 2z:7jj[)
+0.000105 sin.(6f—3]i[—3Hrjjj) +0.000282 cos.(6f -3 ¥—3nTjj[)
— 0.000017 sin.(8f— 4 9— 4srj^)— 0.000025 cos.(8^-4i[— 4 S7j^)
+0.000002 sin.(10^-5 II— 5cr3^)+0.000003 cos.(10f — 5 n — 5 cr^^ )

A:'2 sin. ^'2 Z3— 0.005710 sin. (2 f—¥—c7j^) +0.000253co3.(2f — 9— nxj^)
— 0.002520 sin. (4 f—2 11—2 t^jjf) +0.000558 cos.(4f—2n-2cr]^)
+0.000254 sin.(6 f — 3 i^—Szn-^) —0.000085 cos.(6 f — 3 TSi-3m^)
— 0.000025 sin. (8 11— 4 II— 4 cTj^) +0.000017 cos.(8f—4ii-4t?j^)
+0.000003sin.(10^— 5^—5 o7jj[)— 0.000002 co.s.(10f—5ii—5t7jji)
43

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Mr. Pierce remarked that his original views were unchanged
in regard to the importance to be attached to the vast dis-
crepancies between the predicted and observed orbits of the
planet which disturbs the motions of Uranus.

" Neptune is not the planet designated by geometry, although it is a
perfect solution of the problem which analysis had undertaken to in-
vestigate, and had really solved, but in a form radically different from
the actual solution of nature. This is not a personal question ; it is
certainly not one in which the reputations of Adams and Leverrier are
concerned. The accuracy of their investigations is not assailed ; but
it is expressly admitted that they announced the correct results of most
profound analytical researches.

" The fair consideration of this question cannot be made without re-
calling the true office and position of geometry in science, which alone
entitles it to the appellation of the key to the physical world. Mathe-
matics is the science of exact measurement ; accuracy is its sole aim
and object, and it is this which places it in harmony with a creation,
which is subject to perfect law and undeviating order. An inaccurate
result cannot be a geometrical one ; a result, inaccurate beyond ceiiain
well-defined limits, does not belong to the exact science ; an inconsis-
tency, which exceeds a certain amount, may not be neglected by him
who deals with nothing but more or less, without disturbing the very
foundations of his faith.

"The geometrical statement was distinctly made, that the planet
which disturbed Uranus could not be at a less mean distance from the
sun than thirty-five times the earth's mean distance from the sun ; that
is, that no planet which was within this distance could cause the ob-
served irregularities in the motions of Uranus. Neptune's mean dis-
tance from the sun is only thirty times the earth's mean distance, and yet
Neptune does account for the perturbations of Uranus. It is five hun-
dred millions of miles nearer the sun than it was distinctly stated by
geometry that it possibly could be, in order to be capable of producing
the effect which it actually does produce. The spirit of mathematical
accuracy cannot be supposed to be sufficiently elastic to embrace so
great an inconsistency, amounting to one sixth part of Neptune's dis-
tance from the sun, and to one half of the distance of his orbit from that
of Uranus.

" Whence comes this enormous difference between the theoretical

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

339

and observed planets? Had it been quite small, it might have been
regarded as an excusable numerical error. Had it even amounted to
once or twice the radius of the earth's orbit, it might have been deemed
an error, although it would then have been a grievous one, and would
have seriously marred the beauty of the result. But as it is, it cannot
be assumed to be a mere error, without admitting that such an one
radically vitiates the whole theory. Whoever adopts this opinion, be
it the author of the theory himself, is bound to show where the error
is, and how far it extends. Such an opinion has never been advanced
by me, and I am not responsible for it. I admit, however, that I
have not fully investigated this point, but maintain that the profound
geometry of M. Leverrier is not to be set aside without proof, or even
argument. M. Leverrier found that the planet which would best
account for the disturbed motion of Uranus was at the mean dis-
tance 36 from the sun ; and that, by increasing or decreasing the
mean distance of the hypothetical disturber, the want of coincidence
between the observed and computed motions of Uranus increased until,
at the mean distances of 38 on the increase and 35 on the decrease,
the residual difierences between theory and observation became so
great as to be wholly inadmissible. He therefore came to the natural
conclusion, from such a result, that the mean distance of the required
planet from the sun could not be less than 35, or more than 38 ; and
he contented himself with this conclusion, without extending his in-
quiries to still smaller mean distances ; and any facts in regard to
these inner distances which are at variance with this result are cer-
tainly not to be included under his theory. I have confined my re-
marks to M. Leverrier's researches, but nothing in Mr. Adams's less
comprehensive investigations, in which there is no attempt to ascer-
tain the limits, is opposed to these conclusions.

" It has been intimated, that too rigorous an agreement with obser-
vation was insisted upon in the original inquiries, and that the limits
might have been extended to include Neptune, by a more liberal con-
cession to other unknown planets, or to an error in the mass of Saturn.
The inspection of the preceding table completely refutes such a sug-
gestion, for it now appears that Neptune satisfies the observations of
Uranus more perfectly than the best planet of previous theory. If
Leverrier was, as I have supposed, correct in his former computa-
tions, he must have found by extending them, that, although the action
of his hypothetical planet agreed less perfectly with observation by the

340

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

contraction of the radius of its orbit from 36 to 35, and that this disa-
greement would have still farther increased by a still farther contrac-
tion, there was a distance at which the disagreement ceased to in-
crease, and would, on the contrary, begin to diminish, until at the
distance 30 it would have vanished, and the disturbed motions of Ura-
nus would have been wholly explained. But this singular change in the
character of the disturbing force, if it really occurs, — and the only
doubt in regard to it is derived from a supposed but unproved inaccu-
racy in Leverrier's investigations, — was excluded from the range of
this geometer's investigations, and now that observation has led to its
discovery, geometry cannot claim it as one of its predictions. The
defect of the theory must be as frankly admitted as the more serious
charge of error is boldly repelled.

" From some indistinct remarks which have been thrown out in re-
gard to the mass of Neptune, which is not too small to be excluded from
the limits of the theory, there seems to be an indisposition to confess
this defect. But on turning to the original formulae, it will be found
that, although this small mass is not positively excluded, its adoption
does not contribute to advance the claim of geometry upon the planet.
It shows, on the contrary, most decisively, that the orbits of theory are
all of them fundamentally different from those of Neptune. For the
mean distance which corresponds to this mass in the theory is about
35^, and the eccentricity very much greater than in the best hypothet-
ical orbit, while the discrepancy between the theoretical and observed
action on Uranus is increased beyond the admitted limits.

" The case might safely rest there, but I desire to dwell upon the
essential and radical difference between Neptune's action upon Uranus
and that of the planets of theory. For this purpose, I will read an
extract from a report made by me last September to the honorable
committee of the Overseers of Harvard University who visited the Ob-
servatory.

" ' The differences are not accidental, but inherent in the very nature
of the case, while the points of resemblance are purely accidental.
The solutions of Adams and Leverrier are perfectly correct for the as-
sumption to which they are limited, and must be classed with the bold-
est and most brilliant attempts at analytical investigation, richly enti-
tling their authors to all the eclat which has been lavished upon them,
on account of the singular success with which they are thought to have
been crowned. But their investigations are nevertheless wholly inap-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 341

plicable to the theory of the mutual perturbations of Uranus and Nep-
tune. The successive periods of conjunction and opposition, occurring
at intervals of eighty-four years, that is, in about the time of revolution
of Uranus, this planet is always at the same part of its orbit when it is
most affected by the action of Neptune. The action of Neptune, con-
sequently, assumes a fixed, permanent, undisturbed character, so that
it can hardly be recognized as perturbation by the practical observer.
It is far otherwise with the ordinary class of perturbations, where the
place of greatest disturbance varies from point to point of the orbit ;
thus the place of greatest disturbance in the case of the theoretical
planet would not have remained stationary, but have varied 80° upon
the orbit of Uranus at each successive conjunction and opposition ; so
that the disturbance could not in this case be disguised to any great extent
under the fixed laws of ordinary elliptic motion. In the case of Nep-
tune, its action on Uranus is to be detected in the comparatively small
differences between its character and that of an elliptic motion, and the
difference between the influence at opposition and that at conjunction.
In undertaking, therefore, anew the solution of the problem of the
perturbations of Uranus, with the assumption of the actual period of
Neptune, instead of that adopted in the former theories, I found at
once that I could not profit by the previous researches of Adams and
Leverrier. The problem now presented, instead of being of the usual
character, assumed a differential form by the disguise of the primary
perturbations under the aspect of elliptic motions, and the whole ques-
tion now rested upon the secondary perturbations, which were compar-
atively unimportant in the previous theories.'

" There is a popular notion, which hardly deserves to be refuted be-
fore a scientific body, that the less distance of Neptune than the planet
of geometry is compensated by its smaller mass, so that its action upon
Uranus is the same with that which was predicted. But the fallacy of
this view of the subject, which takes no cognizance of the chief diffi-
culty of the problem arising from the unknown orbit of Uranus, is ob-
vious enough from a simple inspection of the following table, in which
no one can fail to perceive the difference between the actions of the
two planets. The second column of this table, which comprises the
action of the theoretical planet of Adams's second hypothesis, is copied
from page 27 of Adams's memoir.

342

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Date.

Action upon the longitude of j
Uranus of ,

Date.

Action upon the longitude of
Uranus of

Adams's second

hypothetical

planet.

Neptune.

Adams's second

hypothetical

planet.

Neptune.

1845,

II

II

— 34J1

1797,

II

+ 163

1816

1840,

lis

— 3377

1792,

+ 181

1967

1835,

96

3235

1787,

--178

2210

1829,

70

29G4

1782,

+ 150

2504

1824,

44

— 2684

1769,

+ 21

— 3225

1819,

13

— 2393

1756,

105

3431

1813,

+ 35

2072

1715,

— 191

— 1845

1808,

+ 83

1881

1690,

— 2947

1803,

-f-123

1781

" The difference in the action of the two planets is just balanced by
the difference in the corrections of the elements of Uranus in the two
theories. The corrections are given in the following table.

Corrections in the Elements of the Orbit of Uranus of the

From the Theory of

Mean Annu-
al Motion.

Mean
Distance.

Longitude of
Epoch.

Eccentricity.

Longitude of
Perihelion.

Adams's second hypo-
thetical planet, . .

Neptune with Peirce's
computed mass, . .

Neptune with Struve's
mass,

— o'.17346

— 1.13560

— 0.10387

+ 0.000148
+ 0.000942
+ 0.000086

— 47'.62
+ 2575.4
+ 3511.7

+ 0.0001954

— 0.0003626

— 0.0005510

+ 1010.5
+ 8252.4
+ 11171.3

Mr. Bond cominunicated an account of his recent observa-
tions on the great nebula surrounding ^' Orionis ; with draw-
ings ilhistrating its appearance as seen through the Cambridge
refractor. Of the resolution of parts of the nebula Mr. Bond
expresses himself with confidence. Several new stars are
added in the vicinity of the Trapezium, and the connection of
the nebulous districts about C and t Orionis with the great
nebula conclusively established.

The paper was referred for publication in the Memoirs, as
was also a communication from Mr. G. P, Bond, on " Some
Methods of Computing the Ratio of the Distances of a Comet
from the Earth."

Professor Agassiz made some remarks on the distinctive char-
acters of the family of Cyprinoids or suckers, as distinguished
from the Cyprinodons, and illustrated the remarkable difference

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 343

between the sexes, which had caused the establishment of a
large number of nominal species.

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,

FROM NOVEMBER, 1847, TO MAY, 1848.

Memoires de la Societe Ethnologique de Paris. Tom. I. and II.
1841 - 45. 8vo. From the Ethnological Society.

Bulletins de TAcademie Royale des Sciences de Bruxelles. Tom.
XII. 2"^^ partie. Tom. XIII. and XIV. 1" partie. 8vo. Bruxelles, 1845
- 47. From the Brussels Academy.

Memoires Couronnees et Memoires de Savants Etrangers, publies
par I'Acad. Roy. des Sciences, etc., de Bruxelles. Tom. XIX., XX.,
XXI. 4to. 1845 - 46. From the Brussels Academy.

Nouveaux Memoires de I'Acad. Royale des Sciences, etc., de Brux-
elles. Tom. XIX. and XX. 4to. 1845-7. From the Brussels
Academy.

Annales de I'Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Tom. V. 4to.
1846. From the Brussels Academy.

A. Quetelet. Observations de Phenomenes Periodiques. 4to. pamph.
Bruxelles, 1846. From the Author.

A. Quetelet. Annuaire de I'Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Ann.
13™' et 14'"\ 12mo. pamph. From the Brussels Observatory.

Annuaire de I'Academie Royale des Sciences, etc., de Bruxelles.
Ann. 12'"' et 13"'\ 12mo. pamph. 1846-47. From the Academy.

Francis C. Gray. Prison Discipline in America. 8vo. pamph.
Boston, 1847. From the Author.

Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten zu Berlin. Jahr. 1845. 4to. 1847. From the Berlin Academy.

Monatsbericht der Konigl. Preuss. Akad. Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Jan. -Dec. 1847. 8vo. From the Berlin Academy.
. Flora Batava : Afbeelding en Beschrijzing van Nederlandsche Ge-
wassen, door Jan Kops. Afgebuld on der opzigt van J. C. Sepp en
Zoon. Aflev. 144, 145, 146. Amsterdam. From the Author.

Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Russischen Mineralogischen Gesell-
schaft zu St. Petersburg. Jahr. 1845- 46. 8vo. pamph. 1846. From
the Society.

Sir J. F. W. Herschel. Notice of the Life, Researches, and Dis-
coveries of F. W. Bessel. From Rev. R. Sheepshanks.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Sir J. F. W. Herschel. Memoir of Francis Baily. 8vo. pamph,
London, 1845. From Rev. R. Sheepshanks.

Portrait of Francis Baily, Esq. London, 1847. From Rev. R.
Sheepshanks.

Usher Parsons, M. D. Physician for Ships. 3d ed. Boston, 1842.

— Boylston Prize Essays. Boston, 1839. — Directions for making An-
atomical Preparations. Philadelphia, 1834. — Remarks on Quarantine
Systems. Boston, 1836. — Lecture on the Connection and Reciprocal
Influence between the Brain and the Stomach. Providence, 1841. —
Spinal Diseases : their Causes and Treatment. Boston, 1843. — 8vo.
pamphlets. From the Author.

Frans. Ritter von Hauer. Die Cephalopoden des Salzkammer-
gutes, aus der Sammlung seiner Durchlaucht des Fiirsten von Met-
ternich, etc. 4to. Vienna, 1846. From Prince Metternich.

/. D. Dana. On Certain Laws of Cohesive Attraction, as exempli-
fied in a Crystal of Snow. 8vo. pamph. (Extr. from Amer. Jour.
Sci.) From the Author.

Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Mercantile Library Associa-
tion of New York. New York, Jan. 1848. 8vo. From the Directors.

A. D. Baclie. Report of Alexander D. Bache, Superintendent of
the Coast Survey, showing the Progress of that Work for the Year
ending October, 1847. From the Author.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. X., Part
L Philaddphia, 1847. From the Society.

Prof. Hausmann. Studien des Gottingischen Vereins Bergmannis-
cher Freunde. 1833 - 44. 6 vols. 12mo. From the Author.

Geo. P. Marshall. Occultations Visible in the United States during
1848. Philadelphia, 1848. From the Author.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations at St. Helena, during
1840, 1841, 1842, and 1843. Vol. I. 4to. London, 1847. From
the British Government.

Prof. SiUiman. American Journal of Science and Arts, for Jan.,
March, and May, 1848. From the Editors.

jF. a. W. Miguel. lUustrationes Piperacearum. Rotterdam, 1844.
From. Acad. Nat. Cur. Bonn and Breslau.

Abhandlungen der Phil.-Philol. Classe der Konigl. Bayerschen
Akad. der Wissenschaften. Band. III. and IV., Abth. 1, 2. 1840-46.

— Historisch. Classe. Band. III. and IV., Abth. 1, 2. 1841 - 45. —
4to. Munich. From the Royal Bavarian Academy.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 345

Gelehrte Anzeigen. (Bayersch. Akad.) Bande VI. -XXI. Munich,
1838- 45. From the Royal Bavarian Academy.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the State Library, New York,
1848. 8vo. Albany. From the Trustees.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. No.
III. 8vo. Moscow, 1846. From the Society.

G. Fischer de Waldheim. Spicilegium Entomographise Rossicae.
(Extr. Bull. Imp. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 1844.) From the Author.

G. Fischer de Waldheim. Entomographie de la Russie. IV"" Vol.
(Orthopteres). 4to. Moscow, 1846. From the Author.

G. Fischer de Waldheim. Notice sur quelques Sauriens Fossiles de
Moscou. 4to. pamph. From the Author.

La Lega Italiana, Giornale Pol. Econ. Scien. e Litterario. Nos.
1-4. Genoa. From the Editor.

Map of the Mineral Lands adjacent to Lake Superior, ceded to the
United States by the Treaty of 1842 with the Chippewas. From the
War Department.

Joseph Leidy, M. D. Researches into the Comparative Structure
of the Liver (with 3 plates). — On some Bodies in the Boa Constrictor
resembling the Pacinian Corpuscules. — On a New Genus and Species
of Fossil Ruminantia. — On a New Fossil Genus and Species of Ru-
minantoid Pachydermata. — 8vo. pamphlets. From the Author.

'Aqiox 6 (iovloq. Universal Destruction of Aboriginal Races by
Colonizing Nations, and eventually of the New Zealanders. Lon-
don, 1847. pamph. From the Author.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London for the
year 1847. (Parts 1 and 2.) London, 1847. From the Royal Society.

Greenwich Astronomical Observations for 1845. London, 1847.
From the Royal Society.

Prof. Loomis. Astronomical Observations at Hudson Observatory,
Ohio. 3d Series. (Extr. from Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, Vol. X.)
From the Author.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia.
Vol. III., 1846-47, and Vol. IV. to April, 1848. From the Academy.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia.
Vol. IV., for 1847. 8vo. From the Society.

Transactions of the Liunfean Society of London. Vol. XX., Part 2.
4to. — Proceedings of the Linnaean Society, Nos. 30-33. (1846-
47.) 8vo. — From the Society.

44

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Gottingen. Bande I. - III. (1843-47). 4to. From the Society.

Nachrichten von der Geog.-August. Universitat. und der Kdnigl.
Gesellschaft zu Gottingen. From the Royal Society of Gottingen.

Prof. Hausmann. Bemerkungen iiber Gyps und Karstenit. 4to.
pamph. (Extr. Mem. Gcitting., Vol. III.) Gottingen, 1847.

Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Ge-
neve. Tom. XI. (1846-48.) 4to. Geneva. From the Society.

END OF VOLUME I.

I

INDEX TO VOL. I

N. B. New genera and species are in Italics.

A.

Agassiz, Loitis. Climate of Europe during the later miocene period,

43. On the blind-fish of the Mammoth Cave, 180.
Agassizia, gen., Gray & Engelm., 49.

suavis, G. & E., 49.
Ageratum Wrightii, Torr. & Gray, 46.
Amblyopsis spelaeus, 180.
Amphiloma, Fr., 216, 227.

Andrews, S. P. On the Chinese language, 45, 51.
Andromeda, nebulae in, 300, 326.
Angiocarpi, Schrader, 198, 273.
Annual Meetings, 1, 158.
Apparatus for ventilation, 307.
Areolatae, Fr., 256.
Azores, meteorology of, 44.

B.

Baeomyces, gen., Fr., 198, 249.

roseus, Pers., 249.
Barrattia, gen.. Gray & Engelm., 48.

calva, G. & E., 48.
Biatora, gen., Fr., 198, 249.
anomala, Fr., 253.
atro-rufa, Fr., 250.
VOL. I. 45

34S INDEX.

Biatora aurantiaca, Fr., 255.

Byssoides, Fr., 250.

carneola, Fr,, 252.

chlorantha, Tuckerm., 252.

cinnabarina, Sommerf., 252.

decipiens, Fr., 249. '

decolorans, Fr., 253.

exigua, Chaub., 254.

fusco-lutea, Hook., 255.

globifera, Fr., 250.

icmadophila, Fr., 251.

lucida, Fr., 255.

mixta, Fr., 253.

ochrophcBu, Tuckerm., 253,

pineti, Fr,, 251,

placophylla, Fr., 250.

porphyrias, Tuckerm., 253.

quernea, Fr., 255,

rivulosa, Fr,, 254.

rufo-nigra, Tuckerm., 250.

russula, Tuckerm., 254.

sanguineo-atra, Fr., 252,

spadicea, Ach,, 252,

vernalis, Fr., 251.
Bitter bodies, formulee of, 305.

Bond, G. P. On the great nebula of Andromeda, 326. On some
methods of computing the ratio of the distances of a comet from
the earth, 342. '

Bond, W. C, Moon culminations, 5, 70, 103, 110, 170, 175. Tran-
sit of Mercury, 14. Observations on the comets of 1845 and 1846,
17. Solar eclipse of May, 1845, 19, Solar eclipse of April, 1846,
20, Notes on meteors, 21, On the planet Neptune, 50, 168, On
the comet of March 4th, 1847, 69. On the Cambridge telescope,
165. On Mauvais's comet, 169. On Miss Mitchell's comet, 183.
On Lassell's satellite of Neptune, 184. Observations on the planet
Jupiter, and on the nebulse of Herschel, 325 ; and on the great neb-
ula of Orion, 325. On the third satellite of Jupiter, 327.
Brickellia cylindracea, Gray & Engelm., 46,
Bryology of North America, 35.

INDEX. 349

Caliciaceae, Fr., 198, 269.
Calicium, gen,, Pers., 198, 270.

brunneolum, Fr., 272.

chrysocephalum, Turn., 272.

curtum. Turn., 270.

hyperellum, Wahl., 271.

lenticulare, Ach., 270.

melanophaeum, Ach., 272.

phasocephalum, Turn., 272.

phcBomelanum, Tuckerm., 271.

subtile, Pars., 271.

trachelinum, Ach., 271.

trichiale, Ach., 271.

turbinatum, Pers., 273.

viride, Pers., 270.
Canal from Atlantic to Pacific Ocean, 184.
Cartilagineae, Fr., 206.
Cetraria, gen., Ach., 197, 205.
aculeata, Fr., 206.
aurescens, Tuckerm., 208.
ciliaris, Ach., 208.
cucullata, Ach., 207.
glauca, Ach., 207.
Islandica, Ach., 206.
juniperina, Ach., 209.
lacunosa, Ach., 208.
nivalis, Ach., 207.
Oakesiana, Tuckerm., 209.
odontella, Ach., 206.
pinastri, Sommerf., 209.
placorodia, Tuckerm., 208.
Richardsonii, Hook., 206.
sepincola, Ach., 207.
tristis, Fr., 206.
viridis, Schwein., 209.
Chinese language, 45, 51.
Citrinse, Fr., 222.

350 INDEX.

Cladonia, gen., Hoffm., 198, 239.

alcicornis, Fr., 239.

amaurocrsea, Floerk., 245.

bellidiflora, Schaer., 247.

Boryi, Tuckerm., 246.

Botrytis, Hoffm., 245.

csespiticia, Floerk., 240.

carneola, Fr., 244.

cenotea, SchiBr., 243.

cornucopioides, Fr., 246.

cornuta, Fr., 242.

decorticata, Floerk., 242.

deformis, Hoffm., 248.

degenerans, Floerk., 241.

Despreauxii, Bory., 245.
' digitata, Hoffm., 248.

fimbriata, Fr., 242.

Floerkiana, Fr., 247.

furcata, Floerk., 243.

gracilis, Fr., 241.

Hookeri, Tuckerm., 247.

macilenta, Hoffm., 247.

Papillaria, Hoffm., 240.

parasitica, Schaer., 243.
r pyxidata, Fr., 240.

rangiferina, Hoffm., 244.

squamosa, Hoffm., 243.

sulphurina, Michx., 248.

turgida, Hoffm., 240.

uncialis, Fr., 245.
Clytemnestra, gen., Dana, 154.

scutellata, D., 154.
Cocciferse, Fr., 246.
Collema, gen., Hoffm., 281.

fasciculare, Ach., 282.

flaccidum, Ach., 283.

granulatum. Hook., 282.

melsenum, Ach., 282.

nigrescens, Ach., 283.

INDEX. 351

CoUema palmatum, Ach., 283.
plicatile, Ach., 281.
pulchellum, Ach., 283.
pulposum, Ach., 281.
pustulatum, Ach., 282.
saturninum, Ach., 284.
tenax, Ach., 282.
tunseforme, Ach., 283.
Collemaceae, 281.
CoUeme^, Fr., 281.

Comet, direct computation of the orbit of, 332.
Comet, De Vico's fourth, 39.
Comet of De Faye, 297.
Comet of Lexell, 296.
Comet of March 4th, 1847, 69.
Comet of Mauvais, 169.
Comet of Miss Mitchell, 183.
Comets of 1845 and 1846, 17.
Comets, telescopic, medal for discovery of, 301.
Communications from

Agassiz, Louis, 43, 180, 342.

Andrews, S. P., 45, 51.

Bigelow, Henry J., 39.

Bigelow, Jacob, 184.

Bond, G. P., 300, 326, 332, 342.

Bond, W. C, 5, 14, 17, 19, 20, 21, 50, 69, 70, 103, 110, 165, 168,

169, 170, 175, 182, 184, 325, 327.
Caswell, J., 56.
Dana, James D., 149.
Emerson, George B., 23.
Everett, Edward, 1, 164, 178, 296, 301.
Gillis, Lieutenant, 300.
Gould, B. A., Jr., 305.
Gray, Asa, 46.
Henry, Joseph, 168.
Horsford, E. N., 302.
Hunt, J. C, 44.
Jackson, C. T., 43, 56.
•Leverrier, M., 163, 296.

352 INDEX.

Liebig, J., 163, 302.

Mitchell, William, 329.

Nichol, J. P., 300.

Owen, Richard, 178.

Paine, Mr., 300.

Peirce, Benjamin, 36, 39, 41, 57, 65, 144, 185, 285, 286, 295, 300,

305, 331, 332, 338.
Schumacher, H. C, 301.
Strong, Theodore, 129.
SuUivant, William S., 35.
Teschemacher, J. E., 179.
Tuckerman, Edward, 195.
Walker, Sears C, 146, 285, 331.
White, Daniel A., 38.
Williams, John B., 158.
Wyman, Morrill, 185, 307.
CompositcE, new, from Texas, 46.
Coniocybe, gen., Fr., 198, 273.
nigricans, Fr., 273.
Conotrema, gen., Tuckerm., 199, 278.

urceolatum, Tuckerm., 278.
Cornicularia, Fr., 201.
Corticolse, 259, 279.

Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition, 149.
Cyclopidae, fam., 150.
Cyclops, gen., 150.

Brasiliensis, Dana, 150.
curticaudus, D., 151.
MacLeayi, D., 151.
puhescens, D., 151.
Vitiensis, D., 152.
Cyprinoids, distinctive characters of the family, 342.

D.

Dana, James D. Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedi-
tion, 149.
Donations to the Library, 3, 36, 42, 155, 181, 343.
Dufourea, Fr., 203.

INDEX.

353

E.

Eclipse, solar, of May, 1845, 19. Of April, 1846, 20.
Emerson, George B. Report on phonotypy, 23.
EndocarpaccEe, Fr., 199, 274.
Endocarpon, gen., Hedw., 199, 274.
fluviatile, DC, 275.
Isetevirens, Turn., 275.
miniatum, Ach., 274.
Muhlenbergii, Ach., 275.
pusillum, Hedw., 275.
Ephebe, gen., Fr., 281, 284.
pubescens, Fr., 285.
Ephebideae, 281, 284.
Ether, inhalation of, 39, 56.
Eulogy on Hon. John Pickering, 38.
Everett, Edward. On the number of supposable undiscovered

planets in our system, 178.
Evernia, gen., Ach., 197, 201.
arctica. Rich., 203.
divergens, Fr., 202.
furcellata, Fr., 201.
furfuracea, Mann., 204.
jubata, Fr., 202.
ochroleuca, Fr., 202.
prunastri, Ach., 204.
ramulosa. Hook., 203.
vulpina, Ach., 203.
Experiments in ventilation, 312.

F.

Faye's comet, 297.
Fellows.

Andrews, S. P., 36.

Bacon, John, Jr., 51.

Bigelow, Henry J., 3.

Bond, George P., 164.

Desor, Edward, 302.

Eliot, Samuel A., 164.

354

INDEX.

Engelmann, George, 36.

Gould, Benjamin A., Jr., 164.

Gray, Horace, 163.

Horsford, Eben N., 163.

Jackson, Charles, Jr., 302.

Lawrence, Abbott, 185.

Lee, John C, 163.

Loring, Charles G., 185.

Putnam, George, 185.
Fish, blind, of Mammoth Cave, 180.
Flesh, composition of, 163.
Flora of later miocene of Europe and the existing Flora of North

America compared, 43.
Flora, orbit of, 305.
Formulae for the perturbations of Neptune's longitude and radius

vector, 286.
Fossil seeds, 179.
Fuscescentes, Fr., 240.

G.

Gercza, gen., Torr. & Gray, 48.
canescens, T. & G., 49.
Glaucescentes, Fr., 217, 239.

Gould, B. A., Jr. The orbit of Flora, computed at Gottingen, 305.
Granulosae, Fr., 259.
Graphidaceae, Fr., 198, 261.
Graphis, 268.

Gray, Asa. On new Compositse from Te.xas, 46.
Gun-cotton, 43.
Gyalecta, gen., Ach,, 197, 235.

cupularis, Schaer., 235.
Gymnocarpi, Schrader, 197.

H.

Harpacticus, gen., M. Edwards, 152.
acutifrons, D., 153.
concinnus, D., 152.
linearis^ D., 153.
roseus, D., 153.

INDEX. 355

Harpacticus sacer^ D., 153.

virescens, D., 152.
Harpactidae, fam., 152.
Hepaticology of North America, 35.
Herschel, nebulae of, 326.
HoRSFORD, E. N. List of sweet bodies, and their formulae, 302. On

sour bodies, 304. On bitter bodies, 305.
Hunt, J. C. Meteorological observations made at St. Michaels,

Azores, 44.

Imbricaria, Fr., 216, 217.
Institution, Smithsonian, 168, 185.

Jupiter, planet, observations on, 325.
Jupiter, third satellite of, 327.

K.

Keerlia lellidifolia, G. & E., 47.

L.

Language, Chinese, 45, 51.
Language, Siamese, on, 56.
Lassell's satellite of Neptune, 184, 295.
Lecanactis, gen., Eschw., 198, 269.

impolita, Fr., 269.
Lecidea, gen., Ach., 198, 255.

albo-atra, Schaer., 259.

albo-caerulescens, Fr., 256.

arctica, Sommerf., 260.

atro-alba, Ach., 257.

Candida, Ach., 255.

confluens, Schaer., 258.

contigua, Fr., 257.

dolosa, Wahl., 260.

enteroleuca, Fr., 259.

flavo-virescens, Fr., 256.

fusco-atra, Fr., 258.
VOL. I. 46

356

INDEX.

Lecidea geographica, Schser., 258.
lapicida, Ach., 257.
me/ancheima, Tuckerm., 260.
milliaria, Fr., 260.
Morio, Schser., 258.
panasola, Ach., 257.
parasema, Fr,, 259.
premnea, Ach., 259.
sabuletorum, Fr., 260.
sanguinaria, Ach., 259.
variegata, Fr. , 257.
vesicularis, Ach., 256.
Wahlenbergii, Ach., 256.
Lecideaceoe, Fr., 197, 236.
Leptogium, gen., Fr., 281, 284.
Burgessii, Fr., 284.
lacerum, Fr., 284.
Tremelloides, Fr., 284.
Levekrier, M. On comets, 296. On the comets of Lexell, Faye,

and De Vico, 296 - 300.
Lexell's comet, 296.
Library, donations to, by

Academy, Bavarian, 37, 182, 344, 345.

Academy of Berlin, 42, 343.

Academy of Bonn, 344.

Academy, Royal, of Brussels, 42, 43, 343.

Academy, Irish Royal, 4, 181.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 181, 345,

Academy, Imperial, of St. Petersburg, 4, 37, 157, 343.

Adams, J. C, 157,

Association, British, 36, 42, 182.

Association, Geological, 4.

Association, Mercantile Library, of New York, 344.

Bache, A. D., 344.

Barratt, Dr., 156.

Biot, M., 181.

Bonaparte, C. L., 181.

Bond, W. C, 156.

Borden, S., 4,

INDEX. 357

Challis, C. J., 4, 157.

Cipri, Gaspar, 42.

Cramer, Charles, 155.

Dana, J. D., 181, 344.

De Candolle, Alphonse, 164.

Espy, James P., 182.

Everett, A. H., 3, 157.

Everett, Edward, 36, 42.

Gould, A. A., 42, 156.

Government, British, 344.

Graham, J. D., 156.

Gray, Asa, 37, 156.

Gray, Francis C, 343.

Hausmann, Professor, 344, 346.

HoltzapfFell, C, 156.

Horsford, E. N., 156.

Institute of France, 181.

Institute, National, for Promotion of Science, 155.

Jomard, 36.

Journal, Italian, 345.

Journal, Silliman's, 156, 157, 181, 344.

Kriel, Karl, 182.

Lamont, F., 38.

Lasaulx, 182.

Leidy, Joseph, 345.

Loomis, E., 345.

Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 38, 182,

Marshall, George P., 344.

Martins, K. F. P., 37, 38.

Metternich, Prince, 344.

Morton, S. G., 4, 37.

Murchison, R. I., 181.

Museum, British, 181.

Northumberland, Duke of, 182.

Observatory, National, Washington, 156.

Observatory of Prague, 182.

Parsons, Usher, 344.

Pickering, John, 42.

Quetelet, A., 43, 343.

358

INDEX.

Redfield, W. C, 156. ,

Regents of the University of the State of New York, 182, 345.

Rich, O., 4, 42.

Sepp, J. C, 343.

Sheepshanks, R., 343, 344.

Smee, Alfred, 181.

Society, American Philosophical, Philadelphia, 4, 181, 344, 345.

Society, Astronomical, Royal, 157.

Society, Botanical, Ratisbon, 182.

Society, Ethnological, Paris, 343.

Society, Franklin, Providence, 181.

Society of Natural History of Geneva, 346.

Society, Geographical, Royal, 157.

Society of Gottingen, 346.

Society, Historical, of Massachusetts, 37.

Society, Linnean, London, 157, 345.

Society of Naturalists, Moscow, 345.

Society, Oriental, American, 182.

Society, Royal, London, 4, 157, 181, 345.

Sullivant, W. S., 3, 156.

Survey, United States Coast, 157.

Swett, S., 4.

Treasury Department, 38.

Wagner, A., 38.

Waldheim, G. F. de, 345.

War Department, 345.

Ward, N. B., 157.

White, Daniel A., 157.

Winthrop, R. C, 3, 37, 42.

Zuccarini, J. G., 38.
Lichenes of Northern United States, 195.
Limboriaceae, Fr., 199, 280.
Lindheimera^ gen.. Gray «Sz; Engelm., 47.

Texana, G. & E., 47.
Lirellatse, 265.

M.

Mauvais's comet, 169.

Medal of the King of Denmark, for the discovery of telescopic comets,
301.

INDEX. 359

Meetings, Annual, 1, 158.
Members, Corresponding.

Baird, Spencer F., 302.

Courtenay, Edward H., 185.

Jewett, Charles C, 163.

Mitchel, 0. M., 185.

Robinson, Edward, 163.

Swift, W. H., 185.
Members, Honorary.

Adams, John C, 164.

Agassiz, Louis, 36.

Decaisne, Joseph, 36.

Leverrier, M. U. J., 164,

Northampton, Marquis of, 2.

Smyth, William H., 184.

Verneuil, Edouard de, 36.

Whewell, Rev. Dr., 164.
Membranacese, Fr., 207.

Membranes, permeability of, to air, water, and various solutions, 302.
Mercury, transit of, 14.
Meteor, remarkable, 329.
Meteorological observations, 44, 158, 300.
Meteors, notes on, 21.
Mitchell, Miss, comet of, 183.
Mitchell, William. Account of a remarkable meteor seen from

Nantucket, March 6lh, 1848, 329.
Moon Culminations, 5, 70, 103, 110, 170, 175.

N.

Nebulae in Andromeda, 300, 326.
Nebulee Herschel, 326.
Nebulae of Orion, 326, 342.
Nephroma, gen., Ach., 197,210.

arcticum, Fr., 210.

Helveticum, Ach., 210.

parile, Ach., 210.

resupinatum, Ach., 210.
Neptune, planet, 50, 57, 65, 144, 146, 168, 185.
Neptune, action of, upon Uranus, 332, 338.

360 INDEX.

Neptune, elliptic elements of, 285, 331.
Neptune, formulse for perturbations of, 286.
Neptune, satellite of, 184, 185, 295.

O.

Ochroleucse, Fr., 221, 244.
Officers, 3, 163.
Olivaceo-fuscse, Fr., 220,
Opegrapha, gen., Humboldt, 198,266.

abnormis, Ach., 268.

atra, Pers., 267.

herpetica, Ach., 267.

inusta, Ach., 268.

polymorpha, Ach., 268.

scripta, Ach., 268.

varia, Pers., 267.
Opossum, on the generation of, 178.
Orion, great nebula of, 326, 342.
Owen, Richard. On the generation of the opossum, 178.

P.

Parmelia, gen., Ach,, 197, 215.
albella, Ach., 232.
aleurites, Ach., 219.
ambigua, Ach., 222.
atra, Ach., 232.
badia, Fr., 232.
Borreri, Turn,, 218.
csesia, Ach., 226.
csesio-rubella, Ach., 232.
calcarea, Ach., 234.
caperata, Ach., 221.
centrifuga, Ach., 222.
cerina, Ach., 234.
cervina, Sommerf., 230.
chrysoleuca, Ach., 229.
chrysomelsena, Ach., 230.
chrysophthalma, Ach., 223.
ciliaris, Ach., 224.

INDEX. 361

Parmelia cinerea, Fr., 232.

colpodes, Ach., 220.
congmens, Ach., 225.
conspersa, Ach., 221.
crinita, Ach., 217.
Cronia^ Tuckerm., 228.
detonsa, Fr., 224.
diversicolor, Ach., 223.
elegans, Ach., 229.
Fahlunensis, Ach., 221.
fulva, Schwein., 234.
glaucoma, Ach., 234.
Hypnorum, Fr., 229.
hypoleuca, Muhl, 225.
incurva, Fr., 222.
Isevigata, Ach., 219.
lanuginosa, Ach., 228.
microphylla, Stenh., 228.
molybdina, Wahl., 230.
murorum, Ach., 230.
obscura, Fr., 226.
oculata, Fr., 231.
olivacea, Ach., 220.
oreina, Ach., 229.
pallescens, Fr., 230.
parietina, Fr., 222.
perforata, Ach., 218.
perlata, Ach., 218.
physodes, Ach., 220.
pulverulenta, Fr., 224.
rubiginosa, Ach., 227.
rubra, Ach., 231.
Russellii, Tuckerm., 227.
saxatilis, Ach., 219.
saxicola, Ach., 229.
scortea, Ach., 218.
scruposa, Sommerf., 235.
sinuosa, Ach., 219.
sophodes, Ach., 233.

362 INDEX.

Parmelia sorediata, Tuckerm., 227.

speciosa, Ach., 225. ,

stellaris, Wallr., 225.

straminea, Wahl., 229.

stygia, Ach., 221.

subfusca, Fr., 231.

tartarea, Ach., 231.

terebrata, Mart., 220.

tiliacea, Ach., 218.

triptophylla, Fr., 228.

varia, Fr., 233.

ventosa, Ach,, 233.

verrucosa, Ach., 234.

vitellina, Ach., 234.
Parmeliaceae, Fr., 197.
Parmeliese, Eschw., 197.
Patellaria, Fr., 2-17, 230.
Patellatae, 261.

Peikce, Benjamin. On De Vice's fourth comet, 39. On Wartman's
supposed planet, 41. On the planet Neptune, 57, 65, 185, 285.
On perturbations of Uranus, 144. Formulse for the perturbations
of Neptune's longitude and radius vector, 286. Neptune's satellite,
295. Investigations into the action of Neptune upon Uranus, 332.
On the discrepancies between the predicted and observed orbits of
the planet which disturbs the motions of Uranus, 338.
Peltigera, gen., Hoffm., 197, 211.

aphthosa, Hoffm., 211.

canina, Hoffm., 211.

horizontalis, Hoffm., 212.

malacea, Ach., 211.

polydactyla, Hoffm., 212.

rufescens, Hoffm., 211.

venosa, Hoffm., 212.
Pertusaria, gen., DC, 199, 276.

faginea, L., 277.

globularis, Ach., 277.

hymenia, Turn., 277.

papillata, Ach., 277.

pertusa, Ach., 276.

INDEX. 363

Pervise, Fr., 242.

Pharmacology, nomenclature of, 184.

Phonetic language, 51.

Phonotypy, report on, 23.

Physcia, Fr., 203, 216, 224.

Pickering, John. Decease of, 1, 2, 38.

Pilophoron, Tuckerm., 238.

Piacodium, Fr., 217, 229.

Planet Neptune, 50, 57, 65, 144, 146, 168, 185, 285, 286, 295.

Planet, supposed, of Wartman, 41.

Planets supposed to be yet undiscovered, 178.

Programme of Smithsonian Institution, 168, 185.

Psora, Fr., 217, 230.

Psoroma,Fr., 216,228.

Pyrenothea, gen., Fr., 199, 280.

leucocephala, Fr., 280.
Pyxine, Tuckerm., 216, 227.

R.

Ramalina, gen., Ach., 197, 204.

calicaris, Fr., 205.

pollinaria, Ach., 204.

polymorpha, Ach., 205.

scopulorum, Ach., 204.
Report on the principal kinds of ventilating apparatus, 307.
Report on phonotypy, 23.
Report on Smithsonian Institution, 185.
Roccella, gen., Ach., 205.

S.

Safford, Henry. Calculating faculty of, 36.
Sagedia, gen., Ach., 199, 276.

cinerea, Fr., 276.
Saxicolae, 256, 278.
Scyphiferse, Fr., 240.
Secretions, production of, 302.
Seeds, fossil, in anthracite, 179.
Setella, gen., Dana, 154.

aciculus, D., 155.

crassicornis, D., 155.
VOL. I. 47

364 INDEX.

Setella gracilis., D., 155.

longicauda, D., 155.
tenuicornis, D., 154.
Siamese language, 56.
Smithsonian Institution, 168, 185.
Solar eclipse of May, 1845, 19.
Solar eclipse of April, 1846, 20.
Solar parallax, 300.
Solorina, gen., Ach., 197, 212.
crocea, Ach., 213.
saccata, Ach., 213.
Sour bodies, formulae of, 304.
Sphaerophoracese, Fr., 198,273.
Sphaerophoron, gen., Pers., 198, 273.

compressum, Ach., 273.
fragile, Pers., 274.
globiferum, L., 274.
Statutes, 2.
Stereocaulon, gen., Ach., 198,236.

aciculare, Tuckerm,, 239.
condensatum, Laur., 238.
corallinum, Fr., 237.
denudatum, Floerk., 238.
fibula, Tuckerm., 238.
nanum, Ach., 238.
paschale, Laur., 237.
tomentosum, Fr., 237.
Sticta, gen., Ach., 197, 213.
anthraspis, Ach., 214.
aurata, Ach., 213.
crocata, Ach., 214.
glomerulifera, Delis., 215.
. herbacea, Ach., 215,
pulmonaria, Ach., 215.
quercizans, Ach., 214.
scrobiculata, Ach., 214.
sylvatica, Ach., 214.
Strong, Theodoee. An attempt to prove that the sum of the three
ano-les of any rectilineal triangle is equal to two right-angles, 129, 136.
Sweet bodies, formulae of, 302.

INDEX. 365

T.

Telescope at Cambridge, 164, 165.

Teschemacher, J. E. On fossil seeds in anthracite coal, 179.
Tetragonotheca Texana, G. & E., 48.
Thelotrema, gen., Ach., 197, 235.
lepadinum, Ach., 235.
Trachylia, gen., Fr., 198, 269.

stigonella, Fr., 270.

tigillaris, Fr., 269.
Transit of Mercury, 14.
Trigonometry, problems in, 129, 136.

TucKERMAN, Edward. Lichencs of the Northern United States and
British America, 195.

U.

Umbilicaria, gen., HofFm., 198, 261.
angulata, Tuckerm., 266.
anthracina, Schaer., 262.
cylindrica, Ach., 263.
Dillenii, Tuckerm., 264.
erosa, HofFm., 265.
hirsuta, Ach., 264.
hyperborea, Hoffm., 265.
mammulata, Ach., 261.
Muhlenbergii, Ach., 266.
Pennsylvanica, HofFm., 262.
polyphylla, HofFm., 263.
proboscidea, DC, 263.
pustulata, Hofim., 262.
Uranus, irregularities of its motion, 65, 144,
Uranus, perturbations of, 332, 338.
Urceolaria, Fr., 217,234.

Usnea, gen.. Dill., 197, 199. ^

angulata, Ach., 200.
barbata, Fr., 200.
longissima, Ach., 200.
sphacelata, R. Br., 201.
trichodea, Ach., 200.
Usnese, Eschw., 197.

366 INDEX.

V.

Ventilating apparatus, 307.
Ventilation, 185.

Ventilation, experiments in, 312.
Vernonia Lindheimeri, Gray, 46.
Verrucaria, gen., Pers., 199, 278.

alba, Schrad., 279.

elcBochroa, Tuckerm., 279.

epidermidis, Fr., 280.

gemmata, Ach., 279.

nigrescens, Pers., 279.

nitida, Schrad., 279.

pulla, Ach., 280.

punctiformis, Pers., 280.

rupestris, Schrad., 278.

umbrina, Wahl., 279.
Verrucariaceae, Fr., 199, 278.

W.

Walker, Sears C. On the orbit of the planet Neptune, 146. The
elliptic elements of Neptune, 285, 331.

Wartman planet, 41.

Williams, John B. Meteorological register kept at Russell, New
Zealand, 158.

Wyman, M. On ventilation, 185. On the principal kinds of ventilat-
ing apparatus, 307. j

Z.

Zealand, New, meteorology of, 158.

si

THE END.

^6'^-

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

lilH 1A7I '/.